Skip to main content

Full text of "Selected papers of John Shaw Billings : compiled, with a life of Billings"

See other formats


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 
AET.  58 

detail  of  portrait  by  Cecilia  Beaux 
{National  Library  of  Medicine) 


SELECTED  PAPERS 

OF 

JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Compiled,  with  a  Life  of  Billings }  by 
FRANK  BRADWAY  ROGERS 


MEDICAL  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION 
i965 


Medical  Library  Association  Publication  No.  2 


Copyright  1965 
Medical  Library  Association 

Free  use  of  the  material  in  this  book,  is  granted,  pro- 
vided that  acknowledgment  of  the  source  is  made. 

Library  of  Congress  Catalog  Card  Number:  65-23107 


Printed  by  the  Waverly  Press,  Baltimore,  Maryland 


Contents 


v  Preface 

1    The  Life  of  John  Shaw  Billings 

SELECTED  PAPERS 
14    Autobiographical  Fragment 
16  Memorandum 

18    Letter  of  Transmittal,  Specimen  Fasciculus 
2 1    Microscopical  Memoranda,  by  Dr.  Newlenz 
24    A  Century  of  American  Medicine,  1776-1876;  Litera- 
ture and  Institutions 
76    Medical  Libraries  in  the  United  States 
90    The  Medical  Journals  of  the  United  States 

1 1 5  Who  Founded  the  National  Medical  Library? 

116  Our  Medical  Literature 

139    Address  to  the  Graduating  Class  of  Bellevue  Hospital 

Medical  College 
149    Medical  Bibliography 
170    Scientific  Men  and  their  Duties 
190    Medicine  in  the  United  States 
198    Methods  of  Research  in  Medical  Literature 

207  Hollerith  Cards 

208  Ideals  of  Medical  Education 

226    The  Conditions  and  Prospects  of  the  Library  of  the 

Surgeon-General's  Office 
232    A  Card  Catalogue  of  Scientific  Literature 
235    The  Card  Catalogue  of  a  Great  Public  Library 
245    Address  at  the  Dedication  of  the  New  Building  of  the 

Boston  Medical  Library 
249    Some  Library  Problems  of  Tomorrow 
263    The  Military  Medical  Officer  at  the  Opening  of  the 

Twentieth  Century 
270    Medical  Reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War 
275    Address  Given  at  the  Opening  of  the  New  Library 

Building  at  Radcliffe  College 

285    Bibliography  of  the  Writings  of  John  Shaw  Billings 


Preface 


One  hundred  years  ago  John  Shaw  Billings  took  over  the  direction  of  the 
Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office,  U.  S.  Army.  This  book  is  issued  in 
celebration  of  that  anniversary. 

It  has  been  a  task  at  once  easy  and  difficult  to  assemble  these  papers  from 
sources  widely  dispersed  and  often  almost  inaccessible  to  the  reader  of  to- 
day; easy,  because  the  papers  hold  many  things  important  for  our  own 
time,  and  because  I  had  available  the  five  volumes  of  reprints  bound  in 
turkey  red,  their  paper  now  disintegrating,  in  the  collection  of  the  National 
Library  of  Medicine;  difficult,  because  the  corpus  from  which  the  selection 
was  made  is  very  large,  and  the  winnowing-out  process  brought  many 
twinges  of  regret.  In  general,  it  will  be  evident  that  I  have  included  mainly 
the  papers  on  medical  bibliography,  in  which  Billings'  fame  is  most  en- 
during, and  some  papers  in  which  the  autobiographical  element  is  promi- 
nent. In  addition,  I  could  not  resist  the  inclusion  of  "Scientific  Men  and 
Their  Duties"  and  "Ideals  of  Medical  Education,"  which  deal  with  more 
general  themes. 

I  have  not  presumed  to  edit  Billings.  Sometimes  I  have  rearranged  the 
typographical  format  in  what  I  conceive  to  be  a  way  which  facilitates  easy 
grasp  of  the  data,  as  in  the  long  lists  of  "Medical  Journals  of  the  United 
States,"  but  in  the  same  article  I  have  not  altered  the  variant  pattern  of  the 
Ohio  section — it  is  interesting  evidence  that,  then  as  now,  a  man  had  to 
rely  on  the  contributions  of  his  staff  members.  All  articles  are  presented  in 
their  entirety,  except  for  minor  deletions  in  "The  Card  Catalogue  of  a 
Great  Public  Library,"  the  excerpt  on  Hollerith  cards,  and  the  article  on 
"Medicine  in  the  United  States."  This  last  is  of  some  concern,  for  the  arti- 
cle had  a  large  impact,  and  the  effect,  however  undeserved,  of  turning 
much  criticism  toward  Billings;  it  is,  however,  full  of  maps  and  diagrams 
and  statistical  matter  which  are  unsuitable  for  reprinting  in  a  book  of  this 
sort. 

In  the  bibliography  of  Billings'  writings,  originally  prepared  in  1915 
by  Miss  Hasse  for  Garrison's  memoir,  I  have  corrected  some  errors,  and 
can  only  hope  that  in  the  process  I  have  not  created  others,  as  in  the  course 
of  the  extensive  stylistic  changes  I  have  introduced.  I  have  followed  Miss 
Hasse's  practice  in  not  listing  the  official  publications  of  the  Library  of 
the  Surgeon-General's  Office,  under  Billings'  supervision,  as  part  of  the 
Billings  corpus,  but  serious  students  of  his  life  should  not  forget  the  prefa- 
tory and  other  materials  to  be  found  in  the  many  volumes  of  the  Index- 

V 


\  i 


SELECTED  PAPERS  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


Catalogue  and  the  Index  Medicus  and  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Sur- 
geon-General, United  States  Army,  for  the  Billings  years. 

When  I  conceived  of  this  book  at  the  beginning  of  1957,  I  intended  to 
include  the  bibliography,  and  undertook  some  work  on  it,  only  to  drop  it 
later  as  it  began  to  appear  that  it  might  have  to  be  sacrificed  as  a  means  of 
keeping  the  book  down  to  reasonable  size.  In  the  last  months,  at  the  urging 
of  the  Publication  Committee  of  the  Medical  Library  Association,  I  have 
again  taken  up  the  matter  of  bibliographical  revision.  For  additions  to  the 
bibliography  I  am  particularly  indebted  to  Dr.  Dorothy  M.  Schullian,  who 
discovered  and  confirmed  the  attribution  of  many  of  the  new  items  which 
originally  had  been  published  anonymously;  to  Miss  M.  Ruth  MacDonald, 
who  helped  check  against  the  Index-Catalogue,  and  in  other  ways;  and  to 
Dr.  Jean  Curran.  I  also  here  record  my  indebtedness  to  colleagues  in 
Bethesda,  Washington,  New  York,  and  London  for  their  helpful  assistance 
in  gathering  material  and  in  tracking  down  obscure  bibliographical  and 
biographical  points. 

There  are  many  repetitions  in  Billings'  writings — favorite  metaphors, 
favorite  stories,  particularly  felicitous  ways  of  stating  a  problem — as  one 
might  expect  from  a  man  who  was  in  constant  demand  for  the  presentation 
of  public  addresses.  But  the  honest,  straightforward,  and  easy  style  is  al- 
ways there,  too,  and  reveals  the  man  in  all  his  great  serenity  of  spirit. 
Billings  has  much  to  teach  us,  and  not  only  about  bibliography. 

In  the  preface  to  the  last  volume  of  the  Index-Catalogue  which  he  edited, 
Billings  described  his  efforts  as  a  "labor  of  love."  So  has  the  compilation  of 
this  work  been  for  me,  and  I  hope  it  will  be  of  some  usefulness  as  the 
National  Library  of  Medicine  embarks  upon  its  next  hundred  years. 

Frank  Bradway  Rogers 

Denver 

University  of  Colorado  Medical  Center 
14  March  1965 


The  Life  of  John  Shaw  Billings 


Billings,  John  Shaw.  b.  April  12,  1838,  son  of  James  and  Abby  Shaw 
Billings,  in  Cotton  Township,  Switzerland  County,  Indiana;  moved  to 
Rhode  Island  in  1843,  returned  to  Allensville,  Indiana,  in  1848.  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio,  1857.  Doctor  of  Medicine,  Medical 
College  of  Ohio,  Cincinnati,  1860;  demonstrator  of  anatomy,  1860-61. 
Entered  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  1861;  1st  Lieutenant  to  Lieutenant- 
Colonel;  field  service  with  Army  of  the  Potomac.  M.  Katherine  Mary 
Stevens,  September  3,  1862;  c.  Mary  Clare,  Kate  Sherman,  Jessie  Ingram, 
John  Sedgwick,  and  Margaret  Janeway  B.  Assigned  Surgeon-General's 
Office,  Washington,  December  31,  1864.  Librarian,  Library  of  the  Surgeon- 
General's  Office,  1865-95.  Professor  of  Hygiene,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia,  1895-96.  Director,  New  York  Public  Library,  1896-1913. 
d.  New  York  City,  March  11,  1913. 

The  portrait  of  John  Shaw  Billings  which  hangs  in  the  National  Library 
of  Medicine  shows  him  vested  in  the  scarlet  gown  which  he  wore  on  the 
occasion  of  receiving  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Civil  Law  at  Oxford  in  June 
1889.  At  the  time  of  receiving  this  honorary  degree,  Billings  was  fifty-one 
years  old,  and  for  the  moment  was  staying  at  the  home  of  his  friend,  Sir 
Henry  Acland.  In  the  afternoon,  after  the  ceremonies,  the  Aclands  took 
Billings  for  a  picnic  on  the  river,  carrying  along  a  kettle  and  boiling  tea 
on  the  bank.  Billings  sat,  tired  and  silent,  until  Acland's  young  daughter 
insisted  that  Billings  must  tell  the  children  a  story.  Billings  promptly  and 
very  solemnly  began: 

"A  travelling  showman,  going  around  with  a  Biblical  panorama,  thus  described  one  of 
the  pictures,  'This,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  is  a  picture  of  Daniel  in  the  Lion's  Den  and — 
you  will  be  able  to  distinguish  Daniel  from  the  lions  because  he  carries  a  green  cotton 
umbrella'  " 1 

It  is  a  revealing  incident.  Billings  was  musing  on  the  past,  reflecting  on 
the  long  course  of  a  lifetime  which  had  led  to  a  scarlet  vestment  and  drink- 
ing tea  on  the  banks  of  the  Cherwell.  He  was  thinking  of  another  summer, 
32  years  earlier,  and  another  Oxford,  in  southwestern  Ohio  near  the 
Indiana  border,  where  he  had  graduated  second  in  his  class  from  Miami 
University  in  1857.  He  was  penniless  and  hoped  to  obtain  employment  as 
a  tutor  so  as  to  be  able  to  pursue  the  study  of  medicine.  Instead,  he  took 

Address  by  Dr.  Rogers  at  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  Bethesda,  Maryland, 
June  17,  1965. 

1  Letter  from  Miss  Acland  to  F.  H.  Garrison,  quoted  in  Garrison's  John  Shaw  Billings; 
a  memoir  (New  York,  Putnam,  1915)  p.  389. 

1 


2 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


a  job  with  an  itinerant  exhibitor  of  lantern  slides  and  toured  the  midwest 
delivering  a  rapid-fire  running  commentary  on  the  startling  scenes  his  em- 
ployer flashed  before  an  enthralled  backwoods  citizenry. 

In  1858,  at  the  age  of  twenty,  he  had  matriculated  at  the  Medical  College 
of  Ohio,  founded  by  Daniel  Drake  40  years  earlier  in  a  booming  Cincinnati 
that  was  then  the  largest  metropolis  west  of  the  Alleghanies.  As  Billings 
later  described  it, 

".  .  .  I  graduated  in  medicine  in  a  two  years'  course  of  five  months'  lectures  each,  the  lec- 
tures being  precisely  the  same  for  each  year  ...  In  those  two  years  I  did  not  attend  the 
systematic  lectures  very  regularly.  I  found  that  by  reading  the  textbooks,  I  could  get 
more  in  the  same  time  and  with  very  much  less  trouble.  I  practically  lived  in  the  dis- 
secting room  and  in  the  clinics,  and  the  very  first  lecture  I  ever  heard  was  a  clinical 
lecture  ..."  2 

He  lived  in  the  hospital,  cleaning  out  the  dissecting  rooms  and  doing  all 
sorts  of  odd  jobs.  At  St.  John's  he  was  known  to  the  nursing  sisters  as  "St. 
John  of  the  Hospital,"  because  of  his  melancholy  mien  and  his  austere 
ways.  The  austerity  was  forced  upon  him  by  his  financial  condition;  all 
one  winter  he  budgeted  his  food  bills  at  75  cents  a  week,  which  went  largely 
for  milk  and  eggs. 

He  took  his  medical  degree  in  1860  and  stayed  on  at  the  school  as  demon- 
strator of  anatomy,  one  of  a  faculty  of  nine.  A  newspaper  advertisement 
shows  the  fees  for  six  months  of  lectures  at  the  College,  October  through 
February,  as  $105.  Billings  considered  going  into  private  practice  with  his 
surgical  professor,  George  Blackman,  now  remembered  chiefly  for  his 
re-editing  of  Mott's  edition  of  Velpeau. 

But  at  the  end  of  that  February  of  1861  dark  events  were  brewing. 
Threats  had  been  received  against  the  life  of  the  President-elect  of  the 
United  States;  in  Philadelphia  he  boarded  the  regular  sleeper  to  Washing- 
ton, and  Pinkerton  men  sat  with  drawn  revolvers  in  the  dark  berths  to 
either  side  of  where  he  slept.  Lincoln  was  inaugurated  on  March  4,  and  in 
April  the  guns  fired  on  Fort  Sumter.  It  was  Billings'  twenty-third  birthday. 

He  took  the  examination  for  admission  to  the  Medical  Corps  of  the 
United  States  Army  and  passed  first  on  the  list.  He  served  a  preliminary 
period  as  a  contract  surgeon,  then  was  appointed  First  Lieutenant  and 
Assistant  Surgeon  in  April  1862  and  placed  in  charge  of  Cliffburne  Hospital 
in  the  old  cavalry  barracks  on  the  hill  above  Georgetown.  At  the  end  of 
August  he  was  transferred  to  Philadelphia  as  executive  officer  of  the  hos- 
pital there  and,  a  few  days  later,  was  married  to  Miss  Kate  Stevens.  At  the 
end  of  March  1863  he  reported  for  duty  to  Dr.  Jonathan  Letterman, 
Medical  Director  of  the  Army  of  the  Potomac,  then  encamped  near  Fred- 


Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  131:  140-2  (1894). 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


3 


ericksburg.  The  Rappahannock  river  was  crossed  on  April  28  and  29, 
and  Billings  performed  his  first  surgery  in  the  field  as  Hooker  engaged  Lee 
in  the  battle  of  Chancellorsville  on  May  2  and  3.  Two  months  later  he  was 
with  the  Second  Division  of  the  Fifth  Corps  at  Gettysburg;  Dr.  Curran  has 
given  us  an  account  of  how  Billings  established  his  regimental  aid  station 
at  the  base  of  Round  Top.3  Following  the  Draft  Riots  in  New  York  City 
later  in  July,  Billings  was  sent  to  New  York  with  the  Seventh  Infantry, 
which  pitched  camp  on  Fifth  Avenue  just  above  Forty-ninth  Street.  He 
was  reassigned  to  hospital  duty  on  Bedloe's  Island  in  New  York  harbor, 
and  then  in  February  1864  was  placed  in  charge  of  an  extraordinary  ex- 
pedition to  Haiti,  to  rescue  371  survivors  of  a  group  of  freed  slaves  who 
had  been  resettled  there  and  swindled  in  the  process.  At  the  end  of  March 
1864  he  again  joined  the  Army  of  the  Potomac,  still  bogged  down  between 
the  Rapidan  and  the  Rappahannock.  As  Medical  Inspector  for  the  Army, 
he  roamed  a  wide  front  and  lived  through  the  Wilderness  and  Spottsyl- 
vania,  Cold  Harbor  and  the  siege  of  Petersburg.  By  summer  he  was  in- 
valided back  to  Washington,  and  in  the  fall  of  1864  was  assigned  for  duty 
at  the  Surgeon  General's  Office.  His  field  service  was  over. 

In  the  wonderful  biography  of  Billings  which  Garrison  has  left  us,  there 
is  a  long  series  of  remarkable  letters  from  Billings  to  his  wife,  covering  in 
a  vivid  way  the  period  of  his  duties  in  the  field.  Of  these  we  note  two  short 
but  typical  fragments: 

"July  9,  1863,  Hospital  near  Gettysburg  .  . .  PM.  I  am  covered  with  blood  and  am  tired  out 
almost  completely,  and  can  only  say  that  I  wish  I  was  with  you  tonight  and  could  lie 
down  and  sleep  for  16  hours  without  stopping.  I  have  been  operating  all  day  long  and 
have  got  the  chief  part  of  the  butchering  done  in  a  satisfactory  manner  . . ." 

"April  17,  1864.  Nothing  new  or  important  yet . .  .  Yesterday  I  went  up  to  Culpeper,  saw 
Major  Dent,  who  inquired  very  specially  after  you,  was  introduced  by  him  to  General 
Grant  and  took  dinner  with  the  General  and  his  staff.  I  like  Genl.  Grant.  He  is  a  thorough- 
bred gentleman  and  suits  me  exactly  . . ." 

The  war  over,  Billings  settled  down  to  a  routine  of  office  duties.  Curi- 
ously, he  was  worried  at  first  that  he  would  not  have  enough  to  do  to 
occupy  his  time;  he  began  the  study  of  German,  as  he  had  once  studied 
Latin  and  Greek  as  a  boy,  and  undertook  to  teach  himself  something  about 
microscopical  studies.  A  contemporary4  describes  Billings'  duties  as  "arid 
drudgery  among  invoices  and  receipts,  requisitions  and  bills  of  lading, 
treasury  drafts  and  auditor's  decisions.  His  days  were  filled  with  routine 
office  work,  with  questions  of  bookkeeping  and  pecuniary  responsibility, 

a  J.  A.  Curran,  "Billings  at  Gettysburg."  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  269:  23-7 
(1963). 

4  Alfred  A.  Woodhull. 


4 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


with  the  supervision  of  checks  and  balances."  He  was  detailed  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury  in  1869-70  to  inspect  the  condition  of  the  Marine 
Hospital  Service,  and  prepared  a  reorganization  plan  which  set  that  serv- 
ice, later  renamed  the  Public  Health  Service,  on  a  new  course.  During  the 
period  1870-75  he  prepared  long  reports  on  Army  hospitals  and  Army 
hygiene.  He  planned  a  new  hospital  for  the  Soldiers'  Home  in  Washington, 
he  became  active  in  the  affairs  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association, 
and  was  for  a  short  time  vice-president  of  the  ill-starred  and  short-lived 
National  Board  of  Health.  He  was  a  founding  member  and  later  President 
of  the  Cosmos  Club  and  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington.  He 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  served  as 
its  treasurer  from  1887  to  1898. 

The  wonder  is  that  in  the  midst  of  all  these  activities,  his  major  task  for 
the  30  years  from  1865  to  1895  was  the  direction  of  the  Library  of  the 
Surgeon  General's  Office.  The  Library,  which  had  occupied  a  few  shelves 
behind  the  Surgeon  General's  desk  since  the  days  of  Joseph  Lovell  and 
Andrew  Jackson,  numbered  about  1,800  volumes  at  the  close  of  the  War. 
When  Billings  arrived,  the  man  and  the  opportunity  met.  Years  later,  in 
a  commencement  address  at  his  old  medical  school,  Billings  described  what 
he  had  first  envisioned  in  Cincinnati  in  1860,  while  preparing  his  thesis 
on  the  surgical  treatment  of  epilepsy. 

"In  the  thesis  just  referred  to,  it  was  desirable  to  give  the  statistics  of  the  results  ob- 
tained from  certain  surgical  operations  as  applied  to  the  treatment  of  epilepsy.  To  find 
these  data  in  their  original  and  authentic  form  required  the  consulting  of  many  books, 
and  to  get  at  these  books  I  not  only  ransacked  all  the  libraries,  public  and  private,  to 
which  I  could  get  access  in  Cincinnati,  but  for  those  volumes  not  found  here  (and  these 
were  the  greater  portion),  search  was  made  in  Philadelphia,  New  York  and  elsewhere  to 
ascertain  if  they  were  in  any  accessible  libraries  in  this  country. 

"After  about  six  months  of  this  sort  of  work  and  correspondence  I  became  convinced  of 
three  things.  The  first  was,  that  it  involves  a  vast  amount  of  time  and  labour  to  search 
through  a  thousand  volumes  of  medical  books  and  journals  for  items  on  a  particular 
subject,  and  that  the  indexes  of  such  books  and  journals  cannot  always  be  relied  on  as 
a  guide  to  their  contents.  The  second  was,  that  there  are,  in  existence  somewhere,  over 
100,000  volumes  of  such  medical  books  and  journals,  not  counting  pamphlets  and  re- 
prints. And  the  third  was,  that  while  there  was  nowhere,  in  the  world,  a  library  which 
contained  all  medical  literature,  there  was  not  in  the  United  States  any  fairly  good 
library,  one  in  which  a  student  might  hope  to  find  a  large  part  of  the  literature  relating 
to  any  medical  subject;  and  that  if  one  wished  to  do  good  bibliographical  work  to  verify 
the  references  given  by  European  medical  writers,  or  to  make  reasonably  sure  that  one 
had  before  him  all  that  had  been  seen  or  done  by  previous  observers  or  experimenters 
on  a  given  subject,  he  must  go  to  Europe  and  visit,  not  merely  one,  but  several  of  the 
great  capital  cities  in  order  to  accomplish  his  desire. 

"It  was  this  experience  which  led  me  when  a  favourable  opportunity  offered  at  the  close 
of  the  war,  to  try  to  establish,  for  the  use  of  American  physicians,  a  fairly  complete 
medical  library,  and  in  connection  with  this  to  prepare  a  comprehensive  catalogue  and 
index  which  should  spare  medical  teachers  and  writers  the  drudgery  of  consulting  ten 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


5 


thousand  or  more  different  indexes,  or  of  turning  over  the  leaves  of  as  many  volumes 
to  find  the  dozen  or  so  references  of  which  they  might  be  in  search."5 

Billings  had  to  acquire  and  train  a  staff,  he  had  to  obtain  the  books, 
and  he  had  to  find  housing  for  both.  For  a  staff  he  had  a  dozen  civilian 
employees,  many  of  them  former  army  hospital  stewards;  only  a  single 
member  of  the  staff  had  had  a  college  education.  But  they  were  dependable 
and  reliable,  and  Billings  trained  them  in  the  rudiments  of  bibliographic 
procedure  for  which  at  that  time  there  were  as  yet  no  nationally  accepted 
standards.  To  get  the  books,  exchanges  were  instituted  with  medical  so- 
cieties and  institutions,  begging  letters  were  written  to  private  individuals 
at  home  and  abroad,  duplicates  were  amassed  for  subsequent  swapping. 
Wrappers  were  printed  in  two  languages,  English  and  Japanese,  and  sent 
to  Japan  to  facilitate  mailing  of  journals  from  that  newly  opened  country. 
Billings  sent  one  of  his  clerks  to  copy  the  list  of  journal  titles  which  had 
been  compiled  by  Dr.  Joseph  M.  Toner  of  Washington;  he  wrote  to  Dr. 
Thomas  Windsor  of  Manchester,  instituting  a  series  of  exchanges  and  gifts 
which  were  to  form  the  backbone  of  the  Library's  historical  collections; 
he  was  constantly  on  the  prowl  in  the  libraries  of  his  friends,  as  Oliver 
Wendell  Holmes  and  James  R.  Chadwick  would  later  testify.  He  was  lucky 
enough  to  receive  a  fund  of  some  $85,000,  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of 
properties  left  over  from  disbanded  hospitals,  and  he  used  the  money  to 
triple  the  collection.  It  was  the  lone  instance  of  having  money  available 
in  any  considerable  amount;  in  later  years  the  annual  sums  available  to 
Billings  for  operating  the  Library  would  reach  $10,000. 

In  1867  the  Library  found  quarters  in  the  old  Ford  Theatre  building  on 
Tenth  Street.  That  building  of  tragic  memory,  originally  a  Baptist  church 
before  Mr.  John  T.  Ford  converted  it  for  theatrical  performances,  had 
been  purchased  by  the  government  for  official  use.  For  a  while  Billings  and 
his  staff  remained  at  the  Surgeon  General's  Office  at  Fifteenth  Street  and 
Pennsylvania  Avenue,  where  the  books  were  accessioned  and  processed 
before  being  carted  over  to  Tenth  Street.  By  1880  the  collections  had 
grown  to  such  a  size  that  the  need  for  a  new  building  was  imperative.  Bill- 
ings organized  an  intensive  building  campaign.  Congress  was  bombarded 
by  letters  from  physicians  across  the  country;  funds  were  appropriated  in 
1885;  and  the  new  building  at  the  corner  of  Seventh  Street  and  Independ- 
ence Avenue  was  completed  in  the  fall  of  1887,  at  a  cost  of  $200,000.  The 
ground  floor  of  the  building  was  occupied  by  a  section  of  the  Adjutant 
General's  Office;  the  east  wing  was  occupied  by  the  Army  Medical  Museum, 
which  had  been  formally  placed  under  Billings'  charge  in  1883;  and  the 
west  wing  with  its  four-tiered  cast-iron  bookstack  was  occupied  by  the 
Library.  From  high  clerestory  windows  the  light  filtered  down  through 


'Cincinnati  Lancet-Clinic  20:  297-305  (1888). 


6 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


stack  floor  gratings;  on  late  winter  afternoons  the  aid  of  a  candle  was 
sometimes  needed  to  find  the  books  on  the  lower  shelves  of  the  first  stack 
level. 

The  growing  collection  had  to  be  organized  and  cataloged.  Small  pam- 
phlet catalogs  had  been  printed  in  1864  and  1865;  the  book  catalog  of  1868 
lists  over  6,000  volumes.  The  book  catalog  of  1872  ran  to  431  pages,  listed 
over  13,000  volumes,  and  was  provided  with  a  subject  index.  The  catalog 
of  1873-74  was  published  in  three  volumes,  and  listed  50,000  titles  of  books 
and  pamphlets.  Then,  in  1876,  the  Specimen  Fasciculus  of  a  Catalogue  of 
the  National  Medical  Library  appeared.  The  title  alone  is  noteworthy; 
"National  Medical  Library"  appeared  prominently  in  28-point  type; 
indeed,  the  letterheads  of  the  Library  during  this  period  bore  the  same 
legend.  The  Specimen  set  forth  in  dictionary  order  both  books  and  periodi- 
cal articles — the  books  listed  by  author  and  by  subject,  the  periodical  arti- 
cles by  subject  only,  in  a  single  alphabet.  On  this  plan,  the  first  volume  of 
the  Index-Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Office  ap- 
peared in  1880.  The  first  series  of  the  Index-Catalogue  was  to  be  completed 
in  16  volumes,  in  the  year  of  Billings'  retirement. 

The  rise  of  the  periodical  form  of  publication  of  scientific  literature  had 
been  spectacular  during  the  middle  third  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Bill- 
ings recognized  the  importance  of  this  new  form  and  strove  to  cope  with  it. 
He  had  clothesbaskets  full  of  journals  delivered  to  his  home  in  Georgetown, 
where  he  worked  at  night  at  the  job  of  checking  the  items  in  each  issue 
which  he  wanted  indexed.  Returned  to  the  Library,  the  journals  were 
processed  by  the  Library  clerks,  who  copied  out  the  titles  on  cards  which 
measured  4*4  x6'/g  inches.  The  next  step  sent  the  cards  to  Billings  or  to 
his  great  assistant,  Dr.  Robert  Fletcher,  who  had  joined  the  staff  in  1876; 
they  penciled  a  single  appropriate  subject  rubric  across  the  top  of  each 
card,  which  was  then  filed  to  await  its  proper  sequence  in  the  publication 
of  the  Index-Catalogue.  Duplicate  cards  of  current  materials  were  made, 
and  these  were  published,  beginning  in  1879,  in  the  monthly  Index-Medi- 
cus,  for  which  the  financial  arrangements  were  handled  on  an  extra-govern- 
mental basis.  Thus  Billings  provided  a  bibliographic  service  for  current 
awareness,  along  with  another  service  designed  primarily  for  retrospective 
search. 

With  all  this  activity,  reference  services  were  not  neglected.  Billings  and 
his  small  staff  somehow  found  the  time  to  answer  as  many  as  two  thousand 
inquiries  per  year.  Billings  also  instituted  a  forerunner  of  today's  inter- 
library  loan  system;  physicians  outside  of  Washington,  on  depositing 
550.00,  were  allowed  to  borrow  books  from  the  Library,  and  the  records 
show  that  William  Osier,  Howard  Kelly,  William  Halsted,  Reginald  Fitz, 
Walter  Reed,  Rudolph  Matas,  and  George  Crile  were  among  those  who 
took  advantage  of  that  privilege. 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


7 


That  Billings  possessed  extraordinary  reserves  of  physical  stamina,  as 
well  as  intellectual  capacities,  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  during  this  same 
period,  beginning  in  1875,  he  was  closely  involved  in  the  development  of 
the  new  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  Medical  School.  Billings'  plans  were 
chosen  for  the  new  hospital,  which  was  begun  in  1877  and  opened  in  1889. 
No  matter  that  those  plans  tolerated  no  elevator  shafts,  no  matter  that 
they  provided  for  thick  coats  of  asphalt  on  the  floors,  in  deference  to  the 
still  prevalent  idea  that  foul  miasmas  arising  from  the  soil  should  be  pre- 
vented from  spreading,  the  plans  represented  a  fresh  new  point  of  view 
and  a  departure  from  the  old  block  buildings  or  rambling  wooden  pa- 
vilions of  the  past.  And  they  embodied  new  ideas  in  medical  education: 
there  was  to  be  a  separate  out-patient  dispensary,  first-class  physiological 
and  pathological  laboratories,  and  a  graded  series  of  accommodations  for 
private  patients.  During  this  time  Billings  was  the  chief  medical  adviser 
to  Daniel  Coit  Gilman,  the  President  of  the  new  university.  He  arranged 
the  curriculum  for  the  new  school:  he  insisted  that  its  purpose  must  be  to 
train  investigators  as  well  as  practitioners;  he  was  instrumental  in  bringing 
in  Welch  and  Osier  as  the  nucleus  of  the  first  staff.  He  placed  emphasis 
on  the  keeping  of  proper  records,  financial  and  clinical;  he  taught  courses 
in  the  history  of  medicine,  commuting  back  and  forth  from  Baltimore  to 
Washington  by  train.  He  was  giving  his  lectures  on  medical  history  else- 
where, as  well — in  Boston,  in  New  York,  and  on  some  of  his  numerous 
trips  abroad. 

His  interests  in  public  health  and  vital  statistics  led  to  a  position  as  con- 
sultant for  the  tenth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth  U.  S.  Censuses  between  1880 
and  1912,  and  he  published  voluminous  reports  of  his  findings.  He  stressed 
the  necessity  for  morbidity  as  well  as  mortality  statistics;  he  strove  to  get 
agreement  on  a  standardized  classification  for  reporting  purposes.  Of 
special  interest  to  us  of  the  present  day,  when  the  furor  over  machine 
methods  of  bibliography  is  at  a  peak,  is  the  fact  that  it  was  a  suggestion  of 
Billings  to  Herman  Hollerith,  made  over  some  chicken  salad  at  Billings' 
home,  which  led  to  the  development  of  punched-card  tabulation.  As 
Hollerith  later  wrote: 

". . .  and  so  it  happened  that  one  Sunday  evening  at  Dr.  B  tea  table  he  said  to  me  there 
ought  to  be  a  machine  for  doing  the  purely  mechanical  work  of  tabulating  population 
and  similar  statistics  ...  After  studying  the  problem  I  went  back  to  Dr.  Billings  and 
said  I  thought  I  could  work  out  a  solution  for  the  problem  and  asked  him  would  he 
go  in  with  me.  The  Dr.  said  no  he  was  not  interested  any  further  than  to  see  some  solu- 
tion of  the  problem  worked  out."6 


'Letter  of  August  7,  1919;  quoted  by  J.  Fraser  Muirhead  in  his  article  "Doctors  afield; 
John  Shaw  Billings,"  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  268:  778-9  (1963).  See  also 
Frederick  J.  Rex,  Jr.,  "Herman  Hollerith,  the  first  'statistical  engineer'."  Computers  and 
Automation,  August  1961,  pp.  10-3  [with  an  important  bibliography  of  Hollerith]. 


8 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


He  went  abroad  often,  buying  books,  visiting  medical  military  installa- 
tions, speaking  at  medical  convocations,  representing  his  country.  His  ad- 
dress at  the  International  Medical  Congress  in  London  in  1881  was  an 
enormous  success  and  drew  world-wide  attention  to  the  problems  of  a  grow- 
ing medical  literature  and  to  medical  bibliography.  In  1886  he  was  invited 
to  speak  before  the  British  Medical  Association,  and  his  frank  address  on 
the  state  of  American  medicine,  kindly  and  humorous  and  forthright 
though  it  was,  drew  some  criticisms  in  this  country  and  some  disapproba- 
tion from  organized  medicine  that  did  not  abate  for  many  years  thereafter. 

In  1895,  after  30  years'  service  at  the  Library,  President  Cleveland 
granted  his  retirement  from  the  Army,  and  he  accepted  a  post  as  Professor 
of  Hygiene  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  at  the  insistence  of  his  old 
friend,  William  Pepper,  whom  he  had  advised  for  some  years.  It  was  not 
an  entirely  happy  move;  Billings  was  a  public  health  man  of  the  old  school, 
the  statistician  and  the  sanitary  engineer,  and  did  not  feel  too  much  at 
home  in  the  direction  of  the  type  of  laboratory  investigations  then  becom- 
ing prominent.  He  attracted  capable  people,  however,  and  gave  them  their 
heads.  At  the  end  of  November  1895  a  great  banquet  was  held  in  Billings' 
honor  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  medical  community  turned  out  in  force. 
The  toastmaster  on  this  occasion  was  Billings'  old  friend,  Weir  Mitchell; 
Osier  and  DaCosta  and  Jacobi  and  Chadwick  and  Fletcher  were  there,  and 
spoke  of  Billings'  achievement.  Osier  read  a  message  of  congratulations 
from  Surgeon  General  Sternberg,  and  announced  that  Billings'  portrait 
was  to  be  painted  and  presented  to  the  Library.  Billings  was  given  a  silver 
box,  and  inside  it  was  a  check  for  $10,000,  which  had  been  subscribed  by 
friends  in  England  and  the  United  States.7  Billings  responded  in  his  usual 
eloquent  fashion,  and  was  magnanimous  in  his  praise  of  his  colleagues. 
It  must  have  been  in  many  ways  a  tense  situation  for  Billings,  newly  ar- 
rived in  Philadelphia  and  under  obligation  to  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, for  he  had  been  told  only  three  days  before  the  banquet  that  he  had 
been  selected  as  the  Director  of  the  New  York  Public  Library,  then  newly 
forming  from  an  amalgamation  of  the  Astor,  Tilden,  and  Lenox  libraries. 
Somehow  he  managed  to  work  things  out  with  Pepper;  Weir  Mitchell 
helped  to  smooth  the  way;  and  at  the  end  of  summer  in  1896,  after  three 
months  in  Europe  to  attend  the  Royal  Society's  International  Conference 
on  Scientific  Literature  and  study  continental  libraries,  Billings  moved  to 
New  York,  there  to  spend  the  remaining  17  years  of  his  life. 

Billings  set  to  work.  He  brought  the  Tilden  books  into  the  Lenox  build- 
ing and  set  up  some  two  miles  of  temporary  wooden  shelving  in  the  Astor 


'"Banquet  and  presentation  in  honor  of  John  Shaw  Billings,  M.D.,  LL.D.,"  Medical 
News  (Phila)  67:  634-41  (7  Dec  1895). 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


9 


building.  He  installed  artificial  lighting  in  both  buildings.  He  drew  up  a 
scheme  of  classification  of  which  he  remarked  that 

". .  .  it  is  not  a  copy  of  any  classification  used  elsewhere;  that  it  is  not  specially  original; 
that  it  is  not  logical  so  far  as  the  succession  of  different  departments  in  relation  to  the 
operations  of  the  human  mind  is  concerned;  that  it  is  not  recommended  for  any  other 
library,  and  that  no  librarian  of  any  other  library  would  approve  of  it . . ." 

He  tried  to  reconcile  the  varying  styles  of  cataloging,  and  brought  in  a 
system  which  was  much  like  that  of  the  Index-Catalogue,  with  periodical 
articles  carded  among  the  books.  He  successfully  bargained  with  City 
officials  and  the  State  legislature  for  a  building  site  on  the  land  occupied 
by  the  old  Croton  reservoir  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  Forty-Second  Street.  An 
architectural  competition  for  the  new  building  was  held,  plans  were  com- 
pleted on  the  basis  of  rough  pencil  sketches  which  Billings  had  drawn  up 
one  day  in  Atlantic  City  in  1897,  and  the  building  was  begun.  The  corner- 
stone was  laid  in  1902,  and  nine  years  later,  in  May  1911,  the  new  building 
was  opened  to  the  public.  The  staff  was  reorganized;  the  collections  grew 
from  almost  half  a  million  volumes  in  1901  to  over  a  million  volumes  in 
1913,  while  the  42  branch  libraries  which  Billings  established  held  another 
million  volumes. 

As  usual,  his  extracurricular  activities  threatened  to  outstrip  his  more 
regular  efforts.  In  1902  he  served  as  President  of  the  American  Library 
Association;  between  1905  and  1908  he  was  engaged  in  drawing  up  plans 
for  the  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital  in  Boston,  which  he  had  the  satis- 
faction of  seeing  completed  in  1913;  and  from  the  founding  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington  in  1902  he  served  as  a  member  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  and  from  1903  on  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

In  his  last  years,  he  had  days  when  he  preferred  to  keep  to  himself.  Near 
the  end  he  said  to  his  deputy,  "I  no  longer  have  any  enthusiasm.  I  have  ac- 
quired a  tendency  to  oppose  new  things  and  new  ideas."  He  was  sometimes 
irascible  with  his  colleagues  in  the  councils  of  the  Carnegie  Institution. 
" Walcott,"  he  once  said,  "I  seem  to  oppose  everything,  don't  I?"  The  reply 
was  "No . .  .  but  you  are  sometimes  cross  and  intractable."  The  death  of 
his  wife  in  August  1912  was  a  severe  blow.  That  she  was  a  constant  in- 
spiration to  him  throughout  his  life,  no  one  can  doubt  who  has  read  his 
letters.  The  man  who  could  be  so  tough  and  so  brusque  at  times  was  also 
the  man  who  could  write  to  her  in  salutation:  "Idle  of  my  Sole."  He  was 
the  same  man  who  could  tell  stories  about  Daniel  in  the  Lions'  Den  to  a 
little  girl  on  a  picnic. 

During  his  last  years  he  was  frequently  unwell.  He  had  had  five  opera- 
tions for  facial  cancer  between  1890  and  1892,  the  last  performed  by  Dr. 
William  S.  Halsted  and  involving  a  radical  neck  dissection.  He  was 


10 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


troubled  with  renal  and  biliary  calculi;  in  1900  he  was  operated  on  by  Dr. 
Charles  McBurney,  and  in  1906  a  cholecystectomy  was  performed.  In  1913 
he  underwent  another  operation,  pneumonia  supervened,  and  he  died  on 
March  11,  in  his  seventy-fifth  year,  one  week  after  the  inauguration  of 
President  Wilson.  He  was  buried  in  Arlington  National  Cemetery. 

In  his  seventy-five  years,  he  had  fought  a  war,  had  revolutionized  hospital 
construction,  had  been  a  prime  mover  in  public  hygiene  and  sanitation, 
had  played  a  leading  role  in  the  development  of  vital  statistics,  had  chal- 
lenged the  medical  profession  to  higher  levels  of  accomplishment,  had  done 
more  to  advance  American  medical  education  than  any  other  individual 
of  his  generation,  had  created  a  great  national  medical  library  and  built 
for  it  bibliographical  keys  of  comparable  magnitude.  He  was  a  mover  and 
shaker;  he  had  organizing  genius  and  the  passion  for  doing.  He  had  vision, 
managerial  adroitness,  and  a  dogged  and  relentless  power  of  will.  Once 
he  had  said  to  the  Librarian  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Medicine:  "I'll  let 
you  into  a  secret — there's  nothing  really  difficult  if  you  only  begin — some 
people  contemplate  a  task  until  it  looms  so  big,  it  seems  impossible,  but 
I  just  begin  and  it  gets  done  somehow.  There  would  be  no  coral  islands 
if  the  first  bug  sat  down  and  began  to  wonder  how  the  job  was  to  be  done."  8 

Billings  was  singularly  fortunate  in  his  biographers.  Fielding  H.  Garri- 
son, who  had  joined  the  staff  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Library  in  1891, 
brought  out  his  remarkable  memoir  in  1915;  Harry  Miller  Lydenberg, 
Billings'  protege  and  later  successor  as  Director  of  the  New  York  Public 
Library,  prepared  a  shorter  evaluation  in  1924  to  inaugurate  the  ALA 
series  on  American  Library  Pioneers.  In  what  follows  I  borrow  many  of 
their  words  and  phrases,  adding  some  emphasis  of  my  own. 

Billings  was  a  tall  figure  of  powerful  build  and  commanding  appearance. 
He  was  austere  and  somewhat  distant  in  manner,  and  did  not  suffer  fools 
gladly;  he  was  a  man  of  imperious  judgments,  and  much  inclined  to  have 
his  own  way.  He  was  fertile  in  ideas,  straightforward  in  expression,  and 
entirely  wrapped  up  in  accomplishing  whatever  he  set  out  to  do.  (Garrison) 
He  knew  what  the  master  word  in  medicine  is,  he  knew  the  glory  of  the 
day's  work,  he  had  the  rare  gift  of  industry  of  the  minute.  He  seized  upon 
essentials,  and  sometimes  left  behind  some  baffling  small  details  that 
plagued  his  followers.  He  was  impatient  of  committees  and  committee 
work;  in  striking  out  ahead  of  the  crowd,  he  sometimes  lost  sight  of  the 
fact  that  those  who  moved  in  his  wake  frequently  gained  by  their  efforts 
at  standardization  and  cooperation,  however  plodding  they  might  be.  He 
had  unshakeable  confidence  in  his  own  judgment;  he  formed  his  own 
opinions  and  drew  his  own  deductions.  He  was  constantly  drawn  on  into 


8  J.  V.  W.  MacAlister,  British  Medical  Journal  1:  642  (1913). 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


11 


new  directions;  rarely  did  he  re-examine  the  purely  technical  solutions  he 
devised  so  readily  and  well. 

Through  all  his  activities,  through  all  periods  of  his  life,  stands  out, 
pre-eminent  and  persistent,  his  love  of  books.  He  read  wherever  he  was 
and  whatever  he  was  doing.  At  sea  or  on  land,  at  home  or  away,  in  the  city 
or  in  the  country,  his  book  and  his  cigar  were  his  constant  companions. 
(Lydenberg) 

He  had  a  strong  temper,  usually  well  under  control.  As  reticent  in  praise 
as  in  reproof,  the  weight  of  either  was  unmistakable  when  he  did  express 
it.  The  army  officer  was  apparent  in  countless  ways,  in  what  he  expected 
as  well  as  what  he  did.  The  medical  man  and  the  scientist  appeared  with 
equal  frequency,  in  his  attitude  to  life,  in  the  way  he  faced  the  great  prob- 
lems of  nature,  in  his  scrupulously  careful  weighing  of  evidence,  in  his 
methods  of  attacking  new  problems.  (Lydenberg) 

William  Welch  said  that  John  Billings  was  the  wisest  man  he  ever  knew. 
He  was  that  rare  thing  in  modern  life,  an  absolutely  reliable  man.  (Garri- 
son) Loyalty  to  friends  and  ideals,  wideness  of  sympathy  and  vision,  tenac- 
ity of  purpose,  ceaseless  industry,  consideration  of  others  before  himself, 
gentleness  combined  with  firmness — these  were  the  outstanding  character- 
istics of  this  soldier,  scholar,  physician,  librarian,  (Lydenberg)  this  alto- 
gether remarkable  man  who  dominated  the  American  medical  scene  for 
almost  half  a  century. 

Bibliographical  Note 
The  sources  of  information  on  Billings'  life  are  pre-eminently: 

Fielding  H.  Garrison,  John  Shaw  Billings,  a  Memoir.  New  York,  Putnam,  1915.  432  p. 
[with  a  genealogy  of  the  Billings  family,  the  military  record  of  JSB,  and  a  bibliog- 
raphy of  the  writings  of  JSB]. 
Harry  Miller  Lydenberg,  John  Shaw  Billifigs;  Creator  of  the  National  Medical  Library 
and  Its  Catalogue;  First  Director  of  the  New  York  Public  Library.  Chicago,  American 
Library  Association,  1924.  95  p.  [American  Library  Pioneers,  I]. 
National  Academy  of  Sciences.  Biographical  Memoirs.  Washington,  1917.  Vol.  8. 

"Biographical  memoir  of  John  Shaw  Billings,"  by  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  pp.  375-83.  [Pub- 
lished also  in  Science  38:  827-33  (Dec.  12,  1913)]. 
"The  scientific  work  of  John  Shaw  Billings,"  by  Fielding  H.  Garrison,  pp.  385-416. 
Fielding  H.  Garrison,  "Billings;  a  Maker  of  American  Medicine,"  in  Lectures  on  the 
History  of  Medicine, . . .  1926-1932.  Philadelphia,  W.  B.  Saunders  Company.  [Lecture 
given  before  Northwestern  University  Medical  School,  Chicago,  November  8,  1928; 
and  before  the  Mayo  Foundation,  Rochester,  November  14,  1928]. 
"In  memoriam;  John  Shaw  Billings."  Index  Medicus  March,  1913.  [4  p.]. 
"John  Shaw  Billings;  an  appreciation."  Military  Surgeon  61:  61-4  (1927). 
"Greetings  from  the  Surgeon-General's  Library."  Colorado  Medicine  13:  366-8  (1916). 
Alfred  A.  Woodhull,  "Lieut.-Col.  John  Shaw  Billings,  U.  S.  Army."  Journal  of  the  Mili- 
tary Service  Institution  53:  328-42  (1913). 


12 


LIFE  OF  J.  S.  BILLINGS 


Bulletin  of  the  New  York  Public  Library,  vol.  17,  1913. 

pp.  511-30.  Memorial  meeting  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  John  Shaw  Billings,  April  2j, 
1913.  [Addresses  by  Weir  Mitchell,  Wm.  Osier,  Wm.  H.  Welch,  Andrew  Carnegie, 
Richard  B.  Bowker,  John  L.  Cadwalader]. 

pp.  531-3.  Appendix  [Letters  from  Cardinal  Farley,  Sir  Henry  Burdett,  E.  C.  Richard- 
son, Helen  E.  Haines,  Cressy  L.  Wilbur]. 

pp.  534-5.  Minute  adopted  by  the  American  Library  Association  at  its  annual  con- 
ference at  Kaaterskill,  New  York,  June  25,  1913;  John  Shaw  Billings,  April  12,  1838- 
March  11,  1913. 

[an  account  of  this  meeting  appears  also  in  Library  Journal  38:  334-8  (June  1913)]. 
Jean  A.  Curran,  "John  Shaw  Billings,  medical  genius  of  the  19th  century."  Bulletin  of 
the  Medical  Library  Association  42:  163-71  (1954).  [contains  information  on  manu- 
script sources]. 

H.  M.  Hurd,  "Dr.  John  Shaw  Billings,  bibliographer  and  librarian."  Bulletin  of  the 

Medical  Library  Association  5:  35-40  (1915-16). 
C.  C.  McCulloch,  "The  Surgeon-General's  Library."  Bulletin  of  the  Medical  Library 

Association  6:  25-39  (1916-17). 
W.  F.  Willcox,  "The  past  and  future  development  of  vital  statistics  in  the  United  States. 

I.  John  Shaw  Billings  and  federal  vital  statistics."  Journal  of  the  American  Statistical 

Association  21:  257-66  (1926). 
"John  Shaw  Billings  Memorial  Number,"  Bulletin  of  the  Institute  of  the  History  of 

Medicine,  April,  1938  (Vol.  6,  No.  4). 
Introduction.  Henry  E.  Sigerist.  pp.  223-4. 

John  Shaw  Billings  as  an  Army  medical  officer;  a  tribute  on  his  hundredth  birthday, 
April  12,  1938.  Edgar  Erskine  Hume.  pp.  225-70. 

John  Shaw  Billings  and  the  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School;  a  tribute  on  the  one 
hundredth  anniversary  of  his  birth.  Alan  M.  Chesney.  pp.  271-84. 

Two  papers  by  John  Shaw  Billings  on  medical  education;  with  a  foreword  by  Alan  M. 
Chesney.  pp.  285-359. 

John  Shaw  Billings  and  the  history  of  medicine.  Sanford  V.  Larkey.  pp.  360-76. 

John  Shaw  Billings  and  the  New  York  Public  Library.  H.  M.  Lydenberg.  pp.  377-86. 
Raymond  Pearl,  "Some  notes  on  the  contributions  of  Dr.  John  Shaw  Billings  to  the  de- 
velopment of  vital  statistics."  Bulletin  of  the  Institute  of  the  History  of  Medicine 
6:  387-93  (1938). 

"Two  letters  by  John  Shaw  Billings  on  the  history  of  medicine,"  with  a  foreword  by 
Sanford  V.  Larkey.  Bulletin  of  the  Institute  of  the  History  of  Medicine  6:  394-8 
(1938). 

Prominent  among  the  many  obituaries  are: 

[Sir  Henry  Burdett],  Hospital  (London)  53:  671-3  (March  22,  1913). 
J.  Y.  W.  MacAlister,  British  Medical  Journal  1:  642  (March  22,  1913). 
Sir  Lauder  Brunton,  British  Medical  Journal  1:  642  (March  22,  1913). 

Nature  91:  62  (March  20,  1913). 
Sir  William  Osier,  British  Medical  Journal  1:  641  (March  22,  1913). 
Albert  Allemann,  Miinchener  Medizinische  Wochenschrift  60:  1096  (May  20,  1913). 
Bulletin  of  the  New  York  Public  Library  17:  307-12  (1913). 
Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association  60:  846  (1913). 

J.  Ewing  Mears,  Transactions  of  the  American  Surgical  Association  31:  xxxiv-xxxix 
(1913). 


FRANK  B.  ROGERS 


13 


For  general  background,  see  the  following: 

John  F.  Fulton,  The  Great  Medical  Bibliographers;  a  Study  in  Humanism.  Philadelphia, 
University  of  Pennsylvania  Press,  1951.  ["John  Shaw  Billings,"  pp.  67-75]. 

Estelle  Brodman,  The  Development  of  Medical  Bibliography.  Medical  Library  Associa- 
tion, 1954.  ["John  Shaw  Billings,"  pp.  105-27]. 

For  history  of  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  see: 

Dorothy  M.  Schullian  and  Frank  B.  Rogers,  "The  National  Library  of  Medicine." 

Library  Quarterly  28:  1-17,  95-121  (1958). 
Dorothy  M.  Schullian,  "Thomas  Windsor,  benefactor  of  the  Army  Medical  Library." 

Bulletin  of  the  Medical  Library  Association  38:  135^4  (1950). 
Dorothy  M.  Schullian,  "Unfolded  out  of  the  folds."  Bulletin  of  the  Medical  Library 

Association  40:  135-43  (1952). 
Dorothy  M.  Schullian,  "Alfred  Alexander  Woodhull,  John  Shaw  Billings,  and  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital,  8  June  1871."  Journal  of  the  History  of  Medicine  and  Allied 
Science  13:  531-7  (1958). 
Harold  W.  Jones,  "The  Army  Medical  Library;  its  history  and  its  future  obligations." 

Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association  122:  1074-9  (1943). 
Richard  Hood,  "The  Army  Medical  Library."  Science  105:  422-6  (April  25,  1947). 
Scott  Adams,  "The  Army  Medical  Library  and  other  medical  libraries  of  the  nation." 

College  and  Research  Libraries  9:  126-32  (April  1948). 
"Army  Medical  Library  Number,"  Medical  Life,  December,  1936.  (Vol.  43,  No.  12). 
The  centenary  of  the  Army  Medical  Library.  H.  W.  Jones,  pp.  533^13. 
The  oration  commemorating  the  100"1  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  Army  Medi- 
cal Library,  Washington.  Sir  Humphrey  Rolleston.  pp.  543-62. 
The  greetings  from  beyond  the  seas.  H.  W.  Jones,  pp.  563-73. 
A  greenhorn's  experience  in  the  library.  Percy  M.  Ashburn.  pp.  573-9. 
Dr.  Billings  and  his  work.  Albert  Allemann.  pp.  587-90. 

[The  first  three  articles  were  also  published  in  Military  Surgeon  80:  1-31  (Jan.  1937)]. 
Edgar  Erskine  Hume,  "Buildings  for  the  Army  Medical  Library,"  Military  Surgeon  80: 
45-52  (Jan.  1937). 

Frank  B.  Rogers  and  Scott  Adams,  "The  Army  Medical  Library's  Publication  Program." 

Texas  Reports  on  Biology  and  Medicine  8:  271-300  (1950). 
"National  Library  of  Medicine  Anniversary  Issue."  Bulletin  of  the  Medical  Library 

Association,  July,  1961.  (Vol.  49,  No.  3). 
Memoir  of  Robert  Fletcher.  Estelle  Brodman.  pp.  251-90. 
The  survey  and  after.  Janet  Doe.  pp.  361-8. 
Reminiscences.  Mary  Louise  Marshall,  pp.  369-73. 
Housing  the  library. 

Part  I.  The  old  building.  Keyes  D.  Metcalf.  pp.  396-402. 

Part  II.  The  new  building.  Walter  H.  Kilham,  Jr.  pp.  403-10. 
Comprehensive  collecting,  then  and  now.  Leslie  K.  Falk  and  Samuel  Lazerow.  pp. 

434-42. 

Adams  Jewett  and  John  Shaw  Billings,  partners  in  acquisition.  Dorothy  M.  Schullian. 
pp.  443-9. 


Autobiographical  Fragment 


I  first  got  a  realizing  sense  of  my  own  personality  or  individuality  when, 
a  boy  about  eight  years  old,  I  was  at  work  on  a  hillside  on  the  farm  of 
Tristram  Burgers,  near  Providence,  R.  I.  My  father  was  the  manager  of  this 
farm,  and  my  business  that  sunny  afternoon  was  to  chop  up  and  dig  out  by 
the  roots  all  the  Canada  thistles  I  could  find  in  the  pasture. 

I  had  read  the  Bible  through — verse  by  verse,  also  Robinson  Crusoe, 
Deerslayer,  Pathfinder,  and  Pilgrim's  Progress — but  I  had  never  done  any 
thinking  that  I  can  remember.  But  on  this  memorable  afternoon,  I  stood 
on  the  hillside  and  looked  over  Narragansett  Bay,  and  wondered  where 
all  the  catboats  and  schooners  with  their  white  sails  came  from,  and  were 
going  to.  Then  my  thoughts  took  this  turn:  "The  only  person  who  can 
know  that  is  God.  He  knows  everything  that  has  been,  and  is,  and  is  to  be. 
Then,  hundreds  and  thousands  of  years  ago,  He  knew  that  I  should  be  here 
today,  and  that  each  of  those  boats  would  be  just  where  it  is,  and  that  I 
should  be  thinking  of  them.  Then,  as  His  knowledge  must  have  been  per- 
fect, it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  I,  just  as  I  am,  knowing  just  what  I 
know,  am  here  at  this  moment,  looking  at  these  ships,  which  also  must  be 
just  where  they  are.  Then  everything  must  be  arranged  and  ordered  to  be 
just  as  it  is,  and  no  one  can  prevent  it.  Therefore,  I  am  not  responsible  for 
where  I  am  nor  for  what  I  do."  I  was  surprised  at  this  conclusion,  and 
thought  I  had  made  a  great  discovery,  and  resolved  to  tell  my  mother  about 
it  when  she  was  worrying  about  our  troubles.  I  did  tell  her  about  it  that 
night,  and  said  that  there  was  no  use  in  worrying  any  more.  She  looked  at 
me  in  a  scornful  sort  of  way,  and  said,  "Who's  been  teaching  you  about 
foreordination."  "Nobody  taught  me,"  said  I.  "I  found  it  out  by  myself — 
don't  you  see  it  must  be  so?" 

My  life  on  the  Burgers'  farm,  from  about  five  to  ten  years  of  age,  was  that 
of  an  ordinary  farmer's  boy.  I  dropped  four  or  five  grains  of  sweet  corn  in 
the  proper  place  in  the  furrow  in  planting  time,  I  helped  weed  the  little 
carrots  and  young  beets,  rode  the  horse  for  horse-raking  the  hay  crop,  went 
to  a  country  school  for  three  months  in  the  winter,  made  little  clam-bakes 
along  the  shore  with  my  cousins  William  Henry  and  Charles  Shaw,  and 
read  everything  I  could  lay  hands  on.  I  managed  to  get  a  dollar  for  sub- 
scription to  a  little  lending  library  in  a  book  shop,  and  the  first  books  I 


As  printed  on  pp.  2-A  of  Fielding  H.  Garrison's  John  Shaw  Billings;  a  memoir  (New 
York,  Putnam,  1915).  Garrison  says  that  Billings  wrote  this  slight  sketch  "at  the  instance 
of  his  friends  a  few  years  before  his  death." 

14 


AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL  FRAGMENT 


15 


took  out  were  Deerslayer,  Pathfinder,  and  Jock  o'  the  Mill.  I  had  for  my 
own,  Robinson  Crusoe,  Marco  Paul  in  the  Forests  of  Maine,  Harry  and 
Lucy,  and  Plutarch's  Lives,  and  was  quite  sure  that  I  did  not  want  to  be  a 
farmer. 

When  I  was  about  ten  years  old,  my  father  moved  to  Indiana  and  estab- 
lished himself  in  a  little  crossroads  village  called  Allensville,  on  the  road 
from  Rising  Sun  to  Vevay.  Here  he  kept  a  country  store — was  postmaster, 
and  had  a  small  shoemaker's  shop  in  which  one  man  was  employed.  I 
learned  something  of  shoemaking — had  some  experiences  in  keeping 
store.  I  read  incessantly.  Came  across  a  book — I  have  forgotten  its  title — 
which  had  a  number  of  Latin  quotations  in  it,  asked  a  young  clergyman 
(John  C.  Bonham)  how  I  could  learn  Latin — and  got  a  Latin  grammar  and 
reader — a  copy  of  Ccesar,  and  a  Latin  dictionary,  and  set  to  work.  It  was 
difficult,  but  with  the  aid  of  Mr.  Bonham  I  made  good  progress.  Then  I 
made  an  agreement  with  my  father  that  if  he  would  help  me  through  col- 
lege in  the  least  expensive  way,  all  of  his  property  should  go  to  my  sister, 
and  that  I  must  expect  nothing  more.  I  then  got  some  Greek  books,  a 
geometry,  etc.,  and  went  on  to  fit  myself  to  pass  the  entrance  examination 
for  the  sub-freshman  class  at  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio.  I  succeeded 
in  doing  this  in  a  year — and  passed  the  examination  in  the  fall  of  1852. 
For  the  first  two  years  I  kept  bachelor's  hall,  living  on  bread,  milk,  potatoes, 
eggs,  ham,  etc.,  such  things  as  I  could  cook  for  myself.  The  lessons  gave  me 
little  trouble.  Most  of  my  time  was  spent  in  reading  the  books  in  the  College 
Library.  I  was  omnivorous,  read  everything  in  English  as  it  came,  phi- 
losophy, theology,  natural  science,  history,  travels,  and  fiction. 


Memorandum 


The  Library  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Office  may  be  said  to  date  from 
the  late  war,  at  the  commencement  of  which  it  consisted  of  about  350 
volumes  of  text-books  and  journals. 

In  October,  1865,  as  appears  by  a  pamphlet  catalogue  of  that  date,  the 
number  of  volumes  was  about  1,800,  and  since  that  time  the  increase  by 
donation,  exchange,  and  purchase  has  been  steady  and  rapid;  the  present 
catalogue  containing  about  13,000  titles,  including  13,300  volumes. 

The  object  kept  in  view  in  the  formation  of  the  Library  has  been  to 
obtain  publications  relating  to — 

1.  Military  hygiene,  medicine,  and  surgery. 

2.  Public  hygiene,  medical  police,  and  state  medicine,  including  epi- 
demics and  quarantine. 

3.  Vital  and  medical  statistics. 

4.  Medical  and  scientific  journals  and  periodical  literature. 

5.  Chemistry,  meteorology,  and  physics. 

As  will  be  seen  by  the  catalogue,  a  good  foundation  has  been  made  for 
a  library  relating  to  the  above  subjects;  but  it  is  still  very  far  from  being 
complete. 

That  there  is  need  in  this  country  of  a  medical  library  of  this  character 
is  sufficiently  evident  from  the  fact  that,  in  all  the  public  medical  libraries 
of  the  United  States  put  together,  it  would  not  be  possible  to  verify  from 
the  original  authorities  the  references  given  by  standard  English  or  German 
authors,  such  as  Hennen,  Reynolds,  or  Virchow.  No  complete  collection 
of  American  medical  literature  is  in  existence;  and  the  most  complete,  if 
in  this  country,  is  in  private  hands,  and  not  accessible  to  the  public;  while 
every  year  adds  to  the  difficulty  of  forming  such  a  collection  as  the  Govern- 
ment should  possess.  The  books  are  now  safely  and  conveniently  arranged 
in  the  fire-proof  building  of  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  and  are  accessible 
to  the  public  under  rules  and  regulations  essentially  the  same  as  those  for 
the  Library  of  Congress. 

It,  in  fact,  forms  a  highly  desirable,  and,  indeed,  necessary  supplement 
to  the  Congressional  Library,  and  is  catalogued  in  the  same  manner,  the 
principle  being  to  give  a  literal  transcript  of  the  title-page  of  each  work, 
omitting  titles  of  authors. 


Prefaced  to  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Office,  United  States 
Army;  with  an  alphabetical  index  of  subjects.  Washington,  Government  Printing  Office 
1872. 

16 


MEMORANDUM 


17 


The  alphabetical  index  of  subjects  is  not  intended  to  be  complete.  It  in- 
cludes only  works  readily  classified,  and  subjects  relating  to  which  two  or 
more  works  are  in  the  Library. 

Prepared  and  printed  within  six  months,  to  meet  a  want  which  daily 
became  more  pressing,  errors  have  been  inevitable,  especially  those  of 
omission.  It  is  hoped  that  a  corrected  and  much  enlarged  edition  will  be 
needed  and  can  be  prepared  within  a  very  few  years. 


Letter  of  Transmittal,  Specimen  Fasciculus 

War  Department,  Surgeon-General's  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C,  February  1,  1876. 

General:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  specimen  of  a  cata- 
logue of  what  may  now  be  properly  called  the  National  Medical  Library, 
heretofore  known  as  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office. 

The  entire  catalogue,  of  which  this  is  a  sample,  is  nearly  ready  for  the 
press,  and  it  is  hoped  and  believed  that  it  will  be  found  of  practical  interest 
and  value  in  a  bibliographical  point  of  view  as  well  as  for  the  immediate 
use  of  the  collection  to  which  it  relates. 

A  few  copies  of  this  specimen  have  been  printed  in  order  to  show  the 
character  and  scope  of  the  collection,  to  obtain  criticisms  and  suggestions 
as  to  the  form  of  catalogue  which  will  be  most  acceptable  and  useful,  and 
to  furnish  data  for  the  decision  as  to  whether  it  is  desirable  that  such  a  work 
should  be  printed  and  distributed. 

The  specimen  submitted  is  of  a  combined  catalogue  of  subjects  and  au- 
thors, arranged  in  dictionary  order  under  a  single  alphabet. 

The  first  question  to  be  decided  is  whether  this  form  is  preferable  to 
two  separate  works,  one  containing  the  authors  and  the  other  the  subjects. 
Having  consulted  some  of  the  principal  medical  writers  and  teachers  of 
this  country,  for  whose  use  and  benefit  the  work  is  intended,  and  after 
conference  with  some  of  the  librarians  of  largest  experience,  the  weight  of 
opinions  in  favor  of  the  single-alphabet  system  for  this  particular  work  has 
appeared  sufficiently  marked  to  warrant  its  employment  in  this  specimen. 

The  next  question  is  with  regard  to  the  classification  adopted,  which  is 
mainly  from  the  anatomical  standpoint.  By  the  use  of  numerous  cross- 
references,  it  has  been  made  certain,  as  far  as  possible,  that  the  titles  desired 
can  be  found,  although  not  always  under  the  heading  anticipated;  for  in 
this  respect  it  is  impossible  to  meet  the  wishes  of  all  without  excessive 
duplication. 

The  references  are  always  from  the  general  to  the  more  special  heads; 
thus,  under  "Abdomen  (Tumors  of)",  attention  is  directed  to  "Aneurism 
(Aortic)",  etc.  An  attempt  has  been  made  by  the  use  of  varieties  of  type  to 
make  it  as  easy  as  possible  to  catch  the  particular  title  desired;  but  there  is 
still  room  for  improvement  in  this  respect,  since  some  of  the  "sorts"  de- 
sired were  not  available.  If  the  printing  of  the  entire  work  should  be  au- 
thorized, it  is  hoped  that  the  most  desirable  form  will  be  used. 

Letter  of  transmittal,  Specimen  fasciculus  of  a  catalogue  of  the  National  Medical 
Library,  under  the  direction  of  the  Surgeon-General,  United  States  Army.  Washington 
1876.  pp.  iii-vi. 


18 


SPECIMEN  FASCICULUS 


19 


Titles  printed  in  the  larger  type,  or  brevier,  are  of  books  and  pamphlets. 
Those  given  under  authors  give  the  collation  of  the  book  and  the  name  of 
the  publisher. 

In  the  titles  under  subject-headings,  the  names  of  authors  are  in  italics, 
to  the  end  of  the  subject  of  "Abscess",  after  which,  for  purposes  of  com- 
parison, they  are  in  brevier  small-capitals;  the  titles  are  as  brief  as  possible, 
and  collation  and  name  of  publishers  are  omitted.  Some  variations  in  type 
and  mode  of  setting  are  also  made,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  opinions 
as  to  the  relative  merit  of  the  several  styles. 

In  the  small  type,  or  nonpareil,  are  given  references  to  articles  in  jour- 
nals, transactions,  and  collections.  These  include  the  results  of  the  ex- 
amination of  about  5,000  volumes  of  such  publications.  This  work  is  still 
going  on;  and,  by  the  time  the  catalogue  is  sent  to  press,  it  is  hoped  that 
it  will  be  completed. 

Although  this  is  only  the  catalogue  of  a  single  library,  and  that  of  so 
recent  formation  as  to  forbid  anything  like  completeness,  an  attempt  has 
been  made  to  prepare,  as  far  as  time  and  materials  would  allow,  a  work 
of  practical  usefulness  for  bibliographical  purposes  to  all  physicians,  even 
if  they  have  not  access  to  the  library  itself.  It  makes  no  pretensions  to  be- 
ing a  complete  medical  bibliography,  and  should  not  be  estimated  as  such; 
it  is  rather  a  foundation,  and  an  outline  which  each  must  complete  for 
his  own  specialty. 

All  medical  writers  know  that  the  most  valuable  part  of  medical  litera- 
ture consists  of  the  records  of  cases  and  original  observations,  and  that, 
for  the  present  century,  the  greater  part  of  such  records  are  contained  in 
periodical  publications.  These  are  difficult  to  obtain  and  preserve,  occupy 
a  large  amount  of  space,  and,  even  when  accessible,  require  much  time  and 
labor  to  consult.  It  is  not  very  difficult,  although  rather  expensive,  for  a 
physician  who  is  interested  in  a  particular  subject  to  obtain  all  the  really 
important  monographs  relating  to  it;  but  that  which  he  cannot  obtain,  and 
which  he  must  look  to  large  public  libraries  to  supply,  are  the  journals  and 
transactions  containing  the  most  valuable  data  for  his  purpose. 

Special  effort  has  therefore  been  made  to  complete  the  files  of  medical 
periodicals  in  this  collection,  and  with  very  good  success;  although  there  are 
still  some  important  gaps  in  this  department,  which  should  be  filled,  and 
the  indexing  completed  as  far  as  possible,  before  the  final  publication  of 
the  work. 

For  the  information  of  those  not  already  familiar  with  the  scope  and 
character  of  the  library,  its  present  condition  may  be  briefly  stated  as  fol- 
lows: 

It  is  the  National  Medical  Library  of  this  country,  being  essentially 
the  Medical  section  of  the  Library  of  Congress;  its  general  plan  of  man- 
agement and  of  cataloguing  being  the  same.  It  is  at  present  under  the 


20 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


direction  of  the  Surgeon-General  of  the  Army,  in  connection  with  the 
Army  or  National  Medical  Museum.  For  several  years,  the  Librarian  of 
Congress  has  not  purchased  medical  books,  leaving  that  branch  of  litera- 
ture to  be  collected  by  this  department.  The  library  now  contains  about 
40,000  volumes,  properly  so  called,  and  about  the  same  number  of  single 
pamphlets. 

Large  as  this  number  may  appear  to  those  who  are  not  familiar  with 
the  amount  of  literature  on  this  subject,  it  is  only  about  one-half  what 
such  a  collection  should  contain  in  order  to  place  the  writers  of  this  coun- 
try in  such  a  position  as  regards  means  of  reference  to  the  literature  of 
medicine  as  it  is  desirable  that  they  should  command. 

Hardly  a  day,  and  never  a  week,  goes  by  that  a  request  is  not  made  of 
the  librarian  for  some  medical  book  which  the  library  does  not  possess. 

The  use  which  is  made  of  the  collection  by  physicians  from  every  sec- 
tion of  this  country,  and  the  number  of  persons  who  consult  it,  either  in 
person  or  by  letter,  is  steadily,  and  of  late  rapidly,  increasing;  and  I  can- 
not doubt  that  if  a  sufficient  number  of  the  catalogue,  of  which  this  is  a 
specimen,  be  printed,  and  distributed  to  our  medical  writers  and  teachers, 
so  that  they  may  at  their  leisure  learn  what  aid  they  can  obtain  in  their 
researches,  no  collection  of  the  Government  will  be  more  used  or  be  of 
more  practical  utility;  that  it  will  soon  tend  to  elevate  the  standard  of  medi- 
cal education,  literature,  and  scholarship  of  the  nation,  and  will  thus  in- 
directly be  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole  country,  since  the  general  knowledge 
and  skill  of  the  medical  profession  become  a  matter  of  personal  interest  to 
almost  every  individual  at  some  time  during  the  course  of  his  life. 

For  these  reasons,  and  for  others  which  will  readily  suggest  themselves, 
it  has  appeared  to  me  to  be  the  duty  as  well  as  the  privilege  of  the  National 
Government  to  make  this  collection  of  the  literature  of  medicine  as  com- 
plete as  possible,  and  to  provide  a  catalogue  of  it  of  such  a  kind  as  would 
be  of  most  practical  working  value. 

With  this  end  in  view,  the  following  specimen  is  submitted,  not  as  be- 
ing a  satisfactory  solution  of  the  problem,  for  no  one  knows  better  than 
myself  the  imperfections  of  the  work,  but  as  a  foundation,  and,  in  some 
sense,  an  indication,  of  what  it  is  hoped  the  library  and  its  catalogue  may 
one  day  be  made. 

The  complete  catalogue  on  the  present  plan  would  make  five  volumes 
of  about  one  thousand  pages  each. 

Very  respectfully,  your  obedient  servant, 

John  S.  Billings, 


General  Joseph  K.  Barnes, 

Surgeon-General  U.S.A. 


Assistant  Surgeon  U.S.A. 


Microscopical  Memoranda 


BY  DR.  NEWLENZ 

At  the  close  of  the  late  war,  having  been  brevetted  lieutenant-colonel, 
through  the  untiring  efforts  of  the  member  from  my  district,  and  being 
therefore  desirous  of  contributing  to  the  reputation  and  usefulness  of 
some  of  the  learned  societies,  I  applied  for  admission  to  the  Royal  Mi- 
croscopical Society,  among  others.  National  jealousy,  probably,  caused  the 
rejection  of  my  application,  and  the  result  was  that  I  formed  a  society 
myself.  This  society  has  devoted  itself  exclusively  and  earnestly  to  his- 
tology, pathology,  test-objects,  the  cryptogamic  origin  of  disease,  spontane- 
ous generation,  germinal  matter,  bacteria,  and  cells1  in  general. 

Having  constructed  a  one-seventieth  immersion  objective,  on  a  new 
principle,  having  191°  aperture, — the  immersion  liquid  being  fluoric  acid, 
— and,  for  illumination,  having  invented  a  new  eccentric  parallelopiped, 
to  be  used  with  fluorescent  rays  exclusively,  some  remarkable  results  have 
been  obtained. 

I  take  great  pleasure  in  stating  that,  with  regard  to  test-objects,  all  pre- 
vious observers  have  been  totally  wrong  in  every  particular,  and  that 
Pleurosigma  angulatum  is,  in  the  first  place,  constructed  on  the  plan  of  the 
Nicholson  pavement,  and,  in  the  second  place,  that  it  is  not  a  Pleurosigma 
at  all. 

The  most  certain  test-object  is  the  Newlenzia  difficilissima,  a  very  rare 
and  remarkable  diatom,  in  which  my  one-seventieth  with  the  parallelo- 
piped shows  four  kinds  of  beads  and  six  sets  of  cross-lines,  one  of  which 
sets  contains  147,229,073  lines  to  the  inch:  hence,  by  the  well-known  for- 
mula of  Brewster, 

d-  x  /  

JTU  =  Vo-x-p-y, 

it  is  impossible  that  the  undulations  of  light  should  pass  without  being 
previously  deflagrated,  and  therefore  no  other  lens  can  possibly  show  these 
lines,  nor  is  it  probable  that  this  lens  would  with  any  other  observer.  The 
immense  superiority  of  this  test  to  Nobert's  plate  is  apparent. 

Reserving  this  topic  for  future  discussion,  I  have  a  few  words  to  say 
with  regard  to  spontaneous  generation  and  cryptogams.  With  regard  to 

Medical  Times  (Phila)  1:  200  (1  Mar  1871)  [Correspondence]. 
xSic, — not  sells. 


21 


22  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

the  former,  the  true  theory  was  declared  in  1740,  in  "Lucina  sine  Concu- 
bitu,"— a  most  valuable  and  rare  work,  which  seems  to  have  been  over- 
looked by  recent  writers  on  this  subject.  The  author,  starting  from  the 
proposition  of  the  ancient  philosophers,  "Non  potest  reperiri  avesne  vel 
ante  ova  generata  sint,  cum  et  ovum  sine  avi,  et  avis  sine  ovo  gigni  non 
possit,"  proceeds  thus:  "Je  n'h&itai  done  plus  a  regarder  ce  vent .  . .  comme 

le  vehicule  propre  pour  ces  embrions  flottans  Sur  ces  principes,  je  vms 

a  bout  de  fabriquer  une  machine,— Cilindrico-catoptrico-rotundo-concavo- 

convex  Cette  machine  fut  lutee  hermetiquement  d'une  terre  electrisee, 

et  je  le  placai  dans  une  position  convenable  vers  l'Occident  pour  inter- 

cepter  les  animalcules  flottans  dans  cette  partie  prolifique  du  ciel  Je 

decouvris  clairement  que  ces  germes  £toient  des  petites  femmes  et  des  petits 
hommes  exacts  dans  leurs  membres." 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  machine  above  referred  to  prefigured  the  aero- 
scope  of  Pouchet,  the  isolation  apparatus  of  Hallier,  and  several  other 
modern  inventions.  One  American  and  one  English  observer  seem  to  have 
entered  fully  into  the  spirit  of  the  above-mentioned  work;  and  I  desire 
to  offer  to  them  the  assurance  of  my  unbounded  admiration  for  the  power 
of  their  faith  and  the  vigor  of  their  imagination. 

The  following  experiments,  conceived  in  the  spirit  of  their  method,  will 
be  found  interesting: 

Exp.  1. — A  glass  flask  was  filled  with  ditch-water,  and  boiled  three  days 
in  a  Papin's  digester,  under  a  pressure  of  four  atmospheres.  After  a  week 
it  was  opened,  and  in  the  first  drop  of  the  contents  was  found  the  re- 
markable animal  shown  in  the  accompanying  sketch.2 

Bacteria  were  abundant. 

Exp.  2. — Some  of  the  fluid  contents  of  an  ovarian  tumor  (a  remarkable 
case,  removed  by  myself  through  the  perineum,  of  which  I  shall  give  a 
full  account  in  my  report  to  the  American  Medical  Association  on  Perine- 
otomy) was  examined  by  fluorescent  light.  It  was  full  of  spontaneously- 
generated  corpuscles,  starch-fibres,  and  cotton  granules,  with  many  in- 
visible germs. 

Exp.  3. — Two  ounces  of  water,  containing,  among  other  things,  Ge- 
miasma,  Euglena,  Podura  nivalis,  Micrococcus,  Cryptococcus,  Arthrococ- 
cus,  and  an  entirely  new  and  original  coccus, — viz.,  Newlenziacoccus, — 
were  drunk,  by  mistake,  by  a  friend  of  the  author.  For  twenty-four  hours 
he  was  afflicted  with  a  conglomerated  epidemic  which  presented  nearly 
every  symptom  described  in  Da  Costa's  Manual.  Cryptogamismus  is  the 
only  appropriate  term  for  his  condition. 

My  most  remarkable  discoveries,  however,  have  been  in  the  blood.  Space 


2  The  sketch  is  necessarily  omitted.  It  looks  remarkably  like  Pediculus  capitis.  Ed. 


MICROSCOPICAL  MEMORANDA 


23 


is  wanting  to  enumerate  here  the  many  forms  of  Coccus,  Algae,  and  Rhizo- 
pods  that  I  have  found  in  the  blood,  when  the  proper  conditions  of  obser- 
vation were  afforded. 

I  can  only  say  here,  in  conclusion,  to  the  numerous  persons  who  have 
written  to  me  on  this  subject,  that  a  minute  investigation  with  the  one- 
seventieth  and  the  parallelopiped  requires  much  labor.  I  always  give  at 
least  an  hour  to  each  specimen;  and,  as  I  have  had  to  examine  over  twenty 
thousand  specimens  within  the  last  year,  I  am  compelled  to  state  that,  in 
future,  unless  fifty  dollars  are  sent  with  the  drop  of  blood  on  which  I  am 
to  furnish  diagnosis  and  treatment,  I  shall  not  notice  it. 

Immersion  Hall,  February  2,  1870. 


A  Century  of  American  Medicine 
1776-1876 

Literature  and  Institutions. 

"Wherefore,  by  their  fruits  ye  shall  know  them." 
Besides  his  duties  to  his  patients,  the  physician  is  under  certain  obli- 
gations to  contribute,  by  way  of  interest,  his  quota  to  the  common  stock 
of  medical  knowledge  from  which  he  has  drawn  so  freely.  The  skilful 
diagnosis,  judicious  medication,  or  bold  and  successful  operation,  if  not 
properly  recorded,  benefit  the  individual  only,  not  being  available  for 
those  comparisons  and  higher  generalizations  which  alone  can  make  medi- 
cine a  science.  By  the  manner  in  which  this  duty,  of  preserving  and  trans- 
mitting the  results  of  its  labour  and  experience,  has  been  performed,  the 
medical  profession  of  a  country,  as  well  as  the  individual  physician,  must 
to  a  great  degree  be  judged,  and  the  question  now  presented  is,  to  what 
extent  and  in  what  manner  have  the  physicians  in  the  United  States  ful- 
filled this  part  of  their  professional  obligations  during  the  century  just 
passed. 

In  the  retrospective  reviews,  historical  sketches,  and  centennial  ad- 
dresses which  have,  during  the  past  year,  been  devoted  to  American  medi- 
cine, our  most  important  contributions  to  the  healing  art  have  been  duly 
pointed  out,  and  for  the  most  part  sufficiently  eulogized.  That  the  United 
States  has  a  medical  literature,  has  been  cumulatively  demonstrated,  even 
to  the  extent  of  raising  a  suspicion  of  the  existence  of  a  doubt  upon  this 
point;  and  that  this  literature  contains  many  valuable  original  contribu- 
tions to  the  art,  if  not  to  the  science,  of  medicine  may  be  considered  as 
unanimously  affirmed  and  admitted. 

If  the  defects  of  which  all  are  more  or  less  aware,  have  been  but 
slightly  referred  to,  it  is  because  the  purpose  of  the  writers  has  been 
rather  eulogistic  than  critical.  In  this  final  article  of  the  present  series, 
the  object  is  not  to  select  for  praise  the  best  of  the  work,  nor  the  reverse, 
but  to  endeavour  to  give  an  idea  of  the  quantity  and  value  of  the  whole 
of  it.  So  far  as  individual  writers  are  concerned,  an  attempt  will  be  made 
to  supplement  the  information  given  in  previous  papers,  but  these  have 

American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences  72:  439-80  (1876).  [The  fourth  and  final 
article  of  a  series  which  appeared  under  the  general  title  "A  Century  of  American 
Medicine,  1776-1876;"  earlier  articles  were  by  E.  H.  Clarke  (Practical  Medicine),  H.  J 
Bigelow  (Anesthesia),  and  T.  G.  Thomas  (Obstetrics  and  Gynecology).] 

24 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


25 


been  so  complete  as  regards  that  which  is  worthy  of  notice,  that  little 
need  be  said  of  single  books  and  articles. 

We  will  first  endeavour  to  give  some  account  of  the  quantity  of  medi- 
cal literature  produced  in  the  United  States  during  the  last  hundred 
years;  making  use  for  the  purpose  of  some  statistics  obtained  from  a 
nearly  complete  list  of  the  medical  books  published  in  this  country  from 
1776  to  the  present  time,  and  from  which  it  may  be  considered  certain 
that  no  important  work  has  been  omitted. 

In  these  statistics  we  do  not  include  works  intended  for  the  non-medi- 
cal public,  those  relating  to  "ics"  or  "pathies,"  nor  the  great  mass  of 
what  are  called  pamphlets  in  the  technical  sense  of  the  word,  that  is, 
books  of  less  than  one  hundred  pages.  The  great  majority  of  these  pam- 
phlets are  either  reprints  from  periodicals,  addresses  inaugural  or  valedic- 
tory, a  few  of  which  contain  historical  data  of  interest,  or  controversial 
and  personal  disquisitions  which  are  best  forgotten.  While  it  is  true  that 
there  is  no  necessary  connection  between  the  size  of  a  work  and  its  prac- 
tical or  scientific  value,  it  will  be  found  that  with  a  very  few  exceptions, 
which  have  been  pointed  out  in  the  preceding  articles  of  this  series, 
nothing  of  interest  or  importance  is  omitted  by  this  division.  The  books 
to  be  counted  may  be  classified  as  follows: — 

I.  Systematic  treatises  and  monographs  by  physicians  residing  in  this 
country,  including  reports  of  hospitals,  corporations,  and  gov- 
ernment departments. 
II.  Reprints  and  translations  of  foreign  medical  books. 

III.  Medical  journals. 

IV.  Transactions  of  medical  societies. 

The  first,  third  and  fourth  classes  include  what  is  ordinarily  meant  by 
the  phrase  "American  Medical  Literature."  From  them  are  excluded  books 
written  by  American  authors,  but  printed  abroad,  as,  for  instance,  those 
of  Dr.  Wm.  Charles  Wells;  while  on  the  other  hand,  they  include  books 
written  by  physicians  born  and  educated  abroad,  but  who  may  be  said  to 
have  become  citizens  of  this  country,  such  as  Tytler,  Pascalis,  Busche, 
Dunglison,  Jacobi,  and  Knapp. 

The  statistics  of  the  four  classes  above  given,  include  not  only  the  medi- 
cal literature  of  the  United  States  for  the  century,  but  nearly  all  which  the 
country  has  produced  since  the  first  settlement.  At  the  commencement  of 
the  Revolutionary  War,  we  had  one  medical  book  by  an  American  author, 
three  reprints,  and  about  twenty  pamphlets.  The  book  referred  to  is  the 
"Plain,  Precise,  Practical  Remarks  on  the  Treatment  of  Wounds  and 
Fractures,"  by  Dr.  John  Jones,  New  York,  1775.  It  is  simply  a  compilation 
from  Ranby,  Pott,  and  others,  and  contains  but  one  original  observation, 
viz.,  a  case  of  trephining  followed  by  hernia  cerebri. 


26 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  libraries  of  our  physicians  were  composed,  according  to  Bartlett,1 
of  the  works  of  Boerhaave,  with  the  Commentaries  of  Van  Swieten,  the 
Physiology  of  Haller,  the  Anatomy  of  Cowper,  Keil,  Douglass,  Cheselden, 
Monroe,  and  Winslow;  the  Surgery  of  Heister,  Sharp,  Le  Dran,  and  Pott; 
the  Midwifery  of  Smellie;  the  Materia  Medica  of  Lewis;  and  the  works  of 
Sydenham,  Whytt,  Mead,  Brookes,  and  Huxham.  The  works  of  Cullen 
were  just  beginning  to  be  known.  The  only  public  medical  library  was  that 
of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  which  contained,  perhaps,  two  hundred  and 
fifty  volumes.  There  were  probably  not  two  hundred  graduates  of  medi- 
cine in  the  country,  and  not  over  three  hundred  and  fifty  practitioners  of 
medicine  who  had  received  a  liberal  education.  Two  medical  schools  had 
just  begun,  but  had  accomplished  little  previous  to  the  war  which  closed 
them,  there  were  no  medical  journals,  and  but  one  State  Medical  Society, 
that  of  New  Jersey,  had  been  organized.  From  this  unpromising  condition 
of  things,  have  been  developed  the  literary  results,  of  which  we  now  pre- 
sent a  summary. 

It  will  be  seen  from  Table  I,  that  the  medical  literature  of  the  United 
States  really  commences  with  the  present  century,  and  this  is  still  more 
apparent,  if  the  character  of  the  works  issued  prior  to  1800,  be  considered. 

The  first  literary  contributions  of  our  physicians,  after  the  close  of  the 
war,  are  contained  in  the  memoirs  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  Boston,  1785,  and  in  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Philo- 
sophical Society  at  Philadelphia,  1786.  The  first  original  separate  work 
was  the  "Cases  and  Observations  by  the  Medical  Society  of  New  Haven 
County,  in  the  State  of  Connecticut,"  New  Haven,  86  pp.  8vo.,  1788.  This 
is  a  collection  of  twenty-six  articles,  including  several  cases  and  autopsies 
of  interest,  and  a  paper  on  the  production  of  dysentery  among  troops  by 
overcrowding  and  foul  air,  in  which  the  connection  of  cause  and  effect  is 
clearly  demonstrated. 

The  majority  of  the  succeeding  publications,  to  the  end  of  the  century, 
related  to  the  yellow  fever,  which  was  then  epidemic  along  the  whole 
Atlantic  coast.  The  most  prominent  author  of  this  period  is  Benjamin 
Rush,  noteworthy  also  as  an  orator  and  politician.  His  writings  excel  in 
manner  rather  than  matter,  and  the  undoubted  influence  which  he  exerted 
over  the  earliest  stages  of  American  medicine,  was  probably  due  to  his  lec- 
tures rather  than  his  published  works.  The  best  of  his  essays,  and  indeed 
the  only  one  to-day  worth  consulting,  is  that  on  diseases  of  the  mind,  which 
contains  some  original  observations  of  interest.  One  of  his  eulogists,  Dr. 
Ramsay,2  says:  "On  the  correctness  of  this  opinion  [viz.,  his  fondness  for 

*A  Dissertation  on  the  Progress  of  Medical  Science  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massa- 
chusetts, Boston,  8vo.,  1810. 

2Eulogium  upon  Benjamin  Rush,  by  David  Ramsay,  Philadelphia,  1813,  8vo.,  pp  79 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


27 


TABLE  I 


Table  Showing  Number  of  Medical  Books  Printed  in  the  United  States 
from  January  1,  1776,  to  January  1,  1876 


1775 
to 

1799 

1800 
to 
1809 

1810 
to 

1819 

1820 
to 

1829 

1830 
to 

1839 

1840 
to 
1849 

1850 
to 
1859 

I860 
to 

1869 

1870 
to 

1875 

Total 

t_jlass  1.  American  .Medical  .dooks 

No.  1st  edition 

^o 
oy 

Zt 

01 

A  O 

83 

96 

101 

157 

130 

729 

i > \j •  i cut i  cuiiiuiio 

q 

y 

A 

14. 
It 

1  7 
1  / 

ot 

AQ 

*ty 

QO 

oil 

OO 

A  A 

QOC 

ooo 

1NO.  vois.  x  otai 

01 

01 

77 

Of 

oo 

136 

162 

197 

256 

180 

1176 

Class  II.  Reprints  and  Translations 

1  pHitinn 

9ft 

oy 

FA. 

79 
1 Z 

ito 

1  oo 

QQ 

yy 

1  C\A 
1U'+ 

ol 

7K7 

/o/ 

No.  later  editions 

1  i 
1  1 

0*2 

Zo 

Zo 

OO 

or 

oo 

o/ 

7o 

64 

50 

388 

ino.  vois  i otai 

A  O 

/o 

111 
111 

IOC 

1 03 

19z 

214 

184 

160 

137 

1274 

Class  III.  Medical  Journals 

No.  Journs.  com'ced 

1 

5 

6 

17 

18 

26 

52 

38 

32 

195 

"        "  discont'd 

3 

5 

10 

18 

14 

31 

36 

20 

137 

"A."  Original 

No.  Vols,  com'need 

2 

21 

27 

85 

104 

173 

376 

292 

296 

1376 

No.  Vols,  compl'ted 

2 

20 

27 

79 

98 

166 

366 

271 

283 

1312 

"B."  Reprints 

No.  Journals 

1 

4 

5 

1 

3 

3 

17 

No.  Volumes 

9 

29 

20 

46 

71 

51 

32 

258 

Class  IV.  Transactions  Med.  Societies 

No.  Volumes 

7 

3 

2 

5 

17 

27 

76 

88 

111 

336 

the  use  of  the  lancet]  his  fame  as  an  improver  of  medicine  in  a  great  degree 
must  eventually  rest."  And  to  the  correctness  of  this  judgment  we  entirely 
assent. 

The  work  of  James  Tytler3  is  a  good  compilation,  and  contains,  among 
other  data  not  to  be  found  elsewhere,  an  interesting  letter  by  Dr.  John 
Warren,  of  Boston.  Tytler  was  born  in  Scotland  in  1747,  came  to  this 
country  about  1796,  and  was  drowned  in  1804;  he  possessed  extensive  and 
varied  learning,  and  wrote  much,  but  for  the  most  part  on  non-medical 
subjects. 

The  works  of  Noah  Webster,4  though  mainly  historical,  are  still  of 
interest,  and  worth  preservation. 

Another  writer  of  this  period  is  Dr.  William  Curry,  a  native  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1755-1829.  At  first  educated  for  the  church,  he  acquired  an 

8  A  Treatise  on  the  Plague  and  Yellow  Fever,  with  an  Appendix.  8vo.,  1799. 

4  A  Collection  of  Papers  on  the  subject  of  Bilious  Fevers,  prevalent  in  the  United 
States  for  a  few  years  past.  246  pp.  8vo.  New  York,  1796.  A  Brief  History  of  Epidemic  and 
Pestilential  Diseases;  with  the  principal  Phenomena  of  the  Physical  World  which  pre- 
cede and  accompany  them,  and  Observations  deduced  from  the  facts  stated.  2  vols.,  8vo., 
Hartford,  1799. 


28 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


excellent  knowledge  of  Latin  and  Greek,  and  studied  medicine  under  Dr. 
Kearsley,  of  Philadelphia.  During  the  Revolutionary  War  he  served  as 
surgeon  in  the  American  army,  being  attached  to  the  military  hospital  on 
Long  Island,  in  1776.  After  the  war,  he  at  first  settled  at  Chester,  but 
removed  to  Philadelphia  about  1791.  He  was  one  of  the  original  fellows  of 
the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  and  for  many  years  a  member 
of  the  Board  of  Health.  His  principal  works  in  addition  to  his  numerous 
pamphlets  and  articles  on  yellow  fever,  are  his  "Historical  Account  of  the 
Climates  and  Diseases  of  the  United  States,"  1792;  and  his  "View  of  the 
Diseases  most  Prevalent  in  the  United  States,"  Philadelphia,  1811. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  century,  and  for  a  few  years  thereafter,  there 
were  published  in  Boston,  New  York,  and  Philadelphia,  a  number  of  medi- 
cal theses,  which,  being  classed  as  pamphlets,  are  not  taken  into  account 
in  our  statistics,  and  are  noticed  here  for  the  sake  of  saying  a  word  with 
regard  to  this  class  of  medical  literature.  A  medical  dissertation  prepared, 
not  for  the  press,  but  simply  as  a  formality  necessary  for  the  obtaining  of 
a  diploma,  as  is  the  case  with  nearly  all  those  which  have  been  presented 
at  our  medical  schools  for  the  last  fifty  years,  fairly  merits  the  denunciation 
of  Professor  Gross,  "that  not  one  in  fifty  affords  the  slightest  evidence  of 
competency,  proficiency,  or  ability,  in  the  candidate  for  graduation." 

Such  was  not  the  case,  however,  with  regard  to  the  theses  above  referred 
to,  nor  can  it  be  justly  said  with  regard  to  any  series  of  printed  theses  of 
the  European  schools.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  when  prepared  as 
they  should  be,  with  reference  to  the  probable  criticisms,  not  merely  of  a 
single  professor,  but  of  the  press  and  the  public,  there  is  the  strongest 
inducement  to  refrain  from  plagiarism,  and  to  produce  the  best  work  of 
which  the  candidate  is  capable;  and  it  is  well  known  to  those  who  have 
had  frequent  occasion  to  consult  them,  that  collections  of  printed  medical 
theses  are  valuable,  as  historical  documents,  presenting  a  reflex  of  the 
teachings  of  the  school,  and  as  containing  accounts  of  cases  and  original 
investigations,  or  particular  doctrines  of  the  student's  preceptor,  which 
cannot  be  found  elsewhere.  The  proportion  of  copied  matter,  vague  spec- 
ulations, and  other  rubbish,  does  not,  upon  the  whole,  appear  to  be  so 
much  greater  in  this  than  in  some  other  classes  of  medical  literature,  as  to 
warrant  their  wholesale  condemnation;  and  the  remedy  for  the  present 
unsatisfactory  character  of  the  theses  of  our  medical  students,  appears  not 
to  be  their  abolition,  but  the  requiring  that  they  shall  be  printed,  and  con- 
sidered as  an  important  and  real  test  of  the  merit  of  the  candidate.  They 
should  of  course  be  written  in  the  vernacular.  The  influence  which  a 
teacher  has  in  directing  the  thoughts  of  his  pupils,  is  very  well  shown  in 
the  theses  of  the  Philadelphia  school,  a  considerable  number  of  which  re- 
lated to  medical  botany,  under  the  stimulus  given  by  Dr.  Barton  to  that 
branch  of  study. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


29 


During  this  period,  and  prior  to  the  establishment  of  any  medical 
journal,  or  regular  publication  of  the  transactions  of  any  medical  society, 
a  number  of  communications  from  American  physicians  were  sent  to  so- 
cieties in  Europe,  and  appear  in  their  transactions.  Perhaps  the  most  nota- 
ble paper  of  this  kind  was  "An  Experimental  Inquiry  into  the  Properties 
of  Opium,"  by  John  Leigh  of  Virginia,  which  obtained  the  Harveian  prize 
for  1785,  and  was  printed  at  Edinburgh  in  the  following  year.  It  is  worth 
consultation,  not  only  for  the  facts  which  it  records,  but  for  the  method  of 
investigation  pursued,  which  was  unusual  in  that  day  of  theories.5 

From  the  year  1800  to  the  present  time,  the  above  table  shows  that 
there  has  been  a  steady  increase  in  the  amount  of  our  indigenous  medical 
literature,  corresponding  in  the  main  to  our  increase  in  population  and 
wealth.  To  obtain  some  notion  of  the  quality  and  value  of  this  production, 
a  more  detailed  analysis  is  necessary. 

The  greater  part  of  these  books  are  compends  relating  to  the  treatment 
of  diseases  and  injuries.  Those  which  have  been  most  popular,  and  are  the 
best  known,  are  the  text-books  and  systematic  treatises.  These  are  for  the 
most  part  compilations,  but  their  importance  is  by  no  means  to  be  under- 
estimated, for  the  practice  of  the  majority  of  the  physicians  of  this  country 
to-day,  is  based  on  the  text-books  of  the  teachers  in  the  New  York  and 
Philadelphia  schools.  Also  we  must  remember  that  "there  are  compilations 
and  compilations."  The  preparation  of  such  systematic  treatises  as  those  of 
Flint,  Gross,  Stille\  and  Wood,  does  not  require  less  labour  or  thought,  or 
give  less  scope  for  display  of  genius,  than  the  so-called  original  monographs. 

Writers  of  this  class  bring  into  their  proper  relations  the  isolated  facts 
and  observations  scattered  through  many  books,  give  them  the  mint  stamp 
of  value,  and  put  them  into  general  circulation. 

For  reasons  already  stated,  and  for  want  of  space,  but  few  books  can 
here  be  noticed,  even  by  title,  and  in  connection  with  these  will  be  given 
some  very  brief  biographical  data  relating  to  a  few  authors.  Of  living 
writers  and  their  works,  as  little  as  possible  will  be  said. 

In  Anatomy  our  principal  systematic  works  have  been  produced  by 
Wistar,  Horner,  Morton,  Richardson,  Agnew,  Hodges,  Leidy,  and  Smith. 
None  of  them  are  now  of  interest.  Dr.  Caspar  Wistar,  1761-1818,  was  of 
German  descent,  and  a  native  of  Philadelphia.  Having  obtained  a  good 
classical  education,  he  studied  medicine  under  Dr.  John  Redman,  and  took 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Medicine,  in  1782.  He  continued  his  studies  at 
Edinburgh,  where  he  graduated  M.D.  in  1786.  Returning  to  Philadelphia, 

6  In  this  connection  also  may  be  mentioned  a  rare  and  little  known  work,  being  the 
oration  delivered  at  the  University  of  Virginia  in  1782,  by  J.  F.  Coste,  the  Medical  Di- 
rector of  the  French  Forces.  Its  subject  is  "Antiqua  novum  orbem  decet  medico  philo- 
sophia;"  it  is  dedicated  to  Washington,  of  whom  the  author  was  a  personal  friend,  and 
makes  a  volume  of  103  pages,  8vo.;  printed  at  Leyden,  in  1783. 


30 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


he  became  Adjunct  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  1791,  and  continued  to  lec- 
ture until  his  death.  His  System  of  Anatomy  was  issued  in  parts,  1811- 
1814,  making  two  volumes,  and  was  a  popular  text-book  for  a  long  time. 

The  first  work  issued  by  Dr.  Horner  was  a  Dissector's  Manual,  in  1823. 
This  was  followed  by  his  treatise  on  General  and  Special  Anatomy  in  1826, 
his  Anatomical  Atlas,  and  treatise  on  General  and  Special  Histology. 

A  good  original  work  has  yet  to  be  written  on  this  last  subject,  in  this 
country.  In  surgical  anatomy,  Drs.  Anderson  and  Darrach  have  produced 
partial  treatises,  the  first  on  the  groin,  pelvis,  and  perineum,  New  York, 
1822;  the  second  on  the  anatomy  of  the  groin,  Philadelphia,  1830. 

Drs.  N.  R.  Smith,  Goddard,  and  Neill,  have  each  issued  a  work  on  the 
Surgical  Anatomy  of  the  Arteries.  Among  the  few  original  works  in  this 
department,  should  be  mentioned  those  of  Dr.  John  D.  Godman,  a  native 
of  Annapolis,  Md.,  1794-1830.  Poor  and  almost  friendless,  but  urged  on 
by  an  unquenchable  thirst  for  knowledge,  he  persisted  in  obtaining  an 
education  in  spite  of  the  greatest  difficulties  and  discouragements,  and  at 
last  took  the  degree  of  M.D.  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1818. 

In  1821  he  went  to  Cincinnati  to  accept  a  chair  in  the  Medical  College 
of  Ohio,  but  dissensions  in  the  faculty  induced  his  speedy  resignation.  He 
then  established  a  medical  journal  hereafter  to  be  alluded  to,  but  in  1822 
went  to  Philadelphia  and  began  a  course  of  private  lectures  in  anatomy. 
In  1826  he  accepted  the  chair  of  Anatomy  in  Rutgers  College  in  New 
York,  but  failing  health  soon  compelled  him  to  cease  teaching,  although 
he  continued  to  use  his  pen  until  just  before  his  death.  Dr.  Godman  was 
an  anatomist  by  nature,  and  though  the  necessities  of  bread-winning  pre- 
vented him  from  accomplishing  any  great  work,  his  treatise  on  the  fascia6 
and  his  contributions  to  physiological  and  pathological  anatomy7  are  really 
original  and  valuable  productions. 

The  papers  of  Dr.  John  Dean  on  the  "Microscopic  Anatomy  of  the 
Lumbar  Enlargement  of  the  Spinal  Cord,"  Cambridge,  1861,  and  on 
"The  Gray  Substance  of  the  Medulla  Oblongata,"  published  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  in  1864,  are  the  results  of  careful  work,  and  are  note- 
worthy for  the  use  made  of  photo-lithography  from  micro-photographs  to 
obtain  the  illustrations. 

The  craniological  works  of  Drs.  Morton  and  J.  A.  Meigs  should  be 
referred  to  here.  Dr.  Samuel  George  Morton,  1799-1851,  was  a  native  of 
Philadelphia,  and  graduated  in  medicine  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
in  1820,  after  which  he  continued  his  studies  for  three  years  at  Edinburgh, 


6  Anatomical  Investigations,  comprising  Descriptions  of  Various  Fasciae  of  the  Human 
Body,  8vo.,  Philadelphia,  1824. 

7  Contributions  to  Physiological  and  Pathological  Anatomy,  8vo.,  Philadelphia,  1825 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


31 


obtaining  his  degree  in  1823.  From  1839  to  1843  he  was  Professor  of  Anat- 
omy in  the  Pennsylvania  Medical  College.  His  fame  rests  upon  his  "Crania 
Americana,"  Philadelphia,  1839,  and  his  "Crania  Egyptiaca,"  ibid.,  1844; 
works  which  have  a  world-wide  reputation,  and  whose  value  is  permanent. 
His  labours  in  this  direction  have  been  continued  by  Dr.  J.  Aitken  Meigs, 
whose  "Catalogue  of  Crania,"  Philadelphia,  1857,  is  well  known  to  all  who 
are  interested  in  this  subject. 

In  physiology,  our  text-books  have  been  the  works  of  Dunglison,  Draper, 
Dalton,  and  Flint,  all  too  well  known  to  require  more  than  a  mere  refer- 
ence. The  work  of  Professor  Draper,  published  in  1853,  was  the  first  in  this 
country  in  which  micro-photographs  were  used  to  obtain  illustrations.  To 
these  may  be  added  the  works  of  Reese,  Oliver,  Goadby,  and  Paine.  Of 
special  treatises  and  essays,  the  most  important  are  Beaumont's  Experi- 
ments on  Digestion,  Plattsburgh,  1833;  Draper  "On  the  Forces  which 
produce  the  Organization  of  Plants,"  New  York,  1844;  Joseph  Jones'  "In- 
vestigations," published  by  the  Smithsonian  in  1856;  S.  W.  Mitchell's  "Re- 
searches upon  the  Venom  of  the  Rattlesnake,"  idem,  1860;  and  Hammond's 
"Physiological  Memoirs,"  Philadelphia,  1863.  In  this  department  Brown- 
Sequard  may  be  claimed  as  an  American  author;  some  of  his  researches 
having  been  made,  and  the  results  first  published  in  this  country.  Those 
who  are  familiar  with  the  literature  of  thirty  years  ago  will  remember  with 
a  smile,  the  treatise  of  Emma  Willard  on  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  and 
the  controversies  to  which  it  gave  rise.  The  "Essays  on  the  Secretory  and 
the  Excito-Secretory  System  of  Nerves,"  by  Dr.  H.  F.  Campbell  of  Georgia, 
Philadelphia,  1857,  should  be  remembered  in  this  connection,  as  also  the 
pamphlets  of  Dr.  Dowler  of  New  Orleans. 

In  the  department  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  we  have  made 
a  good  record.  In  Medical  Botany,  the  works  of  B.  S.  Barton  and  Jacob 
Bigelow  deserve  especial  mention  as  works  of  permanent  value.  The 
"Illustrations  of  Medical  Botany,"  edited  by  Dr.  Carson,  Philadelphia, 
1847,  containing  one  hundred  plates,  in  folio,  is  a  rare  and  costly  work,  a 
considerable  part  of  the  edition  having  been  destroyed  by  fire. 

The  first  systematic  treatise  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics,  pro- 
duced in  this  country,  was  that  of  Dr.  Chapman,  Philadelphia,  1817.  This 
was  followed  by  the  works  of  Eberle,  J.  B.  Beck,  Dunglison,  Harrison, 
G.  B.  Wood,  T.  D.  Mitchell,  Biddle,  Stille,  Riley,  and  H.  C.  Wood,  all  of 
which  have  been,  or  are  popular  text-books  in  the  schools. 

The  majority  of  these  authors  will  be  referred  to  under  other  sections, 
but  of  three,  a  few  words  may  here  be  said.  Dr.  John  P.  Harrison  was  born 
in  Louisville  in  1796;  studied  under  Dr.  Chapman,  and  graduated  in  medi- 
cine in  1819.  He  was  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  Cincinnati  Col- 
lege from  1836  to  1839.  In  1841  he  accepted  the  same  chair  in  the  Medical 


32 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


College  of  Ohio,  in  1847  was  transferred  to  that  of  Theory  and  Practice, 
and  died  of  cholera  in  1849.  He  was  one  of  the  editors  of  the  Western 
Journal  of  Medicine,  and  of  the  Western  Lancet;  published  a  collection 
of  his  essays  in  1835,  and  his  "Elements  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera- 
peutics" in  1846. 

The  principal  work  on  Materia  Medica  is  the  "United  States  Dispen- 
satory" of  Wood  and  Bache.  Dr.  Franklin  Bache  was  born  in  Philadelphia 
in  1792,  and  died  in  1864.  Graduating  as  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  1810,  he 
studied  under  Dr.  Rush,  and  obtained  his  medical  degree  in  1814.  His 
tastes  led  him  to  the  special  study  of  chemistry,  of  which  branch  he  was 
appointed  professor  in  the  Franklin  Institute,  in  1826.  In  1841  he  accepted 
the  same  chair  in  the  Jefferson  School.  His  principal  work  was  in  connec- 
tion with  the  United  States  Pharmacopceia  and  the  Dispensatory,  which 
have  made  his  name  familiar  to  every  physician  in  the  United  States.  The 
first  proposal  to  form  a  Pharmacopceia  in  this  country  was  made  to  the 
College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  in  1787,  with  the  result  of  the  ap- 
pointment of  a  committee,  which  seems  to  have  continued  about  ten  years, 
but  effected  nothing.  In  1808  a  Pharmacopceia  was  published  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts Medical  Society,  and  in  1816  another  was  issued  by  the  New  York 
Hospital.  Our  present  national  Pharmacopceia  originated  in  a  plan  sub- 
mitted to  the  New  York  County  Medical  Society,  in  1817,  by  Dr.  Lyman 
Spalding.  A  leading  part  in  the  formation  of  the  first  edition,  by  the  con- 
vention which  met  in  Washington  in  1820  for  that  purpose,  was  taken  by 
the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  through  its  delegates,  and  more 
especially  by  Dr.  Thomas  T.  Hewson;  and  in  the  subsequent  revisions, 
Drs.  Hewson,  Bache,  and  Wood  were  the  principal  workers.  The  first  re- 
vision, adopted  in  1830,  was  entirely  the  production  of  these  gentlemen, 
and  was  substantially  a  new  work.  The  Dispensatory  was  projected  by  Drs. 
Wood  and  Bache  as  an  exposition  of  the  Pharmacopceia,  and  a  means 
of  making  it  more  popular. 

The  exposition  has,  so  far  as  our  physicians  are  concerned,  entirely 
overshadowed  the  text,  and  in  a  financial  point  of  view,  the  Dispensatory  is 
the  most  successful  medical  book  ever  published  in  this  country. 

Among  writers  on  Materia  Medica,  distinguished  in  their  day,  may  be 
mentioned  Dr.  William  Tully,  1785-1859,  who  graduated  at  Yale  in  1806, 
and  attended  medical  lectures  at  Dartmouth  College  in  1808-9.  He  re- 
ceived the  honorary  degree  of  M.D.  from  Yale  in  1819.  In  1824,  he  was 
appointed  Professor  of  Theory  and  Practice  in  the  Castleton  School,  and 
in  1826  removed  to  Albany,  forming  a  partnership  with  Dr.  Alden  March. 
In  1829,  he  accepted  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  at 
Yale,  and  removed  to  New  Haven,  but  continued  his  lectures  in  Castleton 
until  1838.  He  ceased  teaching  in  1841.  His  principal  works  were  the  "Es- 
says on  Fevers,"  published  with  those  of  Dr.  Miner,  1823,  a  work  which 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


33 


gave  rise  to  much  controversy,  and  was,  upon  the  whole,  not  favourably 
received;  a  prize  essay  upon  Sanguinaria,  published  in  the  American  Medi- 
cal Recorder  in  1828;  some  papers  in  the  Boston  Medical  Journal;  and 
finally,  his  treatise  entitled  "Materia  Medica,  or  Pharmacology  and  Thera- 
peutics," Springfield,  1857-58,  in  two  large  volumes  8vo.  This  was  pub- 
lished in  numbers,  was  not  a  popular  work,  nor  calculated  for  the  use  of 
a  student,  but  shows  great  industry  and  learning  in  every  page.  Complete 
copies  of  it  are  not  now  easily  obtained,  although  it  cannot  be  said  to  be 
rare.  His  style  is  discursive,  diffuse,  and  polysyllabic,  and  a  decided  effort 
is  necessary  to  peruse  his  writings;  but  his  knowledge  of  facts  was  minute 
and  exact,  and  his  last  work  is  a  mine  of  information,  which  is  even  now 
worth  exploring  by  the  curious. 

In  surgery,  our  indigenous  text-books  have  been  produced  by  Dorsey, 
Gibson,  S.  D.  Gross,  Ashhurst,  and  Hamilton.  On  Operative  Surgery  we 
have  the  treatises  of  Pancoast,  Piper,  H.  H.  Smith,  Stephen  Smith,  and 
Packard.  The  posthumous  work  of  McClellan  is  not  a  systematic  treatise, 
but  a  series  of  essays  and  cases,  in  which  the  description  of  Shock  is  espe- 
cially noteworthy  as  being  true  to  life.  Of  monographs,  the  most  valuable 
are  those  by  Professor  Gross,  on  Wounds  of  the  Intestines,  1838;  on  Dis- 
eases of  the  Bladder,  1851-55;  on  Foreign  Bodies  in  the  Air-passages,  1854 
and  1862;  and  Diseases  of  the  Bones  and  Joints,  1830;  F.  H.  Hamilton  on 
Fractures  and  Dislocations,  1860,  fifth  edition,  1875;  Durkee  and  Bumstead 
on  Venereal;  Van  Buren  and  Keyes,  and  Gouley  on  the  Urinary  Organs; 
Bushe  on  Diseases  of  the  Rectum;  Carnochan  on  Congenital  Dislocations 
of  the  Head  of  the  Femur;  H.  J.  Bigelow  on  the  Mechanism  of  Dislocation 
and  Fracture  of  the  Hip;  Ashhurst  on  Injuries  of  the  Spine;  Markoe  on 
Diseases  of  the  Bones;  and  Garretson's  Oral  Surgery.  Specially  valuable 
collections  of  cases,  are  the  works  of  John  C.  Warren,  on  Tumors,  Boston, 
1837;  and  of  J.  Mason  Warren;  the  pamphlets  of  Sayre  on  Orthopaedic 
Surgery;  N.  R.  Smith  on  Fractures  of  the  Lower  Extremity;  and  J.  C.  Nott, 
"Contributions  to  Bone  and  Nerve  Surgery."  As  an  example  of  careful 
statistical  work,  the  treatise  of  R.  M.  Hodges  on  "The  Excision  of  Joints," 
Boston,  1861,  is  to  be  specially  commended. 

The  treatise  of  Dr.  Gross,  on  Wounds  of  the  Intestines,  above  referred 
to,  first  appeared  in  the  "Western  Journal  of  Medicine;"  it  contains  the 
results  of  numerous  experiments  and  observations,  and  is  of  much  prac- 
tical value  and  interest.  It  is  a  rare  book,  and  a  copy  of  it  may  properly 
be  considered  a  prize  by  the  collector. 

In  Military  Medicine  and  Surgery  nothing  of  value  was  produced  by  the 
revolutionary  war,  the  war  of  1812,  or  the  war  with  Mexico.  This  deficiency 
has  been,  to  a  great  extent,  made  up  by  the  number  and  value  of  works 
resulting  from  our  late  war. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  History  of  the  War  will  be,  when  completed, 


31 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


the  largest  medical  work  ever  produced  in  this  country.  The  publications 
of  the  Sanitary  Commission,  including  the  works  of  Flint,  Gould,  and 
Lidell,  contain  valuable  data.  The  manuals  of  military  surgery  have  been 
written  by  Gross,  Hamilton,  Tripler,  Blackman,  Chisholm,  and  Warren. 
Other  works  which  should  be  remembered  in  this  connection  are,  Wood- 
ward on  Camp  Diseases,  the  statistical  reports  and  circulars  issued  from 
the  Surgeon  General's  Office,  and  the  medical  statistics  of  the  Provost- 
Marshal  General's  Office,  compiled  by  Dr.  Baxter,  making  two  handsome 
quarto  volumes,  which  are  a  most  valuable  addition  to  our  knowldge  of 
anthropometry  and  medical  topography. 

In  the  departments  of  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  we  have  pro- 
duced a  fair  amount  of  monographs  and  text-books,  the  most  important 
of  the  latter  class  being  those  of  Chapman,  Eberle,  G.  B.  Wood,  and  Flint. 
The  following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  lives  of  a  few  who  were  our  principal 
writers  and  teachers  in  this  branch  of  medicine,  but  who  now  rest  from 
their  labours.  Among  them,  there  are  few,  who,  in  their  day,  had  a  more 
extended  reputation,  or  were  more  popular  than  Dr.  Nathaniel  Chapman. 

Born  in  Virginia  in  1780,  he  received  an  excellent  general  education, 
became  a  pupil  of  Dr.  Rush,  with  whom  he  was  a  favourite,  graduated 
at  the  University  in  1800,  then  spent  three  years  in  Europe,  one  as  a  pupil 
of  Abernethy,  and  two  at  Edinburgh,  and  in  1813  was  elected  to  the  chair 
of  Materia  Medica  in  his  Alma  Mater,  to  be  exchanged  in  1816  for  that  of 
the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  which  he  held  until  1850,  when  he 
resigned.  He  died  in  1853.  His  "Therapeutics  and  Materia  Medica,"  pub- 
lished in  1817,  was  the  best  work  of  the  kind  in  English  at  that  date.  He 
was  the  first  President  of  the  American  Medical  Association  after  its  per- 
manent organization;  President  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  a 
popular  lecturer,  a  genial  companion,  and  in  his  prime  probably  the  most 
distinguished  physician  in  the  United  States.  He  edited,  for  seven  years,  the 
Philadelphia  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences.  Many  of  his 
lectures  were  published  in  the  "Medical  Examiner,"  in  1838-40.  Two  vol- 
umes of  these  lectures  were  published  in  1844,  and  a  compendium  of  his 
course  on  theory  and  practice  was  issued  in  1846. 

Contemporary  with  Dr.  Chapman,  and  for  twenty-five  years  associated 
with  him  as  a  teacher,  was  Dr.  Samuel  Jackson,  1787-1872,  a  native  of 
Philadelphia,  and  educated  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  having 
graduated  in  medicine  in  1808.  From  1825  to  1863,  he  was  Professor  of  the 
Institutes  of  Medicine  in  his  Alma  Mater.  His  "Principles  of  Medicine" 
(Philadelphia,  1832,  8vo.)  was  a  treatise  on  pathology,  founded  on  the  doc- 
trines of  Broussais,  and  received  high  praise  in  its  day.  It  was  also  the  sub- 
ject of  a  long  and  acrimonious  critical  review  by  Dr.  Caldwell.  The  popular 
story  that  Dr.  Jackson  recalled  all  the  copies  of  this  work  that  he  could  is 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


35 


incorrect;  the  entire  edition  was  sold  in  the  usual  manner,  and  the  pub- 
lishers desired  to  issue  another,  but  the  author  refused,  on  the  ground  that 
the  science  was  undergoing  such  rapid  and  great  changes  that  he  would 
feel  it  necessary  to  re-write  the  entire  work,  a  labour  which  his  health  and 
the  demands  of  his  private  practice  would  not  allow  him  to  undertake. 
His  most  important  writings  are  contained  in  the  American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences,  the  last  being  a  paper  on  a  rare  disease  of  the  joints,  in 
the  July  Number  for  1870. 

Dr.  John  Eberle,  1788-1838,  was  of  German  descent,  and  a  native  of 
Pennsylvania.  After  graduating  in  medicine  in  1809,  he  went  into  politics, 
edited  a  newspaper,  acquired  intemperate  habits,  and  became  a  bankrupt. 
Commencing  life  again,  in  1825  he  took  the  chair  of  Theory  and  Practice 
in  the  Jefferson  School,  which  he  held  until  1831,  when  he  removed  to  Cin- 
cinnati, and  became  connected  with  the  Faculty  of  the  Medical  College  of 
Ohio.  In  1837,  he  removed  to  Lexington,  Ky.,  to  accept  a  chair  in  the 
Transylvania  School,  but  could  not  lecture,  and  soon  died.  His  treatise  on 
the  Practice  of  Medicine,  first  published  in  1829,  was,  in  its  day,  a  very 
popular  work,  in  part  at  least  because  of  the  formulae  which  it  contained, 
but  is  now  forgotten. 

Dr.  Elisha  Bartlett,  born  in  Rhode  Island  in  1804,  died  1855,  graduated 
in  medicine  at  Brown  University  in  1826,  after  which  he  spent  a  year  in 
Paris.  He  held  Professorships  at  Woodstock,  Vt.,  Pittsfield,  Mass.,  Dart- 
mouth, Baltimore,  Lexington,  Louisville,  and  finally,  in  1850,  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  City  of  New  York.  Of  the  numerous  productions  of  his  pen, 
the  most  noteworthy  are  the  "Inquiry  into  the  Degree  of  Certainty  in 
Medicine,"  etc.,  Philadelphia,  1848;  "The  History,  Diagnosis,  and  Treat- 
ment of  Typhoid  and  Typhus  Fever,"  Philadelphia,  1842;  and,  "The  His- 
tory, Diagnosis,  and  Treatment  of  the  Fevers  of  the  United  States,"  Phila- 
delphia, 1847;  of  which,  three  subsequent  editions  were  issued.  To  these 
may  be  added  his  essay  on  the  Philosophy  of  Medical  Science,  in  which 
the  importance  of  facts  and  observations  is  insisted  on,  and  all  theorizing 
is  denounced,  in  accordance  with  the  teachings  of  Louis. 

Dr.  David  Hosack,  1769-1835,  a  native  of  New  York,  graduated  as 
Bachelor  of  Arts  at  Princeton  in  1789,  and  as  Doctor  of  Medicine  in  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1791.  After  practising  a  year  at  Alexandria, 
Va.,  he  spent  two  years  in  Edinburgh  and  London.  Returning  to  New  York, 
he  entered  into  partnership  with  Dr.  Samuel  Bard,  was  appointed  Pro- 
fessor of  Botany  in  Columbia  College  in  1795,  to  which  was  added  the  chair 
of  Materia  Medica,  in  1797.  In  1807,  he  was  chosen  Professor  of  Surgery 
and  Midwifery  in  the  newly-formed  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  and  in  1813,  took  the  chair  of  Theory  and  Practice. 
In  1826,  he  resigned,  with  others,  and  went  into  the  Rutgers  Medical 


36 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


College.  His  writings  appear  in  the  philosophical  transactions,  in  the 
"Medical  and  Philosophical  Register,"  of  which  he  was  the  founder,  and 
as  occasional  lectures  and  pamphlets.  They  were  collected  and  published 
as  "Essays  on  various  subjects  in  Medical  Science,"  in  three  volumes,  New 
York,  1824-1830.  His  "System  of  Nosology"  reached  two  editions;  his  "Lec- 
tures on  Theory  and  Practice"  were  edited  by  Dr.  Ducachet,  and  published 
at  Philadelphia  in  1838.  His  most  important  paper  was  his  "Observations 
on  Febrile  Contagion,"  and  on  the  means  of  improving  the  Medical  Police 
of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  Y.,  1820.  As  a  lecturer,  editor,  and  writer,  he 
exercised  much  influence  on  the  profession,  and  his  literary  and  scholarly 
tastes  were  imparted  to  his  pupils,  and  especially  to  Dr.  John  W.  Francis, 
who,  after  his  graduation  in  1810,  became  associated  with  him  in  practice. 
Dr.  Francis  was  the  son  of  a  German  grocer,  born  in  New  York,  1789,  died 
1861.  He  was  for  thirteen  years  Professor  in  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  and  followed  Dr.  Hosack  to  Rutgers,  the  close  of  which  ended 
his  career  as  a  teacher. 

Dr.  Joseph  Mather  Smith,  1789-1866,  graduated  at  the  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons  in  1815,  and  was  Professor  of  Theory  and  Practice  of 
Physic,  same  school,  1826  to  1855,  when  he  took  the  chair  of  Materia 
Medica.  He  contributed  largely  to  literature  through  the  medical  journals; 
presented  some  interesting  reports  to  the  American  Medical  Association, 
and  published  "Elements  of  Etiology,"  a  "Philosophy  of  Epidemics,"  New 
York,  223  pages,  8vo. 

For  beauty  of  style  as  a  writer  and  lecturer,  Dr.  Samuel  Henry  Dickson 
is  pre-eminent.  Born  in  Charleston  in  1798,  he  graduated  at  Yale  in  1814, 
and  in  Medicine  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1819;  was  Professor 
in  the  Charleston  Medical  School  from  1824  to  1831,  1833-34,  1850-7;  in 
the  New  York  University,  1847-50;  and  in  the  Jefferson  School,  1858;  he 
died  March  31,  1872.  His  systematic  works  were  not  very  successful,  or 
worthy  of  special  remark,  but  his  journal  contributions,  and  especially  his 
volumes  of  essays,  are  among  the  most  attractive  literature  of  medicine. 

John  K.  Mitchell,  born  in  Virginia,  1793,  took  his  academical  degrees 
at  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  commenced  his  medical  studies  under  Dr. 
Chapman  in  1816,  and  graduated  in  medicine  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania in  1819.  After  three  voyages  to  India  and  China,  for  the  sake  of 
his  health,  he  returned  to  Philadelphia,  and  in  1822,  began  to  deliver  lec- 
tures on  Medical  Chemistry  in  the  Summer  School.  In  1841,  he  was  elected 
to  the  chair  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
which  he  filled  to  the  date  of  his  death  in  1858.  As  an  original  investigator, 
and  clear  logical  reasoner,  his  name  stands  among  the  highest,  and  is  prob- 
ably destined  to  a  higher  relative  position  in  the  future,  than  it  enjoys  even 
now.  His  papers  on  Endosmosis,  Mesmerism,  Ligature  of  Limbs  for  Spasm, 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


37 


and  Cryptogamous  Origin  of  Fevers,  will  be  consulted,  not  only  for  the 
original  facts  which  they  set  forth,  but  as  models  of  suggestiveness,  if  the 
phrase  may  be  permitted. 

Dr.  Charles  Frick,  born  at  Baltimore  August  8,  1823,  received  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine  from  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1845.  In  1856, 
he  was  chosen  to  the  chair  of  Materia  Medica  in  the  Maryland  College  of 
Pharmacy,  and  in  1858,  he  became  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Ther- 
apeutics in  the  University  of  Maryland.  His  most  valuable  contributions 
to  literature  are  his  "Analysis  of  the  Blood,"  American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences,  January,  1848;  "Treatise  on  Renal  Diseases,"  1850;  "On 
Diabetes,"  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  1852;  "On  Urinary 
Calculi,"  American  Medical  Monthly,  April,  1858.  He  died  March  25, 
1860,  of  Diphtheria,  contracted  from  a  patient  upon  whom  he  had  per- 
formed the  operation  of  Tracheotomy  five  days  previous.  All  his  papers 
are  careful,  conscientious  reports  of  original  observations,  with  the  least 
possible  amount  of  theory,  and  with  direct  reference  to  practice. 

Among  the  diseases  which  have  received  the  greatest  amount  of  atten- 
tion in  this  country  may  be  mentioned  yellow  and  malarial  fevers,  and 
diseases  of  the  chest.  Our  literature  on  yellow  fever  includes  over  one 
hundred  books  and  pamphlets,  besides  more  than  six  hundred  journal 
articles.  It  was  the  epidemic  of  this  disease  along  the  North  Atlantic  coast 
which  gave  the  first  impetus  to  medical  authorship  in  this  country,  and 
produced  a  mass  of  controversial  writings  which,  although  of  little  value 
in  a  scientific  point  of  view,  were  useful,  as  giving  their  authors  the  habit 
of  writing  for  the  press.  The  earlier  books  have  already  been  referred  to, 
but  mention  should  be  made  of  the  writings  of  Felix  Pascalis  Ouviere, 
generally  known  under  the  name  of  Pascalis.  Dr.  Pascalis  was  a  native  of 
Provence,  France,  and  was  born  about  1750.  Having  graduated  in  medicine 
at  Montpellier,  he  went  to  St.  Domingo,  and  there  practised  his  profession 
until  driven  out  by  the  Revolution  of  1793,  when  he  came  to  Philadelphia, 
and  subsequently  settled  in  New  York,  where  he  died  in  1833.  Besides  his 
works  on  Yellow  Fever,  he  wrote  a  treatise  on  Syphilis,  New  York,  1812, 
and  contributed  papers  to  journals.  He  was  one  of  the  editors  of  the  Medi- 
cal Repository. 

Another  writer  on  Yellow  Fever  who  seems  to  be  little  known  except  in 
the  South  is  Dr.  J.  L.  E.  W.  Shecut,  a  native  of  South  Carolina,  born  in 
Beaufort,  1770;  died  in  Charleston,  1836.  He  studied  under  Dr.  Ramsay, 
of  Charleston,  graduated  M.D.  at  Philadelphia  in  1791,  and  at  once  com- 
menced practice  in  Charleston.8  His  most  important  essays  were  collected 
and  published  in  one  volume,  Charleston,  1819,  under  the  title  of  "Shecut's 


8  For  these  data  I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Robert  Lebby,  Charleston. 


38 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Medical  and  Philosophical  Essays."  This  book,  which  is  quite  rare,  contains 
his  account  of  the  yellow  fever  of  1817,  first  published  in  that  year,  and  also 
his  "Essays  on  Contagions  and  Infections,"  first  published  in  1818,  and 
should  be  consulted  by  those  who  wish  to  trace  the  history  of  opinions  in 
the  South  relating  to  this  disease. 

The  principal  work  on  Yellow  Fever,  which  includes  the  information 
of  all  others  of  a  prior  date,  is  that  of  Dr.  Rene  la  Roche,  published  in  1855. 
Dr.  La  Roche  was  of  French  descent,  born  in  Philadelphia,  in  1795,  his 
father  being  an  emigrant  from  St.  Domingo.  Unlike  the  majority  of  promi- 
nent American  physicians,  he  was  not  connected  with  a  large  medical 
school,  and  his  justly  deserved  reputation  rests  entirely  upon  his  writings, 
and  especially  on  his  treatise  on  Yellow  Fever,  which  is  a  model  of  re- 
search, and  is  remarkable,  not  only  for  the  number,  but  the  accuracy  of 
its  references,  and  the  impartiality  with  which  opposing  statements  are 
given. 

The  most  valuable  recent  articles  on  this  disease  are  in  the  New  Orleans 
and  the  Charleston  Medical  Journals,  but  the  great  majority  of  them  are 
historical  and  controversial. 

During  the  course  of  an  epidemic,  physicians  are  too  busy  to  make  ob- 
servations which  require  much  time  or  care,  or  to  make  more  than  brief 
notes.  The  papers  of  Drs.  Faget,9  Logan,10  and  Sternberg,11  giving  tempera- 
ture observations,  make  an  advance  in  the  right  direction,  but  we  lack 
data  as  to  the  pathological  chemistry  of  the  disease,  and  as  to  its  relations 
with  the  malarial  fevers.  With  regard  to  this  last  class  of  diseases,  our  lit- 
erature is  even  more  extensive  than  that  of  the  preceding,  and  occupies 
much  space  in  the  journals  of  the  West  and  South. 

Our  most  valuable  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  malarial  dis- 
ease is  the  treatise  of  Dr.  Daniel  Drake,  on  the  principal  diseases  of  the 
Interior  Valley  of  North  America.  This  work  is  the  "Magnum  Opus,"  and 
results  of  the  life-long  labour,  including  extensive  personal  observations, 
literary  research,  and  matured  reflection,  of  a  man  whose  fame,  as  com- 
pared with  that  of  his  contemporaries,  will  probably  be  greater  a  century 
hence  than  it  is  to-day,  and  whose  name,  even  now,  should  be  among  the 
first  on  the  list  of  the  illustrious  dead  of  the  medical  profession  of  the 
United  States.  The  son  of  an  illiterate  Kentucky  pioneer,  brought  up  in 
a  log  cabin,  attending  a  country  school  in  the  winter,  and  using  the  re- 
mainder of  the  year  working  on  a  farm,  he  surmounted  the  obstacles  thus 
placed  in  his  way,  and  by  unceasing  labour,  joined  to  a  sound  common 


9  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  1873,  i.,  N.  S.,  p.  145. 

10  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal,  1874,  ii.  p.  779. 

11  Araer.  Jour.  Medical  Sciences,  1875,  lxx.  p.  99. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


39 


sense,  which  rose  to  the  level  of  genius,  took  a  leading  position  as  author, 
editor,  practitioner,  and  teacher.  Commencing  the  study  of  medicine  at 
the  age  of  sixteen,  he  attended  his  first  course  of  lectures  in  1805,  and  his 
second  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  in  1815,  at  the  end  of  which  he 
graduated.  He  was  Professor  successively  in  the  Transylvania  School,  the 
Medical  College  of  Ohio;  a  second  time  in  the  Transylvania;  the  Jefferson 
School;  the  Medical  Department  of  Cincinnati  College;  the  University  at 
Louisville;  and  again  in  the  Medical  College  of  Ohio.  He  died  November 
6,  1852.  His  first  publication  was  a  pamphlet  on  the  climate  and  diseases 
of  Cincinnati,  published  in  1810,  and  reissued  as  "The  Natural  and  Sta- 
tistical View  or  Picture  of  Cincinnati  and  the  Miami  Country,"  published 
in  1815.  This  work  is  quite  rare,  and  is  interesting  as  being  the  germ  from 
which  sprung  his  great  work  above  referred  to. 

He  founded  the  "Western  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences," 
which  would  be  of  much  value,  if  for  no  other  reason,  on  account  of  a 
series  of  essays  on  Medical  Education,  by  Dr.  Drake,  which  were  published 
in  it.  These  essays  were  issued  in  a  separate  volume,  in  1832,  and  form, 
upon  the  whole,  the  most  satisfactory  contribution  to  this  vexed  question 
which  this  country  has  ever  produced.  He  commenced  the  preparation  of 
his  work  on  the  diseases  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  in  1822,  and  the  second 
volume  was  not  issued  until  after  his  death.  Very  few  of  the  younger  physi- 
cians of  this  country  are  familiar  with  his  writings.  Of  his  essays  on  Medical 
Education  and  Diseases  of  North  America,  no  second  editions  have  been 
published;  but  if  there  are  any  books  to  which  the  hackneyed  phrase  of 
the  reviewer,  "No  physician's  library  is  complete  without  it,"  apply,  it  is 
to  these  works  of  Dr.  Drake,  as  far  as  American  physicians  are  concerned, 
and  they  are  most  distinctively  and  peculiarly  American  books,  in  subject, 
mode  of  treatment,  and  style  of  composition. 

The  dissertation  of  Dr.  J.  K.  Mitchell  "On  the  Cryptogamous  Origin  of 
Malarious  and  Epidemic  Fevers,"  is  an  ingenious  piece  of  reasoning,  and 
presents  a  summary  of  all  the  a  priori  arguments  in  favor  of  this  theory 
which  can  be  advanced.  The  papers  of  Dr.  Salisbury  on  the  same  subject 
are  without  value. 

Upon  the  subject  of  diseases  of  the  chest  the  most  noteworthy  mono- 
graphs have  been  the  works  of  Morton,  McDowell,  Lawson,  and  Flint  on 
Consumption;  of  Horace  Green  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Air-Passages;  La 
Roche  on  Pneumonia,  and  of  Gerhard  and  Flint  on  Diagnosis  of  Diseases 
of  the  Chest.  The  treatise  on  Phthisis,  by  Dr.  L.  M.  Lawson,  adds  another 
to  the  numerous  examples  of  careful  studies  by  physicians  of  diseases  with 
which  they  are  themselves  afflicted.  Dr.  Lawson  was  a  native  of  Kentucky; 
born  1812,  died  1864.  His  early  education  was  defective.  At  the  age  of 
twenty  he  was  licensed  to  practise,  but  it  was  not  until  1838  that  he  ob- 


40 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


tained  his  diploma  from  the  Transylvania  School.  In  1844  he  was  elected 
to  a  Professorship  at  Lexington;  from  1847  to  1853  he  filled  the  chair  of 
Materia  Medica  in  the  Medical  College  of  Ohio,  and  then  became  Pro- 
fessor of  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine.  During  the  winter  of  1859- 
60,  he  lectured  on  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University  of  New  Orleans. 
He  founded,  and  for  a  long  time  conducted,  the  "Western  Lancet,"  in 
which  many  of  his  lectures  were  published. 

Dr.  W.  W.  Gerhard,  1809-72,  was  a  native  of  Philadelphia,  and  a  grad- 
uate of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  After  taking  his  degree  he  spent 
two  years  in  Paris,  and  became  thoroughly  indoctrinated  with  the  teach- 
ings of  Louis.  On  his  return  to  Philadelphia  he  was  appointed  lecturer  at 
the  Medical  Institute,  and  Assistant  Clinical  Lecturer  to  Professor  Jackson. 
For  twenty-five  years  he  was  the  senior  Physician  to  the  Pennsylvania  Hos- 
pital. Some  of  his  clinical  lectures  appeared  in  the  "Medical  Examiner," 
of  which  he  was  one  of  the  editors.  His  principle  work  was  his  "Treatise 
on  Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Chest,"  Philadelphia,  1842;  second  edition, 
1846. 

Dr.  Horace  Green,  1802-1866,  was  a  native  of  Vermont,  and  a  graduate 
of  Castleton  Medical  College  in  1824.  From  1840  to  1843  he  was  Professor 
of  Theory  and  Practice  in  the  same  school;  and  in  1850  took  the  same  chair 
in  the  New  York  Medical  College,  of  which  he  was  one  of  the  founders, 
continuing  to  lecture  until  1860.  In  connection  with  this  school  he  estab- 
lished, with  his  colleagues,  the  "American  Medical  Monthly."  He  was  the 
first  in  this  country  to  devote  himself  to  a  specialty,  and  his  works  on  the 
local  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  air-passages  attracted  much  attention, 
although  they  are  not  of  a  character  to  add  permanently  to  his  fame. 

In  medical  jurisprudence,  the  systematic  works  of  Beck,  and  Wharton 
and  Stille,  and  the  treatise  of  Dr.  Wormley  on  Poisons,  are  the  most  im- 
portant, and  each  of  them  compares  most  favourably  with  any  similar  works 
in  existence. 

There  are  probably  not  to  be  found  in  the  annals  of  medicine  so  large 
and  valuable  contributions  to  its  literature  by  three  brothers,  as  were  made 
by  the  Beck  family  of  New  York. 

John  B.  Beck,  1794-1851,  graduated  in  Columbian  College  in  1813,  be- 
came a  pupil  of  Dr.  Hosack,  and  graduated  in  Medicine  at  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  1817,  presenting,  as  a  thesis,  a  paper  on  In- 
fanticide, which  was  published,  and  is  still  a  standard  work  on  this  subject. 
In  1822  he  assisted  in  establishing  the  "New  York  Medical  and  Physical 
Journal,"  with  which  he  was  connected  for  the  next  seven  years,  and  in 
which  he  published  numerous  articles.  In  1826  he  became  Professor  of 
Materia  Medica  in  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  just  newly 
organized.  His  principal  works,  in  addition  to  those  already  alluded  to 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


41 


were  his  "Essays  on  Infant  Therapeutics,"  New  York,  1849;  second  edition, 
1855;  and  his  Historical  Sketch  of  the  State  of  Medicine  in  the  American 
Colonies;  "Lectures  on  Materia  Medica,"  and  a  collection  entitled,  "Re- 
searches in  Medicine  and  Medical  Jurisprudence." 

Theodoric  Romeyn  Beck,  1791-1855,  graduated  at  Union  College, 
Schenectady,  studied  under  Dr.  Hosack,  and  graduated  as  M.D.  at  the 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  in  1811.  He  was  appointed  Professor 
of  the  Institutes  of  Medicine  and  Medical  Jurisprudence  in  the  College 
at  Fairfield,  in  1815.  In  1817  he  became  Principal  in  the  Albany  Academy, 
and  gave  up  the  practice  of  medicine.  In  1840  he  took  the  chair  of  Materia 
Medica  in  the  Albany  Medical  College,  which  he  held  until  1854.  His 
great  work  was  his  treatise  on  Medical  Jurisprudence,  which  appeared  in 
1823,  in  two  volumes,  and  of  which,  including  four  English  editions,  ten 
editions  were  issued  during  the  author's  life. 

Dr.  Lewis  C.  Beck,  1798-1853,  the  younger  brother  of  the  preceding, 
studied  medicine  under  Dr.  Dunlop,  and  was  admitted  to  practice  in  1818. 
In  1826  he  was  elected  Professor  of  Botany  and  Chemistry  in  the  Vermont 
Academy  of  Medicine.  This  position  he  resigned  in  1832.  In  1836  he  was 
appointed  Mineralogist  to  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  State  of  New 
York,  and  in  1840  was  elected  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Pharmacy  in 
Albany  Medical  College.  His  contributions  to  medical  literature,  to  chem- 
istry, meteorology,  and  mineralogy,  were  numerous.  His  principal  medical 
work  was  his  Report  on  Cholera,  made  to  the  Governor  of  New  York  in 
1832. 

The  literature  of  obstetrics  has  been  so  fully  given  by  Dr.  Thomas,  in 
a  preceding  article  of  this  series,  that  further  reference  to  it  is  superfluous. 
We  will  add  only,  with  regard  to  Dr.  Hugh  L.  Hodge,  that  he  was  a  gradu- 
ate of  Princeton,  a  pupil  of  Dr.  Wistar,  and  that  his  early  taste  was  for 
surgery  rather  than  obstetrics.  He  was  induced  to  change  his  specialty  by 
Dr.  Dewees.  He  was  afflicted  with  defective  vision,  which  increased  with 
age,  and  his  great  work  on  Obstetrics  was  produced  entirely  by  dictation. 
He  commenced  as  a  lecturer  in  the  Medical  Institute,  and  was  elected 
Professor  of  Obstetrics  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1835,  the  rival 
candidate  being  Dr.  Charles  D.  Meigs,  a  lecturer  in  the  Philadelphia  Asso- 
ciation for  Medical  Instruction,  who  six  years  later  obtained  the  chair  of 
Obstetrics  in  the  Jefferson  School.  The  literary  works  of  Dr.  Meigs  com- 
pare very  unfavourably  with  those  of  his  rival  as  to  scientific  value  and 
exactness,  but  they  are  much  more  attractive  to  students  and  those  who 
read  for  pleasure  rather  than  instruction. 

We  have  three  names  of  American  medical  writers  whose  works  should 
be  mentioned  here,  viz.,  Coxe,  Watson,  and  Dunglison. 

Dr.  John  Redman  Coxe,  1773-1864,  was  a  type  of  the  medical  scholar, 


42 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


who  loves  books  for  their  own  sake,  and  who  takes  more  pleasure  in  dis- 
covering a  forgotten  sentence  in  a  folio  of  the  fifteenth  century  than  in 
original  investigations  in  the  light  of  the  present  day.  Born  in  Trenton, 
New  Jersey,  he  completed  his  classical  education  at  Edinburgh,  studied 
medicine  under  Dr.  Rush,  and  took  his  degree  of  M.D.  at  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  in  1794,  after  which  he  continued  his  medical  studies  in 
London,  Edinburgh,  and  Paris  for  about  two  years.  He  was  elected  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1809,  and  of 
Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacy  in  1818.  He  filled  the  latter  chair  until  1835, 
at  which  date  he  retired,  and  was  but  little  known  thereafter.  His  Dispensa- 
tory12 and  Medical  Dictionary13  were  useful  compilations,  and  met  an 
existing  want.  His  Observations  on  Vaccination14  was  his  best  original  con- 
tribution to  medicine.  His  Inquiry  on  the  Discovery  of  the  Circulation  of 
the  Blood  was  a  paradoxical  attempt  to  disprove  the  claims  of  Harvey. 
His  last  work,  and  the  one  most  in  accordance  with  his  tastes,  was  "The 
Writings  of  Hippocrates  and  Galen,"  Philadelphia,  1846.  He  founded  the 
first  medical  journal  published  at  Philadelphia,  preceding  that  published 
by  Dr.  Benj.  Smith  Barton  by  two  months,  and  his  library  was,  in  its  day, 
the  best  collection  of  ancient  authors  on  medicine  in  this  country. 

Dr.  John  Watson,  of  New  York,  has  been  alluded  to  in  the  article  on 
surgery.  His  literary  tastes  led  him  to  historical  studies  and  the  collection 
of  a  valuable  library,  and  his  historical  sketch  of  ancient  medicine15  shows 
that  he  consulted  and  enjoyed  consulting  the  original  works  of  the  fathers 
in  medicine. 

Dr.  Robley  Dunglison,  a  native  of  Keswick,  England,  born  in  1798,  was 
one  of  the  most  prolific  of  medical  authors.  He  obtained  his  medical  educa- 
tion at  Edinburgh,  Paris,  and  London;  settled  in  the  latter  city,  where  he 
wrote  a  treatise  on  the  diseases  of  children  [1824],  and  was  one  of  the 
editors  of  the  London  Medical  Repository  in  1823-24.  In  1824  he  accepted 
the  invitation  of  Thomas  Jefferson  to  fill  the  chair  of  Anatomy,  Physi- 
ology, Materia  Medica,  and  Pharmacy,  in  the  University  of  Virginia.  At 
this  place  he  published  in  1827  a  syllabus  of  his  course  on  Medical  Juris- 
prudence and  prepared  his  Medical  Dictionary.  In  1833  he  took  the  chairs 
of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics,  Hygiene,  and  Medical  Jurisprudence 
in  the  University  of  Maryland,  and  from  1836  to  1868  was  Professor  of  the 
Institutes  of  Medicine  in  the  Jefferson  School.  He  died  April  1,  1869.  His 
Systems  of  Physiology  (first  edition  1832),  Hygiene  (first  edition  1835), 
Therapeutics  (1836),  Practice  (1842),  and  Materia  Medica  (1843),  were 

12  The  American  Dispensatory.  Phila.,  1806,  4th  ed.  1818. 

13  The  Philadelphia  Medical  Dictionary.  Phila.,  1808,  2d  ed.  1817. 

14  Practical  Observations  on  Vaccination.  Phila.,  1802. 

15  The  Medical  Profession  in  Ancient  Times.  8vo.,  N.  Y.,  1856. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


43 


popular  in  their  day,  nearly  all  of  them  passing  through  several  editions. 
The  work  by  which  he  will  be  remembered  is  his  Medical  Dictionary.  The 
first  edition  of  this  was  published  at  Boston  in  1833,  in  two  volumes.  A 
peculiarity  of  this  edition  is  that  it  contains  brief  biographical  sketches  of 
physicians,  omitted  in  subsequent  issues.  The  last  edition,  Philadelphia, 
1874,  edited  by  his  son,  is  the  most  convenient  work  of  the  kind  in  existence. 

Our  literature  on  insanity  and  the  pathology  of  mental  disease  is  insig- 
nificant in  comparison  with  the  importance  of  the  subject  and  the  oppor- 
tunities existing  for  its  study,  the  only  monograph  of  permanent  value 
being  the  "Contributions  to  Mental  Pathology,"  by  Dr.  Isaac  Ray,  8vo., 
Boston,  1873.  Considering  the  number  and  size  of  the  asylums  for  the  insane 
in  this  country,  and  the  amount  of  money  which  has  been  spent  upon 
them,  it  is  rather  curious  that  the  medical  officers  connected  with  them 
should  have  contributed  so  little  to  the  diagnosis,  pathology,  or  thera- 
peutics of  diseases  of  the  nervous  system.  An  examination  of  the  works 
relating  to  this  subject,  and  more  especially  of  the  American  Journal  of 
Insanity,  which  is  the  most  important,  and  which  contains  the  transactions 
of  the  Association  of  American  Superintendents  of  Hospitals  for  the  In- 
sane, will  show  that  the  thoughts  of  these  specialists  have  been  mainly  di- 
rected to  the  subjects  of  construction  and  management  of  asylums  and  to 
the  jurisprudence  of  insanity.  This  last  subject  is  one  of  great  and  increasing 
importance;  but  our  contributions  to  its  literature  consist  rather  of  opin- 
ions and  ontological  speculations  than  of  scientific  observations.  The  an- 
nual reports  of  our  insane  asylums  consist,  for  the  most  part,  of  business 
and  financial  statistics,  and  are  intended  for  the  use  of  appropriation 
committees  rather  than  of  physicians.  There  are  some  signs,  however,  that 
more  attention  will  hereafter  be  given  to  recording  of  the  physical  phe- 
nomena of  mental  disease,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  we  may  soon  have 
some  published  results  from  the  pathological  department  of  the  Utica 
Asylum,  which  will  stimulate  other  institutions  to  undertake  similar  work. 
No  more  promising  field  to-day  exists  in  medical  science  for  valuable  dis- 
coveries than  in  the  wards  and  laboratory  of  a  large,  well-appointed  hos- 
pital for  the  insane. 

Upon  the  subject  of  hygiene  no  systematic  work  has  yet  been  produced 
in  this  country,  with  exception  of  the  treatise  on  Military  Hygiene,  by  Dr. 
Hammond.  One  of  the  principal  writers  in  this  department  was  Dr.  John 
Bell,  a  native  of  Ireland,  1796-1875.  He  came  to  this  country  with  his 
parents,  who  settled  in  Virginia  in  1810,  and  graduated  in  medicine  in 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  after  which  he  lectured  for  some  years  in 
the  Philadelphia  Medical  Institute,  and  for  two  years  in  the  Medical  Col- 
lege of  Ohio.  His  treatise  on  Baths  and  Mineral  Waters  is  the  only  com- 
prehensive and  respectable  treatise  on  this  subject  published  in  this  coun- 


44 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


try.  The  most  important  contributions  to  the  literature  of  hygiene  which 
we  have  produced  are  the  reports  of  the  various  State  and  municipal  boards 
of  health,  most  of  which,  however,  are  of  comparatively  recent  origin,  and 
it  is  to  be  hoped  are  only  just  fairly  commencing  their  career  of  usefulness. 

The  subject  of  hospital  construction  and  hospital  hygiene  has  been  much 
discussed  in  this  country,  the  latest  production  being  a  large  and  hand- 
somely illustrated  work  published  by  the  trustees  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  of  Baltimore. 

The  publications  of  our  municipal,  State,  and  national  governments, 
relating  to  vital  and  medical  statistics,  are  among  our  most  valuable  con- 
tributions to  medical  literature.  The  reports  of  city  and  State  boards  of 
health  show  each  year  evidences  of  more  careful  investigation  into  the 
probable  causes  of  disease  and  the  means  of  removing  or  diminishing  them, 
and  the  necessity  and  economic  value  of  such  work  is  slowly  but  steadily 
becoming  apparent  to  the  educated  classes  of  the  community  by  means  of 
the  publications  referred  to. 

The  circulars  and  reports  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army  are 
sufficiently  well  known,  and  within  the  last  few  years  a  series  of  reports 
have  been  commenced  by  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Navy  and  by  the 
Marine  Hospital  Service  of  the  Treasury  Department,  which  it  is  to  be 
hoped  will  become  important  additions  to  our  medical  literature,  not  only 
in  regard  to  statistics,  but  in  the  departments  of  hygiene,  pathology,  and 
therapeutics.  It  should  not  be  forgotten  by  the  physicians  of  the  United 
States  that  they  are,  to  a  certain  extent,  responsible  for  the  condition  of  the 
medical  departments  of  the  government,  since  the  sympathy  and  opinions, 
expressed  or  implied,  of  the  medical  profession  at  large  as  to  the  work 
which  these  departments  have  done,  or  are  trying  to  do,  furnish  the  en- 
couragement and  stimulus  which  are  necessary  to  the  continuous  produc- 
tion of  good  results,  and  also  influence  to  a  considerable  extent  the  action 
of  our  legislators  with  regard  to  the  officers  of  these  departments. 

The  reports  of  the  Surgeon-Generals  of  the  Army,  the  Navy,  and  the 
Marine  Hospital  Service,  while  ostensibly  presented  to  the  Secretaries  of 
War,  the  Navy,  and  the  Treasury,  are  really,  in  a  sense,  made  to  the  physi- 
cians of  the  country,  who  are  the  only  competent  judges  as  to  whether  the 
work  is  satisfactory,  and  commensurate  with  the  means  which  have  been 
allowed  for  its  performance. 

Of  encyclopedic  works,  the  result  of  the  combined  labour  of  many  au- 
thors, like  the  great  French  dictionaries,  but  one  specimen  has  been  at- 
tempted in  this  country.  This  was  the  American  Cyclopaedia  of  Practical 
Medicine  and  Surgery,  edited  by  Dr.  Isaac  Hays,  of  which  two  volumes, 
completing  the  letter  "A"  were  published  at  Philadelphia  in  1834-36,  and 
reissued  with  a  new  title,  "Medical  and  Surgical  Essays,"  in  1841.  The  time 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


45 


is  perhaps  not  far  distant  when  a  first-class  publication  of  this  character 
will  be  sufficiently  in  request  in  this  country  to  warrant  an  attempt  at  its 
production. 

Reprints  and  Translations. — The  second  class  of  medical  works  referred 
to  in  our  statistics,  includes  the  reprints  and  translations,  which  cannot  be 
overlooked  in  an  account  for  our  medical  literature,  since  they  have  formed 
an  important  part  of  the  libraries  of  American  physicians,  even  if  quantity 
only  be  considered. 

Prior  to  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  the  largest  and  most  impor- 
tant medical  book  printed  in  this  country  was  the  "Lectures  on  Materia 
Medica,"  of  Cullen,  issued  at  Philadelphia  in  1775,  in  4to.,  and  advertised 
as  "The  very  cream  of  physic,"  and  as  "absolutely  necessary  for  all  Ameri- 
can physicians  who  wish  to  arrive  at  the  top  of  their  profession."  16 

In  1776  was  published,  at  Philadelphia,  the  treatise  of  Van  Swieten  on 
the  Diseases  Incident  to  Armies,  with  Ranby  on  Gunshot  Wounds,  and 
Northcote  on  Naval  Surgery,  forming  a  small  volume  of  164  pages,  which 
is  usually  found  bound  with  the  second  edition  of  John  Jones'  "Practical 
Remarks,"  etc.,  of  the  same  date,  and  was  probably  the  principal  guide  of 
the  army  surgeons  during  the  Revolutionary  War.  Cullen's  "First  Lines 
of  the  Practice  of  Physic"  was  reprinted  from  a  smuggled  copy,  in  1781, 
at  Philadelphia,  in  two  volumes,  8vo.,  and  five  later  American  editions, 
the  last  edited,  with  a  great  flourish  of  trumpets,  by  Dr.  Caldwell,  in  1822, 
attest  its  popularity. 

For  thirty  years  after  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  the  majority  of 
the  reprints  were  works  of  English  and  Scotch  writers,  and  especially  of 
the  Edinburgh  school,  the  favourite  authors  being  Cullen,  Brown,  John 
Hunter,  Benjamin  Bell,  Denman,  Smellie,  Hamilton,  Beddoes,  and  Robert 
Jackson.  The  largest  edition  sold  was  probably  of  the  "Edinburgh  New 
Dispensatory."  The  only  translations  of  French  or  German  medical  works 
issued  in  this  country  prior  to  1800  were,  Swediaur  on  Venereal,  New  York, 
1788,  and  Blumenbach's  "Elements  of  Physiology,"  Philadelphia,  1795. 
The  first  medical  book  printed  in  Louisiana  was  "Medicaments  et  precis 
de  la  Methode  de  M.  Masdevall,"  a  pamphlet  of  48  pages,  relating  to  the 
yellow  fever,  issued  in  1796. 

The  beginning  of  the  influence  of  the  French  schools,  which  for  the  next 
fifty  years  was  so  powerful  in  the  United  States,  especially  in  surgery,  is 
marked  by  the  editions  of  Boyer  and  Desault,  Philadelphia,  1805,  to  which 
rapidly  succeeded  the  works  of  Alibert,  Richerand,  and  Bichat.  In  this 
connection  may  be  permitted  a  reference  to  two  works  which  are  omitted 


16  A  copy  of  this  work  was  purchased  by  the  Library  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital 
1780,  for  £135  5s.  currency,  equal  to  £1  15s.  specie. 


46 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


from  our  statistics,  since  they  were  intended  for  non-professional  use, 
but  which  had  an  extensive  sale,  and  indirectly  exerted  a  very  considerable 
influence,  viz.,  Buchan's  Domestic  Medicine,  of  which  several  editions 
were  issued,  the  most  important  being  that  of  Philadelphia,  1795,  revised 
by  Dr.  S.  P.  Griffitts,  and  the  "Primitive  Physic,"  of  John  Wesley,  of  which 
there  are  several  American  editions  of  the  last  century. 

Many  foreign  medical  works  have  been  issued  in  this  country  in  con- 
nection with  periodicals,  such  as  the  "Register  and  Library  of  Medical  and 
Chirurgical  Science,"  published  at  Washington,  D.  C,  1833-36,  in  which 
were  issued  "Bell  on  the  Nerves,"  "Lawrence  on  the  Eye,"  Velpeau's  Sur- 
gery, etc.;  The  Select  Medical  Library,  edited  by  John  Bell;  the  American 
Medical  Library,  published  under  the  supervision  of  Dr.  Dunglison;  and 
the  "Medical  News  and  Library,"  in  which  some  valuable  books  have  been 
issued. 

The  number  of  translations  of  French  medical  works  which  have  been 
published  in  this  country  is  one  hundred  and  forty-eight  (148).  One  hun- 
dred and  one  of  these  were  issued  prior  to  1842,  and  only  eight  have  ap- 
peared within  the  last  ten  (10)  years. 

The  number  of  translations  of  German  works  issued  has  been  sixty-four 
(64),  of  which  but  fourteen  (14)  were  issued  prior  to  1842,  and  twenty-eight 
(28)  within  the  last  ten  years. 

The  number  of  reprints  of  English  medical  books  has  been  five  hundred 
and  eighty-four  (584),  thirty  (30)  of  these  were  issued  prior  to  1800;  two 
hundred  and  seventeen  (217)  during  the  next  forty  years,  and  three  hun- 
dred and  thirty-seven  (337)  since  1840,  the  production  gradually  increasing. 

It  is  largely  to  French  and  German  sources  that  we  owe  our  works  on 
pathology,  pathological  anatomy,  pathological  chemistry,  and  physiology. 

The  best  systematic  treatise  on  the  practice  of  medicine  from  the  Ger- 
man, published  in  this  country,  was  that  of  Niemeyer,  in  1869,  the  name 
of  the  author  having  been  made  somewhat  familiar  to  the  American  public 
by  a  translation  of  his  lectures  on  Phthisis,  published  the  year  previous. 
The  works  of  Billroth  on  General  Surgical  Pathology,  New  York,  1871, 
Rindfleisch,  a  Text-book  of  Pathological  Histology,  Philadelphia,  1872, 
are  the  books  which  are  to-day  directing  the  work  of  the  younger  profes- 
sional men  of  the  country.  The  Cyclopaedia  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine, 
edited  by  Ziemssen,  now  in  course  of  publication,  is  the  most  extensive 
medical  work,  native  or  foreign,  which  has  ever  been  issued  in  the  United 
States,  and  is  probably  destined  to  exercise  great  influence  upon  our  in- 
vestigation of  diseases,  whatever  it  may  do  for  the  practice. 

Of  the  translations  from  the  French,  the  most  important  have  been  those 
relating  to  anatomy,  physiology,  and  surgery.  The  favourite  authors  have 
been  Bichat,  D.  J.  Larrey,  Boyer,  Orfila,  Magendie,  Laennec,  Cazenave 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


47 


Baudelocque,  Louis,  Velpeau,  Broussais,  Cazeaux,  Colombat,  Ricord,  Vi- 
dal,  and  Malgaigne. 

It  would  be  useless  to  give  lists  of  the  titles  of  these;  it  is  sufficient  to 
say  that  they  include  nearly  every  important  monograph  or  text-book  pro- 
duced by  English  writers:  from  Cullen,  Brown,  and  Darwin,  to  Bennett, 
Watson,  and  Aitken;  from  John  Hunter,  Benjamin,  John  and  Charles 
Bell,  Pott,  Hey,  and  the  Coopers,  to  Erichsen,  Paget,  and  Holmes;  and  from 
Hamilton  and  Smellie  to  Simpson,  Barnes,  and  Duncan.  The  works  of 
nearly  all  the  great  English  teachers  have  been  quickly  reproduced  on  this 
side  of  the  water,  and  their  modes  of  treatment  are  those  followed  by  the 
majority  of  our  practitioners. 

A  few  medical  books  have  been  printed  in  Spanish  at  Philadelphia,  for 
the  Mexican  trade,  including  the  "Compendio  de  la  Medecina,"  by  J.  M. 
Venegas,  1827.  The  number  of  reprints  in  this  country  has  been  largely  due 
to  the  want  of  an  international  copyright  law,  for  which  reason  publishers 
found  it  much  cheaper  to  take  the  work  of  an  English  author  gratis,  than 
to  pay  an  American  writer  for  his  MS.  Sometimes  the  name  of  an  American 
physician  is  given  as  editor  of  the  reprint,  but  in  most  cases,  this  means 
little  more  than  he  approves  the  book,  the  so-called  editing  being  imper- 
ceptible. To  this  remark  a  few  honourable  exceptions  should  be  made,  such 
as  the  additions  by  John  Bell  to  the  lectures  of  Stokes,  of  Gerhard  to  Graves; 
the  reprints  of  Copland's  Dictionary,  in  which  the  bibliographical  addi- 
tions, made  by  Dr.  Charles  A.  Lee,  are  numerous  and  valuable,  the  editions 
of  Velpeau's  Surgery  by  Mott  and  Blackman,  and  the  editions  of  Aitken's 
Practice  by  Dr.  Clymer,  who  has  added  much  to  the  completeness  of  the 
work. 

This  so-called  editing  was  the  subject  of  some  caustic  criticism,  and 
has  of  late  years  almost  entirely  disappeared.  With  regard  to  the  merits  of 
the  International  Copyright  question,  there  has  been  much  discussion. 
On  the  one  side,  it  is  truly  said  that  the  desire  for  books  increases  by  the 
supply,  and  that  the  sale  of  the  cheap  reprints  produces  a  market  for  in- 
digenous productions.  On  the  other  side,  it  is  affirmed  with  equal  truth, 
that  it  deprives  our  own  writers,  to  a  great  extent,  of  pecuniary  induce- 
ments to  labor.  The  question  is  one  to  be  decided,  however,  by  the  laws 
of  morality  rather  than  expediency,  and  the  majority  of  educated  non-in- 
terested parties  agree  that  the  passage  of  an  international  copyright  law 
would  be  an  act  in  accordance  with  the  dictates  of  common  honesty  and 
justice. 

Undoubtedly,  the  cheapness  and  abundance  of  these  republications  have 
done  much  to  diffuse  knowledge  among  our  practitioners,  and  the  li- 
braries of  many  physicians  have  been  mainly  composed  of  the  "pepper  and 
salt  sheepskin  covered  Philadelphia  reprints."  Of  late  years  there  has  been 


48 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


a  marked  improvement  in  the  quality  of  paper  and  typography  of  our 
medical  books,  while  the  stout  bindings  of  sheep  and  calf  of  fifty  years  ago, 
have  been  largely  superseded  by  the  more  showy,  but,  at  the  same  time, 
more  flimsy  cloth  bindings  now  in  vogue.  The  German  fashion  of  pub- 
lication in  parts  has  been  almost  unknown,  except  as  connected  with  pe- 
riodicals, and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  it  may  be  long  before  the  annoyance 
and  confusion  which  attends  the  Lieferung  and  Hefte  may  be  connected 
with  our  medical  publications.  "The  American  Clinical  Lectures,"  edited 
by  E.  C.  Seguin,  and  published  by  G.  P.  Putnam  8c  Sons,  look  in  this  direc- 
tion most  unpromisingly,  and  the  publication  of  such  totally  unconnected 
papers,  in  a  series  of  continuous  paging,  even  if  special  paging  is  added, 
must  be  unhesitatingly  condemned  by  all  who  have  occasion  to  either  make 
or  to  verify  bibliographical  references  to  them. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  refer  to  some  statistics  of  the  locality  of  publica- 
tion of  these  works.  Of  class  one  we  find  that  three  hundred  and  seventy- 
three  (373)  first  editions  were  published  in  Philadelphia,  one  hundred  and 
seventy-three  (173)  in  New  York,  eighty-one  (81)  in  Boston,  twenty-four  (24) 
in  Cincinnati,  sixteen  (16)  in  New  Orleans,  and  fifteen  (15)  in  Baltimore, 
leaving  ninety-six  (96)  published  elsewhere.  If  each  edition  be  reckoned  as 
a  separate  work,  we  find  that  six  hundred  and  thirteen  (613)  have  appeared 
in  Philadelphia,  two  hundred  and  twenty-six  (226)  in  New  York,  ninety- 
six  (96)  in  Boston,  and  eighteen  (18)  in  Baltimore.  Of  the  reprints  and 
translations,  six  hundred  and  eighteen  (618)  books,  or  seven  hundred  and 
fifty-three  (753)  editions  have  been  issued  from  Philadelphia,  one  hundred 
and  seventy-seven  (177)  books,  or  two  hundred  and  nineteen  (219)  editions 
from  New  York,  eighty  (80)  from  Boston,  and  ninety-four  (94)  elsewhere. 
It  appears  then  that  more  than  one-half  of  our  medical  books  have  been 
published  in  Philadelphia,  and  about  one-fifth  in  New  York.  The  firm  of 
Carey,  Lea  &  Carey,  now  H.  C.  Lea,  has  published  nearly  six  hundred 
editions  of  medical  works;  and  those  of  Lindsay  8c  Blakiston,  and  Lippin- 
cott,  each  between  one  and  two  hundred.  In  New  York,  the  principal  pub- 
lishing house  is  that  of  S.  S.  8c  W.  Wood,  now  Wm.  Wood  8c  Co.,  which  has 
issued  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  editions.17 

Medical  Journals. — It  is  not  in  text-books  or  systematic  treatises  on 
special  subjects  that  the  greater  part  of  the  original  contributions  to  the 
literature  of  medicine  have  been  first  made  public  during  the  last  cen- 
tury, either  in  this  or  other  countries.  Since  the  year  1800  medical  journal- 
ism has  become  the  principal  means  of  recording  and  communicating  the 
observations  and  ideas  of  those  engaged  in  the  practice  of  medicine,  and 


17  The  figures  of  this  distribution  among  publishers  are  only  an  approximation,  and 
are  probably  too  small,  since  the  publishers'  names  are  not  stated  in  many  of  the  lists 
of  books  from  which  titles  have  been  derived. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


49 


has  exercised  a  strong  influence  for  the  advancement  of  medical  science 
and  education. 

To  this  class  of  literature  this  country  has  contributed  a  noteworthy 
share.  Excluding  those  devoted  to  dentistry,  pharmacy,  popular  hygiene, 
and  "isms"  of  various  kinds,  we  find  that  one  hundred  and  ninety-five 
medical  journals  have  been  commenced  in  this  country,  including  reprints 
of  foreign  journals,  making  in  all  one  thousand  six  hundred  and  thirty- 
seven  volumes,  or  a  greater  bulk  than  the  text-books  and  monographs. 

Prior  to  the  establishment  of  medical  periodicals,  there  was  little  or  no 
encouragement  or  opportunity  for  a  physician  to  record  his  observations. 
The  professor  in  a  medical  school  might,  in  an  introductory  notice  to  the 
thesis  of  one  of  the  students — the  so-called  programma  or  propempticon 
inaugurate — make  a  statement,  not  to  exceed  sixteen  pages  upon  any  sub- 
ject, whether  connected  with  that  treated  of  in  the  thesis  or  not,  and  some- 
times such  a  paper  was  continued  through  the  programmata  of  twenty 
or  thirty  different  dissertations,  making  it  very  difficult  at  the  present  day 
to  secure  the  entire  work. 

But  if  the  country  doctor  had  a  communication  to  make  to  his  brethren, 
he  must  either  do  it  by  a  pamphlet  printed  at  his  own  expense,  or  must 
forward  it  to  some  one  connected  with  a  medical  school  or  scientific  asso- 
ciation, and  trust  to  him  that  it  should  be  made  known  and  recorded.  The 
professors  themselves,  as  was  natural,  gave  the  greater  part  of  their  thought 
and  labour  to  their  systems,  theories,  and  commentaries. 

It  was  the  day  of  large  books,  and  unless  one  could  produce  a  volume, 
he  received  little  encouragement  to  write.  At  the  present  day,  the  demand 
for  brief  papers  and  reports  of  single  cases,  exceeds  the  supply. 

The  weekly  and  monthly  periodicals  are  omnivorous  and  insatiable  in 
their  requests  for  contributions.  Through  the  medical  journals  have  been 
given  to  the  world  nearly  all  the  discoveries  which  the  science  and  art  of 
medicine  owes  to  American  physicians.  They  furnish  the  original  data 
which  are  the  foundations  of  monographs  and  text-books,  and  their  files 
remain  interesting  and  vauable  when  the  latter  have  become  obsolete  and 
are  forgotten. 

Medical  journalism  in  the  United  States  presents  some  peculiarities, 
although  not  nearly  so  many  as  is  commonly  supposed,  and  has  been  the 
subject  of  severe,  and,  to  some  extent,  merited  criticism;  but  while  it  in- 
cludes some  of  the  worst,  it  also  contains  the  best  of  our  medical  literature, 
and  some  details  as  to  its  rise,  progress,  and  character,  may  therefore  be  of 
interest. 

The  first  medical  journal  printed  in  this  country  was  a  selection  and 
translation  from  the  "Journal  de  Medicine  Militaire,"  issued  in  Paris  from 
1782  to  1788.  This  translation  was  published  in  New  York  about  1790, 


50 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


forming  a  volume  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  pages  8vo.,  which  is  quite 
rare.18  The  original  journal  from  which  this  is  made  up  is  one  that  is 
valuable  to  the  army  surgeon;  and  the  reprint  is  here  referred  to  as  being 
the  first  medical  journal  printed  in  the  United  States;  and  because  the 
fact  of  its  existence  is  probably  known  to  very  few. 

The  first  American  medical  journal  was  a  quarterly,  "The  Medical  Re- 
pository," edited  by  S.  L.  Mitchell,  Edward  Miller,  and  E.  H.  Smith,  and 
published  at  New  York,  from  1797  to  1824.  That  this  met  an  existing 
want  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  demand  for  the  earlier  volumes  was 
sufficient  to  warrant  the  issue  of  a  second  edition  of  the  first  and  second 
volumes  in  1800,  and  a  third  edition  of  the  same  volumes  in  1804-5. 

Dr.  Elihu  H.  Smith,  the  projector  of  this  journal,  was  born  in  Connec- 
ticut in  1771,  graduated  at  Yale  in  1786,  and  died  in  1798.  Although  so 
young,  he  had  edited  several  works,  and  contributed  largely  to  literary 
periodicals,  as  well  as  to  his  own  medical  journal. 

Dr.  Samuel  L.  Mitchell,  1764-1831,  studied  under  Dr.  Bard,  and  grad- 
uated in  medicine  at  Edinburgh,  in  1786.  As  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
Natural  History  in  Columbia  College,  and  from  1820  to  1826  of  Materia 
Medica  and  Botany,  chief  editor  of  the  "Medical  Repository,"  representa- 
tive in  Congress  in  1801-4,  and  1810-13,  and  United  States  Senator,  1804-9, 
he  lectured  and  wrote  upon  almost  all  subjects,  and  his  papers  are  scattered 
through  various  periodicals  at  home  and  abroad.  He  was  rather  a  naturalist 
than  a  physician,  and  has  very  properly  been  called  a  "Chaos  of  Knowl- 
edge." 

Dr.  Edward  Miller,  1760-1812,  was  a  native  of  Delaware,  and  a  gradu- 
ate of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  1789. 
In  1807  he  accepted  the  chair  of  the  Practice  of  Physic  in  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons,  and  in  1809  was  appointed  one  of  the  Physicians 
to  the  New  York  Hospital.  His  writings  were  collected  and  published  in  one 
volume  in  1814,  the  most  important  being  his  papers  on  Yellow  Fever. 

The  idea  of  the  publication  of  the  "Medical  Repository"  was  probably 
taken  from  the  "Annals  of  Medicine"  of  Duncan,  a  continuation  of  the 
"Medical  and  Philosophical  Commentaries  of  Edinburgh,"  and  of  which 
the  "Edinburgh  Medical  Journal"  of  the  present  day  is  the  successor.  Al- 
though, owing  to  the  tastes  of  Dr.  Mitchell,  it  contains  many  dissertations 
which  are  now  obsolete,  the  entire  set  of  twenty-three  volumes  is  even  to- 
day well  worthy  of  a  place  in  the  physician's  library.  At  its  close  its  sub- 


18  "A  Journal  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  and  Surgery  and  Pharmacy  in  the  Military 
Hospitals  of  France.  Published  by  order  of  the  King.  Reviewed  and  digested  by  M. 
De  Home,  under  the  inspection  of  the  Royal  Society.  Annotated  from  the  French  by 
Joseph  Brown.  No.  I.,  vol.  i.,  New  York:  J.  McLean  &  Co." 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


51 


scribers  passed  to  the  "New  York  Medical  and  Physical  Journal,"  and  from 
that  time,  New  York  city  has  never  been  without  a  medical  periodical. 

Thirty-one  medical  journals  have  been  commenced  in  that  city,  besides 
nine  devoted  to  specialties,  and  six  reprints  of  foreign  journals.  The  most 
important  of  these,  in  addition  to  those  already  named,  are  the  "American 
Medical  and  Philosophical  Register,"  edited  by  Drs.  Hosack  and  Francis, 
1810-14;  the  "New  York  Medical  Magazine,"  edited  by  Mott  and  Onder- 
donk,  the  "New  York  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,"  1839-41,  one  of 
the  best  journals  in  this  country,  edited  by  Drs.  Watson  and  Swett,  the 
"New  York  Journal  of  Medicine,"  edited  by  Forry,  Lee,  Stephen  Smith, 
and  others,  continued  as  the  "American  Medical  Times,"  of  which  the 
"Medical  Record"  of  to-day  may  be  considered  as  the  representative;  the 
"New  York  Medical  Journal,"  edited  successively  by  Drs.  Hammond, 
Dunster,  and  Hunter,  1865-76,  and  the  "Archives  of  Scientific  and  Prac- 
tical Medicine,"  edited  by  Brown-S^quard,  1873,  which  unfortunately 
ceased  with  its  fifth  number.  The  "Buffalo  Medical  Journal,"  edited  by 
Dr.  Austin  Flint,  1845-60,  and  then  merged  in  the  "American  Medical 
Monthly,"  is  also  a  valuable  series. 

The  second  medical  journal  published  in  this  country  was  the  "Phila- 
delphia Medical  Museum,"  edited  by  Dr.  Coxe,  1804-1811,  followed  al- 
most immediately  by  the  "Philadelphia  Medical  and  Physical  Journal," 
edited  by  B.  S.  Barton,  and  published  at  irregular  intervals,  1804-1809. 
This  journal,  as  was  to  be  expected  from  the  tastes  of  its  editor,  contains 
a  large  proportion  of  articles  on  natural  history.  Other  well-known  jour- 
nals published  in  Philadelphia  are  the  "American  Medical  Recorder," 
a  quarterly,  1818-29,  whose  subscription  list  passed  to  the  "American 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences;"  the  "North  American  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal,"  1826-31;  the  "Medical  Examiner,"  1838-56,  which 
united  with  the  "Louisville  Review,"  forming  the  "North  American 
Medico-Chirurgical  Review,"  1857-61;  the  "Medical  and  Surgical  Re- 
porter," 1856-76;  the  "Photographic  Review  of  Medicine  and  Surgery," 
1870-72;  and  the  "Philadelphia  Medical  Times,"  1870-76. 

The  most  important  journal  on  our  list  is  the  "American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences."  This  began  as  the  "Philadelphia  Journal  of  the  Medical 
and  Physical  Sciences,"  in  1820,  under  the  editorship  of  Dr.  N.  Chapman, 
who  is  said  to  have  undertaken  it  under  the  stimulus  of  the  phrase  of  Sidney 
Smith,  so  often  quoted  during  the  past  year:  "Who  reads  an  American 
book?"  In  1825  a  new  series  began,  edited  by  N.  Chapman,  W.  P.  Dewees, 
and  J.  D.  Godman.  This  continued  until  1827,  when  Dr.  Isaac  Hays,  who 
had  been  associate  editor  in  the  last  volume — number  five  of  the  new,  or 
fourteen  of  the  whole  series — took  charge  of  the  Journal  and  gave  it  its 
present  name.  The  ninety-seven  volumes  of  this  Journal  need  no  eulogy. 


52 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


They  contain  many  original  papers  of  the  highest  value;  nearly  all  the  real 
criticisms  and  reviews  which  we  possess;  and  such  carefully  prepared  sum- 
maries of  the  progress  of  medical  science,  and  abstracts  and  notices  of 
foreign  works,  that  from  this  file  alone,  were  all  other  productions  of  the 
press  for  the  last  fifty  years  destroyed,  it  would  be  possible  to  reproduce 
the  great  majority  of  the  real  contributions  of  the  world  to  medical  science 
during  that  period.  It  is  evident  that  its  editor  has  exercised  a  careful  su- 
pervision over  every  part,  but  his  personality  is  nowhere  apparent,  there 
being  no  editorial  articles,  and  very  few  papers  appearing  over  his  signa- 
ture. 

Baltimore  produced  the  third  of  our  medical  journals,  the  "Baltimore 
Medical  and  Physical  Recorder,"  edited  by  Dr.  Tobias  Watkins,  1808-9. 
This  only  reached  number  one  (1)  of  the  second  volume,  and  it  is  some- 
what curious  that  of  the  ten  medical  journals  and  one  reprint  which  have 
been  commenced  in  that  city,  the  duration  of  each  has  been  comparatively 
brief.  One  little  known  may  be  referred  to,  "The  Baltimore  Philosophical 
Journal  and  Review,"  edited  by  Dr.  J.  B.  Davidge,  of  which  one  number 
was  published  in  1823.  It  contains  "a  memoir  on  fractures  of  the  thigh- 
bone," and  "a  case  of  extirpation  of  the  parotid,"  each  by  the  editor. 

The  first  medical  periodical  published  in  Boston  was  of  a  popular  char- 
acter, "The  Medical  and  Agricultural  Register,"  1806-7.  The  "New  Eng- 
land Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery"  began  as  a  quarterly  in  1812,  and 
in  1828  was  consolidated  with  the  "Boston  Medical  Intelligencer,"  and 
became  a  weekly,  forming  "The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal," 
which  has  continued  to  the  present  time.  The  original  quarterly  was  well 
edited,  and  contains  some  valuable  papers.  Under  the  editorship  of  Dr. 
J.  V.  C.  Smith,  which  lasted  for  over  fifty  volumes,  it  would  seem  that  no 
articles  were  ever  refused  admission  to  the  weekly.  As  stated  by  Dr.  Hunt,19 
"John  C.  Warren  and  X.  Chabert  were  received  with  equal  courtesy.  In  its 
department  of  reviews  it  was  most  complacent.  From  Rokitansky  to  Mrs. 
Joel  Shew  all  were  erudite.  On  its  editorial  pages  nothing  was  attacked, 
everything  was  conciliated.  Legitimate  medicine  was  right  to  be  sure,  but 
the  community  would  apreciate  it  better  if  it  were  not  quite  so  right.  Con- 
tributors of  merit  dropped  off,  and  the  journal  became  the  receptacle  of 
more  'remarkable  cases'  than  any  other  was  ever  blessed  with."  From  the 
date  of  this  criticism  there  has  been  great  improvement,  and  it  is  to-day 
one  of  the  best. 

The  first  medical  journal  west  of  the  Alleghanies  was  the  "Western 
Quarterly  Reporter  of  Medical,  Surgical,  and  Natural  Science,"  edited  by 
John  D.  Godman,  Cincinnati,  1822-23,  which  reached  number  two  of  the 


Buffalo  Medical  Journal,  1856,  xii.  p.  312. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


53 


second  volume.  This  was  followed  by  the  "Ohio  Medical  Repository," 
edited  by  Guy  W.  Wright,  issued  semi-monthly,  Cincinnati  1826-27.  This 
has  become  one  of  the  rarest  of  American  medical  journals.  The  only  ar- 
ticles of  interest  which  it  contains  are  a  series  of  papers  by  Dr.  John  Locke, 
on  the  Medical  Botany  of  the  West,  and  a  few  reports  of  cases  and  contribu- 
tions to  pathological  anatomy,  by  Dr.  John  P.  Harrison.  (This  journal 
must  not  be  confounded  with  another  of  the  same  name,  published  at  the 
same  place,  in  1835-36.)  It  was  merged  into  the  "Western  Medical  and 
Physical  Journal,"  edited  by  Drs.  Daniel  Drake  and  Wright.  At  the  end  of 
the  first  volume,  in  1828,  the  editors  agreed  to  disagree,  and  Dr.  Wright 
published  one  number  of  a  second  volume,  but  the  real  continuation  was 
issued  by  Dr.  Drake,  under  the  title  of  the  "Western  Journal  of  the  Medical 
and  Physical  Sciences."  This  contained  some  of  Dr.  Drake's  best  and  most 
characteristic  writings,  and  forms  a  valuable  and  interesting  series. 

Two  attempts  were  made  by  Dr.  Eberle  to  establish  a  journal  at  Cincin- 
nati; the  first,  the  "Western  Medical  Gazette,"  after  one  or  two  suspensions, 
ceased  with  the  second  volume,  in  1835;  the  second,  the  "Western  Quar- 
terly Journal  of  Practical  Medicine,"  1837,  did  not  get  beyond  the  first 
number.  "The  Western  Lancet,"  edited  by  L.  M.  Lawson,  continued  from 
1842  to  1857,  when  it  took  the  name  of  "The  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Ob- 
server," which  is  still  flourishing.  Several  medical  journals  were  started 
at  Columbus,  only  one  of  which,  "The  Ohio  Medical  and  Surgical  Jour- 
nal," 1848-64,  was  successful.  A  rare  medical  periodical  and  curiosity  in  its 
way  is  "The  Belmont  Medical  Journal,"  published  at  Bridgeport,  Ohio, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Belmont  County  Medical  Society,  1858-60.  With 
this  belong  the  transactions  of  the  same  society  from  1847  to  1857,  forming 
in  all,  three  small  volumes  in  12mo.  These  publications  are  unique  in  their 
way,  and  illustrate  what  can  be  done  by  a  county  medical  society,  com- 
posed entirely  of  country  practitioners.  They  contain  some  amusing  flights 
of  rhetoric,  and  some  well-recorded  cases,  and  many  of  the  papers  are  in- 
teresting because  it  is  evident  that  they  were  written  precisely  as  the 
authors  talked. 

The  first  medical  journal  of  Kentucky  was  the  "Transylvania  Journal 
of  Medicine,"  a  quarterly,  published  at  Lexington,  from  1828  to  1839, 
forming  a  series  of  twelve  volumes,  of  which  complete  sets  are  rare  and 
valuable.  In  1840  commenced  "The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery," Louisville,  1840-55,  which  may  be  considered  as  a  continuation  of 
Dr.  Drake's  "Western  Journal,"  above  referred  to,  combined  with  the 
"Louisville  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,"  edited  by  Drs.  Yandell, 
Miller,  and  Bell,  in  1838,  and  of  which  but  two  numbers  were  published. 

"The  Richmond  and  Louisville  Medical  Journal,"  now  in  course  of 
publication,  edited  by  Dr.  E.  S.  Gaillard,  1868-76,  is  a  continuation  of  the 


54 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


"Richmond  Medical  Journal,"  published  at  Richmond,  Va.,  1866-68.  "The 
American  Practitioner,"  edited  by  Drs.  D.  W.  Yandell  and  T.  Parvin, 
1870-76,  is  a  continuation  of  the  "Cincinnati  Journal  of  Medicine,"  com- 
menced in  Cincinnati  in  1867. 

"The  Illinois  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal"  commenced  at  Chicago  in 
1844,  and  has  continued  to  the  present  time  under  various  names,  being 
now  known  as  "The  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner." 

The  first  journal  published  west  of  the  Mississippi  was  "The  St.  Louis 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,"  founded  by  Dr.  M.  L.  Linton,  in  1843, 
which  is  still  in  existence. 

In  the  South  the  first  medical  periodical  was  the  "Journal  de  la  Societe 
Medicale  de  la  Nouvelle  Orleans,"  a  quarterly,  published  in  1831.  A 
monthly  journal  of  the  same  name  appeared  in  1859-61.  The  most  im- 
portant is  the  "New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,"  which,  with 
two  suspensions,  has  continued  from  1844  to  the  present  time.  "The  South- 
ern Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,"  edited  by  Anthony  Eve  and  others, 
published  at  Augusta,  forms  a  series  of  twenty-one  volumes,  which  contain 
many  valuable  cases,  papers,  and  reports.  "The  Charleston  Medical  Jour- 
nal and  Review,"  1846-60,  and  1873-76,  is  the  principal  medical  periodical 
of  South  Carolina. 

In  Tennessee,  "The  Nashville  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,"  1851— 
61,  and  1866-76,  and  "The  Southern  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical 
Sciences,"  1853-57,  are  worthy  of  note. 

The  principal  medical  journal  in  Virginia  was  "The  Virginia  Medical 
and  Surgical  Journal,"  edited  by  G.  A.  Otis  and  others,  Richmond,  1853- 
61.  In  the  same  city  was  published,  during  the  war,  "The  Confederate 
States  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,"  1864-65,  a  quarto  sheet  containing 
much  valuable  data  in  military  surgery.  Complete  files  of  this  are  very 
rare. 

On  the  Pacific  coast  eight  medical  journals,  in  all,  have  been  commenced, 
two  of  which  did  not  get  beyond  the  first  number.  The  oldest  one  now  in 
existence  is  "The  Pacific  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,"  which  began  in 
1858. 

Five  medical  journals  have  been  commenced  in  Michigan,  two  of  which 
are  now  in  existence. 

Connecticut,  Iowa,  Maine,  Minnesota,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey, 
Oregon,  Vermont,  and  West  Virginia  have  each  had  one  journal,  all  of 
which  are  now  extinct  except  "The  West  Virginia  Medical  Student."  Per- 
haps two  may  be  claimed  from  Maine,  counting  "The  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  Maine,"  one  number  of  which  was  issued  at  Hallowell 
in  1834. 

Of  journals  devoted  to  dentistry  there  have  been  about  twenty,  making 
one  hundred  and  thirty  volumes  in  all. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


55 


The  earliest  one  was  the  "American  Journal  of  Dental  Science,"  which 
commenced  in  New  York,  in  1839,  was  suspended  from  1860  to  1867,  and 
is  still  in  existence. 

In  1876  there  are  four  dental  journals  in  existence  in  this  country, 
while  England  has  but  one,  France  two,  and  Germany  one. 

Of  journals  devoted  to  pharmacy,  there  have  been  six  worth  mention- 
ing; the  oldest  being  the  present  "American  Journal  of  Pharmacy,"  which 
began  in  1825,  as  the  "Journal  of  the  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy." 
This  journal  is  by  far  the  most  valuable  of  this  class  in  this  country,  and 
is  furthermore  noteworthy,  and  to  be  specially  commended  for  having  done 
what  no  medical  journal  in  this  country  has  accomplished,  namely,  the 
publishing  of  a  complete  index  for  its  series,  which  was  done  in  1873,  and 
which  doubles  the  practical  value  of  the  set.  The  total  number  of  volumes 
published  of  this  class  is  ninety-four. 

Besides  the  regular  encyclopedic  medical  journals,  there  have  been 
about  as  many  more  devoted  to  "isms"  and  "pathies,"  and  to  popular  and 
family  medicine  and  hygiene,  many  of  these  last  being  merely  advertise- 
ments. 

With  the  recent  development  of  specialties  in  medicine,  several  journals 
devoted  to  particular  subjects  have  appeared,  and  an  increase  in  the  num- 
ber of  these  may  be  expected. 

In  this  connection  may  be  mentioned,  as  a  curiosity  in  literature,  a 
periodical  publication  devoted  to  the  abuse  of  an  individual  physician, 
namely,  the  "Rush  Light,"  published  in  New  York  in  1800,  by  William 
Cobbett,  under  the  pseudonym  of  Peter  Porcupine,  for  the  vilification  of 
Dr.  Benjamin  Rush.  Seven  numbers  were  issued,  of  which  only  the  first 
two  bore  the  imprint  of  place  of  publication,  the  last  two  were  printed  in 
London,  and  a  complete  set  is  very  rare. 

A  most  powerful  agent  for  the  diffusion  in  this  country  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  labours  and  writings  of  European  physicians,  has  been  the  republi- 
cation of  the  principal  English  Quarterly  Reviews,  of  "Braithwaite's  Retro- 
spect," and  of  "Ranking's  Abstract."  To  this  should  be  added,  perhaps, 
the  so-called  "American  Edition  of  the  London  Lancet,"  which  is  a  selec- 
tion rather  than  a  reprint,  and  the  subscription  list  of  which  was  at  one 
time  very  large. 

Of  journals  printed  in  foreign  languages,  there  have  been  commenced, 
three  in  German,  three  French,  and  one  Spanish.  The  French  journals 
were  all  issued  at  New  Orleans;  two  of  the  German  journals  appeared  in 
the  State  of  New  York,  and  one  in  Philadelphia. 

The  Spanish  journal  was  intended  mainly  for  circulation  in  Cuba.20  Its 
issue  ceased  with  the  third  number. 


=°  "Revista  Mcdico-Quirurgica  y  Dentistica."  Quarterly.  New  York  and  Havana,  1868. 


56 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Our  medical  journals  vary  so  much  in  character,  style,  and  purpose,  that 
it  is  hardly  possible  to  make  any  assertion  with  regard  to  the  mass  which 
shall  be  at  the  same  time  broad  and  true.  They  may  be  divided  into  three 
classes:  first,  those  not  connected  with  any  medical  school,  and  which  draw 
their  contributions  from  a  wide  field,  including  such  as  the  "American 
Journal,"  "The  New  York  Journal,"  "The  Medical  Record,"  "The  Medi- 
cal Times,"  and  "The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal;"  second, 
those  which  rely  for  contributions  and  material  mainly  on  the  professors 
of  a  medical  school  and  the  hospital  clinics  connected  with  it,  but  which 
are  not  specially  devoted  to  its  interests;  third,  those  which  are  mainly  de- 
voted to  advocating  the  interests  of  a  school,  and  the  attacking  rival  insti- 
utions,  and  which  are,  to  use  Carlyle's  phrase,  "Windmills  put  out  to  catch 
or  take  advantage  of  the  wind  of  popular  favour."  These  journals  some- 
times contain  valuable  reports  of  cases  obtained  from  the  college  clinics, 
but  the  personal  editorial  element  in  them  is  usually  in  excess,  and  they 
are  of  interest  to  but  a  small  local  circle.  To  them  applies  the  untranslat- 
able French  criticism,  "II  y  a  trop  de  tintamarre  la  dedans,  trop  de  brouil- 
lamini." 

Of  the  first  class,  some  compare  favourably  with  the  best  of  the  journals 
of  other  countries:  of  the  last  class,  some  are  as  bad  as,  but  not  worse  than, 
the  worst.  Comparatively  few  persons  are  acquainted  with  the  poorer  class 
of  foreign  medical  journals,  published  in  the  smaller  towns  of  the  prov- 
inces, which  have  most  of  the  defects  which  are  so  strongly  condemned  in 
some  of  our  own  publications  as  if  they  were  unique. 

The  reports  to  the  American  Medical  Association,  by  its  committees  on 
American  Medical  Literature,  devote  much  space  to  periodicals,  and  con- 
tain many  judicious  criticisms  upon  their  defects  and  errors.  A  common 
complaint  is  that  there  are  too  many.  The  reply  to  this  is  usually  that  of 
Dr.  Drake,  that  it  is  desirable  that  the  country  practitioners  be  induced  to 
write,  and  that  one  means  of  doing  this  is  the  diffused  localization  of  jour- 
nals. This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  inexperienced  and  modest  men  will  fur- 
nish an  article  or  report  to  a  journal  in  their  immediate  neighbourhood, 
with  whose  editor  they  are  personally  acquainted,  while  they  would  not  do 
so  to  one  at  a  distance. 

The  number  of  subscribers  to  the  greater  number  of  our  journals  is 
small,  the  issue  being,  for  many,  less  than  a  thousand,  and,  for  some,  hardly 
five  hundred  copies. 

The  motive  for  the  existence  of  the  minor  journals  is  not  for  direct  profit, 
but  as  an  indirect  advertisement  for  certain  individuals,  or — and  this  is 
more  common — the  desire  to  have  a  place  in  which  the  editor  can  speak 
his  mind  and  attack  his  adversaries  without  restraint.  The  defects  in  the 
medical  journals  are,  to  a  certain  extent,  the  characteristic  ones  in  our 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


57 


medical  literature,  and  are  chargeable  mainly  to  the  lack  of  general  educa- 
tion and  mental  culture  in  the  majority  of  readers  whose  tastes  are  to  be 
accommodated.  An  urgent  want  of  many  of  the  subscribers  is  a  sort  of  con- 
tinuation of  the  course  of  education  given  in  the  schools.  We  find,  for  in- 
stance, in  the  pages  of  some  medical  journals,  articles  which  make  no  pre- 
tensions to  originality,  but  are  simply  didactic  lectures  to  a  class  in  absentia. 
The  defects  in  the  so-called  original  contributions  are,  for  the  most  part, 
due  to  imperfect  education  in  the  writers,  and  betray,  not  merely  an  ig- 
norance of  facts  previously  ascertained  and  recorded,  but  defective  mental 
training  and  an  inability  to  comprehend  the  relations  of  the  facts  which 
are  known,  the  result  of  which  is  the  stringing  out  of  a  series  of  irrelevant 
and  tedious  details,  and,  in  the  attempts  at  deduction,  the  production  ei- 
ther of  vague  and  valueless  generalizations,  or  conclusions  which  do  not 
follow  from  the  premises.  As  an  illustration,  take  the  majority  of  the  ar- 
tilces  which  have  appeared  on  a  disease  which  would  seem  to  be  peculiar 
to  this  country,  viz.,  the  so  called  "milk-sickness"  or  "trembles." 

Since  the  first  notice  on  this  affection  in  Dr.  Drake's  Notices  of  Cincin- 
nati, in  1809,  there  have  been  printed  four  pamphlets  and  one  hundred  and 
ten  (110)  articles  in  journals  and  transactions,  on  this  subject.  Yet  it  cannot 
be  said  to-day,  that  we  have  any  definite  knowledge  as  to  the  pathology 
or  causes  of  this  affection,  or  that,  so  far  as  man  is  concerned,  we  are  ab- 
solutely certain  that  there  is  any  special  disease  which  should  be  thus 
named,  as  being  caused  by  the  milk,  or  flesh  of  cattle  affected  with  the 
"trembles."  It  has  been  said  to  be  caused  by  certain  plants,  yet  no  scientific 
experiments  have  been  made  on  the  effects  of  these  plants.  No  attempt  has 
been  made  to  produce  the  disease  in  an  animal  remote  from  infested  lo- 
calities, by  the  use  of  the  suspected  plants,  or  better,  by  the  use  of  an  ex- 
tract containing  their  active  principles;  no  chemical  or  microscopical  ex- 
aminations have  been  made,  in  short,  we  have  nothing  but  an  account  of 
symptoms,  and  much  of  that  is  from  hearsay. 

Many  articles  intended  to  be  practical,  are  very  far  from  being  such, 
although  the  authors  would  probably  be  surprised  and  indignant  to  hear 
them  termed  otherwise.  They  profess  to  give  the  results  of  the  writer's 
personal  experience  with  a  certain  disease,  but  this  disease  is  only  named, 
not  described,  and  the  gross  results  only  are  given,  that  is  to  say,  we  are 
told  how  many  recovered.  The  object  of  such  writers,  to  use  their  own 
words,  is  to  tell  us  "what  is  good  for  biliousness,  or  low  fever,  or  pneu- 
monia." Their  productions  read  curiously,  like  the  literature  of  the  last 
century,  and  are  to  be  classed  with  old  women's  advice;  amusing  generally; 
practically  suggestive  sometimes;  clear,  scientific,  and  conclusive,  never. 

The  so-called  clinical  lectures,  and  reports  of  cases  and  operations,  are 
of  two  kinds.  When  properly  prepared  they  are  most  useful  and  valuable, 


58 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


and  are  the  best  contributions  to  a  journal  which  the  majority  of  physicians 
can  make,  although  by  no  means  the  highest  class  of  medical  literature.  But 
a  large  number  of  such  articles  as  are  published,  are  simply  padding,  worse 
than  useless,  since  their  titles  become  a  part  of  the  bibliography  of  medi- 
cine, compelling  each  succeeding  inquirer  to  refer  to  them,  or  risk  the  loss 
of  some  really  valuable  reference. 

We  have  reached  that  stage  of  development,  when  it  is  in  no  way  de- 
sirable that  we  should  be  informed  that  one  dislocated  shoulder  was  re- 
duced, one  leg  amputated,  and  two  hare-lips  operated  upon,  not  even  if  the 
usual  text-book  explanations  are  added,  so  as  to  make  up  the  five  or  six 
pages  of  the  report  of  a  college  clinic.  We  have  had  enough  reports  of 
specimens  of  "Aneurism  of  the  Aorta,"  or  "Medullary  Sarcoma,"  or  "Tu- 
mour of  the  Breast,"  in  which  little  or  no  information  is  given  with  regard 
to  the  symptoms  during  life,  and  the  principal  fact  stated  is  the  size  or 
weight  of  the  specimen. 

It  is  a  useless  case  of  labour  which  lingers  through  three  or  four  pages, 
to  terminate  in  the  usual  manner  with  the  stale  old  moral  about  "meddle- 
some midwifery,"  and  it  is  at  once  amusing,  exasperating  and  pathetic,  to 
glance  over  the  "contributions  from  the  clinic"  of  the  young  specialist  who 
has  set  to  work  to  write  himself  into  notice,  not  in  a  journal  devoted  to  his 
specialty,  but  in  one  of  the  encyclopedic  periodicals,  having  been  in- 
structed that  this  is  "legitimate  advertising." 

"Medical  journalism  is  not  a  profession  in  this  country.  With  one  or  two 
exceptions,  our  medical  editors  are  engaged  in  practice  and  lecturing,  and 
their  labour  in  connection  with  the  journals  is  not  directly  remunerative, 
nor  is  it  the  main  object  of  their  thoughts."  The  result  of  this  appears  in 
that  large  section  of  almost  every  journal  which  is  devoted  to  reviews,  ab- 
stracts, news  items,  etc.  Nevertheless,  as  we  have  before  stated,  our  medical 
journals  are  the  most  important  and  valuable  part  of  our  medical  litera- 
ture, and  it  is  mainly  in  and  by  them  that  improvement  may  be  hoped  for 
and  effected. 

At  the  beginning  of  1876,  there  were  in  course  of  publication  through- 
out the  world  about  280  regular  medical  journals.  Of  this  number,  Ger- 
many and  Austria  had  57;  France  52;  Great  Britain,  not  including  her 
Colonies  29;  the  United  States  46;  Italy  31;  Belgium  8;  Mexico  8;  Canada 
7;  Holland  6;  Spain  6.  As  to  the  form  of  publication,  the  United  States  has 
the  largest  proportion  of  monthlies,  and  France  and  Germany  of  weeklies 
and  bi-weeklies. 

The  proportion  of  periodical  to  other  forms  of  medical  literature  is  in 
excess  in  this  country,  as  will  be  clearly  seen  if  we  compare  the  number 
of  medical  books  published  in  the  several  countries.  Taking  the  "Biblio- 
theca  Medico-Chirurgica,"  of  Ruprecht,  for  the  years  1874-75,  and  count- 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


59 


ing  the  publications  noted  in  it,  excluding  journals,  pamphlets,  and  popu- 
lar and  irregular  works,  we  find  that  the  United  States  is  credited  with  55 
volumes;  England  179;  France  409;  Germany  419;  Italy  120;  Spain  and 
Portugal  104.  If  we  count  only  first  editions  of  original  works,  we  find  that 
the  United  States  has  published  during  these  two  years  36;  England  92; 
France  314;  Germany  288;  Italy  88;  and  Spain  and  Portugal  30. 

These  figures  are,  of  course,  not  exact,  but  the  proportions  shown  are 
probably  nearly  correct.  Taking  the  number  of  volumes  of  medical  pub- 
lications of  all  nations,  excluding  journals,  for  these  two  years,  the  United 
States  has  published  about  six  per  cent,  of  the  whole,  certainly  not  the 
quantity  which  should  have  been  produced  if  everything  was  as  it  should 
be. 

Medical  Societies. — An  important  influence  upon  the  progress  of  medi- 
cine, and  the  relations  of  physicians  to  each  other,  and  to  the  public,  has 
been  exerted  by  our  medical  societies,  some  of  which  date  from  the  last 
century,  and  which  are  found  almost  everywhere.  The  first  State  medical 
societies,  such  as  those  of  New  Jersey,  Massachusetts,  Delaware,  New  York, 
etc.,  were  charged  with  the  duty  of  licensing  persons  to  practise  medicine, 
to  which  license  an  examination  was  a  necessary  preliminary.  In  this  way 
these  societies  were  the  principal  agents  in  fixing  the  standard  of  medical 
education,  and  although  after  the  establishment  of  medical  schools  the 
diploma  of  one  in  good  repute  was  accepted  in  lieu  of  an  examination,  this 
was  by  courtesy  rather  than  law,  and  made  it  necessary  that  the  standard 
of  the  schools  should  at  least  be  equal  to  that  prescribed  by  the  society.  For 
convenience  of  reference,  we  give  a  list  of  the  most  important  medical  so- 
cieties of  the  United  States,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order  by  States: — 

No.  of 
First  Vols. 
Organized   Publica-  of 


tion  Publica- 
tions 

American  Medical  Association   1847  1848  27 

American  Ophthalmological  Society   1864  1865  7 

American  Otological  Society   1868  1869  1 

American  Pharmaceutical  Association   1852  1852  24 

American  Public  Health  Association   1872  1875  1 

National  Quarantine  and  Sanitary  Convention   1857  1857  4 

Medical  Association  of  the  State  of  Alabama   1847  1848  19 

State  Medical  Association  of  Arkansas   1870  1871  5 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  California   1870  1870  5 

Territorial  Medical  Society  of  Colorado   1871  1872  5 

Connecticut  State  Medical  Society   1792  1844  20 

Medical  Society  of  Delaware   1789 

Medical  Society  of  the  District  of  Columbia   1833  1874  2 

Clinico-Pathological  Society  of  Washington   1865  —  — 

Florida  Medical  Association   1874  1875 


60 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Organized 

Georgia  Medical  Association   1849 

Georgia  Medical  Society  of  Savannah   1804 

Illinois  State  Medical  Society   1851 

Drake  Academy  of  Medicine   1872 

Indiana  State  Medical  Society   1849 

Iowa  State  Medical  Society   1850 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Kansas   1858 

McDowell  Medical  Society   1874 

Kentucky  State  Medical  Society   1851 

Societe  Medicale  de  la  Nouvelle  Orleans   1812 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Maine   1834 

Maine  Medical  Association   1853 

Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland   1789 

Boston  Society  for  Medical  Improvement   1828 

Boston  Society  for  Medical  Observation   1846 

Boylston  Medical  Society   1811 

Gynaecological  Society  of  Boston   1869 

Massachusetts  Medical  Society   1781 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society   1819 

Minnesota  State  Medical  Society   1855 

Medical  Association  of  the  State  of  Mississippi   1856 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Missouri   1850 

Nebraska  State  Medical  Society   1868 

New  Hampshire  Medical  Society   1791 

New  Jersey  State  Medical  Society   1766 

Medical  Association  of  Southern  Central  New  York   1847 

Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Albany   1806 

Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Kings   1822 

Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  New  York   1806 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York   1807 

Medico-Legal  Society  of  New  York   1867 

New  York  Academy  of  Medicine   1847 

New  York  Medical  Journal  Association   1864 

Pathological  Society  of  New  York   1844 

Physico-Medical  Society  of  New  York   1815 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina   1850 

Academy  of  Medicine  of  Cincinnati   1857 

General  Medical  Society  of  Ohio   1827 

Medical  Convention  of  Ohio   1835 

Ohio  State  Medical  Society   1846 

Belmont  Medical  Society   1847 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Oregon   1874 

College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia   1787 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania   1848 

Pathological  Society  of  Philadelphia   1857 


First 
Publi- 
cation 


1850 

1851 
1874 
1849 
1850 
1867 
1875 
1851 
1831 
1834 
1853 
1853 
1853 


No.  of 
Vols, 
of 

Publica- 
tions 

20 


23 
1 

27 
10 
2 
1 

19 
3 
1 

6 
4 

5 


[70  prize  essays 
published  in 
[journals. 

1869 

1790 

1850 

1870 

1870 

1850 

1869 

1854 

1859 

1848 

1864 

1858 


1808 
1874 
1851 


1817 
1850 

1829 
1835 
1850 
1848 

1793 
1851 
1869 


5 
41 
15 
6 
1 

12 
6 
21 
17 
11 
2 
2 

34 
1 


1 

22 

2 
13 

26 


11 
18 
4 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


61 


No.  of 
First  Vols. 
Organized     Publi-  of 


cation  Publica- 
tions 

Philadelphia  County  Medical  Society   1849  —  — 

Philadelphia  Obstetrical  Society   1868  1873  3 

Rhode  Island  Medical  Society   1812  1859  1 

Medical  Society  of  South  Carolina   1789  —  — 

South  Carolina  Medical  Association   1848  1849  16 

Tennessee  State  Medical  Society   1830  —  — 

Medical  Association  State  of  Texas   1869  1869  4 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Vermont   1814  1864  4 

Medical  Society  of  Virginia   1821  1871  5 

Medical  Society  of  Washington  Territory   1873  1873  3 

Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  West  Virginia   1867  1868  8 

Wisconsin  State  Medical  Society   1842  1856  9 


The  formation  of  the  American  Medical  Association  was  due  to  a  wide 
spread  and  loudly  expressed  dissatisfaction  on  the  part  of  the  leading 
physicians  of  the  country,  with  the  low  standard  of  medical  education, 
and  to  a  general  conviction  that  the  remedy  for  this  lay  neither  with  the 
schools  nor  the  State  medical  societies.  It  was  hoped  that  by  forming  an 
association  which  should  represent  all  parties  interested,  a  sufficient  pres- 
sure of  opinion  might  be  brought  to  bear  upon  physicians  and  upon  the 
schools,  to  secure  the  return  to  the  requirements  for  graduation  of  the 
earlier  medical  colleges.  After  one  or  two  futile  attempts,  the  New  York 
State  Medical  Society  set  on  foot  a  movement  which  resulted  in  a  meeting 
of  a  convention  in  the  city  of  New  York,  in  the  year  1847,  in  which  were 
present  representatives  of  medical  societies  and  colleges  from  sixteen  States. 
A  similar  convention  met  the  following  year  in  Philadelphia,  at  which  the 
title,  by  which  it  is  now  known,  was  assumed.  The  series  of  its  annual  vol- 
umes of  transactions  contains  some  reports  and  papers  of  much  value  and 
interest,  mingled  with  much  that  is  unworthy  of  publication  under  the 
auspices  of  our  National  Medical  Society,  or  indeed  of  any  other.  Many  of 
the  reports  of  the  chairmen  of  the  several  committees  are  of  permanent  his- 
torical value.  Its  most  valuable  contribution  to  our  literature,  has  been 
the  publication  of  a  code  of  ethics,  which  is,  theoretically  at  least,  accepted 
as  authoritative  throughout  the  United  States,  and  which,  although  some 
of  its  provisions  have  been  objected  to,  is,  as  a  whole,  the  most  satisfactory 
exposition  in  existence  of  the  proper  relations  of  physicians  to  each  other, 
and  to  the  public. 

Of  late  years,  the  original  purpose  of  this  association  has  been  to  some 
extent  departed  from. 

It  was  not  primarily  intended  to  promote  literature  or  scientific  research, 
or  to  afford  a  means  of  publication  for  writers.  Our  national  and  State 


62 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


medical  societies  have  been  mainly  useful  as  social  gatherings,  promoting 
acquaintance,  and  the  feeling  of  professional  brotherhood  and  esprit  de 
corps  among  their  numbers,  and  as  giving  the  means  for  agreement,  and 
the  expression  of  opinion,  upon  questions  relating  to  education,  ethics, 
etc.;  by  that  large  body  of  physicians  engaged  in  general  practice,  who 
do  not  write  or  lecture,  but  simply  vote.  As  sources  of  addition  to  the 
science  and  literature  of  medicine,  they  do  not  play  a  conspicuous  part, 
nor  is  it  easy  to  see  how  it  can  be  otherwise;  the  real  discovery,  the  care- 
fully prepared  paper,  the  description  of  a  new  symptom,  pathological  ap- 
pearance or  remedy  are  not  usually  communicated  to  such  societies.  No 
effectual  supervision  as  to  quality  of  papers  which  may  be  read  or  printed 
can,  or  at  least  will  be  exercised  by  committees,  and  a  communication 
which  a  first  class  medical  journal  has  "declined  with  thanks,"  may  be 
taken  to  the  State,  and  even  to  the  National  Society  with  a  reasonable 
certainty  that  it  can  be  made  to  appear  in  the  transactions.  The  discussions 
on  papers  in  such  associations  seldom  have  any  scientific  value,  from  want 
of  special  preparation  on  the  part  of  the  speakers,  although  they  are  some- 
times amusing,  and,  to  use  an  expressive  word,  "spicy,"  from  the  use  of 
personalities.  Whether  this  state  of  things  can  be  improved  is  doubtful, 
though  attempts  to  do  so  are  of  course  commendable.21 

The  journals  have  to  a  great  extent  superseded  the  necessity  of  using 
societies  as  a  means  of  publication,  and  the  best  work  of  such  associations 
seems  to  consist  in  bringing  the  leaders  into  personal  relation  with  the 
mass  of  the  profession,  and  in  serving  as  courts  of  arbitration  and  appeal, 
where  local  difficulties  can  be  adjusted,  and  whose  decisions  will  command 
the  assent  of  the  majority  of  their  members. 

The  Transactions  of  the  New  York  State  Medical  Society  were,  for  a 
number  of  years,  published  by  the  State,  which  proved,  upon  the  whole, 
to  be  not  a  desirable  mode  of  issue,  and  the  last  volume,  published  by  the 
society  itself,  is  a  great  improvement  upon  its  predecessors.  What  such 
societies  might  do  is  shown  by  the  paper  of  Dr.  Thomas  C.  Brinsmade, 
giving  an  accurate  record  of  his  practice  for  twenty-one  years.  This  makes 
300  pages  of  the  volume  of  the  Transactions  of  the  New  York  State  Medi- 

21  The  best  suggestion  to  this  end  for  the  American  Medical  Association  which  I  have 
heard  is  that  each  section  should  elect  its  own  officers  and  members,  and  should  be 
managed  by  a  special  committee  who  shall  designate  the  subject  for  discussion,  and  the 
leaders  in  debate.  If  the  members  of  the  committee  each  year  are  selected  from  a  single 
city,  it  would  have  an  additional  advantage.  For  instance,  let  the  managing  committee 
of  the  surgical  section  be,  this  year,  all  residents  in  New  York  city,  while  Boston  takes 
obstetrics,  Philadelphia  practice,  etc.  The  next  year  New  York  can  take  practice,  Chicago 
surgery,  etc.  In  other  words,  transfer  all  the  responsibility  for  scientific  work  to  the  sec- 
tions, and  let  these  sections  be  organized  and  managed  systematically  to  that  end  alone. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


63 


cal  Society  for  1858,  and  contains  carefully  analyzed  statistics  of  37,872 
cases.  This  had  been  preceded  in  1851  by  an  elaborate  account  of  the  medi- 
cal topography  of  the  city  of  Troy,  his  place  of  residence.  Taken  together, 
these  papers  are  very  valuable,  and  set  an  example  of  a  mode  of  adding  to 
the  store  of  medical  knowledge,  which  is  within  the  power  of  every  prac- 
titioner. 

An  interesting  experiment  is  now  in  course  of  trial  in  Alabama,  where 
the  State  Medical  Society  has  been  made  the  State  Board  of  Health,  and 
the  official  adviser  of  the  Legislature  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  public 
hygiene. 

The  American  Public  Health  Association,  organized  in  1872,  may  now 
be  considered  as  fairly  established.  The  operations  of  this  society  have 
special  interest  to  the  medical  profession,  since  it  may  become  an  important 
means  of  educating  the  public,  and  enabling  it  to  distinguish  between  the 
scientific  physician  and  the  ignorant  pretender. 

We  have  another  class  of  medical  societies  which  require  an  abundance 
of  clinical  and  pathological  material;  members  actually  engaged  in  origi- 
nal investigations,  and  frequent  meetings,  as  conditions  for  usefulness  and 
success.  As  a  rule,  these  can  only  exist  in  large  cities,  where  they  exert 
a  powerful  influence  and  stimulus  to  exertion  on  their  individual  mem- 
bers. It  must  be  admitted  that  our  societies  of  this  kind  seldom  bring  out 
the  best  work  of  their  members,  and  that  such  discussions  as  occur  in  simi- 
lar societies  in  London  and  Paris,  continued  week  after  week,  and  even 
month  after  month,  for  which  elaborate  preparation  is  made  by  the  speak- 
ers, and  in  which  the  results  of  clinical  observation  and  extensive  literary 
research  are  rendered  attractive  and  striking,  by  splendor  of  diction  and 
perfection  of  style,  are  very  rare. 

The  most  important  of  these  societies  are  the  College  of  Physicians  of 
Philadelphia,  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  the  pathological  so- 
cieties of  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  the  Boston  Society  for  Medical 
Improvement,  and  certain  societies  devolted  mainly  to  specialties.  Among 
these  should  be  mentioned  the  Medico-Legal  Society  of  New  York,  organ- 
ized in  1867.  In  1874  it  published  a  volume  of  papers  relating  to  medical 
jurisprudence,  which  will  be  followed  by  others.  It  is  also  forming  a  valu- 
able library  in  its  own  department,  and  has  been  the  means  of  bringing 
the  members  of  the  medical  and  legal  professions  of  New  York  to  better 
acquaintance  with  each  other.  It  is  but  justice  to  say  that  much  of  its  good 
work  and  prosperity  is  due  to  the  energy  of  its  late  president,  a  prominent 
lawyer,  Mr.  Clark  Bell. 

The  majority  of  our  physicians  are,  and  must  be,  content  to  leave  to  a 
few  special  workers  the  labour  and  pleasure  of  sifting  and  selecting  from 
the  original  sources  of  medical  literature,  having  neither  the  wish  nor  the 


64 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


power  to  examine  for  themselves  the  works  of  the  great  leaders  and 
teachers  of  times  past,  or  the  mass  of  books  and  pamphlets  which  are  daily 
streaming  from  the  press;  but  there  is  nevertheless  among  them  a  fair 
amount  of  appreciation  of  the  value  and  necessity  of  such  work,  and  of  the 
usefulness  and  desirability  of  collections  of  the  records  of  their  science. 
During  the  last  ten  years,  the  writer  has  had  occasion  to  examine  many 
private  libraries  of  physicians  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  in  country  villages 
as  well  as  the  large  cities,  and  it  has  been  a  matter  of  surprise  and  pleasure 
to  find  so  much  interest  taken  in  subjects  relating  to  the  history  and  bib- 
liography of  medicine  by  men  remote  from  large  libraries,  and  without  the 
stimulus  of  companionship  in,  and  sympathy  with  such  tastes.  And  it  will 
usually  be  found  that  the  physician  who  has  on  his  shelves  half  a  dozen 
old  folios  and  quartos,  including  perhaps  copies  of  Sydenham,  Morgagni, 
and  Van  Swieten,  is  a  man  of  more  culture  and  broader  views  than  the  one 
who  has  only  the  modern  manuals,  or  rather  those  which  were  modern 
when  he  attended  lectures. 

Until  recently  few  of  our  writers  have  made  much  use  of  bibliographical 
research.  We  now  have  public  medical  libraries  in  this  country,  which  af- 
ford to  the  student  and  scholar  good  facilities  for  research,  and  which  bid 
fair,  at  no  distant  day,  to  rival  in  magnitude  and  practical  working  value, 
if  not  in  manuscripts  and  incunabulae,  the  best  in  the  old  world. 

Philadelphia  has  several  libraries  of  much  interest  and  value  to  the 
medical  bibliographer  and  scholar.  The  oldest  medical  library  in  this 
country  is  that  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  founded  in  1762,  and  now 
containing  about  13,000  volumes,  many  of  which  were  selected  for  the 
hospital  by  Doctors  Lettsom,  in  London,  and  Louis,  in  Paris.  Its  classed 
catalogue,  issued  in  1857,  is  a  valuable  work  of  reference. 

The  Library  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  of  Philadelphia,  which  dates 
from  1788,  now  contains  about  19,000  volumes  well  selected,  receives  about 
eighty  current  journals,  and,  next  to  the  library  at  Washington,  is  the  most 
valuable  collection  of  the  kind  in  this  country.  Much  of  its  prosperity  and 
excellence  is  due  to  Doctor  Samuel  Lewis,  whose  donations,  amounting 
to  several  thousand  volumes  of  choice  books,  are  kept  in  a  room  by  them- 
selves, and  known  as  the  "Lewis  Library."  The  great  want  of  this  library 
is  a  good  printed  catalogue,  which  would  double  its  value  and  usefulness. 
The  medical  part  of  the  Loganian  Section  in  the  Philadelphia  Library 
contains  about  1800  volumes,  mostly  old  and  rare.  These  three  libraries 
supplement  each  other  to  a  great  extent,  there  being  probably  not  less  than 
26,000  volumes  between  them,  which  are  not  duplicates.  The  fourth  library 
is  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  in  West  Philadelphia,  and  contains 
about  3000  volumes,  the  gift  of  Dr.  Alfred  Stille\  It  may  be  noted  here  that 
almost  all  attempts  to  establish  medical  libraries  in  connection  with  medi- 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


65 


cal  schools  have  been  failures.  Commenced  with  enthusiasm,  they  soon  be- 
come antiquated,  are  rarely  consulted,  except  by  one  or  two  species  of 
beetles,  are  never  properly  catalogued  or  cared  for,  and  dust  and  mould 
reign  in  them  supreme.  Students  and  teachers  want  the  newest  books  and 
journals  only.  Libraries  are  used  by  the  scholar  and  author,  and  for  such 
are  the  true  universities. 

In  New  York,  the  library  of  the  New  York  Hospital  is  the  largest  of 
its  class,  containing  about  10,000  volumes.  An  excellent  foundation  for  a 
library  has  been  acquired  by  the  Academy  of  Medicine,  by  the  gift  from 
Dr.  Purple  of  a  complete  file  of  regular  American  medical  journals  and  of 
a  large  number  of  rare  pamphlets.  The  collections  of  journals  of  the  Medi- 
cal Journal  Association  of  New  York,  and  the  German  Dispensary  are  val- 
uable sources  of  information  to  the  student. 

The  Boston  Public  Library  has  at  present  the  best  collection  of  medi- 
cal books  in  that  city,  numbering  about  11,000  volumes,  for  the  most 
part  standard  works  and  periodicals.  Its  usefulness  is  much  diminished 
from  the  want  of  a  good  printed  catalogue  of  this  section.  The  library 
of  Harvard  College  contains  between  5000  and  6000  volumes  on  medi- 
cine; and  the  Treadwell  Library,  at  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital, 
has  about  5000  volumes.  The  medical  library  of  most  promise  in  Boston 
is  that  of  the  Medical  Library  Association,  which,  though  only  a  year  old, 
has  about  3000  volumes,  and  will  probably  rapidly  increase. 

In  Cincinnati  the  City  Hospital  has  a  fair  collection.  The  Mussey  Medi- 
cal and  Scientific  Library,  at  present,  is  a  special  deposit  in  the  Cincinnati 
Public  Library,  and  contains  about  4000  volumes  and  2000  pamphlets. 

The  National  Medical  Library  at  Washington,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Surgeon-General  of  the  Army,  contains  40,000  volumes,  and  about  the 
same  number  of  pamphlets.  It  has  been  formed  within  the  last  twelve  years, 
and  the  use  that  is  made  of  it  by  physicians  from  all  parts  of  the  country, 
and  the  general  and  strong  interest  that  is  felt  in  its  progress  affords  satis- 
factory evidence,  if  such  were  needed,  that  it  meets  a  want  of  the  profession. 
Its  subject  catalogue  is  nearly  ready  for  the  press. 

Besides  these  public  libraries,  there  are  several  valuable  private  collec- 
tions of  medical  works  in  this  country,  some  of  which  have  been  already 
given  to  public  use,  such  as  those  of  Drs.  Purple,  Stille,  and  Mussey,  al- 
ready referred  to.  Two  others  are  worthy  of  special  mention,  the  first  being 
that  of  Dr.  G.  J.  Fisher,  of  Sing  Sing,  which  is  rich  in  the  classics  of  medi- 
cine; and  the  second,  that  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Toner,  of  Washington,  which  is 
especially  devoted  to  American  medical  literature,  and  contains  many  rare 
pamphlets,  besides  a  nearly  complete  file  of  American  medical  journals. 
In  connection  with  this  last,  there  is  nearly  ready  for  the  press  a  complete 
index.  Besides  these,  there  are  a  number  of  valuable  private  medical  li- 


66 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


braries  in  this  country,  ranging  from  1000  to  8000  volumes,  and  the  num- 
ber of  foreign  works  imported,  and  the  taste  for  original  editions  is  steadily 
increasing.  It  is  now  possible  to  verify  in  this  country  the  majority  of  the 
references  made  by  European  medical  authors,  and  it  is  no  longer  necessary 
to  make  costly  importations,  or  to  visit  Europe  to  obtain  literary  data. 

With  the  libraries  should  be  classed  the  medical  museums,  of  which 
several  of  much  interest  and  importance  have  been  formed  in  the  United 
States,  for  the  most  part  in  connection  with  medical  societies  and  hospitals. 
The  catalogues  of  these  collections,  when  properly  prepared,  are  very  use- 
ful books  of  reference,  and  some  excellent  work  of  this  kind  has  been  ac- 
complished, such  as  the  Catalogues  of  the  Warren  Anatomical  Museum  of 
Harvard,  and  of  the  Museum  of  the  Boston  Society  for  Medical  Improve- 
ment, each  by  Dr.  J.  B.  S.  Jackson;  of  the  Pathological  Museum  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Hospital,  by  Dr.  Wm.  Pepper;  of  the  Pathological  Cabinet 
of  the  New  York  Hospital,  by  Dr.  Ray;  and  of  the  Army  Medical  Museum 
at  Washington,  by  Drs.  Woodhull,  Curtis,  and  Woodward. 

The  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  has  a  valuable  collection, 
including  the  Mutter  Museum,  and  a  series  of  unique  preparations  by 
Hyrtl. 

The  practical  value  of  large  special  museums  in  connection  with  good 
libraries  devoted  to  the  same  specialties  is  great,  but  they  are  useful 
rather  to  the  educated  physician  than  to  the  student;  and  the  numerous 
small  collections  which  are  scattered  over  the  country,  in  hospitals  and 
private  cabinets,  are  simply  so  much  wasted  and  unused  material,  in  a 
scientific  point  of  view,  and,  though  gratifying  to  the  owner  as  trophies 
or  mementoes,  are  of  little  more  real  use  than  the  strings  of  teeth  which 
the  barbers  of  old  hung  out  as  signs  of  their  skill. 

The  value  of  a  single  specimen  of  any  lesion  is  usually  very  small;  it 
is  only  when  they  can  be  brought  together  by  scores  and  compared  that 
useful  and  reliable  results  can  be  hoped  for.  As  we  get  older  and  wiser, 
we  shall  probably  have  fewer  journals,  medical  schools,  museums,  and 
libraries  than  we  now  possess,  for  all  these  means  of  culture,  to  have  the 
best  effect,  require  concentration. 

Although  the  permanent  importance  of  oral  teaching  has,  to  some  ex- 
tent, been  diminished  by  the  diffusion  of  periodical  literature,  since  the 
latest  discovery  or  theory  can  now  be  promptly  made  known  to  those  re- 
mote from  the  great  centres  of  learning,  the  increased  use  made  of  clinical 
instruction,  and  the  necessity  for  practical  demonstration  of  instrumental 
methods  of  diagnosis,  have  in  a  great  degree  compensated  for  this. 

The  medical  history  of  a  country  cannot  be  considered  complete  with- 
out some  account  of  its  medical  schools,  but  we  have  space  for  little  more 
than  a  list  of  those  which  have  flourished  in  the  United  States. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


67 


The  following  table  gives  a  list  of  the  regular  chartered  medical  schools 
of  this  country,  which  have  had  the  power  of  conferring  the  degree  of 
doctor  of  medicine,  with  the  date  of  first  graduating  class,  date  of  cessa- 
tion, and  number  of  graduates  to  the  spring  of  1876,  so  far  as  it  has  been 
possible  to  obtain  the  data: — 

It  is  possible  that  a  few  minor  schools  of  short  duration  have  been  over- 
looked, but  such  must  have  been  of  small  importance.  No  note  is  made  in 
the  list  of  the  various  changes  of  name  which  some  of  the  schools  have  as- 
sumed. The  number  of  graduates  has  been  obtained  by  collation  of  all  the 
catalogues  that  could  be  obtained,  and  by  correspondence.  From  these  data 
an  estimate  has  been  made  for  the  missing  years,  and  the  limit  of  error  in 
the  total  does  not  probably  exceed  one-half  of  one  per  cent.  It  should  be 
observed  that  little  reliance  can  be  placed  upon  many  of  the  catalogues  as 
to  the  number  of  students  in  attendance,  and  there  are  some  discrepancies 
even  as  to  graduates. 

Year  of     Date  of  Total 
Name  First        Cessa-         No.  of 

Graduation     tion  Graduates 

Alabama 

Medical  College  of  Alabama  [Mobile]  

California 

Medical  College  of  the  Pacific,  Med.  Dept.  of  University 

(City)  College  [San  Francisco]  

University  of  California,  Med.  Dept.  of  (Toland  Hall) 

[San  Francisco]  

Connecticut 

Yale  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  [New  Haven]  

District  of  Columbia 
National  Medical  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  Columbian 

University  [Washington]  

Georgetown  University,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Washington] .... 

Howard  University,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Washington]  

Georgia 

Medical  College  of  Georgia  [Augusta]  

Savannah  Medical  College  [Savannah]  

Atlanta  Medical  College  [Atlanta]  

Oglethorpe  Medical  College  [Savannah]  

Illinois 

Rush  Medical  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  University  of  Chi- 
cago [Chicago]  

Illinois  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Jacksonville]  

Rock  Island  Medical  School  [Rock  Island]  

Chicago  Medical  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  Northwestern 

University  [Chicago]  

Indiana 

Indiana  Medical  College,  Med.  Depart,  of  Laporte  Uni- 
versity [Laporte]  

Medical  College  of  Evansville  [Evansville]  


1860  203 

1859  —  90 
1865  86 
1814  899 

1826  427 

1852  —  387 

1871  —  37 

1833  —  1278 

1854  —  140 

1855  560 

1856  1861  86 

1844  —  1786 

1848  1848  39 

1849  1849  19 

1860  —  481 

1842  1851  136 

1850  —  74 


68 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Year  of     Date  of  Total 


Name 

First 

Cessa- 

No.  of 

Graduation 

Gr3.du3.tcs 

T    ,.         „          .....     .  „  ,,        r.  ,. 

1850 

1852 

39 

1870 

251 

Indiana  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  [Indian- 

1875 

CIo  liege  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  [ICeokuk ] 

1850 

— 

777 

1871 

111 

K.€Ti  tiic  ky 

Transylvania  X-Jniversity,  N^ed.  Dept.  of  [Lexington] .... 

1818 

1859 

1860 

T_Jniversity  of  Louisville  lVled  Dept  of  [Louisville] 

1838 

— 

2395 

1851 

— 

520 

T  onicwillf*  \/f  r*  c\  1  r*  a  1  f!ol  1  f*(Tf*  IT  .on  icvillfl 

1870 

— ■ 

402 

Hospital  College  of  Medicine,  lV^ed.  Dept.  of  Central 

University  [Louisville] 

1875 

— 

91 

LouisiciTwi 

University  of  Louisiana,  Nted.  Dept.  of  [New  Orleans] .... 

1835 

— 

1703 

N^ew  Orleans  School  of  lVledicine  [N"ew  Orleans] 

1857 

1870 

397 

f^haritv  T-Tocmi  ta  1  A/fpHif*?»1  f^Iollpcrp  of        C~)    INpw  f^)r1pan^l 

v.ulal  i  L  V  llUSUllal  iVH.  U1L  a  J  V^UH^g  k,  \JL  J.  1  .  V-/  •        i  y—  vv   v_y  1  I  v_  ci  11  3  J  . 

1876 

— 

10 

Ad  0,1716 

T^o\A;r1oin  C^. o  1  \c*crr*  q n H          H    SsfViool  of                  1  RTiinQ\A7ir*lf  1 

JJUW  UU111                              CXlikA.  1V1^U>   kJ^llvJUl  Ul  1\  A      1 11       |_  U 1  Ullo  W  Iv^IV  J  .  ■ 

1821 

— 

1137 

Ad  cLtyl dtid 

University  of  Maryland  lVIed  Dept  of  [Baltimore] 

1811 

— 

3104 

\A7  QcV»iT^rrt'on  T  Trm/prciM/     Srnnnl  of          r\  innp  IRnIti  m  nrp  1 
V V  aoXXXXXL!  L<JXX   Ulll v CI  ally  }  O^XHJUX  \JL  IVXCUlvlllC   (_J_J<11 L 1 1 A1W1  C J  .  . 

1828 

— 

680 

f^oll^rr^  of  PVi  vein  ^n<!  anrl  Ssi  i  rfrpnrt  Q  IHaltimnrf1 

1873 

— 

118 

A/f  n  rr/7 rnit  cpffc 

T— X  a  r*\rc*  i*o   T  In  i\/prci  t\7     \A    r\     Tlf*ot"     of  1  HnQf  nn  1 

1785 

— 

2206 

*Rf»rlf  Qhirp  \/f  edipal  f~!ollf*crp  TPitt'sfif'lrll 

1823 

1867 

1136 

Adlchl{?CLTl 

University  of  iVtictiigan,  IVIed.  Dept.  of  [Ann  Arbor]  

1851 

— 

1405 

1869 

— 

204 

AdlSSOUTl 

\/f  i  ccoi  iri  \A       i    51 1   l;ol  1  f*crf*   \S\t     T  .on  1 Q 

1841 

— 

921 

T  onic  \/T    c\  \  r*  n  1   f~^o1  1  t^crf1   \r\t     T  .01 1 1  ^ 

1843 

— 

1293 

T-Ti  i  m  ool  H  t  \yf^o  l  r*  a  1   llo  1 1  f*  ctc-   \r\t    T  .0111^  1 

1867 

1869 

16 

10/u 

— 

46 

St  Louis  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  [St  Louis] 

1870 

1870 

8 

Nczu  HdTTtpshlTS 

0 T-tm 01 1  tV»   Pnl  1  f*cr(*    TVTpH ira  1  Srhnnl  of  1  H annufrl 

1798 

— 

1283 

Al^rt]  Vnrk" 
1 V  etc   J.  yji  /V 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  City  of  N^ew 

York,  Med.  Dept.  of  Columbia  College  [N.  Y.  City]. 

1769 

— 

3179 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  Western  Dis- 

1816 

1840 

585 

Geneva  College  (Rutgers  Med.  Faculty)  [N.  Y.  City]  

1827 

1830 

104 

1835 

1872 

849 

1839 

1287 

University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  Medical  Dept.  of 

[N.  Y.  City]  

1842 

3393 

1847 

848 

CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


69 


Year  of  Date  of  Total 

Name  First  Cessa-        No.  of 

Graduation  tion  Graduates 

New  York  Medical  College  and  Charity  Hospital  [N.  Y. 

City]   1851  1864  310 

Long  Island  College  Hospital  [Brooklyn]   1860  —  531 

Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College  [N.  Y.  City]   1862  —  1908 

College  of  Medicine  of  Syracuse  University  [Syracuse] . . .  1873  —  26 
Ohio 

Medical  College  of  Ohio  [Cincinnati]   1821  —  2170 

Cincinnati  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Cincinnati]   1836  1839  95 

Starling  Medical  College  [Columbus]   1836  887 

Cleveland  Medical  College,  Med.  Dept.  of  Western  Re- 
serve College  at  Hudson  [Cleveland]   1844  —  1162 

Cincinnati  College  of  Med.  and  Surgery  [Cincinnati]...  .  1852  —  760 

Miami  Medical  College  [Cincinnati]   1853  —  578 

University  of  Wooster,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Cleveland]   1865  —  328 

Oregon 

Willamette  University,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Salem]   1867  —  63 

Pennsylvania 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Philadel- 
phia]  1768  —  8845 

College  of  Philadelphia  [Philadelphia]   1790  1791  10 

Jefferson  Medical  College  [Philadelphia]   1826  6668 

Pennsylvania   College   at   Gettysburg,    Med.    Dept.  of 

[Philadelphia]   1840  1861  769 

Franklin  Med.  College  of  Philadelphia  [Philadelphia]   .  .  1847  1849  25 

Philadelphia  College  of  Medicine  [Philadelphia]   1847  1859  502 

Rhode  Island 

Brown  University,  Medical  School  of  [Providence]   1814  1826  68 

South  Carolina 

Medical  School  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina  [Charles- 
ton]  1825  -  2439 

University  of  South  Carolina,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Columbia] .  .  1868  —  26 

Tennessee 

Memphis  Medical  College  [Memphis]   1847  1873  231 

University  of  Nashville,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Nashville]   1852  1741 

Shelby  Medical  College  [Nashville]   1859  1861  30 

Vanderbilt  University,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Nashville]   1875  —  75 

Texas 

Galveston  Medical  College  [Galveston]   1866  —  123 

Texas  Medical  College  and  Hospital  [Galveston]   1874  —  38 

Vermont 

Castleton  Medical  College  [Castleton]   1820  1861  1449 

University  of  Vermont  and  State  Agricultural  College, 

Med.  Dept.  of  [Burlington]   1823  —  573 

Vermont  Medical  College  [Woodstock]   1830  1860  575 

Virginia 

University  of  Virginia,  Med.  Dept.  of  [Charlottesville]   1828  —  533 

Medical  College  of  Virginia  [Richmond]   1839  —  947 

Winchester  Medical  College  [Winchester]   1846  1862  75 


Total 


73,588 


70 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


If  we  take  the  number  of  graduates  by  decades  of  years  during  the 
present  century,  the  result  is  as  follows: — 

Years  Years  Gr^T 

1769-1799   221  1840-1849  11,828 

1800-1809   343  1850-1859  17,213 

1810-1819  1,375  1860-1869  16,717 

1820-1829  4,338  1870-1876  14,704 

1830-1839  6,849 

The  first  medical  school  in  this  country  was  established  by  Drs.  John 
Morgan  and  William  Shippen  at  Philadelphia  in  1765,  and  is  now  known 
as  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  From  its 
halls  have  graduated  the  majority  of  the  distinguished  medical  writers, 
teachers,  and  practitioners  of  the  United  States,  and  the  names  of  its  pro- 
fessors have  become  household  words. 

Organized  upon  the  plan  of  the  Edinburgh  Medical  School,  of  which 
its  founders  were  graduates,  it  has  been  the  model  and  pattern  by  which 
all  our  medical  colleges  have  been  shaped.  Its  largest  graduating  class  was 
in  1849,  numbering  191.  In  the  following  year  Professor  Chapman  re- 
signed, and  for  the  next  ten  years  the  Jefferson  School  graduated  the 
greater  number,  reaching  its  maximum  of  269  in  1854.  The  Jefferson 
Medical  College  was  founded  in  1824,  under  the  charter  of  Jefferson 
College  in  Canonsburg,  Pennsylvania.  The  first  course  of  lectures  was  de- 
livered in  1825-26,  the  Faculty  being  Drs.  Eberle,  McClellan,  Rhees,  Green, 
and  Beattie.  Numerous  changes  were  made  in  professors,  and  its  classes 
varied  much  in  size  until  1841,  when  all  the  chairs  were  vacated  and  refilled 
by  Drs.  Dunglison,  J.  K.  Mitchell,  Pancoast,  R.  M.  Huston,  Mutter,  Meigs, 
and  Bache.  This  Faculty  continued  until  1856,  when  Professor  S.  D.  Gross 
succeeded  Dr.  Mutter.  In  1857  Dr.  T.  B.  Mitchell  took  the  place  of  Dr. 
Huston,  and  in  1858  Dr.  Dickson  that  of  Dr.  J.  K.  Mitchell. 

The  second  medical  school  founded  in  this  country  was  at  New  York, 
under  the  charter  of  King's  College,  in  1767.  This  school  has  had  many 
vicissitudes,  but  is  now  in  a  flourishing  condition,  and  known  as  the  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  the  City  of  New  York,  being  the  Medi- 
cal Department  of  Columbia  College.  Its  largest  graduating  class  was  110 
in  1875. 

The  Medical  Department  of  Harvard  University  was  founded  by  Dr. 
John  Warren  in  1782.  Its  maximum  class  of  graduates  was  99  in  1866. 
Recently  it  has  led  the  way  in  elevating  the  standard  of  medical  education, 
by  extending  its  curriculum  to  three  years,  establishing  a  graded  course, 
and  by  having  decided  to  institute  a  real  examination  into  the  prelimi- 
nary education  of  its  students.  This  has  of  course  diminished  its  classes 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


71 


somewhat,  but  no  one  can  doubt  that  the  decision  to  aim  at  quality  instead 
of  quantity  is  a  wise  one,  and  will  in  the  fulness  of  time  receive  its  due 
reward. 

The  first  medical  school  in  the  West  was  established  in  Lexington,  Ky. 
So  early  as  1799  a  Medical  Department  was  added  to  Transylvania  Uni- 
versity, Dr.  Samuel  Brown  being  appointed  the  first  professor.  Various 
appointments  in  the  Medical  Faculty  were  made,  and  a  few  partial  courses 
of  lectures  were  delivered,  but  the  first  full  course  was  not  given  until  1817, 
and  the  degree  of  M.D.  was  first  conferred  in  1818.  The  founders  of  the 
school  were  Drs.  Dudley  and  Caldwell.  Its  period  of  greatest  prosperity  was 
from  1830  to  1837,  at  which  last  date  a  disruption  took  place,  and  a  part  of 
the  Faculty  removed  to  Louisville. 

The  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Louisville  began  as  the 
Medical  Institute,  chartered  in  1833.  Nothing  was  accomplished,  however, 
until  the  quarrel  in  the  Transylvania  School  above  referred  to  took  place, 
when  Dr.  Caldwell  enlisted  in  the  cause  of  the  Louisville  School,  and  in 
1837  succeeded  in  obtaining  for  it  a  grant  of  a  square  of  ground,  and  money 
for  buildings  and  apparatus.  Lectures  began  the  same  year,  the  Faculty 
consisting  of  Drs.  Caldwell,  Cooke,  and  Yandell,  from  the  Lexington 
School,  and  of  Drs.  Cobb,  Henry  Miller,  and  J.  B.  Flint.  In  1839  Dr.  Drake 
joined  the  School,  and  in  the  following  year  Dr.  S.  D.  Gross  took  the  place 
of  Dr.  Flint.  In  1846,  the  School  was  transferred  to  the  University,  and  in 
1874  it  had  123  graduates,  its  largest  class. 

In  connection  with  these  schools  a  special  reference  is  due  to  Dr.  Charles 
Caldwell,  their  principal  promoter.  He  was  of  Irish  descent,  born  in  North 
Carolina  in  1772;  died  1853.  After  obtaining  the  best  education  which  his 
native  State  could  afford,  he  went  to  Philadelphia  in  1792,  and  continued 
the  study  of  medicine  under  Dr.  Rush,  passing  his  examination  in  1794, 
and  taking  his  diploma  in  1796.  During  the  next  twenty  years  his  pen  was 
constantly  busy  with  lectures,  addresses,  and  controversial  articles,  many 
of  which  related  to  yellow  fever.  In  1819  he  accepted  an  invitation  to  the 
Transylvania  School,  and  from  this  time  he  gave  his  best  energies  to  this 
institution,  and  subsequently  to  the  Louisville  School.  He  was  one  of  the 
most  voluminous  writers  which  this  country  has  produced,  but  he  contrib- 
uted little  or  nothing  of  permanent  or  scientific  value  to  the  literature  of 
his  profession,  and  the  only  work  of  his  which  is  worth  perusal  to-day  is 
his  autobiography.  His  critical  reviews,  being  dictated  almost  exclusively 
by  personal  prejudices,  are  in  almost  all  cases  samples  of  special  pleading 
rather  than  true  criticism,  and  characterized  by  their  "smartness"  rather 
than  their  justice. 

In  the  South  the  Medical  College  of  South  Carolina,  chartered  in  1823, 
leads  the  way.  The  Medical  College  of  Louisiana  was  incorporated  in  1835, 


72 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


and  in  1845  became  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Lou- 
isiana. This  school  is  remarkable  as  having  received  State  aid  to  the  amount 
of  $121,000. 

In  connection  with  the  medical  schools,  notice  should  be  taken  of  the 
Medical  Institute  of  Philadelphia,  otherwise  known  as  the  Summer  School, 
which,  in  addition  to  furnishing  instruction  to  students  and  supplementing 
the  winter  course,  was  of  very  great  value  as  a  training  school  for  Professors. 
It  was  founded  in  1817  by  Dr.  Chapman,  and  with  it  were  connnected,  from 
time  to  time,  Drs.  Chapman,  Horner,  Dewees,  Samuel  Jackson,  J.  K. 
Mitchell,  John  Bell,  Hodge,  Neill,  Gibson,  Gerhard,  Norris,  and  Pepper. 

The  total  number  of  graduates  from  our  medical  schools  during  the  five 
years  ending  July  1,  1875,  was  about  10,250,  that  is,  a  little  over  2000  per 
year;  the  number  in  1875  being  about  400  more  than  in  1871. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Toner  estimated  the  average  age  of  beginning  practice  to  be 
241/2  years,  of  death  58  years,  making  an  average  of  about  34  years  practice 
to  each.22 

Dr.  S.  E.  Chaill^  estimates  that  there  are  about  47,000  regular  physicians 
in  the  United  States,  being  about  one  to  every  700  of  the  population.23 

Space  is  wanting  for  further  details  with  regard  to  our  medical  schools. 
That  there  are  too  many  of  them  is  a  general  complaint,  the  answer  to 
which  is  the  same  as  that  given  above  with  regard  to  the  like  objection  with 
regard  to  medical  journals,  and  which  answer  is  of  about  the  same  value 
in  each  case. 

In  attempting  to  estimate  the  quantity  and  value  of  the  additions  made 
by  the  medical  profession  of  this  country  to  the  world's  stock  of  knowledge 
of  the  laws  of  healthy  and  diseased  action,  and  the  means  of  modifying 
these  actions,  it  is  very  difficult  to  make  generalizations  which  shall  be  at 
once  clear,  comprehensive,  and  correct.  This  difficulty  becomes  an  impos- 
sibility, if  we  are  to  speak  of  the  education,  mental  characteristics,  and 
professional  qualifications  of  the  whole  body  of  physicians  of  this,  or  any 
other  country,  since  only  the  most  vague  and  indefinite  statements  will 
hold  good.  We  have  had,  and  still  have,  a  very  few  men  who  love  science 
for  its  own  sake,  whose  chief  pleasure  is  in  original  investigations,  and  to 
whom  the  practice  of  their  profession  is  mainly,  or  only,  of  interest  as  fur- 
nishing material  for  observation  and  comparison.  Such  men  are  to  be 
found  for  the  most  part  only  in  large  cities  where  libraries,  hospitals,  and 
laboratories  are  available  for  their  needs,  although  some  of  them  have  pre- 
ferred the  smaller  towns  and  villages  as  fields  of  labour.  The  work  of  our 

22  Statistical  Sketch,  etc.  Indiana  Journ.  of  Med.,  1873,  vol.  iv.  p.  1. 

28  The  Medical  Colleges,  etc.  New  Orleans  Med.  and  Surg.  Journ.,  1874,  vol.  i.  N.  S. 
p.  818. 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


73 


physicians  of  this  class  has  been  for  the  most  part  fragmentary,  and  is  found 
in  scattered  papers  and  essays  which  have  been  pointed  out  in  preceding 
essays;  but  buds  and  flowers,  rather  than  ripened  fruit,  are  what  we  have 
to  offer.  Of  the  highest  grade  of  this  class  we  have  thus  far  produced  no 
specimens;  the  John  Hunter,  or  Virchow,  of  the  United  States,  has  not  yet 
given  any  sign  of  existence. 

We  have  in  our  cities,  great  and  small,  a  much  larger  class  of  physicians 
whose  principal  object  is  to  obtain  money,  or  rather  the  social  position, 
pleasures,  and  power,  which  money  only  can  bestow.  They  are  clear-headed, 
shrewd,  practical  men,  well  educated,  because  "it  pays,"  and  for  the  same 
reason  they  take  good  care  to  be  supplied  with  the  best  instruments,  and 
the  latest  literature.  Many  of  them  take  up  specialties  because  the  work  is 
easier,  and  the  hours  of  labour  are  more  under  their  control  than  in  gen- 
eral practice.  They  strive  to  become  connected  with  hospitals  and  medical 
schools,  not  for  the  love  of  mental  exertion,  or  of  science  for  its  own  sake, 
but  as  a  respectable  means  of  advertising,  and  of  obtaining  consultations. 
They  write  and  lecture  to  keep  their  names  before  the  public,  and  they 
must  do  both  well,  or  fall  behind  in  the  race.  They  have  the  greater  part 
of  the  valuable  practice,  and  their  writings,  which  constitute  the  greater 
part  of  our  medical  literature,  are  respectable  in  quality,  and  eminently 
useful. 

They  are  the  patrons  of  medical  literature,  the  active  working  members 
of  municipal  medical  societies,  the  men  who  are  usually  accepted  as  the 
representatives  of  the  profession,  not  only  here,  but  in  all  civilized  coun- 
tries; they  may  be  famous  physicians  and  great  surgeons  in  the  usual  sense 
of  the  words,  and  as  such,  and  only  as  such,  should  they  receive  the  honour 
which  is  justly  their  due.  They  work  for  the  present,  and  they  have  their 
reward  in  their  own  generation. 

There  is  another  large  class,  whose  defects  in  general  culture  and  in 
knowledge  of  the  latest  improvements  in  medicine,  have  been  much  dwelt 
upon  by  those  disposed  to  take  gloomy  views  of  the  condition  of  medical 
education  in  this  country.  The  preliminary  education  of  these  physicians 
was  defective,  in  some  cases  from  lack  of  desire  for  it,  but  in  the  great  ma- 
jority from  lack  of  opportunity,  and  their  work  in  the  medical  school  was 
confined  to  so  much  memorizing  of  text-books  as  was  necessary  to  secure  a 
diploma.  In  the  course  of  practice  they  gradually  obtain  from  personal  ex- 
perience, sometimes  of  a  disagreeable  kind,  a  knowledge  of  therapeutics, 
which  enables  them  to  treat  the  majority  of  their  cases  as  successfully,  per- 
haps, as  their  brethren  more  learned  in  theory.  Occasionally  they  contrib- 
ute a  paper  to  a  journal,  or  a  report  to  a  medical  society;  but  they  would 
rather  talk  than  write,  and  find  it  very  difficult  to  explain  how  or  why  they 
have  succeeded,  being  like  many  excellent  cooks  in  this  respect.  They  are 


74 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


honest,  conscientious,  hard-working  men,  who  are  inclined  to  place  great 
weight  on  their  experience,  and  to  be  rather  contemptuous  of  what  they 
call  "book  learning  and  theories."  To  them  our  medical  literature  is  in- 
debted for  a  few  interesting  observations,  and  valuable  suggestions  in 
therapeutics,  but  for  the  most  part,  their  experience,  being  unrecorded, 
has  but  a  local  usefulness. 

These  three  classes  have  been  referred  to  simply  for  the  purpose  of  call- 
ing attention  to  the  fact  that,  in  speaking  of  "the  physicians  of  the  United 
States,"  it  is  necessary  to  be  careful.  There  are  many  other  classes,  and  they 
shade  into  each  other  and  into  empiricism  in  many  ways.  In  discussions 
upon  this  subject,  it  seems  to  be  often  assumed  that  all  physicians  should 
possess  the  same  qualifications,  and  be  educated  to  the  same  standard, 
which,  in  one  respect,  is  like  saying  that  they  should  all  be  six  feet  high,  and 
in  another,  is  like  the  army  regulations,  which  prescribe  the  same  ration 
and  allowance  of  clothing  for  Maine  and  Florida,  Alaska  and  Oregon.  A 
young  and  energetic  man  who  has  spent  six  years  in  obtaining  a  University 
education,  and  four  more  in  the  study  of  medicine  as  it  ought  to  be  studied, 
that  is  to  say,  in  preparing  himself  to  study  and  investigate  for  the  rest  of 
his  life,  will  not  settle  in  certain  districts.  He  has  invested  ten  years'  labour, 
and  from  five  to  ten  thousand  dollars,  and  a  locality  which  will  give  him  a 
maximum  income  of,  perhaps,  fifteen  hundred  dollars  per  annum  will  not 
be  satisfactory,  in  part  because  the  capital  should  bring  a  better  interest, 
in  part  because  he  will  have  acquired  tastes  which  will  make  his  life  un- 
pleasant in  such  places.  Yet  these  places  must  have  physicians  of  some  sort, 
and  it  is  not  clear  as  to  how  they  are  to  be  supplied,  if  some  of  the  universal 
and  extensive  reforms  in  medical  education  which  have  been  proposed 
were  to  be  enforced. 

Certainly  the  standard  for  admission  and  for  graduation  at  almost  all 
our  medical  schools  is  too  low,  and  one-half,  at  least,  of  these  schools  have 
no  sufficient  reason  for  existence;  but  it  is  not  probable  that  it  would  im- 
prove matters  much  to  establish  a  uniform,  which  must,  of  course,  be  a 
minimum,  standard. 

Of  the  material  aids  and  instruments  required  for  the  advancement  of 
medical  science,  such  as  hospitals,  libraries,  and  museums,  we  have  ob- 
tained as  much  as  could  be  expected.  With  the  proper  use  of  those  we  now 
possess  will  come  the  demand  for,  and  the  supply  of,  still  better  facilities 
for  the  work  of  the  scholar  and  observer. 

The  defects  in  American  medicine  are  much  the  same  as  those  observed 
in  other  branches  of  science  in  this  country,  and  to  a  great  extent  are  due 
to  the  same  causes. 

Culture,  to  flourish,  requires  appreciation  and  sympathy,  to  such  an 


CENTURY  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE 


75 


extent,  at  least,  that  its  utterances  shall  not  seem  to  its  audience  as  if  in 
an  unknown  tongue. 

We  have  no  reason  to  boast,  or  to  be  ashamed  of  what  we  have  thus  far 
accomplished;  it  has  been  but  a  little  while  since  we  have  been  furnished 
with  the  means  of  investigation  needed  to  give  our  observations  that  accu- 
racy and  precision  which  alone  can  entitle  medicine  to  a  place  among  the 
sciences  properly  so  called;  and  we  may  begin  the  new  century  in  the  hope 
and  belief  that  to  us  applies  the  bright  side  of  the  maxim  of  Cousin,  "It  is 
better  to  have  a  future  than  a  past." 


Medical  Libraries  in  the  United  States 


Extent  of  Medical  Literature — Several  important  collections — 
Cataloguing  and  indexing — Medical  periodical  literature — Theses 

and  inaugural  addresses  forming  a  medical  library  arrangement 

of  pamphlets  necessary  works  of  reference 

It  is  proposed  in  the  following  sketch  to  give  some  account  of  the  re- 
sources available  to  the  medical  scholar  and  writer  in  the  United  States  in 
the  way  of  libraries  which  have  been  formed  with  reference  to  his  special 
wants,  and  to  make  some  remarks  on  the  formation  and  care  of  such  col- 
lections. 

Comparatively  few  persons  have  any  idea  of  the  amount  of  medical 
literature  in  existence,  or  of  its  proper  use  and  true  value,  and  the  result 
is  that  the  same  ground  is  traversed  over  and  over  again.  Cases  are  re- 
ported as  unique  and  inexplicable  which,  when  compared  with  accounts 
of  others  buried  in  obscure  periodicals  or  collections  of  observations,  fall 
into  their  proper  place  and  both  receive  and  give  explanation.  Old  theories 
and  hypotheses,  evolved  from  the  depths  of  the  inner  consciousness  of  men 
too  zealous  or  too  indolent  to  undergo  the  labor  of  examining  the  works 
of  their  predecessors,  re-appear,  and  are  re-exploded  with  the  regular  pe- 
riodicity of  organic  life;  and  even  when  literary  research  is  attempted,  it 
is  too  often  either  for  controversial  purposes,  to  serve  the  ends  of  prejudiced 
criticism,  or  to  support  a  charge  of  plagiarism,  or  else  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  a  goodly  array  of  foot-notes,  which  shall  imply  that  the  subject 
is  exhausted,  and  give  a  flavor  of  erudition  to  the  work.  This  state  of  things 
is  by  no  means  peculiar  to  medicine,  but  its  literature  is  certainly  an  ex- 
cellent illustration  of  the  maxim  "The  thing  which  has  been  is  that  which 
shall  be,  and  there  is  no  new  thing  under  the  sun." 

The  record  of  the  researches,  experiences,  and  speculations  relating  to 
medical  science  during  the  last  four  hundred  years  is  contained  in  be- 
tween two  and  three  hundred  thousand  volumes  and  pamphlets;  and  while 
the  immense  majority  of  these  have  little  or  nothing  of  what  we  call 
"practical  value,"  yet  there  is  no  one  of  them  which  would  not  be  called 
for  by  some  inquirer  if  he  knew  of  its  existence. 

Hence,  it  is  desirable,  in  this  branch  of  literature,  as  in  others,  that  in 
each  country  there  should  be  at  least  one  collection  embracing  everything 

Chapter  VI,  Public  libraries  in  the  United  States  of  America;  their  history,  condition, 
and  management.  (U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior.  Bureau  of  Education.)  Washington, 
1876.  Part  I.  pp.  171-82. 

76 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


77 


that  is  too  costly,  too  ephemeral,  or  of  too  little  interest  to  be  obtained  and 
preserved  in  private  libraries. 

When  the  great  work  of  Mr.  Caxton,  the  History  of  Human  Error,  is 
written,  the  medical  section  will  be  among  the  most  instructive  and  im- 
portant, and  also  that  for  which  it  will  be  most  difficult  to  obtain  the  data. 

There  are  a  number  of  valuable  private  medical  libraries  in  this  country 
of  from  four  to  ten  thousand  volumes  each.  Having  been  collected  for  the 
most  part  with  reference  to  some  special  subject  or  department,  they  are 
the  more  valuable  on  that  account.  The  majority  of  the  medical  schools 
also  have  libraries  of  greater  or  less  value  to  the  student.1 

The  collections  relating  to  medicine  and  the  cognate  sciences,  which  are 
available  to  the  public  and  are  of  sufficient  interest  to  require  notice  in 
this  connection,  are  those  of  Boston,  Philadelphia,  New  York,  Cincinnati, 
and  Washington.  No  one  of  these  indeed  approaches  completeness,  but 
each  supplements  the  other  to  such  an  extent  that  it  seldom  happens  that 
bibliographical  inquiries  cannot  be  answered  by  referring  to  them  in  suc- 
cession. 

MEDICAL  LIBRARIES  IN  BOSTON 

The  principal  medical  collection  in  Boston  is  that  of  the  Boston  Public 
Library,  which  now  comprises  about  11,000  volumes,  for  the  most  part 
standard  works  and  periodicals,  the  latter  containing  files  of  the  principal 
American  and  foreign  publications.  There  is  no  separate  printed  catalogue 
of  the  medical  section  nor  of  any  of  the  medical  libraries  of  Boston,  which 
fact  much  impairs  their  practical  usefulness. 

The  Boston  Athenaeum  has  about  5,000  volumes  of  medical  works.  The 
Boston  Society  for  Medical  Improvement  has  1,000  volumes  of  bound  pe- 
riodicals. The  Treadwell  Medical  Library  at  the  Massachusetts  General 
Hospital  contains  about  3,542  volumes.  Harvard  University  Library,  in- 
cluding the  library  of  the  medical  school,  has  between  5,000  and  6,000  vol- 
umes of  medicine,  including  some  of  much  rarity  and  value. 

A  collection  which  gives  promise  of  much  usefulness  is  that  of  the  Boston 
Medical  Library  Association,  which,  although  only  about  a  year  old,  al- 
ready contains  about  3,000  volumes  and  receives  the  most  important  medi- 
cal periodicals. 

If  the  resources  of  Boston  and  vicinity  in  the  way  of  medical  literature 
available  to  the  student  could  be  shown  by  a  good  catalogue  indicating 
where  each  of  the  several  works  may  be  found,  the  practical  working  value 
of  the  collections  would  be  greatly  enhanced.  The  difficulties  in  the  way  of 


1  For  statistics  of  the  principal  libraries  of  medical  schools  and  societies,  see  table  at 
the  end  of  this  article. — Editors. 


78 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


accomplishing  such  a  desirable  result,  although  great,  do  not  appear  to  be 
at  all  insuperable,  and  might  be  readily  overcome  by  the  conjoint  action 
of  the  medical  societies  and  of  the  libraries  interested.  The  same  remark 
will  apply  to  the  medical  collections  of  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

MEDICAL  LIBRARIES  IN  NEW  YORK 

The  library  of  the  New  York  Hospital  is  the  oldest  and  largest  collection 
in  the  city,  and  now  contains  about  10,000  volumes.  It  is  well  housed  in  a 
building  which  although  not  fire  proof  is  comparatively  so.  The  books  are 
conveniently  arranged,  and  there  is  room  for  twice  the  present  number.  It 
receives  about  100  current  periodicals,  but  with  this  exception  does  not 
contain  much  recent  literature.  An  alphabetical  catalogue  of  authors  was 
published  in  1845;  three  supplementary  catalogues  have  since  been  printed, 
and  a  fourth  is  now  in  the  press.  The  one  published  in  1865  is  a  list  of  the 
donation  of  Dr.  John  Watson,  consisting  of  481  volumes  of  rare  and  valu- 
able books.  This  library  is  for  consultation  and  reference  only,  as  no  books 
are  loaned,  and  is  open  daily,  except  Sunday,  from  9  a.  m.  to  10  p.  m. 

The  collection  of  the  New  York  Medical  Library  and  Journal  Association 
now  contains  about  3,500  volumes,  and  is  mainly  valuable  for  its  collection 
of  periodical  literature.  It  receives  about  95  current  journals.  No  cata- 
logue of  this  collection  has  been  printed. 

The  Mott  Memorial  Library  is  free  and  numbers  4,700  volumes.2 

The  Academy  of  Medicine  of  New  York  City  has  recently  taken  steps  to 
purchase  a  building,  with  the  intention  of  forming  a  library  which  shall 
meet  the  requirements  of  so  important  a  medical  centre  as  New  York, 
and  valuable  aid  to  this  end  from  private  collections  is  promised,  notably 
from  the  library  of  Dr.  S.  S.  Purple,  which  is  remarkably  complete  in 
American  medical  periodicals  and  in  early  American  medical  literature. 
A  large,  well  appointed,  and  well  sustained  medical  library  is  much  needed 
in  the  city  of  New  York,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  effort  referred  to 
will  be  crowned  with  success.  The  library  at  present  numbers  3,000  vol- 
umes.3 


2  This  library  was  founded  by  the  widow  of  the  eminent  surgeon,  Valentine  Mott,  M.D., 
and  is  free  for  consultation  and  study  to  medical  students  and  members  of  the  profession. 
Additions  to  the  collection  are  made  annually  by  Mrs.  Mott  and  her  son;  the  latter  man- 
ages its  affairs.  It  has  no  permanent  fund  for  its  increase. — Editors. 

3  The  Medico-Legal  Society  of  New  York,  organized  in  November,  1872,  began  in  1873 
the  formation  of  a  special  library.  The  following  is  taken  from  a  circular  published  by  the 
president  of  the  society  in  October,  1875: 

"The  Medico-Legal  Society  of  New  York  has  voluntarily  assumed  the  labor  of  organ- 
izing and  maintaining  a  complete  library  of  all  accessible  works  upon  medical  juris- 
prudence— especially  in  the  English,  French,  and  German  tongues. 

"There  is  not  at  the  present  time  any  notable  collection  of  such  works  in  the  United 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


79 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES  IN  PHILADELPHIA 

The  medical  libraries  of  Philadelphia  are  large  and  valuable,  and  an 
interesting  account  of  their  history  and  condition  is  given  by  Dr.  Richard 
Dunglison.4 

The  library  of  the  College  of  Physicians  has  received  large  additions 
within  the  last  few  years,  and  is  now  the  most  valuable  working  collection 
in  the  country,  with  the  exception  of  that  in  Washington.  It  numbers 
more  than  19,000  volumes,  receives  about  80  current  journals,  and  is  rich 
in  the  early  medical  literature  of  this  country.  It  is  a  reference  and  con- 
sultation library  to  the  public,  and  loans  books  to  the  members  of  the  col- 
lege. It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  it  has  no  printed  catalogue  nor  a  cata- 
logue of  subjects  in  any  form.  It  has  about  5,000  volumes  of  medical 
journals. 

The  Library  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  numbering  12,500  volumes, 
is  the  oldest  medical  collection  in  this  country,  having  been  begun  in  1763. 
The  last  printed  catalogue,  issued  in  1857,  is  a  classed  catalogue  with  an 
index  of  authors,  on  the  plan  of  the  catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  Edinburgh,  and  is  a  valuable  work  for  reference,  which 
should  be  in  every  public  medical  library.  A  supplement  to  it  was  issued  in 
1867. 

According  to  Dr.  Dunglison,  there  is  a  remarkable  absence  of  duplica- 
tion between  this  collection  and  that  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  and  to- 
gether they  well  represent  the  early  medical  literature  of  this  country, 
especially  of  Philadelphia  imprints. 


States.  The  great  law  libraries  in  the  city  and  State  of  New  York,  and  indeed  in  the 
United  States,  have  only  a  few  standard  works  of  this  character,  and  there  is  no  reason 
to  suppose  any  change  is  likely  to  occur  presently  in  this  regard.  The  medical  libraries 
of  the  nation  are  nearly  as  poor  as  are  the  law  libraries  in  works  upon  medical  juris- 
prudence. 

"The  society,  by  a  general  resolution  unanimously  adopted,  voluntarily  assumed  the 
obligation  on  the  part  of  each  of  its  members,  of  contributing  one  volume  per  annum 
to  this  library.  A  membership,  which  has  grown  from  a  small  list  to  upwards  of  four 
hundred  in  three  years,  and  which  bids  fair  to  be  the  strongest,  numerically,  of  any  of 
the  kindred  societies,  makes  this  means  alone  likely,  in  time,  to  furnish  a  collection  of 
great  value.  Liberal  contributions  of  money  have  also  been  made  by  individual  mem- 
bers, which  have  been  invested  in  volumes,  obtained  by  correspondence  with  all  the 
dealers  and  most  of  the  librarians  of  such  works  throughout  the  world. 

"A  catalogue  of  the  names  of  all  works  ever  published  on  these  subjects  is  in  course 
of  preparation  by  members  of  the  society,  and  is  now  far  advanced  towards  completion." 

The  annual  reports  of  the  society  show  that  up  to  November,  1875,  the  contributions 
to  the  library  had  been  390  bound  volumes,  121  pamphlets,  besides  §198  for  the  pur- 
chase of  books. — Editors. 

*  Philadelphia  Medical  Times.  Reprinted,  46  pp.  8°.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott 
&  Co.,  1871. 


80 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Since  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  has 
occupied  its  new  buildings  in  West  Philadelphia,  a  valuable  foundation 
for  a  medical  library,  consisting  of  about  3,000  volumes,  has  been  pre- 
sented to  it  by  Dr.  Alfred  Stille,  provost  of  the  university.5 

MEDICAL  LIBRARIES  IN  CINCINNATI 

In  Cincinnati  there  is  a  small  but  valuable  collection  of  medical  books 
at  the  City  Hospital.  The  Mussey  Medical  and  Scientific  Library  contains 
about  4,000  volumes  and  2,000  pamphlets,  and  is  at  present  a  special  de- 
posit in  the  Cincinnati  Public  Library. 

MEDICAL  LIBRARY  IN  WASHINGTON 

The  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  is  deposited  in  the  Army 
Medical  Museum  at  Washington,  but  may  be  considered  as  the  medical 
section  of  the  Congressional,  or  National  Library,  and  is  managed  and 
catalogued  in  substantially  the  same  manner  as  that  collection.  It  now 
numbers  about  40,000  volumes  and  40,000  pamphlets,  or,  to  state  it  in 
another  form,  about  70,000  titles.  The  library  is  intended  to  cover  the  en- 
tire field  of  medical  and  surgical  literature,  and  is  now  an  excellent 
foundation  for  a  national  medical  library  that  shall  be  worthy  of  the  name, 
and  put  the  writers  and  teachers  of  this  country  on  an  equality  with  those 
of  Europe  so  far  as  accessibility  to  the  literature  of  the  subject  is  concerned. 

It  has  been  formed  within  the  last  twelve  years,  and  is  of  course  too  young 
to  contain  many  of  the  incunabula  or  the  books  noted  as  rare  and  very  rare, 
which  are  the  delight  of  the  bibliomaniac;  nor,  indeed,  has  any  special  ef- 
fort been  made  to  obtain  such.  Yet  there  are  few  of  the  ancient  authors 
whose  works  it  does  not  possess,  although  not  always  in  the  most  desirable 
editions.  It  is  comparatively  full  in  American,  English,  French,  and  German 
medical  literature  of  the  present  century,  and  in  works  relating  to  surgery, 
pathological  anatomy,  and  hygiene.  Of  the  early  medical  literature  of  this 
country,  that  is,  prior  to  1800,  it  has  but  little.  It  possesses  a  few  valuable 
manuscripts,  the  oldest  of  which  is  a  fine  copy  of  the  Lilium  Medicinae  of 
Bernard  de  Gordon,  dated  1349.6 


5  This  library  is  thus  characterized  by  the  generous  donor:  "The  collection  comprises 
upwards  of  3,000  volumes,  including  a  considerable  number  of  pamphlets.  The  bulk  of 
the  library  consists  of  American,  English,  French,  and  German  periodicals.  The  other 
works  are  in  English,  French,  and  German,  and  are  chiefly  medical  as  distinguished  from 
surgical." — Editors. 

6  There  are  libraries  belonging  to  several  schools  in  which  the  Eclectic  and  Homeo- 
pathic theories  of  medicine  are  taught,  the  only  one  of  the  former  reported  being  that 
of  Bennett  Medical  College  at  Chicago,  containing  500  volumes;  and  the  largest  of  the 
latter  class  that  of  the  Hahnemann  Medical  College  at  Philadelphia,  which  numbers 
2,000  volumes.  The  American  periodical  literature  of  neither  of  these  schools  is  exten- 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


31 


CATALOGUING  AND  INDEXING 

For  the  benefit  of  those  who  are  not  familiar  with  the  practical  workings 
of  a  large  library,  and  who,  therefore,  do  not  appreciate  the  amount  of 
time  and  labor  involved,  the  following  account  is  given.  It  will  give  no 
information  to  the  skilled  librarian,  who  will  see  at  once  many  defects  in 
the  mode  of  recording — due  in  this  case  to  the  lack  of  clerical  force. 

The  working  catalogue  of  this  library  is  a  card  catalogue  of  the  usual 
form;  that  is,  each  separate  work,  whether  it  be  a  pamphlet  of  two  leaves  or 
a  cyclopaedia  of  fifty  volumes,  is  catalogued  on  a  slip  of  stout  paper  about 
7  by  5  inches,  giving  under  the  name  of  the  author  the  exact  title  of  the 
work,  the  place  and  date  of  publication  and  the  collation,  that  is,  the  num- 
ber of  pages  or  leaves,  the  size  or  form  of  the  book,  and  the  number  of 
plates  or  tables.  These  cards  are  arranged  in  drawers,  according  to  names 
of  authors  in  dictionary  order,  anonymous  works  forming  a  separate  class. 

sive.  The  following  statement  is  from  the  pen  of  the  dean  of  the  faculty  of  the  Eclectic 
Medical  Institute  at  Cincinnati,  also  editor  of  the  Eclectic  Medical  Journal.  He  thus 
sketches  the  history  of  the  library  of  the  institute: 

"Beginning  in  1845,  it  was  deemed  an  important  object  to  secure  a  good  medical 
library  of  books,  both  new  and  old,  and  as  a  nucleus  of  such,  a  private  library  was 
purchased,  at  a  cost  of  $1,500.  It  was  a  singular  collection  of  books,  both  old  and  rare, 
and  yet,  with  a  few  exceptions,  it  was  wholly  worthless  for  the  uses  of  the  medical 
student.  The  antiquary  who  desired  to  unearth  old  theories  and  crude  methods  of 
treatment  would  have  been  delighted  with  it.  To  this  were  added,  from  time  to  time, 
works  of  the  present  generation  until,  in  1853,  some  3,000  volumes  had  been  collected, 
when,  the  library  room  being  required  for  enlargement  of  the  college  halls,  the  books 
were  stored  in  a  small  room,  and  the  college  was  without  a  library  for  five  years.  In  1858 
changes  in  the  building  were  again  made,  and  the  books  were  dusted,  some  of  them  re- 
bound, numbered,  and  catalogued,  and  made  ready  for  use.  But  still  the  students  were 
not  inclined  to  use  them,  even  with  the  aid  of  a  nicely  carpeted,  lighted,  and  heated  read- 
ing room,  and,  after  two  winters  of  disuse,  the  dust  was  allowed  to  accumulate  on  the 
books,  and  they  rested  in  peace  until  the  fire  of  1870,  when  they  were  fortunately  con- 
sumed. 

"While  thus  somewhat  unfortunate  in  our  general  library,  we  have  to  record  marked 
benefit  from  a  collection  of  books  of  a  different  character.  In  a  medical  college  there  are 
often  spare  moments  between  lectures  that  students  might  improve,  if  books  were  at 
hand;  and  quite  frequently  study  would  be  much  facilitated  if  reference  could  be  made 
to  a  standard  authority,  even  for  a  moment.  Often  some  important  fact  will  have  escaped 
the  learner's  mind,  which,  could  he  recall  it,  would  make  an  entire  subject  plain  and  en- 
able him  to  meet  a  coming  examination.  A  moment's  reference  to  an  authority  between 
lectures  is  sufficient,  while  without  it  there  might  be  complete  failure.  Frequently  an  en- 
tire train  of  thought  is  arrested  by  the  want  of  a  single  fact  which  is  an  initial  point;  the 
struggle  of  the  mind  to  recall  this  fact  is  frequently  sufficient  to  incapacitate  it  for  the  day. 

"A  reading  room  furnished  with  several  sets  of  the  latest  text  books  for  reference  was 
orovided,  and  with  most  satisfactory  results.  The  books  were  in  constant  use. 

"I  believe  that  these  working  libraries  are  to  be  commended  in  all  higher  schools." — 
Editors. 


82 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


From  these  cards  was  printed  the  catalogue  of  authors,  which  was  com- 
pleted in  1873,  and  makes  two  volumes,  royal  octavo,  of  about  1,200  pages 
each,  with  a  supplementary  volume  containing  the  anonymous  works,  re- 
ports, periodicals,  and  transactions.  The  cards  from  which  this  was  printed 
were  then  distributed  according  to  subjects,  the  subjects  being  arranged  in 
dictionary  order.  This  forms  the  subject  catalogue.  As  new  books  were 
added  a  second  card  catalogue  was  carried  on  for  them,  which  is  known  as 
the  supplementary  catalogue. 

The  subject  catalogue  above  referred  to  has  been  very  greatly  extended 
by  a  process  of  indexing  original  papers  in  medical  periodicals  and  trans- 
actions. The  preparation  of  this  index  was  begun  January  1,  1874,  since 
which  date  every  number  of  current  foreign  medical  journals  and  trans- 
actions has  been  indexed  as  soon  as  received.  When  a  number  of  the  Lon- 
don Lancet,  for  instance,  is  received,  the  librarian  indicates  in  it  by  a  slight 
pencil  check  the  articles  which  should  be  indexed.  The  journal  is  then 
handed  to  a  clerk  who  indexes  each  article  checked  upon  one  of  the  cata- 
logue cards.  The  top  line  is  left  blank  for  the  subject.  Next  is  given  the 
name  of  the  author,  the  title  of  the  article,  literally  transcribed,  or  if  there 
be  no  title,  one  is  made  for  it,  and  finally  the  abbreviated  title  of  the 
journal,  the  year,  the  number  of  the  volume,  and  the  pagination.  This 
mode  of  indexing  is  on  the  plan  pursued  in  the  Catalogue  of  Scientific 
Papers,  1800-1863,  compiled  and  published  in  six  quarto  volumes  by  the 
Royal  Society  of  London.  The  number  of  the  journal,  with  the  cards  thus 
prepared,  is  returned  to  the  librarian,  who  indicates  in  pencil  the  subject 
under  which  each  card  should  be  distributed,  and  the  cards  go  to  the  sub- 
ject catalogue.  The  journal  receives  a  red  stamp  showing  that  it  has  been 
indexed,  is  checked  off  on  the  register  of  periodicals  received,  and  goes  to 
the  files. 

At  first  only  foreign  journals  were  thus  indexed,  it  being  known  that 
Dr.  J.  M.  Toner,  of  Washington,  was  preparing  an  index  of  American 
journals,  which  it  is  his  intention  to  make  complete  to  the  year  1876.  Upon 
inquiry,  however,  the  work  of  Dr.  Toner  was  found  to  be  on  a  very  dif- 
ferent plan,  as  it  includes  all  articles,  whether  original  or  copied,  while  on 
the  other  hand  the  titles  of  articles  are  much  abbreviated. 

It  has  therefore  been  thought  best  to  index  all  journals,  American  and 
foreign,  beginning  with  January  1,  1875.  At  the  same  time  as  much  as 
possible  is  being  done  to  index  preceding  volumes  of  important  journals 
and  transactions,  of  which  about  1,000  volumes  were  indexed  during  the 
past  year.  This  work  will  be  continued  as  rapidly  as  possible.  The  statistics 
shown  in  Table  I  are  the  total  number  of  what  may  be  called  regular 
medical  journals  which  have  been  established  since  the  first,  namely,  Les 
Nouvelles  D^couvertes  sur  toutes  les  parties  de  la  Medecine,  Paris,  1679, 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


83 


TABLE  I 


Number 
Begun 

Number  of 
Volumes 
Published 

Number 
That  Did 

Not  Get 

B  eyond 
the  First 

Volume 

Number 

Rep- 
resented 

in  the 
Library 

Volumes 
Represented 
in  the 
Library 

Current 
Number 
January 
1,  1875 

ou 

o 

1  ft 

4.Q 

o 

914. 

oo 

9f>Q 

53 

o 

1  1 
1 1 

o 
Z 

in 

West  Indies  and  South  Amer- 

10 

56 

7 

19 

1 

Kp  I  nr  1 1 1  m 

29 

343 

4 

10 

309 

5 

i  yo 

9  fift4 
Z  ,  Dot 

1 1 
1 1 

Ql 

l  ft^fi 

"ift 

IrPrm  51 TIV    HTlfl  AllQt"¥*151 

386 

3,280 

95 

208 

2,504 

47 

112 

1 ,327 

14 

80 

1  129 

23 

o 
A 

T_T_11  J 

9DO 

97 

2 

T  f  o  l\r 

65 

671 

9 

31 

527 

41 

Japan  

1 

12 

168 

2 

8 

87 

2 

Spain  and  Portugal  

31 

191 

1 

8 

15 

6 

Sweden,  Norway,  and  Den- 

20 

289 

3 

19 

260 

6 

16 

114 

2 

10 

84 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

18 

1 

18 

1 

Total  

1,147 

10,736 

218 

714 

8,214 

254 

as  well  as  the  time  and  labor  which  the  making  of  such  an  index  will  re- 
quire. 

From  this  table  it  will  be  seen  that  the  library  now  contains  about  75 
per  cent,  of  all  that  has  been  published  in  medical  journals.  It  would  not 
probably  be  desirable  to  extend  an  index  of  these  farther  back  than  1800, 
as  the  works  of  Ploucquet  and  Reuss  fairly  cover  all  medical  periodical 
literature  of  any  importance  prior  to  that  date.  A  few  of  the  journals  will 
be  very  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  obtain;  but  these  will  be  for  the  most 
part  of  little  practical  importance.  Several  medical  officers  of  the  Army, 
whose  stations  made  it  possible  to  send  sets  of  journals  to  them  without 
too  much  inconvenience,  have  assisted  in  the  work,  and  if  this  aid  can  be 
continued,  it  is  hoped  that  the  index  will  be  completed  in  about  two  years. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  it  will  then  be  printed,  and  it  will  form  a  valuable 
contribution  to  medical  bibliography. 

Such  an  index  is  proposed  in  the  preface  to  the  Catalogue  Raisonn£  of 


84 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


the  Medical  Society  of  Edinburgh,  published  in  1836,  but  Professor  Mac- 
lagan  states  that  nothing  has  been  done  in  this  direction.7 

The  important  part  of  a  medical  library,  that  which  will  give  it  character 
and  value,  and  for  deficiency  in  which  nothing  can  compensate,  is  its  file 
of  medical  journals  and  transactions.  The  difficulty  of  obtaining  and  pre- 
serving these  is  in  proportion  to  the  importance  of  the  matter.  The  ma- 
jority of  them  are  essentially  ephemeral  in  character;  small  editions  are 
published;  they  are  rarely  preserved  with  care,  and  even  when  attempts 
are  made  to  preserve  them  by  binding,  it  is  often,  and  indeed  usually, 
without  sufficient  attention  to  the  collation,  so  that  in  examining  files  of 
old  journals  it  will  be  found  that  at  least  one-half  lack  a  leaf,  a  signature, 
or  a  number.  This  fact  causes  much  trouble  and  disappointment  to  the 
librarian,  and  must  always  be  kept  in  view  in  the  collection  of  this  class 
of  literature.  In  the  attempt  to  make  a  complete  collection  of  American 
medical  journals  for  this  library,  it  has  been  repeatedly  found  that  what 
purported  to  be  the  volume  or  number  wanting  to  complete  a  file  was 
defective.  It  is  probable  that  there  is  not  a  complete  collection  in  existence 
at  any  one  point,  although  there  are  two  public  and  at  least  three  private 
collections  in  this  country  which  are  very  full,  those  of  the  library  of  the 
Surgeon  General's  Office;  of  the  College  of  Physicians,  of  Philadelphia;  of 
Dr.  Toner,  of  Washington;  of  Dr.  Hays,  of  Philadelphia,  and  of  Dr.  Purple, 
of  New  York. 

The  rarest  American  medical  journals  are  probably  some  of  those  printed 
in  the  West  and  South;  for  instance,  the  Ohio  Medical  Repository  (1826- 
'27)  and  the  Confederate  States  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  (1864-'65). 

Another  class  of  medical  literature  which  is  important  to  the  librarian, 
and  the  value  of  which  is  usually  underestimated,  consists  of  medical  theses 
and  inaugural  dissertations.  To  obtain  complete  series  of  these  is  even  more 
difficult  than  to  get  journals,  for  the  reason  that  they  are  more  ephemeral, 
and  because  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  ascertain  what  have  been  published, 
or  when  the  series  may  be  considered  complete.  For  a  few  schools,  lists 
have  been  published  of  the  theses  presented  by  their  graduates,  such  as 
Paris  and  Edinburgh,  but  even  for  Edinburgh,  the  only  catalogue  of  the 
theses  which  the  writer  has  been  able  to  obtain,  does  not  show  when  the 
regular  printing  of  all  theses  ceased.  Callisen  has  been  led  into  error  in 
this  way  in  his  otherwise  very  complete  Bibliographical  Lexicon,  in  which 
he  gives  the  titles  of  many  theses  which  were  never  printed,  notably  of  the 
Universities  of  Pennsylvania  and  Transylvania.  The  value  of  these  theses 
is  fourfold.  As  material  for  the  history  of  medicine  they  may  be  taken  to 
represent  the  theories  and  teaching  of  the  school;  they  often  contain  re- 


7  Edinburgh  Medical  Journal,  January,  1873,  p.  585. 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


85 


ports  of  cases,  or  accounts  of  investigations  made  by  the  student  under 
the  direction  of  a  professor,  which  are  of  much  value,  and  they  are  neces- 
sary to  medical  biography,  the  more  so  as  in  most  of  the  German  universi- 
ties a  sketch  of  the  life  of  the  candidate  is  appended  to  the  thesis.  In  addi- 
tion to  this,  prior  to  the  era  of  medical  journalism,  it  was  the  custom  for 
the  president  or  one  of  the  professors  to  add  an  introduction  of  ten  or 
twelve  pages  to  the  dissertation,  treating  on  some  subject  usually  having 
no  direct  relation  to  the  thesis,  and  forming  the  sort  of  paper  which  would 
now  be  sent  to  a  medical  journal.  The  number  of  these  theses  in  existence 
is  very  great;  there  are  in  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  about 
40,000. 

A  few  words  of  advice  to  those  who  may  be  desirous  of  forming  a  public 
medical  library  in  connection  with  a  medical  school  may  be  of  some  use; 
at  all  events,  they  are  the  result  of  practical  experience.  The  first  thing  is 
to  obtain  works  of  medical  bibliography,  and  a  list  of  a  few  which  will  be 
found  the  most  useful  is  appended.  In  addition  to  these  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  make  arrangements  to  obtain  regularly  as  published  the  catalogues 
of  medical  books  issued  or  furnished  by  the  following  booksellers: 

In  Boston,  Schcenhof  8c  Mceller,  James  Campbell;  in  New  York  City, 
Wm.  Wood  8c  Co.,  L.  W.  Schmidt,  B.  Westermann  8c  Co.,  E.  Steiger, 
Stechert  8c  Wolff,  F.  W.  Christern;  in  Philadelphia,  H.  C.  Lea,  Lindsay  8c 
Blakiston. 

The  next  thing  is  to  take  steps  to  obtain  the  current  medical  periodicals 
as  completely  as  possible,  and  also  the  current  ephemeral  pamphlets,  such 
as  reports  of  hospitals  and  asylums,  boards  of  health  and  health  officers, 
transactions  of  medical  societies,  addresses,  etc.  These  things,  as  a  rule, 
cannot  be  purchased,  and  while  they  may  usually  be  had  for  the  asking 
at  the  time  of  their  publication,  it  will  be  found  very  difficult,  if  not  im- 
possible, to  get  them  after  a  few  years,  or  it  may  be  only  a  few  months,  have 
elapsed. 

With  regard  to  the  purchase  of  books,  so  much  depends  on  the  amount 
of  funds  available  that  no  general  advice  can  be  given.  The  majority  of 
large  works,  of  which  there  is  little  danger  that  the  supply  will  be  exhausted 
for  several  years,  should  not  as  a  rule  be  purchased  at  the  time  of  their  pub- 
lication, unless  they  are  wanted  for  immediate  use.  In  a  year  or  two  they 
can  be  obtained  at  a  much  reduced  price.  It  will  often  be  good  economy 
to  buy  a  lot  of  books  in  bulk,  even  although  a  number  of  duplicates  be  thus 
obtained,  and  this  is  especially  the  case  at  the  commencement  of  the  forma- 
tion of  a  collection.  On  a  small  scale  the  same  rule  applies  to  the  purchase 
of  bound  volumes  of  pamphlets.  All  duplicates  should  be  preserved  for 
purposes  of  exchange.  It  may  seem  hardly  worth  the  trouble  to  preserve 
what  most  physicians  would  throw  at  once  into  the  waste-basket,  but  un- 


86 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


less  this  is  done  the  library  will  never  be  a  success.  There  need  be  no  special 
haste  about  the  disposal  of  duplicates,  as  they  increase  in  value  with  age. 

PAMPHLETS 

The  pamphlets  in  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  have  been 
disposed  of  in  three  ways:  First,  there  are  760  volumes  of  bound  pamphlets, 
mostly  purchased  in  that  condition,  which  are  for  the  most  part  classified 
according  to  subjects;  these  volumes  are  numbered  consecutively.  Second, 
about  2,000  pamphlets  are  bound  in  separate  volumes.  These  are  numbered 
as  single  volumes,  and  include  those  which  are  considered  rare  or  especially 
valuable.  The  remainder  of  the  pamphlets,  including  the  majority  of  the 
inaugural  dissertations  of  the  German  universities,  are  kept  in  file-boxes. 
These  boxes  are  made  of  walnut,  and  the  pamphlets  stand  in  them  with 
their  title-pages  looking  toward  the  back  of  the  shelf,  the  boxes  being  of 
widths  suitable  for  octavos,  quartos,  etc.  The  box  has  no  top,  and  the  rear 
end  slides  in  and  out,  and  can  be  fixed  at  any  point.  Each  box  will  hold 
about  100  pamphlets. 

The  boxes  are  arranged  on  shelves  suited  to  their  height,  thus  prevent- 
ing the  admission  of  dust.  The  front  of  the  box  has  a  ring,  by  which  it  can 
be  pulled  out,  and  presents  an  ample  surface  for  labeling  its  contents.  By 
loosening  the  rear  end,  which  can  be  done  by  a  touch,  and  withdrawing 
it,  the  title  of  the  work  is  before  the  examiner,  and  a  pamphlet  can  be 
added  or  withdrawn  without  disturbing  the  others.  When  a  pamphlet  is 
required  for  use  it  is  bound  temporarily  in  stout  covers,  the  backs  of  which 
are  pressed  together  by  a  strong  spring.  These  covers  have  an  enameled 
card  on  the  side,  on  which  is  written  in  pencil  the  title  of  the  pamphlet 
within.  This  can  be  readily  erased  to  make  room  for  the  next. 

The  theses  of  the  schools  of  Paris,  Montpellier,  and  Strasbourg  are  bound 
in  volumes,  following  the  usual  arrangement  for  those  schools. 

With  regard  to  binding,  it  is  believed  that  the  advice  of  the  Librarian  of 
Congress  is  the  best  that  can  be  given:  "Bind  in  half  turkey,  and  in  most 
cases  let  the  color  be  a  bright  red."  Binding  in  calf  should  not  be  used,  ex- 
cept to  match  what  has  already  been  so  bound.  The  binding  in  of  covers 
and  advertisements  is  an  important  point,  and  gives  increased  value  to  a 
volume  so  bound;  indeed,  it  is  sometimes  impossible  to  collate  serial  pub- 
lications without  the  assistance  of  the  covers. 

Following  is  a  list  of  works  which  will  be  found  especially  useful  for 
reference  in  medical  bibliographical  work,  and  which  should  be  in  every 
medical  library.  For  additional  titles  consult  Pauly,  infra,  pp.  1  to  15. 

Allibone,  S.  A.  A  critical  dictionary  of  English  literature  and  British  and  American 

authors.  3  v.  Roy.  8°.  Phila.,  1863-71. 
Atkinson,  J.  Medical  bibliography.  8°.  London,  1834. 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES 


87 


Brunet,  J.  C.  Manuel  du  libraire  et  de  l'amateur  de  livres.  5me  £d.  6  v.  Roy.  8°.  Paris, 
1860-'65. 

Callisen,  A.  C.  P.  Medicinisches  Schriftsteller  Lexicon  der  jetzt  lebenden  Arzte,  Wun- 
darzte,  Geburtshelfer,  Apotheker,  und  Naturforscher  aller  gebildeten  Volker.  33  v. 
8°.  Copenhagen,  1830-45. 
Haller,  A.  v.  Bibliotheca  anatomica.  2  v.  4°.  Tiguri,  1774— "77. 
— Bibliotheca  chirurgica.  2  v.  4°.  Bernae,  1774-75. 
— Bibliotheca  medicinae  practicae.  4  v.  4°.  Basiliae  et  Bernae,  1776— '88. 
Pauly,  A.  Bibliographic  des  sciences  medicales.  8°.  Paris,  1872-74. 

Ploucquet,  W.  G.  Literatura  medica  digesta;  sive,  Repertorium  medicinae  practicae, 

chirurgiae  atque  rei  obstetricae.  4  v.  4°.  Tubingae,  1808-9. 
Roy,  C.  H.  a.  Catalogus  bibliothecae  medicae.  5  v.  8°.  Amst.,  1830. 

Watt,  R.  Bibliotheca  Britannica;  or  a  general  index  to  British  and  foreign  literature. 
4  v.  4°.  Edinburgh,  1824. 

Catalogue  raisonne  of  the  Medical  Library  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  by  Emil. 
Fischer,  xxvi,  750  pp.  8°.  Philadelphia,  1857. 

Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  New  York  Hospital,  arranged  alphabetically  and  analyti- 
cally. 194  pp.  8°.  New  York,  1845.  [With  supplements  to  the  same  published  in  1861, 
1865,  and  1867.] 

Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office,  United  States  Army,  with  an 
alphabetical  index  of  subjects.  2  p.  1.,  454  pp.  Roy.  8°.  Washington,  D.C.,  1872. 

Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office,  United  States  Army.  3  v.  Roy. 
8°.  Washington,  1873-74. 

Classed  catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of  London,  lxii,  1171 
pp.  8°.  London,  1843. 

Catalogue  of  the  Royal  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society  of  London,  vii,  762  pp.  8°.  Lon- 
don, 1856. 

Index  to  the  above,  vii,  293  pp.  8°.  London,  1860. 

Bibliotheque  imperiale,  department  des  imprimes.  Catalogue  des  sciences  medicales. 

Vols.  1  and  2.  hi,  794  pp.,  1  1.;  778  pp.,  1  1.  Imp.  4°.  Paris,  1857  and  1873. 
Rozier,  Victor.  Essai  d'une  bibliographic  universelle  de  la  medecine,  de  la  chirurgie,  et 

de  la  pharmacie  militaires.  234  pp.  8°.  Paris,  1862. 
Dictionnaire  des  sciences  medicales;  biographie  medicale.  [Par  A.  J.  L.  Joardan.]  7  v.  8°. 

Paris,  C.  L.  F.  Panckoucke,  1820-25. 
Reuss,  J.  D.  Repertorium  commentationum  a  societatibus  litterariis  editarum.  Tomes 

X-XV.  Scientia  et  ars  medica  et  chirurgica.  6  v.  4°.  Gottingae,  1813— '20. 
Englemann,  Wm.  Bibliotheca  medico  chirurgica  et  anatomico-physiologica.  Alpha- 

betisches  Verzeichniss  der  medicinischen. . . .  Bucher  welche  vom  Jahre  1750  bis  1847 

in  Deutschland  erschienen  sind.  734  pp.  8°.  Supplement  Heft  1848-67.  350  pp.  8°. 

Leipzig,  1848-68. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  papers,  (1800-1863.)  Compiled  and  published  by  the  Royal  So- 
ciety of  London.  6  v.  4°.  London,  1867-72. 


88 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Table  of  the  Principal  Medical  Libraries  in  the  United  States 
[For  further  information  respecting  the  following  and  other  medical  libraries  in 
the  United  States  see  general  table  of  statistics  elsewhere  in  this  report.]  


Place 


Connecticut 
New  Haven 

Dist.  of  Columbia 
Washington 

Georgia 

Augusta 

Savannah 
Illinois 

Chicago 
Kentucky 

Lexington 

Louisville 

Louisiana 
New  Orleans 

Maine 

Brunswick 
Massachusetts 

Boston 

Boston 

Boston 

Salem 
Worcester 
New  York 
Albany 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 

New  York 
Syracuse 
Utica 
Ohio 

Cincinnati 
Cincinnati 
Cleveland 


Name 


Medical  Institution  of  Yale  College 

Surgeon-General's  Office,  United  States 
Army 

Medical  College  of  Georgia 
Savannah  Medical  College 

Chicago  College  of  Pharmacy 

Transylvania  Medical  College  of  Kentucky 
University 

University  of  Louisville,  Medical  Depart- 
ment 

University  of  Louisiana,  Medical  Depart- 
ment 

Medical  School  of  Maine 

Harvard  University  Medical  School 
Medical  Library  Association  of  Boston 
Treadwell  Library,  Massachusetts  General 
Hospital 

Essex  South  District  Medical  Society 
Worcester  District  Medical  Society 

Albany  Medical  College 

Academy  of  Medicine 

Medical  Library  and  Journal  Association 

Mott  Memorial  Free  Medical  and  Surgical 

Library 
New  York  Hospital 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
New  York  State  Lunatic  Asylum 

Cincinnati  Hospital 
Medical  College  of  Ohio 
Cleveland  Medical  College 


Date  of 
Origin 


1812 
1865 


1831 
1853 

1859 


1837 


1834 


1820 

1782 
1875 
1857 

1805 
1798 

1839 
1846 
1864 
1867 

1796 
1872 
1814 

1870 
1819 
1843 


MEDICAL  LIBRARIES  89 


Table  of  the  Principal  Medical  Libraries  in  the  United  States — Continued 


Place 

Name 

Date  of 
Origin 

Number 
of 

Volumes 

Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia 

College  of  Physicians 

1789 

18,753 

Philadelphia 

Hahnemann  Medical  College 

1867 

2,000 

Philadelphia 

Pennsylvania  Hospital 

1763 

12,500 

Philadelphia 

Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy 

1821 

2,350 

Philadelphia 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Medical  De- 

1765 

3,000 

partment 

Rhode  Island 

Providence 

Rhode  Island  Hospital 

1868 

2,000 

°  The  library  contains  in  addition  to  the  bound  volumes,  a  collection  of  40,000 
pamphlets  relating  to  medicine  and  surgery. 


The  Medical  Journals  of  the  United  States 


The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  has  now  been  issued  for  fifty 
years,  and  it  is  thought  that  some  account  of  the  medical  journals  which 
have  appeared  in  this  country  to  the  present  time  will  form  a  fitting  and 
useful  introduction  to  what  it  is  hoped  will  prove  to  be  the  second  half 
century  of  its  existence. 

The  first  number  of  this  journal  is  dated  February  19,  1828,  and  formed 
the  continuation  and  consolidation  of  the  New  England  Journal  of  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery  and  the  Boston  Medical  Intelligencer,  the  particulars  with 
regard  to  which  will  be  found  in  the  list  to  be  given  at  the  end  of  these 
remarks. 

The  first  editors  of  this  journal  were  Drs.  J.  C.  Warren,  W.  Channing, 
and  John  Ware.  After  these  came  Dr.  Chandler  Robbins  and  Dr.  James 
Wilson,  and  in  Vol.  XL,  1835,  the  name  of  Dr.  J.  V.  C.  Smith  appears  on 
the  title-page  (Ms.  note  of  Dr.  B.  E.  Cotting),  the  publication  of  the  jour- 
nal at  the  same  time  passing  into  the  hands  of  Mr.  D.  Clapp  as  publisher. 

At  the  time  of  its  commencement  there  were  in  existence  in  the  United 
States  eight  medical  journals,  namely:  in  Philadelphia,  The  American 
Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciencies,  The  American  Medical  Recorder,  The 
Monthly  Journal  of  Foreign  Medicine,  The  North  American  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal,  and  The  Philadelphia  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery  (which  ceased  February  28,  1828);  in  New  York,  The  New  York 
Medical  and  Physical  Journal;  in  Cincinnati,  The  Western  Medical  and 
Physical  Journal;  and  in  Lexington,  Ky.,  the  Transylvania  Journal  of 
Medicine  and  the  Associate  Sciences. 

Prior  to  this  time  thirty-one  medical  journals  had  been  commenced  in 
the  United  States,  twenty-three  of  which  had  suspended  or  merged  in  other 
journals. 

Table  1  shows  by  quinquennial  periods  the  number  of  medical  journals 
which  have  commenced  and  ceased  in  this  country,  excluding  those  de- 
voted to  pharmacy  and  dentistry. 

The  mortality  statistics  of  our  medical  journals  as  shown  in  Table  2  will 
be  found  interesting. 

Tables  1  and  2,  if  examined  in  connection  with  the  following  list 


Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  100:  1-14  (January  2,  1879)  An  errata  note, 
published  in  the  same  journal,  issue  of  January  16,  1879  (v.  100,  p.  108),  has  here  been 
incorporated. 

90 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


91 


Table  1 


Years,  Both  Inclusive 

Regular 

Homoeopathic 

Botanic 

Eclectic 

Begun 

Closed 

Begun 

Closed 

Begun 

Closed 

Begun 

Closed 

1797-1802 

2 

1803-1807 

2 

1808-1812 

6 

5 

1813-1817 

1 

1818-1822 

7 

2 

1823-1827 

13 

14 

1828-1832 

11 

14 

1 

1833-1837 

12 

10 

7 

2 

1 

1838-1842 

12 

14 

3 

2 

6 

5 

1  £14.7 

1  7 
1  / 

e; 

xJ 

•j 

<x 
o 

u 

4 

9 

1848-1852 

21 

7 

10 

5 

1 

2 

4 

4 

1853-1857 

21 

27 

4 

10 

1 

3 

5 

8 

1858-1862 

32 

35 

5 

5 

1 

5 

4 

1863-1867 

18 

15 

13 

4 

5 

3 

1868-1872 

31 

22 

6 

7 

6 

6 

1873-1877 

30 

24 

8 

9 

11 

7 

1878 

13 

2 

1 

1 

1 

Total 

250 

196 

53 

43 

19 

19 

42 

35 

Table  2 


No.  of 
Titles 
Commenced 

No.  of  Vols. 
Commenced 

Only  One 
No.  Issued 

Vol.  I  Not 
Completed 

No.  That 
Did  Not 
Go  Beyond 
Vol.  I 

Not 
Beyond 
Vol.  II 

Cur- 
rent, 
Novem- 
ber, 1878 

Regular  

247 

1630 

10 

21 

61 

39 

53 

Homoeopathic  

53 

214 

3 

8 

22 

5 

9 

21 

91 

4 

5 

9 

41 

169 

6 

6 

17 

5 

7 

124 

431 

20 

22 

71 

12 

8 

Pharmaceutical  

25 

167 

3 

9 

8 

33 

187 

1 

6 

10 

4 

7 

13 

198 

1 

1 

4 

2 

of  our  medical  journals  as  arranged  by  States,  afford  abundant  material 
for  comment  and  reflection,  but  it  is  believed  that  the  limited  space  avail- 
able can  be  more  usefully  employed  in  giving  the  list  referred  to  than  in 
pointing  out  the  errors  of  those  who  are  responsible  for  the  existence  of 
such  a  list.  It  is  as  useless  to  advise  a  man  not  to  start  a  new  journal  as  it 
is  to  advise  him  not  to  commit  suicide. 

As  I  have  elsewhere  remarked,  the  motive  for  the  existence  of  the  minor 


92 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


journals  is  not  for  direct  profit,  but  as  an  indirect  advertisement,  or — and 
this  is  more  common — the  desire  to  have  a  place  in  which  the  editor  can 
speak  his  mind  and  attack  his  enemies  without  restraint.  How  shall  the 
would-be  journalist  be  persuaded  that  no  one  except  his  personal  acquain- 
tances will  care  anything  about  his  opinions,  his  praise,  or  his  blame? 

It  will  be  found  interesting  to  compare  the  geographical  distribution  of 
this  class  of  publications,  and  to  inquire  why,  for  instance,  Baltimore  medi- 
cal journals  are  so  short-lived,  why  New  England  has  produced  so  few  in 
comparison  with  Ohio  and  Kentucky,  etc.,  etc. 

List  of  Medical  Journals  of  the  United  States  Arranged  by  States 

Arkansas. 

The  Arkansas  Medical  Record.  Monthly.  Conducted  by  J.  I.  Hale.  Little 
Rock.  Nos.  1-4,  Vol.  I.  January  to  April,  1878.  8vo. 

California 

The  San  Francisco  Medical  Journal.  W.  H.  Miller,  Editor.  San  Francisco. 
No.  1,  Vol.  I.  January,  1856.  8vo. 

The  California  State  Medical  Journal.  Quarterly.  J.  F.  Morse,  Editor. 
Sacramento.  Vol.  I.  July,  1856,  to  April,  1857.  8vo. 

The  Marysville  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  Quarterly.  L.  Hubbard 
and  H.  W.  Teed,  Editors.  San  Francisco.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  November,  1858. 
8vo. 

The  Pacific  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  B. 
Trask  and  others.  San  Francisco.  Vols.  I.-IX.  1858-67.  New  Series,  Vols. 
I.-XI.  1867-78.  8vo.  Current.  In  1865  absorbed  the  following,  and  added 
the  words  "and  Press"  to  its  title. 

The  San  Francisco  Medical  Press.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  E.  S.  Cowper. 
San  Francisco.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1860-65.  8vo.  Consolidated  with  the  preceding. 

The  California  Medical  Gazette.  Monthly.  Edited  by  T.  Bennett  and 
others.  San  Francisco.  Vols.  I.-II.  July,  1868,  to  August,  1870.  4to. 

The  Western  Lancet.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  Trenor  and  others.  San 
Francisco.  Vols.  I.-VII.  1872-78.  8vo. 

Connecticut 

The  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine.  Hartford.  Conducted  by  an  associa- 
tion of  physicians.  Vols.  I.-VI.  January,  1823,  to  December,  1825.  8vo. 

The  American  Annals  of  the  Deaf  and  Dumb.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  L. 
Ray  and  others.  Hartford.  Vols.  I.-XX1II.  1847-61.  Washington  D  C 
1868-78.  8vo. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Inebriety.  Hartford.  Vols.  I.-II.  1876-78.  8vo. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


93 


District  of  Columbia 

The  Register  and  Library  of  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Science.  Weekly. 
Edited  by  G.  S.  Pattison  and  J.  Hagan.  Washington.  Vols.  I.-II.  1833-36. 
8vo.  Vol.  II.  ends  abruptly  with  page  440. 

The  National  Medical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Washington.  Edited  by  C.  C. 
Cox  and  others.  Vols.  I.-II.  1870-72.  Became  monthly  in  Vol.  II.  No.  10, 
Vol.  II.,  last  published. 

National  Medical  Review.  Walter  S.  Wells,  Editor.  Monthly.  Vol.  I.  No. 
1.  December,  1878.  Washington,  D.  C.  8vo. 

Georgia 

The  Southern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  M. 
Antony  and  J.  A.  Eve.  Augusta.  Vols.  I -III.  1836-39.  New  Series.  Vols.  I- 
XVII.  1845-61.  Third  Series.  Vol.  I.  1866-67.  8vo. 

The  Georgia  Blister  and  Critic.  Monthly.  Edited  by  H.  A.  Ramsay  and 
W.  T.  Grant.  Atlanta.  Vol.  I.,  and  No.  1,  Vol.  II.  1854-55.  8vo. 

Atlanta  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  P.  Logan, 
W.  F.  Westmoreland,  and  others.  Atlanta.  Vols.  I-XVII.  1855-61,  1866-78. 
8vo. 

The  Oglethorpe  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  H.  L.  Boyd 
and  others,  Editors.  Savannah.  Vols.  I.— III.  1858-61.  8vo. 

The  Savannah  Journal  of  Medicine.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  S.  Sulli- 
van. R.  D.  Arnold,  and  others.  Savannah.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1858-61.  New  Series, 
Vol.  V.  1866.  8vo. 

The  Georgia  Medical  and  Surgical  Encyclopaedia.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
H.  N.  Hollifield  and  T.  W.  Newsome.  Sandersville.  Nos.  1-8,  Vol.  I.  May 
to  December,  1860.  8vo. 

The  Semi-Monthly  Medical  and  Surgical  Repertory.  Edited  by  E.  F. 
and  J.  J.  Knott.  Griffin,  Ga.  Nos.  1-4,  Vol.  I,  1871.  8vo. 

The  Georgia  Medical  Companion.  Monthly.  Edited  by  T.  S.  Powell  and 
W.  T.  Goldsmith.  Atlanta.  Vols.  I-II.  1871-72.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  fol- 
lowing. 

The  Southern  Medical  Record.  Monthly.  Atlanta.  Vols.  III.-VIII.  1873- 
78.  8vo.  Continuation  of  preceding. 

Illinois 

The  Illinois  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  V.  Z. 
Blaney.  Chicago.  Vols.  I.-II.  1844-46.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Illinois  and  Indiana  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly. 
Edited  by  J.  V.  Z.  Blaney,  D.  Brainard,  and  others.  Chicago.  Vols.  I.-II. 
1846-48.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding,  and  continued  as  the  follow- 
ing. 


94 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  Northwestern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited 
by  W.  B.  Herrick  and  J.  Evans.  Chicago.  Vols.  V.-XIV.  1848-57.  8vo.  Con- 
tinuation of  the  preceding,  and  continued  as  the  following. 

The  Chicago  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  N.  S.  Davis  and  W. 
H.  Byford.  Chicago.  Vols.  XV-XXXI.  1858-75.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the 
preceding,  and  consolidated  with  the  Medical  Examiner,  Chicago,  forming 
the  following.  Vols.  XXV.  and  XXVI.  Semi-Monthly. 

The  Chicago  Medical  Journal  and  Examiner.  Edited  by  W.  H.  Byford 
and  others.  Chicago.  Vols.  XXXII.-XXXVII.  1875-78.  8vo.  Current. 
Formed  by  the  consolidation  of  the  preceding  with  the  Chicago  Medical 
Examiner. 

The  Northwestern  Medical  Intelligencer.  Bi-Monthly.  Chicago,  1851. 
8vo.  This  alternated  with  the  Northwestern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal, 
of  which  it  formed  a  part. 

The  Chicago  Medical  Examiner.  Monthly.  Edited  by  N.  S.  Davis,  and 

E.  A.  Steele.  Chicago.  Vols.  I -XII.  1860-71.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  follow- 
ing. 

The  Medical  Examiner.  Chicago.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited  by  N.  S.  and 

F.  H.  Davis.  Vols.  XIII.-XVI.  1872-75.  4to.  In  September,  1875,  united 
with  The  Chicago  Medical  Journal,  forming  The  Chicago  Medical  Jour- 
nal and  Examiner. 

The  Military  Tract  Medical  Reporter.  L.  S.  and  C.  A.  Lambert.  Gales- 
burg,  111.  Prospectus  issued  in  August,  1871,  but  the  journal  never  ap- 
peared. 

The  Chicago  Journal  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Disease.  Edited  by  J.  S. 
Jewell  and  others.  Chicago.  Vols.  I.— II.  1874-75.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  fol- 
lowing. 

The  Journal  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Disease.  Edited  by  J.  S.  Jewell  and 
others.  Chicago.  Vols.  I -III.,  New  Series.  1876-78.  8vo.  Continuation  of 
the  preceding. 

The  Medical  Register  and  Advertiser.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  J.  I.  Hale. 
Anna,  111.  Nos.  1-2,  Vol.  I.  1875.  8vo. 

The  Monthly  Journal  of  the  Southern  Illinois  Medical  Association. 
Edited  by  C.  W.  Dunning  and  H.  Wardner.  Cairo.  Vols.  I.-II.  1877-78. 
Vol.  I.  in  six  numbers.  Current. 

The  Illinois  Medical  Recorder.  Monthly.  Edited  by  R.  E.  Beach.  Pub- 
lished under  the  auspices  of  the  District  Medical  Society  of  Central  Illi- 
nois. Nos.  1-6.  June  to  November,  1878.  8vo.  Current. 

The  American  Medical  Review  and  Index.  Monthly.  James  I.  Hale, 
Editor.  Anna,  111.  Nos.  1-6.  July  to  December,  1878.  8vo.  Current. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


95 


Indiana 

The  Indiana  Medical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  W.  H.  Byford  and 
H.  Ronalds.  Evansville.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  1854.  8vo.  Running  title  of  first 
signature  is  The  Evansville  Medical  Journal,  etc. 

The  Indiana  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J. 
Jackson  and  T.  W.  Forshee.  Madison.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  1855.  8vo. 

The  Indiana  Journal  of  Medicine.  Monthly.  Edited  by  T.  M.  Stevens 
and  others.  Indianapolis.  Vols.  I.-VI.  1870-75.  8vo.  After  September,  1875, 
united  with  The  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Observer. 

The  Western  Retrospect  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
H.  M.  Harvey,  H.  A.  Lewis,  and  others.  Evansville.  Vol.  I.  January  to 
December,  1872.  8vo. 

Iowa 

The  Western  Medico-Chirurgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  F. 
Sanford  and  S.  G.  Armor.  Keokuk.  Vols.  I.-IL  1850-53,  No.  1,  Vol.  III. 
1854.  8vo. 

The  Iowa  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  C.  Hughes  and  W.  R. 
Marsh.  Keokuk.  Five  volumes.  1853-69.  8vo. 

The  Iowa  Catlin.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  Lawrence.  Osceola,  Iowa.  Nos. 
1  and  2.  April  and  May,  1878.  8vo. 

Kansas 

The  Leavenworth  Medical  Herald.  Monthly.  Edited  by  C.  A.  Logan,  T. 
Sinks,  and  others.  Leavenworth.  Vols.  I.— III.  1867-70.  8vo.  Continued  as 
the  following. 

The  Leavenworth  Medical  Herald  and  Journal  of  Pharmacy.  Leaven- 
worth. Vols.  IV.-V.  1870-72.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding  and  suc- 
ceeded by  the  following. 

The  Medical  Herald.  Leavenworth.  Vols.  VI.-IX.  1872-75.  8vo.  Con- 
tinuation of  the  preceding. 

Kentucky 

The  Transylvania  Journal  of  Medicine  and  the  Associate  Sciences.  Quar- 
terly. Edited  by  J.  E.  Cooke  and  C.  W.  Short.  Lexington,  Ky.  Vols.  I.-XII. 
1828-39.  8vo. 

The  Louisville  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Quarterly.  Edited  by 
L.  P.  Yandell,  H.  Miller,  and  others.  Louisville.  Nos.  1  and  2,  Vol.  I,  1838. 
8vo.  January,  1840,  revived,  and  consolidated  with  the  Western  Journal  of 
the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences,  forming  the  following. 


96 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Monthly.  Edited  by  D. 
Drake  and  L.  P.  Yandell.  Louisville.  Thirty-two  volumes.  1840-55.  8vo. 

The  Louisville  Review.  Monthly.  Edited  by  S.  D.  Gross  and  T.  G. 
Richardson.  Louisville.  Vol.  I.  1856.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 
In  January,  1857,  united  with  The  Medical  Examiner,  Philadelphia,  form- 
ing the  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review. 

The  Western  and  Southern  Medical  Recorder.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  C. 
Cross.  Lexington.  Vol.  I.  1841-42.  Nos.  1-4.  Vol.  II.  1843.  8vo.  Merged  in 
the  Western  Lancet. 

The  Transylvania  Medical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  L.  Dudley. 
Five  volumes.  1849-54.  Lexington  and  Louisville.  Vol.  III.  is  Vol.  I.  New 
Series.  Title,  The  Kentucky  Medical  Recorder. 

The  Louisville  Medical  Gazette.  Bi-Weekly.  Edited  by  L.  J.  Frazee. 
Louisville.  Nos.  1-7,  Vol.  I.  1859.  8vo. 

The  Semi-Monthly  Medical  News.  Edited  by  S.  M.  Bemiss  and  J.  W. 
Benson.  Louisville.  Vols.  I.-III.  1859-60.  8vo.  Vols.  II.  and  III.  Title,  The 
Monthly  Medical  News. 

The  Louisville  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  T.  W.  Colescott. 
Louisville.  Nos.  1-6.  Vol.  I.  1860.  8vo. 

The  Richmond  and  Louisville  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  E.  S.  Gaillard, 
Editor.  Louisville.  Vols.  VI.-XXVI.  1868-78.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the 
Richmond  Medical  Journal. 

The  American  Practitioner.  Formerly  Western  Journal  of  Medicine. 
Monthly.  Edited  by  D.  W.  Yandell  and  T.  Parvin.  Louisville.  Vols.  I- 
XVIII.  1870-78.  8vo.  Current. 

The  Louisville  Medical  Reporter.  Weekly.  Edited  by  J.  L.  Cook  and 
others.  Henderson.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  1874.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  Weekly.  E.  S.  Gaillard,  Editor.  Louisville.  Vols. 
I.-IV.  1874-76.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  following.  Vol.  II  is  paged  consecu- 
tively with  Vol.  I. 

The  American  Medical  Bi-Weekly.  E.  S.  Gaillard,  Editor.  Louisville. 
Vols.  VI.-IX.  1877-78.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

The  Louisville  Medical  News.  Weekly.  Edited  by  R.  O.  Cowling  and 
others.  Louisville.  Vols.  I.-VL  1876-78.  8vo.  Current. 

Louisiana 

Journal  de  la  Societe-  Medicale  de  la  Nouvelle  Orleans.  Quarterly.  Drs. 
Fortin,  Daret,  and  others.  New  Orleans.  Annee  I.  1839.  8vo. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  D.  Fenner 
and  A.  Hester.  New  Orleans.  Vol.  I.  1844-45.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  follow- 
ing. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


97 


by  W.  M.  Carpenter,  E.  D.  Fenner,  and  others.  New  Orleans.  Vols.  II.-XX. 
1845-61  and  1866-67.  8vo.  Consolidated  with  the  Southern  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences,  forming  the  following. 

The  New  Orleans  Journal  of  Medicine.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  S.  M. 
Bemiss  and  W.  S.  Mitchell.  New  Orleans.  Vols.  XXI.-XXIII.  1868-70.  8vo. 
Continued  as  the  following  in  1873. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  New  Series.  Bi-Monthly. 
Edited  by  S.  M.  Bemiss.  New  Orleans.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1873-78.  8vo.  Current. 

The  Louisiana  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Title  of  a  periodical  pro- 
jected in  1845,  but  never  issued,  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal  taking  its  place. 

The  New  Orleans  Monthly  Medical  Register.  Edited  by  A.  E.  Axon. 
Vols.  I.-IL  1851-53.  8vo.  In  March,  1854,  merged  in  The  New  Orleans 
Medical  News  and  Hospital  Gazette. 

L'Union  Medicale  de  la  Louisiane.  Monthly.  C.  Delery,  Editor.  New 
Orleans.  Vol.  I.  1852.  8vo. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  News  and  Hospital  Gazette.  Semi-Monthly. 
Edited  by  S.  Choppin,  C.  Beard,  and  others.  New  Orleans.  Vols.  I.-VII. 
1854-61.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  Times.  Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  Peniston. 
New  Orleans.  Nos.  1-3.  1861.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

Journal  de  la  Societe  Medicale  de  la  Nouvelle  Orleans.  Monthly.  Edited 
by  Dr.  Thiery.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  1-8,  Vol.  II.  1859-61. 

The  New  Orleans  Medical  Record.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited  by  B.  Dowler 
and  S.  R.  Chambers.  New  Orleans.  Nos.  1-4,  Vol.  I.  1866.  Royal  8vo. 

The  Southern  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  Quarterly.  E.  D.  Fenner, 
D.  W.  Brickell,  and  others.  New  Orleans.  Vols.  I.-II.  1866-67.  8vo.  In 
January,  1868,  consolidated  with  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  forming  the  New  Orleans  Journal  of  Medicine. 

Maine 

The  Journal  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  Maine.  Hallowell. 
No.  1,  Vol.  I.  January,  1834.  8vo. 

The  Maine  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  R. 
Richardson  and  R.  W.  Cummings.  Portland.  Vol.  I.  1858-59.  8vo. 

Maryland 

The  Baltimore  Medical  and  Physical  Recorder.  Quarterly.  Conducted 
by  T.  Watkins.  Baltimore.  Vol.  I.,  and  No.  1  of  Vol.  II.  1808-09.  8vo. 

The  Baltimore  Medical  and  Philosophical  Lyceum.  Quarterly.  Edited 
by  N.  Potter.  Baltimore.  One  volume.  1811.  8vo. 


98 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  Vaccine  Inquirer.  Monthly.  Baltimore.  No.  1,  February,  1822;  No. 
4,  May,  1822;  No.  5,  1824.  Announced  as  monthly,  but  published  at  ir- 
regular intervals. 

The  Baltimore  Philosophical  Journal  and  Review.  Quarterly.  Edited  by 
J.  B.  Davidge.  Baltimore.  No.  1.  July,  1823.  8vo. 

The  Maryland  Medical  Recorder.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  H.  G.  Jameson. 
Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-III.  1829-32.  8vo. 

The  Baltimore  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Edited  by 
N.  R.  Smith.  Baltimore.  One  volume.  1830-31.  8vo. 

The  Baltimore  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  and  Review.  Quarterly. 
Edited  by  E.  Geddings.  Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-II.  1833-34.  8vo.  Continued 
as  the  following. 

North  American  Archives  of  Medical  and  Surgical  Science.  Monthly. 
Edited  by  E.  Geddings.  Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-II.  1834-35.  8vo.  Continuation 
of  the  preceding. 

The  Maryland  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  and  Official  Organ  of  the 
Medical  Department  of  the  Army  and  Navy  of  the  United  States.  Quar- 
terly. Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-III.  1840-43.  8vo. 

The  Baltimore  Journal  of  Medicine.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  Warren. 
Baltimore.  Nos.  1-3,  Vol.  I.  January  to  May,  1861.  8vo. 

The  Medical  Bulletin.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  Warren.  Baltimore. 
Vols.  I.-II.  1868-70.  Folio.  In  1871  merged  in  the  following. 

The  Baltimore  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  L.  Howard 
and  T.  S.  Latimer.  Baltimore.  Two  volumes.  1870-71.  8vo.  In  Vol.  II. 
title  changed  to  Baltimore  Medical  Journal  and  Bulletin.  In  January,  1871, 
the  Bulletin  merged  in  this. 

The  Baltimore  Physician  and  Surgeon.  Monthly.  Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-VI. 
1872-76.  4to.  The  title  of  Vol.  I.,  1872-73,  was  The  Physician  and  Surgeon. 

Maryland  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  H.  E.  T.  Manning  and  T.  A. 
Ashby,  Editors.  Baltimore.  Vols.  I.-III.  1877-78.  8vo.  Current. 

Massachusetts 

The  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery  and  the  Collateral 
Branches  of  Science.  Quarterly.  Boston.  Vols.  I.-XVI.  1812-27.  8vo.  Con- 
tinued as  The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Vol.  XVI.,  title,  New 
England  Medical  Review  and  Journal. 

The  Boston  Medical  Intelligencer.  Weekly.  Edited  by  J.  V.  C.  Smith. 
Boston.  Five  volumes.  1823-28.  4to.  Continued  as  The  Boston  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal. 

The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Boston.  Weekly.  Ninety-nine 
volumes.  1828-78.  8vo.  Current.  Formed  by  consolidation  of  the  two  pre- 
ceding. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


99 


American  Journal  of  Foreign  Medicine.  Monthly.  Conducted  by  an  as- 
sociation of  physicians.  Boston.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  June,  1827. 

The  Monthly  Journal  of  Medical  Literature  and  American  Students' 
Gazette.  Edited  by  E.  Bartlett.  Boston  and  Lowell.  Nos.  1-3,  Vol.  I.  Janu- 
ary to  March,  1832.  8vo. 

The  Medical  Magazine.  Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  L.  Pierson,  J.  B.  Flint, 
E.  Bartlett,  and  others.  Boston.  Three  volumes.  1832-35.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  Almanac.  Annual.  Edited  by  J.  V.  C.  Smith. 
Boston.  Two  volumes.  1839-40.  12mo. 

The  New  England  Quarterly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Edited 
by  C.  E.  Ware  and  S.  Parkman.  Boston.  Vol.  I.  1842-43.  8vo. 

The  Medical  World.  Weekly.  Edited  by  J.  V.  C.  Smith  and  E.  S.  Smith. 
Boston.  Two  volumes.  1856-57.  4to. 

The  Berkshire  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  H.  Thayer 
and  R.  C.  Stiles.  Pittsfield.  One  volume.  1861.  8vo. 

The  Journal  of  the  Gynaecological  Society  of  Boston.  Monthly.  Edited 
by  W.  Lewis,  H.  R.  Storer,  and  G.  H.  Bixby.  Boston.  Seven  volumes.  1869- 
72.  8vo. 

Michigan 

The  Peninsular  Journal  of  Medicine  and  the  Collateral  Sciences. 
Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  Andrews,  A.  B.  Palmer,  and  others.  Ann  Arbor  and 
Detroit.  Vols.  I -V.  1853-58.  8vo.  Continued  as  The  Peninsular  and  Inde- 
pendent Medical  Journal. 

The  Medical  Independent  and  Monthly  Review  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery. Edited  by  H.  Goadby  and  others.  Detroit.  Three  volumes.  1856-58. 
8vo.  Continued  as  The  Peninsular  and  Independent  Medical  Journal. 

The  Peninsular  and  Independent  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited 
by  A.  B.  Palmer,  M.  Gunn,  and  F.  Stearns.  Detroit.  Vols.  I.-II.  1858-60. 
8vo.  Formed  by  consolidation  of  the  two  preceding  in  April,  1858. 

The  Detroit  Review  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
G.  P.  Andrews  and  others.  Detroit.  Vols.  I.-IX.  1866-76.  8vo.  Merged  in 
The  Detroit  Medical  Journal. 

The  Michigan  University  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Conducted  by  the 
faculty  of  the  medical  department.  Ann  Arbor.  Three  volumes.  1870-73. 
8vo. 

The  Western  Medical  Advance  and  Progress  of  Pharmacy.  Quarterly. 
W.  H.  Lathrop,  Editor.  Detroit.  Vols.  I.-II.  June,  1871,  to  June  1873.  4to. 

The  Peninsular  Journal  of  Medicine.  Monthly.  Edited  by  H.  F.  Lyster 
and  others.  Detroit.  Four  volumes.  1873-76.  8vo.  Consolidated  with  The 
Detroit  Review  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy,  forming  the  following. 

The  Detroit  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  L.  Connor  and  others. 


100 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Detroit.  New  Series.  Vol.  I.  1877.  8vo.  Consolidation  of  The  Peninsular 
Journal  of  Medicine  with  The  Detroit  Review  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy. 

The  Detroit  Lancet.  Monthly.  Edited  by  H.  A.  Cleland  and  L.  Connor. 
Detroit.  Vol.  I.  1878.  8vo.  Current. 

The  Michigan  Medical  News.  Semi-Monthly.  J.  J.  Mulheron,  Editor. 
Detroit.  Vol.  I.  1878.  8vo.  Current. 

Minnesota 

The  Northwestern  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
W.  B.  Herrick  and  J.  Evans.  St.  Paul.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1870-74.  8vo. 

Missouri 

The  St.  Louis  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  M.  L. 
Linton,  W.  M.  McPheeters,  and  others.  St.  Louis.  Nos.  1-9,  11,  12.  Vol.  I. 
1843-44.  No.  12,  Vol.  II.  1844-45.  Vols.  III.-XIX.  1845-61.  Also,  New 
Series.  Vols.  III.-XV.  1866-78.  8vo.  In  September,  1848,  The  Missouri 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  was  united  with  this. 

The  Missouri  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  R.  F. 
Stevens,  J.  N.  McDowell,  and  others.  St.  Louis.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1845-48.  8vo. 
In  September,  1848,  merged  in  the  preceding. 

The  St.  Louis  Probe.  Monthly.  Edited  by  H.  J.  Coons  and  J.  R.  Atkin- 
son. St.  Louis.  Vol.  I.  1850.  8vo. 

The  St.  Joseph  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited 
by  J.  H.  Crane,  O.  B.  Knode,  and  others.  St.  Joseph.  Nos.  4,  5,  Vol.  I., 
March,  May,  1859.  Nos.  1,  2,  4,  5,  Vol.  II.  September,  November,  1859, 
March,  May,  1860.  Nos.  1-3,  Vol.  III.,  September,  1860,  to  January,  1861. 
8vo. 

The  Kansas  City  Medical  and  Surgical  Review.  Bi-Monthly.  G.  M.  B. 
Maughs  and  T.  C.  Case,  Editors.  Kansas  City,  Mo.  One  volume.  1860.  8vo. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  Pioneer.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  Keller.  Kansas 
City,  Mo.  Nos.  1,  2,  Vol.  I.  1866.  8vo. 

The  St.  Louis  Medical  Reporter.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  S.  B. 
Alleyne,  O.  F.  Potter,  and  others.  St.  Louis.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1866-69.  8vo. 
Merged  in  The  Medical  Archives. 

The  Humboldt  Medical  Archives.  Monthly.  Edited  by  M.  E.  Pallen, 
E.  F.  Smith,  A.  Hammer,  and  others.  St.  Louis.  Vol.  I.,  in  six  numbers. 
September,  1867,  to  February,  1868.  Vol.  II.,  in  ten  numbers,  March  to 
December,  1868.  Vol.  III.,  in  twelve  numbers,  January  to  December,  1869. 
Vol.  IV.,  in  six  numbers,  January  to  June,  1870.  Vol.  V.,  in  six  numbers, 
September,  1870,  to  February,  1871.  Vol.  VI,  in  six  numbers,  March  to 
August,  1871.  Vol.  VII.,  in  six  numbers,  September,  1871,  to  February, 
1872.  Vol.  VIII.,  in  ten  numbers,  March  to  December,  1872.  Vol.  IX.,  in 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


101 


five  numbers,  January  to  May,  1873.  After  Vol.  II.,  title,  The  Medical 
Archives.  In  September,  1869,  the  preceding  merged  in  this. 

The  Kansas  City  Medical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  P.  Lank- 
ford  and  others.  Kansas  City,  Mo.  Vols.  I.-V.  1871-75.  8vo.  Became  monthly 
with  Vol.  IV. 

Missouri  Clinical  Record.  Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  A.  Hardaway.  St. 
Louis.  Vol.  I.  1874-75.  8vo.  Continued  as  the  following. 

St.  Louis  Clinical  Record.  Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  A.  Hardaway.  St. 
Louis.  Vols.  II.-IV.  1875-78.  8vo.  Current.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

New  Hampshire 

The  New  Hampshire  Journal  of  Medicine.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  H. 
Parker.  Concord.  Vols.  I.-VIII.  1850-58.  8vo.  Vols.  VI.-VIIL,  published 
at  Manchester. 

New  Jersey 

The  New  Jersey  Medical  Reporter  and  Transactions  of  the  New  Jersey 
Medical  Society.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  Joseph  Parrish.  Burlington.  Vols. 
I.-VIII.  1847-55.  8vo.  Vol.  V.  became  monthly.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  Monthly.  Edited  by  S.  W.  Butler. 
Burlington,  N.  J.,  and  Philadelphia.  Vols.  IX.-XI.  1856-58.  8vo.  Vol.  XL, 
and  continuation  published  at  Philadelphia.  Current. 

New  York 

A  Journal  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  Surgery,  and  Pharmacy  in  the 
Military  Hospitals  of  France.  Published  by  order  of  the  king.  Reviewed  and 
digested  by  M.  De  Home.  Translated  by  Joseph  Browne.  No.  1,  Vol.  I. 
New  York.  No  date.  1783  or  1790. 

The  Medical  Repository.  Quarterly.  Conducted  by  S.  L.  Mitchell,  E. 
Miller,  and  E.  H.  Smith.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-XXIII.  1797-1824.  8vo.  Slight 
change  of  title. 

The  New  York  Medical  and  Philosophical  Journal  and  Review.  Semi- 
Annual.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-III.  1809-11.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  and  Philosophical  Register.  Quarterly.  Con- 
ducted by  David  Hosack  and  John  W.  Francis.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-IV. 
1810-14.  8vo.  Two  editions  of  Vol.  I. 

The  New  York  Medical  Magazine.  Annual.  Edited  by  V.  Mott  and  H. 
M.  Onderdonk.  New  York.  Vol.  I.  (in  two  numbers).  1814-15.  8vo. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  Register.  Edited  by  J.  Watts,  Jr.,  V.  Mott, 
and  A.  H.  Stevens.  New  York.  Vol.  I.  1818-20.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medical  and  Physical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Edited  by 
J.  W.  Francis  and  others.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-IX.  1822-30.  8vo. 


102 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  New  York  Monthly  Chronicle  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  By  an  As- 
sociation of  Physicians.  New  York.  Vol.  I.  1824-25.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Conducted  by  D.  L.  M. 
Peixotto,  J.  R.  Rhinelander,  and  J.  J.  Graves.  New  York.  Two  volumes. 
1830-31.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medico  Chirurgical  Bulletin.  Monthly.  Edited  by  George 
Bushe.  New  York.  Two  volumes.  1831-32.  8vo. 

The  United  States  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
an  Association  of  Physicians.  New  York.  Vols.  I.— III.  1834-36.  8vo.  After 
No.  2,  September,  1834,  published  at  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Quarterly.  New  York. 
Vols.  I.-IV.  1839-41.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medical  Gazette.  Weekly.  Published  by  U.  Turner.  New 
York.  Vols.  I.-II.  1841-42.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Lancet.  Weekly.  Edited  by  J.  A.  Houston.  New  York. 
Vols.  I.-II.,  and  Nos.  1-4,  Vol.  III.  1842-43.  8vo. 

Albany  Journal  of  Neurology.  Monthly.  By  an  Association  of  Physicians. 
Albany.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  July,  1843.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Journal  of  Medicine  and  the  Collateral  Sciences.  Bi- 
Monthly.  Edited  by  S.  Forry  and  others.  New  York.  Thirty-four  volumes. 

1843-  60.  8vo.  For  continuation,  see  The  American  Medical  Times.  Vol.  I. 
Third  Series.  In  1856,  the  words  "and  the  Collateral  Sciences"  dropped 
from  the  title-page.  The  New  York  Medical  Times  merged  in  this  journal. 

The  American  Journal  of  Insanity.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  medical  officer 
of  the  New  York  State  Lunatic  Asylum,  Utica,  N.  Y.  Vols.  I.-XXXIV. 

1844-  78.  8vo.  Current. 

The  New  York  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  Bi-Weekly.  Edited  by 
C.  T.  Collins.  New  York.  Vol.  I.,  1845-46,  and  Nos.  1-18.  Vol.  II.,  1847. 
8vo. 

The  Buffalo  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  Flint.  Buffalo. 
Fifteen  volumes.  1845-60.  8vo.  In  July,  1860,  merged  in  The  American 
Medical  Monthly. 

The  Annalist.  Bi-Weekly.  Edited  by  W.  C.  Roberts  and  N.  S.  Davis.  New 
York.  Three  volumes.  1846-49.  8vo. 

Wood's  Addenda  to  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Quarterly.  New 
York.  Two  volumes.  1847-49.  8vo.  Also  issued  in  somewhat  different  form 
as  Wood's  Quarterly  Retrospect  of  American  and  Foreign  Practical  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery. 

The  New  York  Register  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy.  Semi-Monthly. 
Edited  by  C.  D.  Griswold.  New  York.  Two  volumes.  1850-51.  8vo. 

The  Northern  Lancet  and  Gazette  of  Legal  Medicine.  Monthly.  Edited 
by  F.  J.  D'Avignon  and  H.  Nelson.  Plattsburgh,  N.  Y.  Vols.  I.-XII.  1850-56. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


103 


8vo.  Vols.  IV.-VL,  title,  Nelson's  Northern  Lancet,  etc.;  Vols.  VII-XII., 
title.  Nelson's  American  Lancet,  etc. 

The  New  York  Medical  Gazette  and  Journal  of  Health.  Weekly  and 
Monthly.  Edited  by  D.  M.  Reese.  New  York.  Twelve  volumes.  1850-61. 
4to  and  8vo.  Vols.  VI.-VIIL,  title,  The  American  Medical  Gazette  and 
Journal  of  Health.  Vols.  IX.-XIL,  title,  The  American  Medical  Gazette. 

The  New  York  Medical  Times.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  G.  Adams  and 
others.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-V.  1851-56.  8vo.  Merged  in  The  New  York 
Journal  of  Medicine. 

New  Yorker  Medicinische  Monatsschrift.  Edited  by  J.  Herzka,  E.  Krako- 
witzer,  and  W.  Roth.  New  York.  Jahrg.  I.  1852-53.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  Monthly.  Conducted  by  Horace  Green  and 
others.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-XVIII.  1854-62.  8vo. 

The  North  American  Medical  Reporter.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  W.  Elmer. 
New  York.  Vol.  I,  1858-59.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medical  Press.  Weekly.  Edited  by  J.  L.  Kiernan  and 
W.  O.  Meagher.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-III.  1859-60.  Royal  8vo.  Four  pre- 
liminary numbers  were  issued  in  1858.  In  July,  1860,  merged  in  The  Ameri- 
can Medical  Times. 

The  Buffalo  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  and  Reporter.  Monthly. 
Edited  by  J.  F.  Miner.  Buffalo.  Vols.  I.-XVII.  1860-78.  8vo.  Current.  In 
Vol.  II.,  1860,  the  words  "and  Reporter"  dropped  from  title. 

The  American  Medical  Times.  Weekly.  Edited  by  Stephen  Smith.  New 
York.  Vols.  I.-IX.  1860-64.  4to.  Continuation  of  The  New  York  Journal 
of  Medicine.  In  July,  1860,  The  New  York  Medical  Press  merged  in  this. 

Summary  of  Medical  Science.  Semi-Annual.  Edited  by  W.  S.  Wells.  New 
York.  Part  I.  April,  1861.  8vo. 

American  Journal  of  Ophthalomology.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  Hom- 
berger.  New  York.  Vol.  I.  1862-63,  and  Nos.  1-2,  Vol.  II.  1864.  8vo.  Vol.  II. 
became  quarterly. 

Nord  Americanische  Deutsch'  medizinische  Zeitschrift  fur  praktische 
Heilkunde.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  Meisburger.  Buffalo.  Nos.  1-3.  Vol. 
I.  1865.  8vo. 

The  New  York  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  W.  A.  Hammond, 
E.  S.  Dunster,  and  others.  New  York.  Twenty-eight  volumes.  1865-78.  8vo. 
Current. 

The  Medical  Record.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited  by  G.  F.  Shrady.  New  York. 
Fourteen  volumes.  1866-78.  4to.  Current.  Vol.  X.,  1875,  became  weekly. 

The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Medical  Juris- 
prudence. Edited  by  W.  A.  Hammond.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-III.  1867-69. 
8vo.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Journal  of  Psychological  Medicine.  Quarterly.  New  York.  Vols. 


104 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


IV.-VI.  1870-72.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding.  In  July,  1874,  the 
publication  was  resumed  as  The  Psychological  and  Medico-Legal  Journal. 

The  Medical  Gazette.  Weekly.  Edited  by  A.  L.  Carroll  and  others.  New 
York.  Vols.  I.-VL,  and  Nos.  1-6.  Vol.  III.  1867-71.  4to. 

Revista  medico  quirurgica  y  dentistica  de  los  Sres.  Wilson  y  Gonzales. 
Quarterly.  Nueva  York.  Nos.  1-3.  Tom  I.  1868.  8vo. 

The  Physician  and  Pharmaceutist.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  G.  J.  Fisher  and 
others.  New  York.  Vols.  I.— III.  1868-71.  4to.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Physician  and  Pharmacist.  Quarterly.  New  York.  Vols.  IV.-XI. 
1871-78.  4to.  Current.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

The  American  Journal  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Chil- 
dren. Quarterly.  Edited  by  E.  Noeggerath,  B.  F.  Dawson,  and  others.  New 
York.  Vols.  I.-XI.  1868-78.  8vo.  Current. 

The  Archives  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology.  Semi-Annual.  Edited  and 
published  simultaneously  in  English  and  German  by  H.  Knapp,  in  New 
York,  and  S.  Moos,  in  Heidelberg.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-VII.  1869-78.  8vo. 
Current.  Vol.  IV.  became  quarterly. 

The  American  Journal  of  Syphilography  and  Dermatology.  Quarterly. 
Edited  by  M.  H.  Henry.  New  York.  Vols.  I.-V.  1870-74.  8vo. 

The  Medical  World.  Monthly.  Edited  by  R.  A.  Vance.  New  York.  One 
Volume.  1871-72.  8vo. 

Archives  of  Scientific  and  Practical  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Monthly. 
Edited  by  C.  E.  Brown-Sequard  and  E.  C.  Seguin.  New  York.  Nos.  1-5. 
Vol.  I.  1873.  Royal  8vo. 

The  Sanitarian.  Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  N.  Bell  and  others.  New  York. 
Vols.  I.-VI.  1873-78.  8vo.  Current. 

Archives  of  Electrology  and  Neurology.  Semi-Annual.  Edited  by  G.  M. 
Beard.  New  York.  Two  volumes.  1874-75.  8vo. 

The  Psychological  and  Medico-Legal  Journal.  Monthly.  Conducted  by 
W.  A.  Hammond  and  T.  M.  B.  Cross.  New  York.  New  Series.  Vols.  I.— III. 
1874-76.  8vo.  For  First  Series  see  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  Psychological 
Medicine.  Vol.  III.  1875-76,  title,  The  American  Psychological  Journal. 
Quarterly.  Conducted  by  Allan  McLane  Hamilton  and  others. 

Archives  of  Dermatology.  Quarterly.  Edited  by  L.  D.  Bulkley.  New  York. 
Vols.  I.-IV.  1874-78.  8vo.  Current. 

Proceedings  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Kings.  Monthly. 
Conducted  by  the  Council  of  the  Society.  Brooklyn.  Vols.  I.— III.  1876-78. 
8vo.  Current. 

Archives  of  Clinical  Surgery.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  J.  Bermingham. 
New  York.  Vol.  I.  1876-77.  8vo.  In  October,  1877,  united  with  the  following 
forming  the  Hospital  Gazette  and  Archives  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

The  Hospital  Gazette.  Monthly.  Edited  by  F.  A.  Lyons.  New  York.  Nos. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


105 


1-6.  Vol.  I.  1877.  4to.  In  October,  1877,  united  with  the  preceding,  forming 
the  following. 

The  Hospital  Gazette  and  Archives  of  Clinical  Surgery.  Semi-Monthly. 
Edited  by  E.  J.  Bermingham  and  F.  A.  Lyons.  New  York.  Four  volumes. 
Whole  series.  1876-78.  8vo. 

Revista  mensual  medico-quirurgica  de  Nueva  York.  A.  de  Tejada,  Editor. 
Nueva  York.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  October,  1878.  8vo.  Current. 

The  New  York  Medical  and  Surgical  Brief.  Monthly.  E.  J.  Fisk,  Editor. 
New  York.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  November,  1878.  8vo.  Current. 

North  Carolina 

The  Medical  Journal  of  North  Carolina.  Bi-Monthly.  E.  Warren,  Editor. 
Edenton  and  Raleigh.  Four  volumes.  1858-61.  8vo. 

The  North  Carolina  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  M.  J.  DeForrest  and 
Thomas  F.  Wood,  Editors.  Raleigh.  Vols.  I.-II.  1878.  8vo.  Current.  The 
same  was  running  title  of  preceding. 

Ohio 

The  Western  Quarterly  Reporter  of  Medical,  Surgical,  and  Natural 
Science.  Edited  by  J.  D.  Godman.  Cincinnati.  Vols.  I.-II.  1822-23. 

Ohio  (The)  Medical  Repository  of  Original  and  Selected  Essays  and  In- 
telligence. Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  G.  W.  Wright  and  J.  M.  Mason.  Cincin- 
nati. Vol.  I.  1826-27.  Folio.  Completed.  Merged  into  the  following  in 
April,  1827. 

Western  (The)  Medical  and  Physical  Journal.  Original  and  eclectic. 
Monthly.  Edited  by  Daniel  Drake  and  Guy  W.  Wright.  Cincinnati.  Vol.  I. 
1827-28.  No.  1,  Vol.  II.  May,  1828.  8vo.  No.  1,  Vol.  II.,  believed  to  be  the 
last  published.  In  April,  1828,  the  Western  Journal  of  the  Medical  and 
Physical  Sciences  was  commenced  by  Daniel  Drake,  and  was  subsequently 
represented  and  regarded  as  continuation  of  the  above,  the  volume  for 
April,  1828,  to  March,  1829,  being  reckoned  Vol.  II.  of  the  periodical. 

Western  (The)  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences.  Monthly. 
Edited  by  Daniel  Drake.  Cincinnati.  Vols.  II.-XII.  1828-33.  8vo.  No.  1, 
Vol.  XII.  believed  to  be  the  last  published.  For  Vol.  I.  see  preceding. 
In  1835,  The  Western  Medical  Gazette  merged  in  this  journal,  January 
1,  1840,  revived  and  consolidated  with  the  Louisville  Journal  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery,  forming  The  Western  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

Western  (The)  Medical  Gazette.  Semi-Monthly  and  Monthly.  Edited  by 
Eberle  and  others.  Vols.  I.-II.  1832-35.  8vo.  Completed.  Suspended  from 
September  1,  1833,  to  February  1,  1834.  In  1835  merged  into  the  preceding. 

Ohio  (The)  Medical  Repository.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  M.  Mason.  Cin- 
cinnati, Nos.  1-5,  Vol.  I.  1835-36.  8vo. 


106 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Western  (The)  Quarterly  Journal  of  Practical  Medicine.  Edited  by  John 
Eberle  and  others.  No.  1,  Vol.  I.  June,  1837.  Cincinnati.  8vo.  No  more 
published. 

Western  (The)  Lancet.  Devoted  to  medical  and  surgical  science.  Monthly. 
Vols.  I.-XVIII.  Cincinnati  and  Lexington,  1842-1857.  After  April,  1843, 
The  Western  and  Surgical  Medical  Recorder  merged  in  this  journal.  In 
January,  1858,  united  with  The  Cincinnati  Medical  Observer,  forming  the 
Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Observer. 

Ohio  (The)  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  John 
Butterfield.  Columbus.  Vols.  I.-XVL  1848-64.  8vo.  Completed. 

American  (The)  Psychological  Journal.  Devoted  chiefly  to  the  elucida- 
tion of  mental  pathology  and  the  medical  jurisprudence  of  insanity.  Bi- 
Monthly.  Conducted  by  Edward  Mead,  Cincinnati.  One  volume.  1853.  8vo. 
Completed.  Prospectus  for  a  new  series  to  be  published  in  Boston  issued  in 
1874. 

Medical  (The)  Counsellor.  A  weekly  gazette  of  the  medical  and  physical 
sciences.  R.  Hills,  Editor.  Columbus,  Ohio.  Vols.  I.— II.  1855-56.  8vo.  Com- 
pleted. The  Ohio  Medical  Gazette  was  running  title  of  this  journal. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Medical  Observer.  Edited  by  G.  Mendenhall,  J.  A. 
Murphy,  and  E.  B.  Stevens.  Monthly.  Vols.  I.— II.  1856-57.  8vo.  In  Janu- 
ary, 1858,  united  with  The  Western  Lancet,  forming  the  Cincinnati  Lancet 
and  Observer. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Medical  News.  Devoted  to  the  dissemination  of  truth. 
Edited  by  A.  H.  Baker.  Monthly.  Vol.  I.,  Nos.  1  and  2.  Vol.  II.,  August  15, 
1858,  November  15,  1859.  Folio.  Continued  as  the  Cincinnati  Medical  and 
Surgical  News. 

Belmont  (The)  Medical  Journal.  A  monthly  periodical  published  under 
the  patronage  of  the  Belmont  Medical  Society.  Bridgeport,  Ohio.  Two 
volumes.  1858-60.  12mo.  Completed. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Lancet  and  Observer.  Edited  by  G.  Mendenhall,  J. 
Murphy,  and  E.  B.  Stevens.  Monthly.  Vols.  I.-XXI.  1858-78.  8vo.  Com- 
pleted. Formed  by  consolidation  of  the  Cincinnati  Medical  Observer  with 
the  Western  Lancet.  Consolidated  with  The  Clinic,  forming  the  Cin- 
cinnati Lancet  and  Clinic. 

Cleveland  (The)  Medical  Gazette.  A  monthly  journal  for  the  advance- 
ment and  review  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  Edited  by  G.  C.  E.  Weber.  Vols. 
I. -III.  1859-61.  8vo.  At  end  of  Vol.  I.,  consolidated  with  Cincinnati  Lancet 
and  Observer,  but  each  journal  retained  its  own  name,  and  they  were 
issued  simultaneously. 

Columbus  (The)  Review  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Edited  by  W.  L. 
McMillen.  Bi-Monthly.  Nos.  1-5.  Vol.  I.  August,  1860,  to  April,  1861.  8vo. 
Completed. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


107 


Cincinnati  (The)  Medical  and  Surgical  News.  Edited  by  A.  H.  Baker. 
Monthly.  Four  volumes.  1860-63.  8vo.  Completed.  Continuation  of  the 
Cincinnati  Medical  News. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Journal  of  Medicine.  Edited  by  G.  C.  Blackman,  T. 
Parvin,  and  R.  Bartholow.  Monthly.  Vols.  I.-IV.  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  and 
Indianapolis.  1866-69.  8vo.  After  No.  6  of  Vol.  II.,  title,  The  Western 
Journal  of  Medicine.  For  continuation  see  The  American  Practitioner. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Medical  Repertory.  Edited  by  J.  A.  Thacker.  Monthly. 
Vols.  I.-IV.  1868-71.  8vo.  For  continuation  see  The  Cincinnati  Medical 
News. 

Clinic  (The).  Edited  by  J.  T.  Whittaker.  Weekly.  Cincinnati.  Fourteen 
volumes.  1871-78.  4to.  Completed.  Merged  in  Cincinnati  Lancet  and 
Clinic,  July  1,  1878. 

Cincinnati  (The)  Medical  News.  Edited  by  J.  A.  Thacker  and  others. 
Monthly.  Vols.  I -VII.  1872-78.  8vo.  Continuation  of  The  Cincinnati 
Medical  Repertory. 

Ohio  (The)  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Edited  by  J.  H.  Pooley.  Bi- 
Monthly.  New  Series.  Columbus.  Vols.  I.-III.  1876-78.  8vo. 

Ohio  (The)  Medical  Recorder.  Edited  by  J.  W.  Hamilton  and  J.  F.  Bald- 
win. Monthly.  Columbus.  Vols.  I.— II.  1876-78.  8vo. 

Toledo  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Edited  by  J.  Priest.  Monthly.  Vols. 

I.  -II.  1877-78.  8vo. 

Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Clinic.  Weekly.  J.  C.  Culbertson  and  J.  G.  Hynd- 
man,  Editors.  No.  1.  July  6,  1878.  8vo.  Current.  Formed  by  consolidation 
of  The  Clinic  with  The  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Observer. 

The  Obstetric  Gazette.  Monthly.  E.  B.  Stevens,  Editor.  Vol.  I.  1878. 
Cincinnati.  8vo. 

Oregon 

The  Oregon  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  R. 
Fiske  and  H.  Carpenter.  Salem.  Two  volumes.  8vo.  Completed. 

The  Oregon  Medical  Journal.  A  quarterly  journal  of  medicine  and  sur- 
gery. Published  by  the  Marion  County  Medical  Society.  Salem.  Nos.  1-4. 
Vol.  I.  1876-77.  8vo. 

Pennsylvania 

The  Philadelphia  Medical  and  Physical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Collected 
and  arranged  by  Benjamin  Smith  Barton.  Vols.  I— III.  1804-09.  8vo. 

The  Philadelphia  Medical  Museum.  Quarterly.  Conducted  by  John 
Redman  Coxe.  Seven  volumes.  1804-11.  8vo.  Completed.  A  subdivision  of 
each  number,  entitled  Medical  and  Philosophical  Register,  is,  after  Vol. 

II,  paged  separately. 


108 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  Eclectic  Repertory  and  Analytical  Review.  Medical  and  philo- 
sophical. Quarterly.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-X.  1811-20.  8vo.  For  continua- 
tion see  Journal  of  Foreign  Medicine. 

The  Journal  of  Foreign  Medical  Science  and  Literature.  A  continuation 
of  the  Eclectic  Repertory.  Quarterly.  Conducted  by  S.  Emlen,  Jr.,  and 
William  Price.  Vols.  I-IV.  1821-24.  Philadelphia.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  Recorder.  Quarterly.  Philadelphia.  Vol.  I-XV. 
1818-29.  8vo.  Completed.  Merged  in  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Sciences,  after  No.  2,  Vol.  XV.  Vols.  VII-XII.,  title,  The  Medical  Recorder, 
etc. 

The  Philadelphia  Journal  of  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences.  Quarterly. 
Supported  by  an  association  of  physicians,  and  edited  by  N.  Chapman, 
W.  P.  Dewees,  J.  D.  Goodman,  and  Isaac  Hays.  Fourteen  volumes.  1820-27. 
8vo.  Continued  as  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  Quarterly.  Edited  by 
Isaac  Hays.  Philadelphia.  One  hundred  and  two  volumes.  1827-78.  8vo. 

The  AEsculapian  Register.  Weekly.  Edited  by  several  physicians.  Phila- 
delphia. Vol.  I.  June  17  to  December  9,  1824.  8vo. 

The  Medical  Review  and  Analectic  Journal.  Quarterly.  Conducted  by 
John  Eberle  and  George  McClellan.  Philadelphia.  Three  volumes.  1824- 
26.  8vo.  Completed.  Vols.  II— III.,  title,  The  American  Medical  Review  and 
Journal  of  Original  and  Selected  Papers  in  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

North  American  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Quarterly.  Conducted 
by  H.  L.  Hodge  and  others.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-XII.  1826-31.  8vo.  Com- 
pleted. 

The  Philadelphia  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Edited  by 
N.  R.  Smith.  Vol.  I  and  Nos.  1-3,  Vol.  II.  1827-28.  8vo.  After  February, 
1828,  merged  in  The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

The  Monthly  Journal  of  Foreign  Medicine.  Edited  by  S.  Littell.  Phila- 
delphia. Vols.  I-III.  1828-29.  8vo. 

The  Cholera  Gazette.  Weekly.  Philadelphia.  Nos.  1-16.  Vol.  I.  July  11. 
No.  21,  1832. 

The  American  Lancet.  Bi-Weekly.  Edited  by  F.  S.  Beattie.  Philadelphia. 
Nos.  1-7.  Vol.  I.  1833. 

American  Cyclopedia  of  Practical  Medicine  and  Surgery.  A  digest  of 
medical  literature.  Philadelphia.  Two  volumes.  1834-36.  8vo. 

The  American  Medical  Library  and  Intelligencer.  A  concentrated  record 
of  medical  science  and  literature.  Edited  by  G.  S.  Pattison  and  R.  Dungli- 
son.  Philadelphia.  Specimen  sheet  November,  1836.  Continued  as  The 
American  Medical  Intelligencer. 

The  Eclectic  Journal  of  Medicine.  Monthly.  Edited  by  John  Bell.  Phila- 
delphia. Vols.  I-IV.  1836-40.  8vo. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


109 


The  American  Medical  Intelligencer.  A  concentrated  record  of  medical 
science  and  literature.  Semi-Monthly  and  Monthly.  Edited  by  Robley 
Dunglison.  Philadelphia.  Five  volumes.  1837-42.  8vo.  Continued  as  the 
Medical  News  and  Library. 

Medical  News  and  Library.  Monthly.  Philadelphia.  Thirty-six  volumes. 
1843-78.  8vo.  Current.  A  continuation  of  the  preceding. 

The  Medical  Examiner.  Bi-Weekly  and  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  B.  Biddle, 
M.  Clymer,  and  W.  W.  Gerhard.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-VII.  1838-44.  Royal 
8vo.  Vols.  I-XII.  New  Series.  1845-56.  8vo.  In  January,  1857,  united  with 
the  Louisville  Review,  forming  the  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical 
Review. 

The  Bulletin  of  Medical  Sciences.  Monthly.  Edited  by  John  Bell.  Phila- 
delphia. Four  volumes.  1843-46.  8vo.  Completed. 

Nordamerikanischer  Monatsbericht  fur  Natur  und  Heilkunde.  Phila- 
delphia. Four  volumes.  1850-52.  8vo. 

The  Philadelphia  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Semi-Monthly.  Edited 
by  James  Bryan.  Vols.  I-VI.  1853-58.  8vo. 

The  Medical  Reporter.  A  quarterly  journal,  published  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Chester  and  Delaware  County  Medical  Societies.  West  Chester, 
Pennsylvania.  Vols.  I-III.  1853-56.  8vo. 

The  North  American  Medico-Chirurgical  Review.  Edited  by  S.  D.  Gross 
and  T.  G.  Richardson.  Bi-Monthly.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-V.  1857-61. 
8vo.  Completed,  formed  by  consolidation  of  The  Medical  Examiner,  Phila- 
delphia, and  the  Louisville  Review. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter.  A  weekly  journal.  Edited  by  S.  W. 
Butler  and  R.  J.  Levis.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-XXXIX.  1858-78.  8vo. 

Compendium  of  Medical  Science.  Half- Yearly.  Edited  by  S.  W.  Butler, 
D.  G.  Brinton,  and  G.  H.  Napheys.  Philadelphia.  Eleven  volumes.  1868-78. 
8vo. 

The  Photographic  Review  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  A  bi-monthly  illus- 
tration of  interesting  cases,  accompanied  by  notes.  Edited  by  F.  F.  Maury 
and  L.  A.  Duhring.  Philadelphia.  Two  volumes.  1870-72.  8vo.  Completed. 

The  Medical  Times.  A  semi-monthly  journal  of  medical  and  surgical 
science.  Edited  by  J.  H.  Hutchinson  and  J.  Tyson.  Philadelphia.  Two  vol- 
umes. 1870-72.  Royal  8vo.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Philadelphia  Medical  Times.  A  weekly  journal  of  medical  and 
surgical  science.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  III-VII.  1872-1878.  8vo.  Current.  See 
The  Medical  Times,  for  Vols.  I-II.  Vol.  VI  became  bi-weekly. 

The  Medical  Cosmos.  A  monthly  abstract  of  medical  science  and  art. 
G.  J.  Zeigler,  Editor.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  1-5.  Vol.  II.  Philadelphia.  1871-72.  8vo. 

The  Obstetrical  Journal  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland:  including  mid- 
wifery and  the  diseases  of  women  and  children.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  H. 


110 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Aveling  and  A.  Wiltshire.  With  an  American  supplement,  edited  by  Wm. 
F.  Jenks.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-VI.  1873-78.  8vo. 

The  Monthly  Abstract  of  Medical  Science.  Philadelphia.  Vols.  I-V.  1874- 
78.  8vo. 

South  Carolina 

Charleston  Medical  Register.  Annual,  by  David  Ramsay.  1802. 

The  Carolina  Journal  of  Medicine,  Science,  and  Agriculture.  Quarterly. 
Conducted  by  T.  Y.  Simons  and  W.  Michel.  Charleston.  Vol.  I.  1825.  8vo. 

The  Southern  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Pharmacy.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited 
by  J.  L.  Smith  and  S.  D.  Sinkler.  Charleston.  Vols.  I -II.  1846-47.  8vo.  Con- 
tinued as  the  following. 

The  Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by 
P.  C.  Gaillard  and  H.  W.  De  Saussure.  Charleston.  Vols.  III.-XV.  1848-60. 
8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

The  Charleston  Medical  Journal  and  Review.  Quarterly.  New  Series. 
Edited  by  F.  P.  Porcher  and  R.  A.  Kinloch.  Charleston.  Vols.  I.-IV.  1873-77. 
8vo. 

Tennessee 

The  East  Tennessee  Record  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Quarterly.  Edited 
by  F.  A.  Ramsey.  Knoxville.  1  Vol.  1852-53.  8vo.  After  May,  1853,  merged 
in  The  Southern  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences. 

The  Memphis  Medical  Recorder.  Bi-Monthly.  Edited  by  A.  P.  Merrill. 
C.  T.  Quintard,  and  others.  Memphis.  Vols.  I.-VL  1852-58.  8vo. 

The  Southern  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences.  Bi-Monthly. 
Conducted  by  J.  W.  King  and  W.  P.  Jones.  Nashville  and  Knoxville.  Vols. 
I -VI.  1853-57.  8vo.  In  1853,  The  East  Tennessee  Record  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery  merged  in  this  Journal.  In  December  No.,  1857,  The  East  Tennes- 
see Medical  Times  announced  as  a  continuation. 

The  East  Tennessee  Medical  Times.  Announced  by  R.  O.  Currey  in 
1857,  to  be  issued  monthly  as  a  continuation  of  the  Southern  Journal  of 
the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences,  but  never  appeared,  so  far  as  I  can 
learn. 

The  Nashville  Monthly  Record  of  Medical  and  Physical  Science.  Edited 
by  D.  F.  Wright,  R.  O.  Currey,  and  others.  Vols.  I.-IL,  and  Nos.  1,  2,  Vol. 
III.  1858-60.  8vo. 

The  Medical  and  Surgical  Monthly.  Edited  by  F.  A.  Ramsey.  Memphis. 
Nos.  1-6,  Vol.  I.,  1866.  8vo. 

The  Nashville  Journal  of  Medicine  and  Surgery.  Bi-monthly  and 
monthly.  Edited  by  W.  K.  Bowling,  P.  F.  Eve,  and  others.  Nashville.  Vols. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


111 


I.  -XXI.  1851-61.  New  Series,  Vols.  I.-XXI.  1866-78.  8vo.  Current.  Vol. 

II.  ,  became  monthly. 

Texas 

The  Galveston  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Greensville  Dowell,  Editor. 
Galveston.  5  vols.  1866-71.  8vo. 

The  Texas  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  D.  Rankin.  Galves- 
ton. Nos.  1-7,  10,  Vol.  I.;  Nos.  2,  9,  Vol.  II.;  Nos.  1,  2,  4,  Vol.  III.;  Vols. 
V.-VII.  1873-78.  8vo.  Current.  Vol.  III.,  became  quarterly. 

Vermont 

Vermont  Medical  Journal.  Bi-Monthly.  J.  M.  Currier,  Editor.  Burling- 
ton. Nos.  1,  2,  Vol.  I.  1874.  8vo. 

Virginia 

The  Stethoscope  and  Virginia  Medical  Gazette.  Monthly.  Edited  by 
T.  P.  Atkinson,  R.  W.  Haxall,  and  others.  Richmond.  Vols.  I.-V.  1851-55. 
8vo.  Vols.  IV.-V.;  title,  The  Stethoscope.  In  January,  1856,  united  with 
The  Virginia  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  forming  The  Virginia  Medi- 
cal Journal. 

The  Monthly  Stethoscope  and  Medical  Reporter.  Edited  by  G.  A.  Wilson 
and  R.  A.  Lewis.  Richmond.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  1-5,  Vol.  II.  1856-57.  8vo. 

The  Virginia  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  G.  A. 
Otis,  and  others.  Richmond.  Vols.  I.-V.  1853-55.  8vo.  Continued  as  the 
following. 

The  Virginia  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Richmond.  Vols.  VI.-XIII. 
1856-59.  8vo.  Formed  by  the  union  of  The  Stethoscope  with  the  Virginia 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Continued  as  the  following. 

The  Maryland  and  Virginia  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Richmond. 
Vols.  XIV.-XVI.  1860-61.  8vo.  Continuation  of  the  preceding. 

The  Confederate  States  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Published  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Surgeon-General  C.  S.  A.  Monthly.  Vol.  I.  Nos.  1,  2,  of 
Vol.  II.  January,  1864,  to  February,  1865.  4to. 

The  Richmond  Medical  Journal.  Monthly.  Edited  by  E.  S.  Gaillard  and 
W.  S.  McChesney.  Richmond.  Vols.  I.-V.  1866-68.  8vo.  Continued  as  The 
Richmond  and  Louisville  Medical  Journal,  q.  v. 

The  Virginia  Clinical  Record.  Monthly.  Edited  by  J.  S.  Dorsey  Cullen. 
Richmond.  Vols.  I.-III.  1871-74.  8vo. 

Virginia  Medical  Monthly.  L.  B.  Edwards,  Editor.  Richmond.  Vols.  I.-V. 
1874-78.  8vo.  Current. 

The  Southern  Clinic.  Monthly.  Edited  by  C.  A.  Bruce  and  J.  R.  Wheat. 
Richmond.  No.  I.,  Vol.  I.,  October,  1878.  8vo.  Current. 


112 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


West  Virginia 

The  West  Virginia  Medical  Student.  Monthly.  J.  E.  Reeves,  Editor. 
Wheeling.  Vol.  I.  1875-76.  8vo. 

The  following  table  shows  by  countries  the  number  of  medical  journals 
and  transactions  received  at  the  library  of  the  surgeon-general's  office  and 
regularly  indexed.  This  list  does  not  include  pharmaceutical,  chemical, 
dental,  veterinary,  homoeopathic,  hydropathic,  eclectic,  or  popular  jour- 
nals. 


Countries 

United  States  

Mexico  

South  America 

Argentine  Confederation  .  . . 

Brazil  

Chile  

Venezuela  

Great  Britain  and  Colonies.  . . 

France  

Germany  

Belgium  

Netherlands  

Spain  

Portugal  

Italy  

Switzerland  

Russia  

Sweden  and  Norway  

Denmark  

Turkey  

China  

Poland  

Total  


There  are  now  in  existence  the  following  medical  journals  of  equal  or 
greater  age  than  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  and  a  study  of 
the  causes  why  these  have  survived  so  long  would  be  a  valuable  contribu- 
tion to  the  literature  of  journalism,  but  this  study  cannot  be  undertaken 
here. 

The  Philadelphia  Journal  of  the  Medical  and  Physical  Sciences.  Phila- 
delphia. 1820-27. 

The  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences.  Philadelphia.  1820-78. 
Annales  d'Hygiene  publique  et  de  M6decine  legale.  Paris.  1829-78. 


MEDICAL  JOURNALS 


113 


Annali  universali  di  Medicina.  Milano.  1817-78. 
Archives  generates  de  Medecine.  Paris.  1823-78. 
Bibliothek  for  Laeger.  Kjobenhavn.  1821-78. 

Bullettino  delle  Scienze  mediche,  pubblicato  per  cura  della  Societa 
medico-chirurgica  di  Bologna.  1829-78. 

Gazette  de  Sante,  contenant  les  nouvelles  Decouvertes  sur  les  Moyens  de 
se  bien  porter,  et  de  guerir  quand  on  est  malade.  Paris.  1773-1829.  Gazette 
de  Medecine  de  Paris;  journal  de  Medecine  et  des  Sciences  accessoires. 
Paris.  1773-1878. 

The  Edinburgh  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Edinburgh.  1805-55.  The 
Edinburgh  Medical  Journal;  combining  the  Monthly  Journal  of  Medicine 
with  the  Edinburgh  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal.  Edinburgh.  1805-78. 

Gemeinsame  deutsche  Zeitschrift  fur  Geburtskunde.  Weimar.  1826-32. 
Neue  Zeitschrift  fur  Geburtskunde.  Berlin.  1834-52.  Monatsschrift  fur 
Geburtskunde  und  Frauenkrankheiten.  Berlin.  1853-69.  Archiv  fur  Gynae- 
kologie.  Berlin.  1826-78. 

Journal  de  Chimie  m^dicale,  de  Pharmacie  et  de  Toxicologic  Paris. 
1825-78. 

Recueil  periodique  de  la  Society  de  Sante  de  Paris.  (1797.)  2d  ed.  Re- 
cueil  periodique  de  la  Societe  de  Medecine  de  Paris.  1797-1802.  Journal 
general  de  Mddecine,  Chirurgie,  et  de  Pharmacie,  ou  recueil  periodique  de 
la  Society  de  Medecine  de  Paris.  1802-30.  Transactions  medicales;  Journal 
de  medecine  pratique  et  de  Litterature  m^dicale,  dans  lequel  sont  publies 
les  Actes  de  la  Societe  de  Medecine  de  Paris.  1830-33.  Revue  medicale 
franchise  et  etrangere.  Paris.  1797-1878. 

Journal  de  Medecine,  de  Chirurgie,  et  de  Pharmacie  militaires.  Paris. 
1815-16.  Recueil  de  Memoires  de  Medecine,  de  Chirurgie,  et  de  Pharmacie 
militaires,  faisant  suite  au  journal  qui  paraissait  sous  le  meme  titre.  Paris. 
1815-78. 

The  Lancet.  A  Journal  of  British  and  Foreign  Medical  and  Chemical 
Science,  Criticism,  Literature,  and  News.  London.  1823-78. 

The  London  Medical  Gazette;  a  Weekly  Journal  of  Medicine  and  the 
Collateral  Sciences.  London.  1827-51.  The  Medical  Times  and  Gazette.  A 
Journal  of  Medical  Science,  Literature,  Criticism,  and  News.  London. 
1827-78. 

Pamietnik  Lekarski  Warszawski.  Warszawie.  1828-29.  Pamietnik  To- 
warzystwa  Lekarskiego  Warszawskiego.  Warszawa.  1828-78. 

Voyenno-medtisinskii  Journal,  isdavayemwi  Meditsinskim  Departamen- 
tom  Voyennavo  ministerstva.  St.  Petersburg.  1823-78. 

Kritisches  Repertorium  fur  die  gesammte  Heilkunde.  Berlin.  1823-33. 
Wochenschrift  fiir  die  gesammte  Heilkunde.  Berlin.  1833-51.  Vierteljahr- 
sschrift  fiir  gerichtliche  und  offentliche  Medicin.  Berlin.  1852-71.  Viertel- 


114 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


jahrsschrift  fur  gerichtliche  Medicin  und  offentliches  Sanitatswesen.  Berlin. 
1823-78. 

Reil's  Archiv  fur  die  Physiologic  Halle.  1796-1815.  Deutsches  Archiv 
fur  die  Physiologic  Halle.  1815-23.  Archiv  fur  Anatomie  und  Physiologic 
Leipzig.  1826-32.  Archiv  fur  Anatomie,  Physiologie,  und  Wissenschaftliche 
Medicin.  Leipzig.  1834-76.  Archiv  fur  Anatomie  und  Physiologie.  Leipzig. 
1796-1878. 


Who  Founded  the  National 
Medical  Library? 

Washington,  February  3,  1880 

To  the  Secretary  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  New  York: 

Dear  Doctor — As  my  attention  has  several  times  been  called  to  the  com- 
munication by  Dr.  Wm.  A.  Hammond  relative  to  the  library  of  this  office, 
read  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society,  October  27,  1879,  and  more 
especially  to  the  report  of  this  communication  given  on  page  472  of  the 
New  York  medical  record  for  November  15,  1879,  with  requests  for  ex- 
planations, I  deem  it  proper  to  make  a  statement  on  the  matter  to  the 
Society. 

From  the  report  in  the  record,  some  have  inferred  that  I  claim  to  have 
been  the  founder  of  the  National  Medical  Library,  although  the  letter  of 
Dr.  Hammond,  as  printed  on  page  40  of  the  minutes  of  that  meeting, 
makes  it  very  plain  that  I  have  made  no  such  claim. 

The  facts  of  the  case  are  simply  as  follows: 

For  many  years  there  was  a  small  collection  of  medical  books  and  journals 
in  the  Surgeon-General's  office  at  Washington,  which  collection  was  com- 
menced by  Surgeon-General  Lovell  prior  to  1836. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  war  this  collection  amounted  to  between 
three  and  four  hundred  volumes. 

Dr.  Hammond  entered  on  his  duties  as  Surgeon-General  April  28,  1862, 
and  left  Washington  August  30,  1863,  after  which  date  he  was  not  on  duty 
in  this  office.  During  this  interval  three  hundred  and  fifty-nine  volumes 
were  purchased  for  the  use  of  the  office,  the  principal  works  being  a  set  of 
the  "Annales  d'Hygiene"  and  a  set  of  the  "Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal."  During  the  years  1864  and  1865  about  1,000  volumes  were  added 
to  the  library,  mainly  works  selected  by  Drs.  Woodward  and  Otis. 

When  the  library  came  under  my  charge,  in  the  fall  of  1865,  it  con- 
tained, as  shown  by  a  catalogue  made  at  the  time,  about  1,800  volumes.  At 
this  date  it  contains  about  50,000  volumes  and  60,000  pamphlets. 

Very  respectfully  and  truly  yours, 
John  S.  Billings 
Surgeon  U.  S.  Army 

Medical  Record  (NY)  17:  298-9  (1880). 


115 


Our  Medical  Literature 


When  I  was  surprised  by  the  honour  of  an  invitation  to  address  this 
Congress,  my  first  thought  was  that  it  must  be  declined,  for  the  simple,  but 
sufficient  reason  that  I  had  nothing  to  say  that  would  be  worth  occupying 
the  time  of  such  an  assemblage  as  it  was  evident  this  would  be.  But  while 
thinking  over  the  matter,  and  looking  absent-mindedly  at  a  shelf  of  cata- 
logues and  a  pile  of  new  books  and  journals  awaiting  examination,  it  oc- 
curred to  me  that  perhaps  some  facts  connected  with  our  medical  literature, 
past  and  present,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  reader,  librarian,  and 
bibliographer,  rather  than  from  that  of  the  writer  or  practitioner,  might 
be  of  sufficient  interest  to  you  to  warrant  an  attempt  to  present  them;  and, 
the  wish  being  probably  father  to  the  thought,  I  decided  to  make  the  trial. 

When  I  say  "Our  Medical  Literature,"  it  is  not  with  reference  to  that 
of  any  particular  country  or  nation,  but  to  that  which  is  the  common 
property  of  the  educated  physicians  of  the  world  as  represented  here  to-day 
— the  literature  which  forms  the  intra-  and  international  bond  of  the  medi- 
cal profession  of  all  civilized  countries;  and  by  virtue  of  which  we,  who 
have  come  here  from  the  far  West  and  the  farther  East,  do  not  now  meet, 
for  the  first  time,  as  strangers,  but  as  friends,  having  common  interests,  and 
though  of  many  nations,  a  common  language,  and  whose  thoughts  are 
perhaps  better  known  to  each  other  than  to  some  of  our  nearest  neighbours. 

It  is  usual  to  estimate  that  about  one-thirtieth  part  of  the  whole  mass  of 
the  world's  literature  belongs  to  medicine  and  its  allied  sciences.  This 
corresponds  very  well  to  the  results  obtained  from  an  examination  of 
bibliographies,  and  catalogues  of  the  principal  medical  libraries.  It  ap- 
pears from  this  that  our  medical  literature  now  forms  a  little  over  120,000 
volumes  properly  so  called,  and  about  twice  that  number  of  pamphlets, 
and  that  this  accumulation  is  now  increasing  at  the  rate  of  about  1,500  vol- 
umes and  2,500  pamphlets  yearly. 

Let  us  consider  the  character  of  this  annual  growth  somewhat  in  detail, 
first  giving  some  figures  as  the  numbers  of  those  who  are  producing  it. 

There  are  at  the  present  time  scattered  over  the  earth  about  180,000 
medical  men,  who,  by  a  liberal  construction  of  the  phrase,  may  be  said 
to  be  educated;  that  is,  who  have  some  kind  of  a  diploma;  and  for  whose 
edification  this  current  medical  literature  is  produced.  Of  this  number 
about  11,600  are  producers  of,  or  contributors  to,  this  literature,  being 

Delivered  in  London,  August  5,  1881,  before  the  International  Medical  Congress. 
Transactions  of  the  International  Medical  Congress  (7'*,  London,  1881).  v.  1,  pp.  54-70. 

116 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


117 


divided  as  follows:  United  States,  2,800;  France  and  her  Colonies,  2,600; 
the  German  Empire  and  Austro-Hungary,  2,300;  Great  Britain  and  her 
Colonies,  2,000;  Italy,  600;  Spain,  300;  all  others,  1,000.  These  figures 
should  be  considered  in  connection  with  the  number  of  physicians  in  each 
country;  but  this  I  can  only  give  approximately,  as  follows:  United  States 
65,000;  Great  Britain  and  her  Colonies,  35,000;  Germany  and  Austro- 
Hungary,  32,000;  France  and  her  Colonies,  26,000;  Italy,  10,000;  Spain, 
5,000;  all  others,  17,000. 

It  will  be  seen  from  these  figures  that  the  number  of  Physicians  who  are 
writers,  is  proportionately  greatest  in  France  and  least  in  the  United 
States.  As  regards  France,  this  is  largely  due  to  the  requirement  of  a  printed 
thesis  for  graduation,  which  of  itself  adds  between  six  and  seven  hundred 
annually  to  the  number  of  writers. 

Excluding  popular  medicine,  pathies,  pharmacy  and  dentistry,  all  of 
which  were  included  in  the  figures  for  the  annual  product  just  given,  we 
find  that  the  contributions  to  medicine,  properly  so  called,  form  a  little 
over  1000  volumes  and  1600  pamphlets  yearly. 

For  1879,  Rupprecht's  Bibliotheca  gives  as  the  total  number  of  new 
medical  books,  excluding  pamphlets,  periodicals  and  transactions,  419; 
divided  as  follows,  viz.:  France,  187;  Germany,  110;  England,  43;  Italy, 
32;  United  States,  21;  all  others,  26.  These  figures  are,  however,  too  small, 
and  especially  so  as  regards  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.  The  Index 
Medicus  for  the  same  year  shows  by  analysis  that  the  total  number  of 
medical  books  and  pamphlets,  excluding  periodicals  and  transactions  was 
1643;  divided  as  follows:  France,  541;  Germany,  364;  United  States,  310; 
Great  Britain,  182;  all  others,  246.  This  does  not  include  the  inaugural 
theses,  of  which  693  were  published  in  France  alone. 

The  special  characteristics  of  the  literature  of  the  present  day  are  largely 
due  to  journals  and  transactions,  and  this  is  particularly  true  in  medicine. 
Our  periodicals  contain  the  most  recent  observations,  the  most  original 
matter,  and  are  the  truest  representations  of  the  living  thought  of  the 
day,  and  of  the  tastes  and  wants  of  the  great  mass  of  the  medical  profession, 
a  large  part  of  whom,  in  fact,  read  very  little  else.  They  form  about  one- 
half  of  the  current  medical  literature,  and  in  the  year  1879  amounted  to 
655  volumes,  of  which  the  United  States  produced  156;  Germany,  129; 
France,  122;  Great  Britain,  54;  Italy,  65;  and  Spain,  24.  This  is  exclusive 
of  journals  of  pharmacy,  dentistry,  Sec,  and  of  journals  devoted  to  medical 
sects  and  isms.  These  are  given  in  an  appended  table  from  which  it  ap- 
pears that  the  total  number  of  volumes  of  medical  journals  and  transactions 
of  all  kinds  was  for  the  year  1879,-850  and  for  1880,-864.  The  figures 
for  1880  are  too  small,  but  the  real  increase  is  slight.  During  the  year  1879, 
the  total  number  of  original  articles  in  medical  journals  and  transactions 


18 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Total 

1880 

355 
151 

£  <° 

—          |    -<j-  CM 
CM 

o  — ■ 

CM 

LO  — 1 

to 

O  CM 
CM 

1879 

to  cn 

CO  to 

CO  — < 

to  lo 

CM 

CO  CM 

CD  CM 

LO 

to  — 

CO  lo 

All  Others 

o 

OO 
OO 

CM 

r-«.  cm 

CM 

CM 

1879 

O  — < 

r--  co 

CM 

Italy 

o 

OO 
00 

cm 

CO 

)  ( 

CM 

1879 

CM  CT> 

CO 

CO  p-c 

■ 

CM 

Spain 

188  0 

to  -< 

CM 

CO 

1879 

CM  — 

CM 

CO 

Germany 

1880 

CO  i-h 
tJ"  CO 

lO 

CO  i-l 

LO  — ' 

co 

to 

1879 

co 

LO 

LO 

CO  •-< 

LO  — > 

co 

to 

France  & 
Colonies 

1880 

CO  CT) 
to  — • 

LO  CM 

CO 

-H 

1879 

o  o 

to  CO 

LO 

CM  »-< 

- 

LO 

Gt.  Brit. 

and 
Colonies 

1880 

tO  CM 
CM  — i 

CM 

1879 

to  — i 

CM  — < 

>-i  CM 

United 
States 

1880 

CO 

CO  LO 

LO 

CM 

CM  — I 

1879 

LO  tO 

lo 

co 

CM  — • 

CM  CO 

Journals  and 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Journals 
Transactions 

Subjects 

General  and  Miscellaneous,  Practical 
Medicine,  etc. 

Anatomy,  Physiology,  Morphology, 
Biology 

Diseases  of  Nervous  System  and  In- 
sanity 

Surgery 

Ophthalmology 

Skin  Diseases 

Otology 

Gynaecology  and  Obstetrics 

OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


O  CO  I 

— 1 

^  i 

m 

m  j 

to  t}.  I 

CO 

CO  CM  j 

CO  —  1 

CO 

CT)  1 
CM 

CM-  | 

1 

O 

CO  CO 
to  — 

to  co 

CO  — 

CO  CO 
iO 

o 

co  m 

CO 

—  CM 

m  — ■ 

CO 

CM 

m  m 

CO  —J 

to  — 

CT) 

CO 

CM 

—  co 

O  CM 

to  — 

CT) 

eo 

CM 

cm 
CT)  CO 

m 

CM 

CM 

m 

0  1^ 

CO 

in 

CO 

CM 

CT)  O 
CO  11 

co 

m 

CM 

0  — ■ 

m 

CM 

CO  ^ 

CO  CO 

m 

CO 

m 

o 

CO  CO 

CO  tJ> 

iO  n 

CM 

m 

- 

cm  co 

CO  CO 

iO  CM 

m  — 

CM 

CO  — > 

CO  — < 

cm 

—  CM 

m  CO 

in  co 

CM 

CO  CM 

CM  — i 

CT)  m 
O 

eo  Tf 

to 

CO 

co  r^. 

CM  CM 

CO 

m 
m  — • 

tO  CO 

CT)  CO 

O 

tO  CO 

CO  CM 

O 

eo 



CO  CT) 

to  to 

tO  CO 

CM  CO 

— '  CM 

CO 

m  ■>*< 

co 

Journals 
Transactions 

00 

C 

O 

as 

£  1 
3  c3 

•IS 

C 

o 

g  c 

3  03 

C 

O 

3  03 

Ah 

C 

_o 
J2  u 

03  03 

5  1 
3  03 

C 

_o 

X  o 
03  03 

S  c 

3  03 

°  £ 

CO 

a 

_o 

a  a 
c  2 
Si  c 
3  o3 

c 
o 

u 

03  03 

si  C 
3  03 

1-5H 

C 

0 

—  0 

C  « 
u  C 
3  (9 

Hygiene  and  Medical  Jurisprudence 

1 
1) 

O 

13 
o 

-3 

3 

C 

o 
(« 

e 

u 

03 

Pi 

>~ 

u 

tn 
C 

u 
0 

>. 

03 
& 
O 

s 

£ 
o 

K 

(J 

*c3 

o 
_o 

'co 

>^ 

Ph 

o 
'S 

<n 

o 
cq 

o 

o 
u 
"o 
W 

w 
Si 
V 

V 
C 

s 

ti 
_C 

> 

< 
i-T 

03 
Ph 

>> 

Si 

03 
_C 

Si 

V 

V 

> 

_o 

"o 
be 

c 

Si 

h-1 

"IS 
0 
H 

120 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


which  were  thought  worth  noting  for  the  Index  Medicus  was  a  little  over 
20,000.  Of  these  there  appeared  in  American  periodicals  4781,  in  French, 
4608;  in  German,  4027;  in  English,  3592;  in  Italian,  1210;  in  Spanish,  703; 
in  all  others,  1248.  The  figures  for  1880  are  about  the  same.  It  will  be  seen 
that  at  present  more  of  this  class  of  literature  appears  in  the  English  lan- 
guage than  in  any  other,  and  that  the  number  of  journal  contributions  is 
greatest  in  the  United  States.  The  actual  bulk  of  periodical  literature  is, 
however,  greatest  in  Germany,  owing  to  the  greater  average  length  of  the 
articles.  With  regard  to  the  mode  of  publication,  I  will  only  say  that  in 
all  countries  except  Spain,  the  greater  number  of  medical  periodicals  are 
monthly,  while  in  Spain  they  are  semi-monthly.  It  is  this  periodical  litera- 
ture which,  more  than  anything  else,  makes  medicine  cosmopolitan,  and 
although  as  regards  new  discoveries  or  methods  of  treatment,  it  is  still 
somewhat  farther  from  London  or  Berlin  or  Paris  to  New  York,  than  it  is 
from  New  York  to  either  of  these  places,  the  discrepancy  is  gradually  be- 
coming less. 

Many  of  the  medical  journals  are  very  short  lived,  but  the  total  number 
is  increasing.  In  1879,  23  such  journals  ceased,  but  60  new  ones  appeared, 
and  in  1880  there  were  24  deaths  and  78  births  in  this  department  of  litera- 
ture. Over  one-third  of  this  fluctuation  occurs  in  the  United  States  alone, 
France  being  next  in  the  scale,  Spain  third  and  Italy  fourth,  while  Great 
Britain  is  the  most  stable  of  all. 

This  merely  quantitative  classification  gives  of  course  no  idea  as  to  the 
character,  and  very  little  as  to  the  value  of  the  product.  Let  us  now  consider 
it  by  subjects.  During  1879  there  were  published  167  books  and  pamphlets 
and  1543  articles  relating  to  anatomy,  physiology  and  pathology — that  is, 
to  the  biological  or  scientific  side  of  medicine.  Dividing  this  again  by  na- 
tions, we  find  that  Germany  produced  a  majority  of  the  whole,  France  be- 
ing second.  The  proportionate  production  by  nations  of  this  class  of 
literature  is  perhaps  better  shown  by  an  analysis  of  the  bibliography  of 
physiological  literature  for  the  year  1879,  as  published  by  the  Journal  of 
Physiology.  This  shows  59  treatises  and  500  articles  in  German,  17  treatises 
and  227  articles  in  French,  5  treatises  and  77  articles  from  Great  Britain, 
8  treatises  and  41  articles  from  Italy,  and  2  treatises  and  24  articles  from  the 
United  States.  The  number  of  authors  for  this  product  was,  German,  393, 
French,  119,  English,  59,  Italian,  39,  United  States,  19,  all  others,  41.  For 
the  year  1880  the  same  journal  reports  62  treatises  and  452  articles  from 
Germany,  23  treatises  and  216  articles  from  France,  12  treatises  and  76 
articles  from  Great  Britain,  4  treatises  and  51  articles  from  Italy,  6  treatises 
and  25  articles  from  the  United  States,  and  10  treatises  and  31  articles  from 
all  other  countries.1 


1  The  difference  between  these  figures  and  those  of  the  Index  Medicus,  is  due,  on  the 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


121 


When  we  turn  to  the  literature  of  the  art,  or  practical  side  of  the  pro- 
fession the  figures  are  decidedly  different.  We  find  over  1200  treatises  and 
18,000  journal  articles  which  come  under  this  head,  and  the  order  of 
precedence  of  countries  as  to  quantity  is:  France,  United  States,  Germany, 
Great  Britain,  Italy  and  Spain.  The  appended  tables  give  still  further 
subdivisions,  showing  by  nations  the  number  of  works  and  journal  articles 
upon  the  practice  of  medicine,  surgery,  obstetrics,  hygiene,  etc.,  for  the 
years  1879  and  1880,  and  some  of  the  figures  will  be  found  interesting.  A 
marked  increase  has  occurred  in  the  literature  of  hygiene  during  the  last 
two  years,  and  this  especially  in  England,  France,  Germany  and  the  United 
States.  The  literature  of  diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  of  ophthalmology, 
otology,  dermatology,  and  gynaecology,  is  also  increasing  more  rapidly  than 
that  of  the  more  general  branches. 

It  would  of  course  be  extremely  unscientific  to  use  these  figures  as  if 
they  represented  positively  ascertained  and  comparable  facts,  the  accuracy 
of  which,  as  well  as  of  the  classification,  could  be  verified.  They  represent 
merely  the  opinions  of  an  individual — first  as  to  whether  each  treatise  or 
pamphlet  included  in  these  statistics  was  worth  noting,  and  second  as 
how  it  should  be  classed.  Had  everything  been  indexed  the  figures,  for 
journal  articles  at  least,  might  have  been  nearly  doubled;  while  if  the  se- 
lection had  been  made  by  a  more  severe  critic  they  might  have  been  re- 
duced one-half. 

If  I  had  to  do  the  work  again  I  should  not  obtain  the  same  results.  The 
prevailing  error  is  that,  as  regards  journal  articles,  the  figures  are  too  large, 
for  some  of  those  included  are  of  so  little  value  or  interest  that  they  are,  I 
fear,  never  read  by  more  than  two  persons. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  I  think  we  can  take  them  as  indicating  certain  differ- 
ences in  the  direction  of  work  of  the  medical  authors  of  the  great  civilized 
nations  of  the  earth;  but  they  must  be  considered  as  approximations  only; 
and  the  statistical  axiom  must  be  remembered  that  the  results  obtained 
from  a  large  number  of  facts  are  applicable  to  an  aggregate  of  similar  facts 
but  not  to  single  cases.  There  will  be  a  certain  number  of  medical  books 
and  papers  printed  next  year,  just  as  there  will  be  a  certain  number  of 
children  born; — and  as  we  can  within  certain  limits  predict  the  number 
of  these  births  and  the  proportion  of  the  sexes,  or  even  of  monsters; — so 
we  can  within  certain  limits  predict  the  amount  and  character  of  literature 
that  is  yet  to  come,  the  ideas  that  are  yet  unborn.  The  differences  are  due 
to  race,  political  organization,  and  density  of  population.  As  Dr.  Chadwick 


one  hand,  to  the  fact  that  the  Journal  of  Physiology  includes  articles  which  are  placed 
under  other  headings  in  the  Index  Medicus,  and  on  the  other  hand,  to  the  fact  that  the 
Journal  has  a  different  standard  of  excellence  from  that  of  the  Index,  rejecting  many 
articles  which  the  latter  must  accept  as  original. 


122 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Total 

1880 

(O  O  O) 
O  CO  CM 
— c  CO 

tD  CD  CM 
*-*  O 
CM 

m  to 
to  co  ' — ' 

CM  CM 

*  O) 
tH  m  to 
2<  to 

150 
161 
3087 

^  ^<  r> 

to  CO  o 

o 

CM  ^  CO 

m 

00 

CM  CD  — ■ 
N  N  N 

< — <  co 

CM  tO  CO 

cm  -i  m 

CM  CD 
N  lO  O) 

co  cm  rp» 

m  co  — 
co  to  to 
■ — >  r^ 

co  to  r> 

CO 

°  "±  £i 

tO  if  CD 
CD 

CM  CO  CO 
CO 

Others 

o 
oo 
oo 

CO  to  CO 

to 

— c  CD 

CM  CO 

CO 

^  O 

2 

m  *->  in 
*"  ~  2, 

in  —  in 
>f 

o 

CM 

o. 

00 

tO  TT1 
CM 

CM  cm 

in  cm  *n 

m  o 

—  rr1  CD 
— '  CD 

to  in  o 
to 

m  CM  CD 

<* 

CM  CM 

Spain 

oo 
oo 

•—>  CM 

CO 

in 

CM 

t>- 

CO 

CO 
CM 

—  CM 

m 

to 

cn 

OO 

CM 

in 

CD  CO 
CD 

— ■  O 

m 

CO 

in  cm 
m 

m 

Italy 

o 

oo 

00 

CM  m 

o 

CM 

CM  r» 
—  m 

CM 

CM 

Tf  O 

CO 

r-l  CO 

m 

CD 

o 

00 

m  cd 
o 

CO 

r-»  to 
co 

—  CM 

CM  —  CO 
CD 

CD 

m 

Germany 

o 

00 

O 

CO  CM 

to  —  to 
m 

tO  CM  CM 

m  — 

CO 

CO  rr1  CM 
CM  CO 
CO 

CD  tO  CO 
CM  — 

m 

—  — ■ 

CM 

to  co 
m 

o 

00 

•*  co 
in  m 

t —  CO  lO 
CO 

CO  >  - 
O 

© 

CM  CO  CM 

co  r-» 

CO 

to  in  cd 

CO  ~-<  CO 

m 

O 

cm  m 

CM 

CM  i-i  CM 
O 

France 

o 
oo 

CM  tJ-  — 

co  cm  m 

CO 

m  f» 

m 

TT1   tO  tO 

o  — •  m 

—  CM  O 

co  — i  m 
tj<  m  m 

CO 

n  ^  n 

ID  if  CD 

— i  m 

CO  CM  CM 

•— '  co  in 

CM 

CD  co 

O  m  m 

to  CM  CO 
CO 

CO  -i  to 
— «  — <  CO 

CM  CO  O 
CO  rj< 
—  CM  CO 

co  to  o 
co  m  co 

CO 

cm  if  to 
to  o 

CO  — CO 

—  TT>  — 

CO 

CM  N  — 

CO 

England 

o 

OO 

co  to 
■— c  r-- 

cm  r-» 

CM 

—  co 
m     — ■ 

CD 

O  CO 
CO  O 
CO 

co  to 

CM  O 

o 

o> 

CO 

CD  r-» 
—  m 

m 

CM 

cd  m 
co  oo 
o 

CD  CM 
CO 

co 

r-»  *-* 

co 

co  co 

CO 

United 
States 

o 

00 

— <  r-^ 

CO  CM 
CO 

r-» 

cm  m 

CM  O 
CO        — i 

r~  co 

CM  CM 

co 

m  co 

— <  CM 
CM 

cd  m 
co 

o 

00 

r-  cm 

to 

CM  CM 
CO 

CM  if 

m  m 

co  to 
co  o 

2  3 

CO 

O  r-» 

-h  CO 

CO 

No.  of 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

Subjects 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Pathology 

Practice  of  Medicine 

Diseases  of  Nervous  System 

Surgery 

Ophthalmology 

Otology 

OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


^  CM  ^  1 

10  1 

CD  CD  CO       O  N  CM 
CM  —  Tt-    1   in  CM  CO 

CO    1  — i  1 

1              ^  1 

CM  CD  t}< 
- 

r-»  to  — 

CM  o 

o  — •  to 

CO  «  CM 
t"» 

co  to 
r^*  to  ~ 
CO      — • 
CM 

(£l  tO  N 
CD  CO 

m  mo 
~~  cd" 

CO  CM  — 
CO  CM  ^ 

iT)  CD  CD 
CO  —  CD 

CO 

m  o 

^  CO  N 
CM 

CO  CM  — 

CD 

—  co 

m  co  co 
— ■  to 

CO 

CM  CD  CD 
CO  CM  CD 

co 

CO  CO  CD 

to 

to  — 
~"  o" 

CM 

— 

CM 

—  CM 

CO 

—  co 

— '  —  t^- 

in 

^  co  to 
in 

—  CD 

co  to  co 
—  t^> 

co  o  co 

if)  t)1  CO 

~*  CO 

CO  <J> 

■<*<-<  CO 

•* 

— <  — 

iO 

to  to 
—  !>■ 

— '  (O 

CO 

cm  m  to 
in 

co  co 

CD  CM  'J" 
—  CM 

CM  r-» 
CM 

CM 
CM 

r-. 

CM 

—  o 

CO 

CM  O 

CO 

co 

CM 

CM  CD 

t — 

—  m 

—  CO 

to 

O 
CM 

CM 

—  CM 

CM 

CO 
CO 

co 

CM 

CD 

—  co 

CM  O 

CM  CO 

m 

CO  — ■ 

CO 

CM  tD 

to 

m  m 
m 

m  to 

CM 

to 

tO  CM 

O 

m  to 

m 

CM 

CO  o 

to 

o 

CO 

co  r-» 

CM 

CO 
CO 

tO  CD 
CD 

co  —  o 

CM  — 
CM 

o  CD 

«  o 

to  to 
m 

CM  CM  tD 
CO 

CO  —  CM 

CO  CM 
CM  O 
CM 

IN  O 

to 

r-~  — ■ 
to  — 
rf 

to  to  co 

O  CO  CM 
CO  CO 

CO 

m  —  cd 
—  cd 

CD 

CO  CO  CM 
i-i  CD 

CO  CM  CO 

cd  m 

CM  CO 
CM 

CM  O 
CO 

—  CM  CO 

tO  CD 
CO 

*  CN  N 
tD  CM 

CM  CO 
—  CM  CO 

CO  CD  to 
1  •— '  CD 

co  m  o 

— i  CM  O 
CM 

N  - 

-H  — 

CM 

O  CO  *-> 

co  —  i~- 

CM 

CO  CD  CO 

o  to 
■"t1  m  m 
—  in 

CO  O  O 
r^-  r^-  co 
m  to  co 

—  —  CM 

—  CM  CO 

CD  CD  tO 
—  —  o 

CM  o  o 

CM 

co  co 
—  CO  CD 
CM 

CD  CM  tD 
CO  CO 

cd  co  m 

CO 

CD  CM  CO 

—  CM  CO 

—  Tf- 

—  X 

tj>  o 

m  to  t^ 

CO  — ■ 

o 

— ' 

CO 

tO  CD 
CO 

co  m 

CD 

00 

tJ"  CO 
CM 

—  co 
o 

CM  rj< 

m  r-» 

CM 

CD  CO 

m 

CM  "+1 
CO 

cm  m 

CM  CD 
CO 
CM 

to  to 

CM 

CD  — ' 

CM  tO 

~  5 

to  o 

O 
CM 

CM  CM 
CO  CD 

—  m 

CO 

CD  LO 
CD 

CM  CM 

to  to 

r>.  o 

CO 

O  CD 
CO  CO 
CM 

CM  r-» 
to 

to  to 

CD 

>* 

CD 

CO  Q 
CO  CD 

CO  CO 

co 

«-i  to 

CM  ■<*< 
_i  to 

CO 

to  m 

CO 

CM  CO 

to  1^ 

CM  CM 

tJ-  CD 
CD 

CO 

O  — ' 
—  CO 

co 

<* 

Books 
Theses 

Jour.  Articles 

CO 

u 
73 

u 

m< 
co  <L> 
M  *•  U 
2  _C  3 

PQ  h  >—> 

CO 

V 

73 

u 

.  < 

co  1) 

ft  >- 
2  3 

CO 

IP 
73 

H 

co< 

CO  V 

•X  ft  u 
2  3 
shh 

CO 

73 
u 

co  < 

CO  V 

■X  ft  >- 
2  1  3 

CO 

JO 
73 

u 

co  < 

CO     V  . 

ft 

2  _e  3 
m  H  i— , 

CO 

o 
u 

co  < 
CO  t) 

ft  >- 
2  _c  3 
m  H  -j 

CO 

U 
O 
u 

CO  < 
CO     U  . 

jl  «  h 
2  ^  3 
pq  h  i-i 

Skin  Diseases 

"e3 

u 

u 
c 

> 

bo 
_o 

"o 

c 

>s 

O 

tH 

V 
■*-» 

CO 

0 

u 
c 

V 

'bo 

X 

V 

u 
s 

V 
T> 
3 

s* 

3 
>— S 

CO 

3 

O 
V 

a 

(« 

V 

1 

3 

a 

"3 

u 
3 

V 

o 

CO 

_u 

'i-i 

3 
3 

o 

13 

o 
H 

124 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


has  pointed  out,  in  speaking  of  the  statistics  of  obstetric  literature,  one  of 
the  chief  causes  of  the  multiplication  of  medical  societies  is  geographical. 
"In  England  it  is  possible  for  those  who  are  specially  interested  in  gynae- 
cology and  obstetrics  to  attend  the  meetings  of  the  Obstetrical  Society  of 
London,  whereas  in  America  the  distances  are  so  great  that  this  is  im- 
possible." Speaking  broadly  we  may  say  that  at  present  Germany  leads 
in  scientific  medicine  both  in  quantity  and  quality  of  product,  and  that 
the  rising  generation  of  physicians  are  learning  German  physiology.  But 
the  seed  has  gone  abroad  and  scientific  work  is  receiving  more  and  more 
appreciation  everywhere. 

Seven  years  ago  Professor  Huxley  declared  that  if  a  student  in  his  own 
branch  showed  power  and  originality  he  dared  not  advise  him  to  adopt  a 
scientific  career,  for  he  could  not  give  him  the  assurance  that  any  amount 
of  proficiency  in  the  biological  sciences  would  be  convertible  into  the  most 
modest  bread  and  cheese.  To-day  I  think  he  might  be  bolder,  for  such  a 
fear  would  hardly  be  justifiable;  at  all  events,  in  America;  where  such  a 
man  as  is  referred  to  could  almost  certainly  find  a  place,  bearing  in  mind 
the  Professor's  remark  that  it  is  no  impediment  to  an  original  investigator 
to  have  to  devote  a  moderate  portion  of  his  time  to  giving  instruction 
either  in  the  laboratory  or  in  the  lecture  room. 

Within  the  last  ten  years  the  literature  of  France,  Germany,  Great 
Britain,  and  the  United  States  has  contained  much  with  regard  to  medical 
education  and  the  means  for  its  improvement.  In  all  these  countries  there 
is  more  or  less  dissatisfaction  with  the  existing  condition  of  things,  although 
there  is  no  general  agreement  as  to  the  remedy.  Solomon's  question, 
"Wherefore  is  there  a  price  in  the  hands  of  a  fool  to  get  wisdom,  seeing  he 
hath  no  heart  to  it?"  is  now  easily  answered,  for  even  a  fool  knows  that  he 
must  have  the  semblance  of  wisdom,  and  a  diploma  to  imply  it,  if  he  is  to 
succeed  in  the  practice  of  medicine;  but  to  ensure  the  value  of  a  diploma 
as  a  proof  of  education  is  the  difficulty. 

This  evidence  of  discontent  and  tendency  to  change  is  a  good  sign.  In 
these  matters  stillness  means  sleep  or  death — and  the  fact  that  a  stream  is 
continually  changing  its  bed  shows  that  its  course  lies  through  fertile 
alluvium  and  not  through  sterile  lava  or  granite. 

I  have  said  that  as  regards  scientific  medicine  we  are  at  present  going 
to  school  to  Germany.  This,  however,  is  not  the  case  with  regard  to  thera- 
peutics either  external  or  internal, — in  regard  to  which  I  presume  that  the 
physicians  of  each  nation  are  satisfied  as  to  their  own  pre-eminence.  At  all 
events  it  is  true  that,  for  the  treatment  of  the  common  diseases,  a  physician 
can  obtain  his  most  valuable  instruction  in  his  own  country;  among  those 
whom  he  is  to  treat.  Just  as  each  individual  is  in  some  respects  peculiar  and 
unique,  so  that  even  the  arrangement  of  the  minute  ridges  and  furrows  at 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


125 


the  end  of  his  forefinger  differs  from  that  of  all  other  forefingers,  and  is 
sufficient  to  identify  him;  and  as  the  members  of  certain  families  require 
special  care  to  guard  against  haemorrhage,  or  insanity,  or  phthisis;  so  it  is 
with  nations  and  races.  The  experienced  military  surgeon  knows  this  well, 
and  in  the  United  States,  which  is  now  the  great  mixing  ground,  illustra- 
tions of  race  peculiarities  are  familiar  to  every  practitioner. 

Neither  the  tendency  nor  the  true  value  of  this  current  medical  literature 
can  be  properly  estimated  by  attending  to  it  alone.  It  is  a  part  of  the 
thought  of  the  age — of  that  wonderful  kaleidoscopic  pattern  which  is  un- 
rolling before  us,  and  must  be  judged  in  connection  with  it.  From  several 
sources  of  high  authority  there  have  come  of  late  years  warnings  and  la- 
ments that  science  is  becoming  too  utilitarian.  For  example,  Prof.  Du 
Bois-Reymond  in  his  address  upon  civilization  and  science,  says  that  that 
side  of  science  which  is  connected  with  the  useful  arts  is  steadily  becoming 
more  prominent,  each  generation  being  more  and  more  bent  on  material 
interests.  "Amid  the  unrest  which  possesses  the  civilized  world  men's  minds 
live  as  it  were  from  hand  to  mouth.  *  *  *  And  if  industry  receives  its  im- 
pulse from  science  it  also  has  a  tendency  to  destroy  science.  In  short, 
idealism  is  succumbing  in  the  struggle  with  realism  and  the  kingdom  of 
material  interests  is  coming."  Having  laid  down  this  rather  pessimistic 
platform,  he  goes  on  to  state  that  this  is  especially  the  case  in  America  which 
is  the  principal  home  of  utilitarianism,  and  that  it  has  become  the  custom 
to  characterize  as  "Americanization"  the  dreaded  permeation  of  European 
civilization  by  realism.  If  this  characterization  be  correct  it  would  seem  that 
Europe  is  pretty  thoroughly  Americanized  as  regards  attention  to  material 
interests  and  appreciation  of  practical  results.  But  the  truth  of  the  picture 
seems  to  me  doubtful.  Science  is  becoming  popular,  even  fashionable,  and 
some  of  its  would  be  votaries  rival  the  devotees  of  modern  iEstheticism  in 
their  dislike  and  fear  of  the  sunlight  of  comprehensibility  and  common 
sense.  The  languid  scientific  swell  who  thinks  it  bad  style  to  be  practical, 
who  takes  no  interest  in  any  thing  but  pure  science,  and  makes  it  a  point  to 
refrain  from  any  investigations  which  might  lead  to  useful  results  lest  he 
might  be  confounded  with  mere  "practical  men"  or  "inventors,"  exists 
and  has  his  admirers.  We  have  such  in  medicine,  and  their  number  will 
increase. 

The  separation  of  biological  study  from  practical  medicine,  which  has 
of  late  years  become  quite  marked  in  the  literature  of  the  subject,  has  its 
advantages  and  disadvantages.  Thus  far  the  former  have  far  outweighed 
the  latter,  and  both  the  science  and  the  art  of  medicine  have  been  promoted 
thereby.  But  are  not  the  physiologists,  or  as  I  believe  they  prefer  to  be 
called,  the  biologists,  separating  themselves  too  completely  from  medicine 
for  the  best  interests  of  their  own  science,  in  that  they  are  neglecting  hu- 


126 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


man  pathology?  In  our  hospital  wards  and  among  our  patients,  nature  is 
continually  performing  experiments  which  the  most  dexterous  operator 
cannot  copy  in  the  laboratory — she  is,  as  Professor  Foster  says,  "a  relentless 
and  untrammelled  vivisector,  and  there  is  no  secret  of  the  living  frame 
which  she  has  not,  or  will  not,  at  some  time  or  place,  lay  bare  in  misery  and 
pain." 

Now  while  it  is  true  that  Professor  Foster,  in  his  address  before  the 
British  Medical  Association  last  year,  (which  address  is  the  clearest  ex- 
position of  the  aims  of  the  physiology  of  the  present  day  that  I  have  seen) 
insists  upon  the  fact  that  all  distinctions  between  physiology  and  pathology 
are  fictitious,  and  declares  that  attempts  to  divide  them  are  like  attempts 
to  divide  meteorology  into  a  science  of  good  and  a  science  of  bad  weather, 
his  conclusion  that  the  pathologist  should  be  trained  in  methods  of  physio- 
logical investigation  seems  to  me  to  be  only  a  part  of  the  truth.  The  tacit 
assumption  is  that  all,  or  at  least  the  most  important,  phenomena  of  hu- 
man disease  may  be  reproduced  in  the  physiological  laboratory.  If  this 
were  only  true,  what  a  tremendous  stride  would  have  been  taken  towards 
making  medicine  a  science.  Unfortunately  it  is  not  so.  Many  of  the  most 
interesting  of  these  phenomena — the  most  interesting  because  as  yet  the 
most  unexplainable — can  only  be  observed  in  the  sick  man  himself.  Nor 
have  the  physiologists  as  yet  made  much  use  of  that  field  which  ought  to  be 
specially  inviting  to  them — namely:  comparative  pathology;  although  the 
literature  of  the  present  time  already  indicates  that  a  change  has  begun  in 
this  respect. 

While  it  is  true  that  to  the  graduate  of  thirty  years  ago  much  of  the 
physiological  literature  of  the  present  day  is  in  an  unknown  tongue,  it  is 
also  true  that  the  physiologist  of  the  present,  who  confines  himself  to  lab- 
oratory work,  will  find  himself  distanced  by  the  man  who  keeps  his  clinical 
and  pathological  studies  and  his  experimental  work  well  abreast. 

The  increase  in  both  the  amount  and  value  of  the  literature  of  the  sev- 
eral specialities  in  medicine  is  readily  seen  by  a  comparison  of  recent  cata- 
logues and  bibliographies  with  those  of  twenty  or  thirty  years  ago,  and  this 
increase  still  continues  at  a  greater  rate  than  prevails  in  the  more  general 
branches.  There  are  great  differences  of  opinion  as  to  the  relative  value  of 
this  increase  and  as  to  its  future  effect  upon  the  profession,  but  there  can  be 
no  doubt  as  to  the  fact.  There  must  be  specialities  and  specialists  in  medi- 
cine, and  the  results  will  be  both  good  and  evil;  but  the  evils  fall  largely 

upon  those  specialists  who  have  an  insufficient  general  education,  who 

attempt  to  construct  the  pyramid  of  their  knowledge  with  the  small  end 
as  a  foundation.  It  has  been  said  by  Dr.  Hodgen  that  "in  medicine  a  spe- 
cialist should  be  a  skilled  physician  and  something  more,  but  that  he  is 
often  something  else — and  something  less."  There  is  truth  in  this:  truth 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


127 


which  the  young  man  will  do  well  to  consider  with  care  before  he  begins 
to  specialize  his  studies;  but  on  the  other  hand  it  is  also  true  that  the  great 
majority  of  men  must  limit  their  field  of  work  very  much  and  very  clearly 
if  they  hope  to  achieve  success.  The  tool  must  have  an  edge  if  it  is  to  cut. 
It  is  by  the  labour  of  specialists  that  many  of  the  new  channels  for  thought 
and  research  have  been  opened,  and  if  the  flood  has  sometimes  seemed  to 
spread  too  far,  and  to  lose  itself  in  shallow  and  sandy  places,  it  has  never- 
theless tended  to  fertilize  them  in  the  end. 

The  specialists  are  not  only  making  the  principal  advances  in  science 
but  they  are  furnishing  both  strong  incentives  and  valuable  assistance  to- 
wards the  collection  and  preservation  of  medical  literature  and  the  forma- 
tion of  large  public  libraries. 

Burton  declares  that  a  great  library  cannot  be  improvised,  not  even  if 
one  had  the  national  debt  to  do  it  with — thinks  that  20,000  volumes  is 
about  the  limit  of  what  a  miscellaneous  collection  can  bring  together,  and 
refers  especially  to  the  difficulty  in  creating  large  public  libraries  in  Amer- 
ica. My  experience  would  show  that  these  statements  do  not  apply  to  medi- 
cal books.  Of  these  the  folios  and  quartos  of  three  and  four  hundred  years 
ago  seem  to  have  had  great  capacity  for  resistance  to  ordinary  destructive 
forces.  Perhaps  much  of  this  is  due  to  the  fact  that  they  are  not  usually  in- 
jured by  too  much  handling  or  perusal.  True,  they  are  gradually  becoming 
rarer,  but  at  the  same  time  by  means  of  properly  organized  libraries  they  are 
becoming  more  accessible  to  all  who  wish  to  really  use  them,  and  not 
merely  to  collect  and  hide  them  away.  They  drift  about  like  the  sea  weed, 
but  the  survivors  are  gradually  finding  secure  and  permanent  resting-places 
in  the  score  of  great  collections  of  such  literature  which  the  world  now 
possesses.  At  present  the  currents  of  trade  are  carrying  them  in  relatively 
large  numbers  to  the  United  States,  where  medical  collectors  and  specialists 
are  among  the  best  customers  of  the  antiquarian  booksellers  of  Europe.  I 
could  name  a  dozen  American  physicians  who  have  given  to  European 
agents  almost  unlimited  orders  for  books  relating  to  their  several  speciali- 
ties, and  upon  their  shelves  may  be  found  books  of  the  15th  and  16th  cen- 
turies, which  may  be  properly  marked  as  "rarissime." 

Not  that  the  rarest  books  are  by  any  means  the  oldest.  The  collector  who 
seeks  to  ornament  his  shelves  with  the  "Rose  of  John  of  Gaddesden,"  or 
the  "Lily  of  Bernard  de  Gordon,"  the  first  folios  of  "Avicenna"  or  "Celsus," 
or  almost  any  of  the  eight  hundred  medical  incunabula?  described  by  Hain, 
will  probably  succeed  in  his  quest  quite  as  soon  as  the  one  who  has  set  his 
heart  on  the  first  editions  of  Harvey  or  Jenner,  the  American  tracts  on 
inoculation  for  small-pox,  or  complete  sets  of  many  of  the  journals  and 
transactions  of  the  present  century. 

Whatever  may  be  the  chosen  line  of  the  book  collector,  he  is  the  special 


128 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


helper  of  the  public  library,  and  this  whether  he  intend  it  or  not.  In  most 
cases  his  treasures  pass  through  the  auction  room,  and  sooner  or  later  the 
librarian,  who  can  afford  to  wait,  will  secure  them  from  further  travel. 
Thanks  to  the  labours  of  such  collectors,  I  think  it  is  safe  to  say, — what 
certainly  would  not  have  been  true  twenty  years  ago, — that  if  the  entire 
medical  literature  of  the  world  with  the  exception  of  that  which  is  col- 
lected in  the  United  States,  were  to  be  now  destroyed,  nearly  all  of  it  that 
is  valuable  could  be  reproduced  without  difficulty. 

What  is  to  be  the  result  of  this  steadily  increasing  production  of  books? 
What  will  the  libraries  and  catalogues  and  bibliographies  of  a  thousand, 
or  even  of  a  hundred  years  hence  be  like,  if  we  are  thus  to  go  on  in  the  ratio 
of  geometric  progression,  which  has  governed  the  press  for  the  last  few 
decades?  The  mathematical  formula  which  would  express  this,  based  on 
the  data  of  the  past  century,  gives  an  absurd  and  impossible  conclusion, 
for  it  shows  that  if  we  go  on  as  we  have  been  going  there  is  coming  a  time 
when  our  libraries  will  become  large  cities,  and  when  it  will  require  the 
services  of  every  one  in  the  world,  not  engaged  in  writing,  to  catalogue  and 
care  for  the  annual  product.  The  truth  is,  however,  that  the  ratio  has 
changed,  and  that  the  rate  of  increase  is  becoming  smaller.  In  western 
Europe,  which  is  now  the  great  centre  of  literary  production,  it  does  not 
seem  probable  that  the  number  of  writers  or  readers  will  materially  increase 
in  the  future,  and  it  is  in  America,  Russia,  and  southern  Asia,  that  the 
greatest  difference  will  be  found  between  the  present  amount  of  annual 
literary  product  and  that  of  a  century  hence. 

The  analogies  between  the  mental  and  physical  development  of  an  in- 
dividual, and  of  a  nation  or  society,  have  been  often  set  forth  and  com- 
mented on,  but  there  is  one  point  where  the  analogy  fails  as  regards  the 
products  of  mental  activity, — and  that  is  that  as  yet  we  have  devised  no 
process  for  getting  rid  of  the  exuviae.  Growth  and  development  in  the 
physical  world  imply  the  changes  of  death  as  well  as  of  life — that  with  the 
increase  of  the  living  tissues  there  shall  also  be  the  excretion  and  destruc- 
tion of  dead,  outgrown  and  useless  matters  which  have  had  their  day  and 
served  their  purpose.  But  liter  a  scrip  ta  manet.  There  is  a  vast  amount  of 
this  effete  and  worthless  material  in  the  literature  of  medicine,  and  it  is  in- 
creasing rapidly.  Our  literature  is  in  fact  something  like  the  inheritance  of 
the  golden  dustman,  but  with  this  important  difference,  viz:  that  when  the 
children  raked  a  few  shells  or  bits  of  bone  from  the  dust-man's  heap, — and, 
after  stringing  them  together  and  playing  with  them  a  little  while,  threw 
them  back, — they  did  not  thereby  add  to  the  bulk  of  the  pile, — whereas 
our  preparers  of  compilations  and  compendiums,  big  and  little,  acknowl- 
edged or  not,  are  continually  increasing  the  collection,  and  for  the  most 
part  with  material  which  has  been  characterized  as  "superlatively  middling, 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


129 


the  quintessential  extract  of  mediocrity."  A  large  medical  library  is  in  itself 
discouraging  to  many  inquirers,  and  I  have  become  quite  familiar  with  the 
peculiar  expression  of  mingled  surprise,  awe  and  despair  which  is  apt  to 
steal  over  the  face  of  one  not  accustomed  to  such  work  when  he  first  finds 
himself  fairly  in  the  presence  of  the  mass  of  material  which  he  wishes  to 
examine  for  the  purpose  of  completing  his  ideal  bibliography  of, — let  us 
say  epilepsy, — or  excisions, — or  the  functions  of  the  liver. 

Let  such  enquirers,  as  well  as  those  who  regret  that  they  have  no  access 
to  large  libraries,  and  must  therefore  rely  on  the  common  text  books  and 
current  periodicals  for  bibliography,  console  themselves  with  the  reflection 
that  much  the  larger  part  of  all  of  our  literature  which  has  any  practical 
value  belongs  to  the  present  century,  and  indeed  will  be  found  in  the  pub- 
lications of  the  last  20  years. 

There  are  a  few  books  written  prior  to  1800  which  every  well  educated 
medical  man  should, — I  will  not  say  read  but — dip  into,  such  as  some  of 
the  works  of  Hippocrates  and  Galen,  of  Harvey  and  Hunter,  of  Morgagni 
and  Sydenham — but  this  is  to  be  done  to  learn  their  methods  and  style 
rather  than  their  facts  or  theories,  and  by  the  great  majority  of  physicians 
it  can  be  done  with  much  more  profit  in  modern  translations  than  in  the 
originals.  The  really  valuable  part  of  the  observations  of  these  old  masters 
has  long  ago  become  a  part  of  the  common  stock,  and  the  results  are  to  be 
found  in  every  text  book. 

If,  perchance,  among  the  dusty  folios  there  are  stray  golden  grains  yet 
ungleaned,  remember  that  just  in  front  are  whole  fields  waiting  the  reaper. 
There  is  not,  and  has  not  been  any  lack  of  men  who  have  the  taste  and 
time  to  search  the  records  of  the  past,  and  the  man  who  has  opportunities 
to  make  experiments  or  observations  for  himself  wastes  his  time,  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  if  he  tries  to  do  bibliographical  work  so  long  as  he  can  get  it 
done  for  him.  He  wishes  to  know  whether  this  problem  has  been  attacked 
before,  and  with  what  result — whether  there  are  accounts  of  any  other 
cases  like  the  one  he  has  in  hand.  In  ninety-nine  instances  out  of  a  hundred 
if  the  answer  to  these  questions  is  not  given  in  the  current  text  books  or 
monographs  it  is  not  worth  prolonged  search  by  the  original  investigator. 
Yet  he  should  know  how  to  make  this  search,  if  only  to  enable  him  to  direct 
others,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  a  little  acquaintance  with  bibliographi- 
cal methods  of  work  ought  to  be  obtained  by  the  student. 

When  a  physician  has  observed  or  (thinks  he  has  observed),  a  fact,  or  has 
evolved  from  his  inner  consciousness  a  theory  which  he  wishes  to  examine 
by  the  light  of  medical  literature,  he  is  often  very  much  at  a  loss  to  know 
how  to  begin,  even  when  he  has  a  large  library  accessible  for  the  purpose. 

The  information  he  desires  may  be  in  the  volume  next  his  hand,  but  how 
is  he  to  know  that?  And  even  when  the  usual  subject-catalogue  is  placed 


130 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


before  him  he  finds  it  very  difficult  to  use  it,  especially  when,  as  is  often  the 
case,  he  has  by  no  means  a  well  defined  idea  as  to  what  it  is  he  wishes  to 
look  for.  Upon  the  title  page  of  the  Washington  City  Directory  is  printed 
the  following  aphorism,  "To  find  a  name  you  must  know  how  to  spell  it." 
This  has  a  very  extensive  application  in  medical  bibliography.  To  find  ac- 
counts of  cases  similar  to  your  own  rare  case  you  must  know  what  your 
own  case  is. 

To  return  to  the  Subject-Catalogue.  If  it  is  a  classed  catalogue,  a  cata- 
logue raisonn£e — it  will  often  seem  to  be  a  very  blind  guide  to  one  who  is 
not  familiar  with  the  classification  and  nomenclature  adopted  by  the  com- 
piler. And  certainly  some  of  these  classifications  are  very  curious — remind- 
ing one  of  Heine's  division  of  ideas  into  reasonable  ideas,  unreasonable 
ideas,  and  ideas  covered  with  green  leather.  But  if  the  enquirer  has  mas- 
tered the  arrangement  of  the  catalogue  it  is  two  to  one  that  it  will  not  help 
him.  It  is  a  catalogue  of  the  titles  of  books,  but  very  often  the  title  of  a  book 
gives  very  little  information  as  to  its  contents,  if  indeed  it  is  not  actually 
misleading.  Now  suppose  the  particular  case  he  has  in  hand  is  one  of  a 
new-born  infant  having  one  leg  much  larger  and  longer  than  the  other. 
He  will  find  no  book  title  relating  to  this.  There  may  be  a  book  in  the 
library  on  diseases  of  the  lymphatics  which  contains  just  what  he  wants,  but 
unless  he  knows  that  his  case  is  one  affecting  the  lymphatics  he  will  hardly 
get  the  clue.  There  may  also  be  in  the  library  twenty  papers,  in  as  many 
different  volumes  of  journals  and  transactions,  the  titles  of  which  show 
that  they  probably  relate  to  similar  cases,  but  the  titles  of  such  papers  do 
not  appear  in  the  catalogue. 

It  should  also  be  observed  that  Subject-Catalogues  may  easily  be  put  to 
improper  uses,  or  thought  to  give  more  information  than  they  really  do. 
They  are  not  bibliographies,  but  mechanical  aids  in  bibliographical  work. 

You  will,  perhaps,  pardon  me  for  taking  as  an  illustration  the  Index 
Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  office  in  Washington, 
as  being  one  with  which  I  am  familiar,  and  which  I  can  venture  to  comment 
on  without  risk  of  its  being  thought  that  I  wish  to  depreciate  its  value. 
Taking  any  given  subject  in  medicine,  it  is  possible  for  a  fairly  educated 
physician  to  obtain  from  this  catalogue  a  large  proportion  of  all  the  refer- 
ences which  have  any  special  value,  and  by  so  doing  to  save  a  vast  amount 
of  time  and  labour.  On  the  other  hand,  he  will  find  when  he  comes  to  ex- 
amine the  books  and  articles  referred  to,  that  at  least  one-half  of  them  are 
of  no  value  so  long  as  the  other  half  are  accessible,  seeing  that  they  are 
dilutions  and  dilatations,  re-hashes  and  summaries  of  the  really  original 
papers.  If  the  seeker  is  in  the  library  itself,  this  does  not  cause  a  great 
waste  of  time,  as  he  can  rapidly  examine  and  lay  aside  those  that  do  not 
serve  his  purpose.  But  if  he  is  using  this  catalogue  in  another  library — say 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


131 


here  in  London,  the  case  is  different.  It  is  highly  improbable  that  he  will 
find  in  any  other  collection  all  the  books  referred  to,  and  then  comes  the 
annoyance  of  the  doubt  as  to  whether  he  may  not  be  missing  some  very 
valuable  paper.  How  is  he  to  know  whether  or  not  Smith,  in  his  pamphlet 
on  the  functions  of  the  pneumogastric,  has  anticipated  his  own  theory  of 
its  relations  to  enlarged  tonsils?  And  in  all  such  cases  "omne  ignotum  est 
pro  magnifico."  In  a  bibliography  of  the  subject,  prepared  from  the  same 
material  as  the  catalogue,  he  would  either  find  no  mention  of  Smith's 
paper,  or,  better  still,  a  note  that  his  paper  is  merely  an  abstract,  or  com- 
pilation. The  fact  that  he  does  not  find  Smith's  book  in  the  London 
library,  nor  any  allusion  to  it  in  the  best  works  on  the  subject,  ought  to 
induce  him  to  ignore  it  altogether. 

In  proportion  to  the  energy  of  the  young  writer,  and  his  determination 
to  not  only  note  everything  that  has  been  written  about  his  subject,  but  to 
carry  out  the  golden  rule  of  verifying  all  his  references,  he  is  apt  to  be  led  off 
from  his  direct  research  into  the  many  attractive  by-paths  of  quaint  and 
curious  speculation  which  he  will  find  branching  off  on  every  side,  and  this 
danger  must  be  guarded  against,  or  he  will  find  that  he  is  wasting  his  time 
and  energy  in  turning  over  chaff  which  has  long  ago  been  pretty  thoroughly 
threshed  and  winnowed. 

It  is,  however,  no  part  of  my  present  purpose  to  set  forth  the  methods  and 
principles  of  bibliography;  it  is  sufficient  to  point  out  their  importance, 
and  to  call  attention  to  the  point  that  a  knowledge  of  how  and  where  to 
find  the  record  of  a  fact  is  often  of  more  practical  use  than  a  knowledge  of 
the  fact  itself,  just  as  we  value  an  encyclopaedia  for  occasional  reference, 
and  not  for  the  purpose  of  reading  through  from  cover  to  cover. 

Instruction  in  the  history  and  literature  of  medicine  forms  no  part  of  the 
course  of  medical  education  in  English  and  American  schools;  nor  should 
I  be  disposed  to  recommend  its  introduction  into  the  curriculum  if  it  were 
to  be  based  on  French  and  German  models  but  it  does  seem  possible  to  take 
a  step  in  this  direction  which  would  be  of  great  value,  not  only  as  a  means 
of  general  culture,  as  teaching  students  how  to  think,  but  from  a  purely 
practical  point  of  view,  in  teaching  them  how  to  use  the  implements  of 
their  profession  to  the  best  advantage — for  books  are  properly  compared 
to  tools  of  which  the  index  is  the  handle.  Such  instruction  should  be  given 
in  a  library,  just  as  chemistry  should  be  taught  in  a  laboratory.  The  way  to 
learn  history  and  bibliography  is  to  make  them — the  best  work  of  the  in- 
structor is  to  show  his  students  how  to  make  them. 

In  the  absence  of  some  instruction  of  this  kind  the  student  is  liable  to 
waste  much  time  in  bibliographical  research.  There  has  been  much  more 
done  in  this  direction  than  many  writers  seem  to  suppose,  and  there  are  not 
many  subjects  in  medicine  which  have  not  been  treated  from  this  point  of 


132 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


view.  Of  course  all  is  not  bibliography  which  pretends  to  be  such.  Very 
many  of  the  exhaustive  and  exhausting  lists  of  references  which  are  now  so 
common  in  medical  journal  articles  have  been  taken  largely  at  second- 
hand, and  thereby  originate  or  perpetuate  errors.  It  is  well  to  avoid  false 
pride  in  this  matter.  To  overlook  a  reference  is  by  no  means  discreditable, 
— but  a  wrong  reference,  or  an  unwitting  reference  to  the  same  thing  twice, 
gives  a  strong  presumption  of  carelessness  and  second-hand  work.  Journal 
articles,  however,  and  especially  reports  of  cases,  undergo  strange  trans- 
mogrifications sometimes,  and  I  have  watched  this  with  interest  in  the  case 
of  a  French  or  German  paper,  translated  and  condensed  in  the  London 
Record,  then  appearing  in  abstract  under  the  name  of  the  translator  in  a 
leading  journal,  then  translated  again,  with  a  few  new  circumstances,  in  a 
continental  periodical,  and  finally  perhaps  reversed  and  appearing  as  an 
original  contribution  in  the  pages  of  the  "Little  Peddlington  Medical  Uni- 
verse." 

In  this  connection  it  is  well  to  remember  that  a  mere  accumulation  of 
observations,  no  matter  how  great  the  number,  does  not  constitute  science, 
especially  if  these  observations  have  been  recorded  under  the  influence  of 
the  same  theories  and  in  essentially  similar  conditions. 

Science  seeks  the  law  which  governs  or  explains  the  phenomena,  and 
when  this  is  found  the  records  of  isolated  instances  of  its  action  usually  be- 
come of  small  importance  so  far  as  that  law  is  concerned.  We  care  little 
now  for  the  records  of  the  chemical  experiments  of  a  century  ago,  and  the 
many  detailed  accounts  of  the  earlier  cases  of  the  use  of  ether  or  chloro- 
form are  of  so  little  interest  at  the  present  time  that  it  is  not  worth  while 
to  refer  to  them  in  a  bibliography  of  the  subject.  And  although  much  has 
been  done  towards  classifying  and  indexing  our  medical  records  (more  in 
fact  than  most  physicians  suppose)  still,  as  Helmholtz  points  out,  such 
knowledge  as  this  hardly  deserves  the  name  of  science,  since  it  neither 
enables  us  to  see  the  complete  connection  nor  to  predict  the  result  under 
new  conditions  yet  untried. 

Do  I  seem  to  depreciate  the  value  of  the  thoughts  which  our  masters  have 
left  us,  and  which  have  furnished  the  foundations  on  which  we  build? — 
or  to  undervalue  the  importance  of  the  great  medical  libraries  in  which  are 
stored  these  thoughts? — or  to  speak  slightly  of  the  utility  of  the  catalogues, 
and  indexes,  and  bibliographies,  without  which  such  libraries  are  trackless 
and  howling  wildernesses?  If  so,  I  have  said  what  I  did  not  mean  to  say. 
The  subject  has  been  considered  from  the  point  of  view  of  what  used  to  be 
called  the  division  of  labour,  but  which  now  I  suppose  should  be  called 
evolution  and  differentiation,  and  this  has  been  done  because  life  is  short 
and  the  art  is  long, — with  fair  prospect  of  becoming  longer.  It  is  surely 
unnecessary  for  me  to  enter  upon  any  panegyric  of  books  or  libraries.  As 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


133 


Dr.  Holmes  says:  "It  is  not  necessary  to  maintain  the  direct  practical 
utility  of  all  kinds  of  learning.  Our  shelves  contain  many  books  which  only 
a  certain  class  of  medical  scholars  will  be  likely  to  consult.  There  is  a 
dead  medical  literature,  and  there  is  a  live  one.  The  dead  is  not  all  ancient, 
the  live  is  not  all  modern.  There  is  none,  modern  or  ancient,  which,  if  it 
has  no  living  value  for  the  student,  will  not  teach  him  something  by  its 
autopsy.  But  it  is  with  the  live  literature  of  his  profession  that  the  medical 
practitioner  is  first  of  all  concerned." 

In  medicine,  as  in  social  science,  we  must  depend  for  many  facts  upon 
the  observation  of  conditions  which  occur  very  rarely,  and  which  cannot 
be  repeated  at  pleasure.  I  have  already  alluded  to  the  importance  of  Na- 
ture's vivisections  to  the  physiologist,  and  a  record  of  a  case  written  a  cen- 
tury ago  may  be  just  the  link  that  is  needed  to  correlate  the  results  of  his 
experiments  of  yesterday  with  existing  theories.  The  case,  which  at  first 
seems  unique  and  inexplicable,  both  receives  and  furnishes  light  when  com- 
pared with  ancient  records. 

A  science  of  medicine,  like  other  sciences,  must  depend  upon  the  classi- 
fication of  facts,  upon  the  comparison  of  cases  alike  in  many  respects,  but 
differing  somewhat  either  in  their  phenomena  or  in  the  environment.  The 
great  obstacle  to  the  development  of  a  science  of  medicine  is  the  difficulty 
in  ascertaining  what  cases  are  sufficiently  similar  to  be  comparable — which 
difficulty  is  in  its  turn  largely  due  to  insufficient  and  erroneous  records  of 
the  phenomena  observed.  This  defect  in  the  records  is  largely  due — first, 
to  ignorance  on  the  part  of  observers;  second,  to  the  want  of  proper  means 
for  precisely  recording  the  phenomena;  and  third,  to  the  confused  and 
faulty  condition  of  our  nomeclature  and  nosological  classification. 

Let  us  consider  each  of  these  points  briefly.  Very,  very  few  are  the  men 
who  can,  by  and  for  themselves,  see  and  describe  the  things  that  are  before 
them.  Just  as  it  took  thousands  of  years  to  produce  a  man  who  could  see 
what  now  any  one  can  see  when  shown  him,  that  the  star  Alpha  in  Capri- 
corn is  really  two  separate  stars,  so  we  had  to  wait  long  before  the  man  came 
who  could  see  the  difference  between  measles  and  scarlatina,  and  still 
longer  for  the  one  who  could  distinguish  between  typhus  and  typhoid. 
Said  Plato,  "He  shall  be  as  a  god  to  me,  who  can  rightly  divide  and  define." 
Men  who  have  this  faculty — the  "Blick"  of  the  Germans — we  cannot  pro- 
duce directly  by  any  system  of  education;  they  come  we  know  not  when  or 
why,  "forming  a  small  band,  a  mere  understanding  of  whose  thoughts  and 
works  is  a  test  of  our  highest  powers.  A  single  English  dramatist,  and  a 
single  English  mathematician  have  probably  equalled  in  scope  and  excel- 
lence of  original  work  in  their  several  fields  all  the  like  labours  of  their 
countrymen  put  together."  2 


2  lies,  Mathematics  in  Evolution.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  1876,  IX.  p.  207. 


134 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


But  cannot  we  do  something  to  increase  the  number  of  observers  by  tell- 
ing them  what  to  observe?  It  is  probable  that  much  may  be  accomplished 
in  this  direction  provided  that  care  be  taken  to  limit  the  field.  Manuals 
of  "what  to  observe  at  the  bedside  and  in  the  post-mortem  room"  are  very 
well  in  their  way,  but  can  never  be  made  to  reach  the  great  majority  of  the 
profession,  nor  would  they  be  of  much  use  if  they  did.  If  a  few,  a  very  few, 
distinct  specific  questions  are  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  general  prac- 
titioner, he  will  often  be  on  the  alert  for  their  answer.  And  it  should  be 
remembered  that  chance  may  present  to  the  most  obscure  practitioner  an 
opportunity  for  observation  which  the  greatest  master  may  never  meet. 

The  great  difficulty  is  to  get  such  questions  prepared.  They  must  relate 
to  matters  that  are  just  in  the  nebulous  region  between  the  known  and 
unknown — to  points  not  yet  clear,  but  of  which  we  know  enough  to  make 
it  probable  that  by  observing  in  a  definite  direction  they  can  be  made 
clear;  and  to  prepare  them  requires  not  only  knowledge,  but  a  certain 
reaching  out  beyond  knowledge.  It  usually  happens  that  the  man  who  has 
this  faculty  strives  to  answer  his  questions  himself;  and  no  doubt  he  can 
usually  do  it  better  than  another.  But  much  can  be  done  towards  defining 
and  marking  out  what  we  do  not  know,  and  this  has  been  a  powerful  aid 
to  the  progress  of  physiology  in  recent  years. 

I  have  had  occasion  to  refer  to  this  in  speaking  of  Professor  Foster's 
work  on  physiology,  in  each  section  of  which  an  attempt  is  made  to  separate 
that  which  may  be  considered  as  proved  from  that  which  is  merely  prob- 
able; and  thus  almost  every  page  becomes  suggestive  of  work  to  be  done. 

Another  example  of  what  I  mean  will  be  found  in  a  paper  on  the  collec- 
tion of  data  at  autopsies  by  Professor  H.  P.  Bowditch  of  Boston  (Trans. 
Mass.  Med.  Legal  Soc.  1,  1880,  p.  139).  Taking  the  results  of  an  investiga- 
tion into  the  absolute  and  relative  size  of  organs  at  different  periods  of  life, 
and  in  connection  with  different  morbid  tendencies,  recently  published 
by  Professor  Beneke  of  Warburg — Dr.  Bowditch  urges  the  securing  as 
large  a  number  as  possible  of  such  data,  and  selects  certain  of  Professor 
Beneke's  results  for  special  inquiry;  as  for  instance  that  "the  cancerous 
diathesis  is  associated  with  a  large  and  powerful  heart,  capacious  arteries, 
but  a  relatively  small  pulmonary  artery,  small  lungs,  well  developed  bones 
and  muscles,  and  tolerably  abundant  adipose  tissue."  It  can  hardly  be 
doubted  that  those  who  read  the  papers  of  Professors  Bowditch  and  Beneke 
will  be  induced  to  examine  things  which  before  would  have  had  for  them 
no  interest,  and  therefore  to  make  and  record  observations  in  pathological 
anatomy  which  otherwise  would  have  been  lost. 

The  second  difficulty  referred  to — viz.:  the  want  of  means  for  making 
accurate  records,  is  one  that  is  yearly  growing  less.  It  behoves  us  to  be 
modest  in  our  predictions  as  to  what  may  be  accomplished  in  the  future 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


135 


towards  the  solution  of  our  Sphynx's  riddle.  We  see  as  through  a  glass 
darkly,  and  except  through  the  glass,  in  no  wise;  but  at  least  we  have  made 
such  progress  that  what  we  do  see,  we  can  to  a  great  extent  so  record  that 
our  successors  yet  unborn  can  also  see — and  it  is  owing  to  this  fact  that  a 
part  of  the  medical  literature  of  the  last  quarter  of  a  19th  century  will  be 
more  valuable  than  all  that  has  preceded  it. 

The  word-pictures  of  disease  traced  by  Hippocrates  and  Sydenham,  or 
even  those  of  Graves  and  Trousseau,  interesting  and  valuable  as  they  are, 
are  not  comparable  with  the  records  upon  which  the  skilled  clinical  teacher 
of  the  present  day  relies.  Yet  how  imperfect  in  many  cases  are  even  the  best 
of  these  records  as  compared  with  what  might  be  given  with  the  resources 
which  we  have  at  our  command.  The  temperature  chart  has  done  away 
with  the  errors  which  necessarily  follow  attempts  to  compare  the  memory 
of  sensations  perceived  last  week  with  the  sensations  of  to-day — and  the 
balance  and  the  burette  enable  us  to  estimate  with  some  approach  to  preci- 
sion the  tissue  changes  of  our  patients  by  the  records  of  change  in  the  ex- 
cretions which  they  furnish;  but  we  must  still  trust  to  our  memory,  or  to 
the  imperfect  descriptions  of  what  others  remember,  when  we  attempt  to 
compare  the  results  obtained  on  successive  days  by  auscultation  or  percus- 
sion, although  the  phonograph  and  microphone  strongly  hint  to  us  the 
possibility  of  either  accurately  reproducing  the  sounds  of  yesterday,  or  of 
translating  them  into  visible  signs,  perhaps  something  like  the  dot  and 
dash  record  of  the  telegraph  code,  which  could  then  be  given  to  the  press, 
and  so  compared  with  each  other  by  readers  at  the  Antipodes. 

We  are  beginning  to  count  the  blood  corpuscles,  and  to  use  photomicog- 
raphy,  but  we  do  not  yet  apply  the  latter  process  to  the  former  so  as  to 
enable  every  reader  to  count  for  himself. 

The  connections  of  medicine  with  the  physical  sciences  are  yearly  be- 
coming closer,  and  the  methods  by  which  these  sciences  have  been  brought 
to  their  present  condition  are  those  by  which  progress  has  been,  and  is  to 
be,  made  in  therapeutics  as  well  as  in  diagnosis  or  in  physiological  re- 
search. These  methods  turn  mainly  upon  increasing  the  delicacy  and  ac- 
curacy of  measurements:  of  expressing  manifestations  of  force  in  terms  of 
another  force,  or  of  dimension  in  space  or  time.  The  balance  and  the  gal- 
vanometer, the  microscope  and  the  pendulum,  the  camera,  the  sphygmo- 
graph  and  the  thermometer  are  some  of  the  means  by  which  investigators, 
at  the  bedside  and  in  the  laboratory,  are  seeking  to  obtain  records  which 
shall  be  independent  of  their  own  sensations  or  personal  equations;  which 
shall  be  taken  and  used  as  expressing  not  opinions  but  facts;  and  with  every 
addition  to  or  improvement  in  these  means  of  measurement  and  record, 
the  field  of  observation  widens,  and  new  and  more  reliable  materials  are 
furnished  for  the  application  of  logical  and  mathematical  methods. 


136 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Upon  the  third  difficulty  which  has  been  referred  to, — viz:  our  confused 
and  defective  terminology  I  need  not  dwell.  "Science,"  said  Condillac,  "is 
a  language  well  made,"  and  though  this  is  far  from  being  the  whole  truth, 
it  is  an  important  part  of  it.  In  examining  medical  reports  and  statistics, 
it  is  necessary  to  bear  constantly  in  mind  that  to  understand  many  terms 
you  must  know  what  the  individual  writer  means  by  them.  When,  for  ex- 
ample, we  find  in  such  statistics  a  certain  number  of  deaths  attributed  to 
gastro-enteritis,  or  croup,  or  scrofula,  we  have  to  take  into  account  the 
country,  the  period  and  the  individual  author  in  order  to  get  even  a  fair 
presumption  as  to  what  is  meant. 

The  three  difficulties  which  have  been  referred  to,  although  the  most  im- 
portant, are  by  no  means  the  only  causes  of  the  confusion  and  imperfection 
of  our  records. 

Prominent  among  the  minor  troubles  of  the  investigator  are  defective  or 
misleading  titles; — and  in  behalf  of  the  readers  and  bibliographers  of  the 
future  I  would  appeal  to  authors,  and  more  especially  to  editors,  to  pay 
more  attention  than  many  of  them  do  to  the  matter  of  titles  and  indexes. 
The  men  to  whom  your  papers  are  most  important,  and  who  will  make  the 
best  use  of  them  provided  they  knew  of  their  existence,  are  for  the  most  part 
hard  workers,  busy  men,  who  have  a  right  to  demand  that  their  literary 
table  shall  be  provided  with  properly  prepared  materials  and  not  with 
shapeless  lumps. 

The  editors  of  transactions  of  societies,  whether  these  are  sent  to  jour- 
nals, or  published  in  separate  form,  often  commit  numerous  sins  of  omis- 
sion in  the  matter  of  titles.  The  rule  should  be  that  every  article  which  is 
worth  printing  is  worth  a  distinct  title,  which  should  be  as  concise  as  a 
telegram,  and  be  printed  in  a  special  type.  If  the  author  does  not  furnish 
such  a  title  it  is  the  editors  business  to  make  it,  and  he  should  not  be  satis- 
fied with  such  headings  as  "Clinical  Cases,"  "Difficult  Labour,"  "A  Re- 
markable Tumour,"  "Case  of  Wound,  with  Remarks."  The  four  rules  for 
the  preparation  of  an  article  for  a  journal  will  then  be:  1.  Have  something 
to  say;  2.  Say  it;  3.  Stop  as  soon  as  you  have  said  it;  4.  Give  the  paper  a 
proper  title. 

Some  societies  and  editors  do  not  seem  to  appreciate  fully  their  responsi- 
bility for  the  articles  which  they  accept  for  publication,  a  responsibility 
which  cannot  be  altogether  avoided  by  any  formal  declaration  disclaiming 
it.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  while  the  merits  of  a  paper  can  usually  be 
determined  by  examination,  this  is  by  no  means  always  the  case.  In  every 
country  there  are  writers  and  speakers  whose  statements  are  received  with 
very  great  distrust  by  those  best  acquainted  with  them.  Supposing  these 
statements  to  be  true,  the  papers  would  be  of  much  interest  and  impor- 
tance; but  the  editor  should  remember  that  a  certain  number  of  readers, 
and  especially  those  in  foreign  countries,  have  no  clue  to  the  character  of 


OUR  MEDICAL  LITERATURE 


137 


the  author,  beyond  the  fact  that  they  find  his  works  in  good  company.  In 
medical  literature,  as  in  other  departments,  we  find  books  and  papers  from 
men  who  are  either  constitutionally  incapable  of  telling  the  simple  literal 
truth  as  to  their  observations  and  experiments,  although  they  may  not 
write  with  fixed  intention  to  deceive,  or  from  men  who  seek  to  advertise 
themselves  by  deliberate  falsehoods  as  to  the  results  of  their  practice.  Such 
men  are  usually  appreciated  at  their  true  value  in  their  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood, and  find  it  necessary  to  send  their  communications  to  distant 
journals  and  societies  in  order  to  secure  publication. 

I  presume  that  you  are  all  familiar  with  the  peculiar  feeling  of  distrust 
which  is  roused  by  too  complete  an  explanation.  The  report  of  a  case  in 
which  every  symptom  observed,  and  the  effect  of  every  remedy  given,  is 
fully  accounted  for,  and  in  which  no  residual  unexplained  phenomena  ap- 
pear, is  usually  suspicious,  for  it  implies  either  superficial  observation,  or 
suppression,  or  distortion  of  some  of  the  facts.  A  diagrammatic  representa- 
tion is  usually  much  plainer  than  a  good  photograph,  but  also  of  much 
less  value  as  a  basis  for  further  work. 

No  fact  is  more  familiar  to  this  audience  than  the  vast  extent  of  the  field 
of  the  science  of  to-day — so  vast  that  few  may  hope  to  master  more  than  a 
small  part  of  it,  and  yet  so  closely  connected  that  even  the  small  part  cannot 
be  fully  grasped  without  some  acquaintance  with  a  much  wider  field. 

But  little  over  a  hundred  years  ago,  Haller  in  Gottingen  was  professor 
of  anatomy,  botany,  physiology,  surgery,  and  obstetrics,  and  lecturer  on 
medical  jurisprudence.  At  the  same  time  he  was  writing  one  review  a  week, 
and  summing  up  existing  medical  science  in  his  Bibliothecae.  To-day  any 
one  of  these  branches  requires  all  the  time  of  the  most  energetic  and 
learned  of  our  contemporaries;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  well-educated 
medical  graduate  of  to-day  could  give  Haller  valuable  instruction  in  each 
of  the  branches  of  which  he  was  professor.  It  is  also  true,  as  I  have  pointed 
out,  that  our  actual  progress  is  by  no  means  in  proportion  to  the  work 
done,  nor  as  great  as  these  merely  quantitative  statements  would  seem  to 
make  it. 

Science  has  been  termed  "the  topography  of  ignorance."  "From  a  few 
elevated  points  we  triangulate  vast  spaces,  enclosing  infinite  unknown  de- 
tails. We  cast  the  lead  and  draw  up  a  little  sand  from  abysses  we  shall  never 
reach  with  our  dredges.  If  it  is  true  that  we  understand  ourselves  but  im- 
perfectly in  health,  it  is  more  signally  manifest  in  disease,  where  natural 
actions  imperfectly  understood,  disturbed  in  an  obscure  way  by  half  seen 
causes,  are  creeping  and  winding  along  in  the  dark  toward  their  destined 
issue,  sometimes  using  our  remedies  as  safe  stepping  stones,  occasionally, 
it  may  be,  stumbling  over  them  as  obstacles."  3 


'"Border  Lines  of  Knowledge,"  etc.,  by  O.  W.  Holmes,  Boston,  1862,  pp.  7-8. 


138 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


In  days  of  old,  when  the  profession  of  medicine,  or  of  a  single  medical 
specialty  was  an  inheritance  in  certain  families,  a  large  part  of  their  knowl- 
edge, and  the  efficiency  of  their  remedies  was  thought  to  depend  upon 
these  being  kept  a  profound  mystery.  Among  the  precepts  of  magic  there 
was  no  more  significant  one  than  that  which  declared  that  the  communica- 
tion of  the  formula  destroyed  its  power,  and  that  hence  attempts  to  reveal 
the  secret  must  always  fail.  We  have  changed  all  that.  Every  physician  has- 
tens to  publish  his  discoveries  and  special  knowledge,  and  a  good  many  do 
the  same  by  that  which  is  not  special,  or  which  is  not  knowledge.  For  the 
individual,  in  a  degree — for  the  nation  or  the  race  in  a  much  greater  degree 
— the  literature  produced  is  the  most  enduring  memorial.  The  whole  re- 
sult of  civilization  has  been  cynically  defined  as  being  roughly,  "Three 
hundred  million  Chinese,  two  hundred  million  natives  of  India,  two  hun- 
dred million  Europeans  and  North  Americans,  and  a  miscellaneous  hun- 
dred million  or  two  of  Central  Asians,  Malays,  South  Sea  Islanders,  &c, 
and  over  and  above  all  the  rest  the  Library  of  the  British  Museum.  This  is 
the  net  result  of  an  indefinitely  long  struggle  between  the  forces  of  men 
and  the  weights  of  various  kinds  in  the  attempts  to  move  which  these 
forces  display  themselves."  4 

And  thus  in  our  great  medical  libraries  each  of  the  folios  or  quaint  little 
black  letter  pamphlets  which  mark  the  first  two  centuries  of  printing,  or  of 
the  cheap  and  dirty  volumes  of  more  modern  days  with  their  scrofulous 
paper  and  abominable  typography,  represents  to  a  great  extent  the  life  of 
one  of  our  profession  and  the  fruit  of  his  labours,  and  it  is  by  the  fruit  that 
we  know  him. 

After  stating  that  modern  physicists  have  concluded  that  the  sun  is  going 
out,  that  the  earth  is  falling  into  the  sun,  and  therefore  that  it  and  all 
things  in  it  will  be  either  fried  or  frozen,  Professor  Clifford  concludes  that 
"our  interest  lies  so  much  with  the  past  as  may  serve  to  guide  our  actions  in 
the  present,  and  with  so  much  of  the  future  as  we  may  hope  will  be  affected 
by  our  actions  now.  Beyond  that  we  do  not  know  and  ought  not  to  care. 
Does  this  seem  to  say  let  us  eat  and  drink  for  tomorrow  we  die?  Not  so,  but 
rather  let  us  take  hands  and  help  for  this  day  we  are  alive  together."  To 
this  I  join  a  verse  from  the  Talmud  which  will  remind  you  of  the  first 
aphorism  of  Hippocrates,  and  is  none  the  worse  for  that.  "The  day  is 
short,  and  work  is  great, — the  reward  is  also  great,  and  the  master  presses. 
It  is  not  incumbent  on  thee  to  complete  the  work,  but  thou  must  not  there- 
fore cease  from  it." 


4  "Liberty,  Equality  and  Fraternity,"  by  James  Fitz  James  Stephen,  N.Y.,  1873,  p.  178. 


Address  to  the  Graduating  Class  of 
Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College 

I  vaguely  remember  that  once  upon  a  time — a  long  while  ago  it  seems, 
for  I  look  back  at  it  across  the  gulf  of  a  great  war,  in  which  the  days  were 
like  weeks,  and  the  months  almost  counted  for  years — I  spent  one  evening 
on  a  platform  in  a  large  hall,  in  the  character  of  a  new  graduate  in  medi- 
cine. A  part  of  the  ceremonies  on  that  auspicious  occasion  consisted  of  a 
valedictory  address  to  the  graduates,  delivered  by  the  most  eloquent  mem- 
ber of  the  faculty — an  address  which  was  highly  praised,  but  of  which  I 
have  vainly  tried  to  remember  either  the  ideas  or  the  phraseology.  Fearing 
that  this  specially  localized  loss  of  memory  might  be  a  symptom  of  a  new 
nervous  disease  which  I  should  have  to  name  and  describe,  I  have  consulted 
several  of  my  medical  friends  as  to  their  experience  in  this  respect,  and  I 
am  much  pleased  to  be  able  to  say  that  I  have  found  very  few  who  have  not 
totally  forgotten  the  words  of  congratulation  and  of  counsel  given  to  them 
when  they  received  their  diplomas. 

Nor  is  the  reason  of  this  far  to  seek.  The  new  doctor,  in  the  pride  and 
vigor  of  youth,  just  stepping  out  of  leading-strings,  and  realizing  that  he  is 
really  his  own  man  at  last — standing  at  the  threshold  of  that  wonderful, 
glittering  world  which  beckons  him  on  so  enticingly,  and  in  which  fame, 
and  love,  and  wealth  await  his  coming — this  learned  and  skilful  physician 
is  held  back  yet  another  hour,  and  compelled  to  listen  to  advice  from  one 
whom  he  does  not  know,  but  who  can  surely  have  nothing  to  tell  him  be- 
yond some  well-worn  platitudes  about  the  dignity  and  honor  of  the  profes- 
sion which  he  has  chosen,  and  that  if  he  will  be  virtuous  he  will  be  happy, 
or  words  to  that  effect.  Small  wonder  then  that,  after  a  moment's  attention, 
his  thoughts  wander,  and  he  drifts  away  on  that  beautiful  river  of  revery 
upon  whose  banks  are  Spanish  castles  unmatched  by  those  of  the  Rhine  or 
the  Danube,  and  which  are  in  strange  contrast  to  the  practical,  prosaic, 
warehouse  sort  of  a  view  which  his  orator  is  trying  to  present.  If,  therefore, 
I  observe  five  minutes  hence  that  some  of  my  special  audience  here,  the 
new  graduates,  are  gazing  reflectively  upon  some  point  of  infinite  distance, 
or  are  evidently  magnetized  by  some  particular  wave  in  the  sea  of  this 
other  audience  before  me,  I  shall  know  that  it  is  all  quite  as  it  should  be, 
and  that  my  remarks  are  fulfilling  their  purpose. 

Being  unable,  as  I  have  just  explained,  to  remember  what  was  said  to 


Delivered  March  15,  1882.  Medical  News  (Phila)  40:  285-8  (1882). 

139 


140 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


me  by  way  of  valedictory,  and  never  having  been  present  at  a  similar  cere- 
mony from  that  day  to  this,  I  thought  it  would  be  prudent  to  consult  the 
literature  of  the  subject  and  find  out  what  is  usually  said  upon  such  occa- 
sions. For  this  purpose  I  have  examined  about  a  hundred  valedictory  ad- 
dresses, and  have  obtained  from  them  a  vast  amount  of  instruction,  and 
some  little  amusement.  From  them  I  gather  that  this  is  an  epoch  in  your 
lives,  that  you  are  entering  a  remarkable  age  of  the  world's  history  (it  is 
customary  here  to  allude  to  steam  and  electricity),  that  you  live  in  the  most 
wonderful  country  under  the  sun,  and  that  the  eyes  of  the  world  are  upon 
you.  All  are  agreed  upon  these  points,  and  also  as  to  the  importance  and 
dignity  of  the  science  and  art  of  medicine,  and  the  necessity  of  continued 
study  on  your  part  to  keep  pace  with  its  advances.  But  the  addresses  are  not 
equally  harmonious  on  all  points.  Some  of  them  assert  that  the  condition  of 
medical  education  in  this  country  is  not  altogether  satisfactory,  that  there 
are  some  medical  colleges  (not,  of  course,  the  college  of  the  graduates,  but 
some  other  medical  college)  which  might  be  spared,  that  there  are  too  many 
doctors  now,  and  more  coming,  and  that  some  of  these  not  only  have  not  as 
clear  ideas  about  the  precession  of  the  equinoxes,  or  the  authorship  of  the 
book  of  Job,  as  a  member  of  one  of  the  learned  professions  should  have,  but 
that  there  are  even  graduates  in  medicine  (of  other  schools,  of  course),  to 
whom  the  addition  of  vulgar  fractions  is  a  stumbling-block,  and  correct 
spelling  vexation  of  spirit.  On  the  other  hand  I  find  some  who  assert,  first, 
that  the  above  statements  are  unfounded;  second,  that  it  is  not  necessary  to 
know  how  to  spell  correctly  in  order  to  cure  the  chills  or  set  a  broken  leg; 
and  third,  that  the  demand  for  higher  medical  education  is  essentially  a 
pernicious  aristocratic  movement,  calculated  to  oppress  the  poor,  and  pre- 
vent them  from  obtaining  the  sheepskins  so  desirable  to  cover  their  naked- 
ness. As,  however,  I  am  sure  that  all  of  you  are  just  now  strongly  in  favor 
of  higher  medical  education,  without  regard  to  what  you  may  have  thought 
about  it  a  few  weeks  ago,  or  what  you  may  think  of  it  a  few  years  hence, 
when  you  get  a  little  steam-hatching  machine  of  your  own,  I  feel  that  I  shall 
most  contribute  to  the  harmony  which  this  occasion  demands  by — entirely 
agreeing  with  you. 

Upon  the  whole,  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that  on  this  occasion  it  is 
safest  to  talk  platitudes;  in  fact,  I  must  do  this  if  I  am  to  advise  you  as  a 
body.  The  inexorable  laws  of  statistics  tell  me  that  among  you  are  those 
having  the  most  diverse  capacities,  purposes,  and  destinations.  Two  or 
three  of  you  will  go  on  with  your  studies  for  the  next  ten  or  fifteen  years, 
observing,  experimenting,  reading,  and  comparing,  until  some  fine  day 
you  will  know  something  that  other  people  don't  know,  and  will  become 
writers  and  teachers,  leaders  in  your  profession,  famous  in  your  day  and 
generation.  One  or  two  of  you  may  become  popular  physicians,  for  whom 
being  called  in  consultation  is  an  everyday  matter,  and  a  large  income  a 


ADDRESS  AT  BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL 


141 


matter  of  course.  Many  of  you  will  become  plain,  solid,  common-sense  prac- 
titioners, who  will  do  a  vast  amount  of  good,  be  indispensable  to  the  com- 
fort and  safety  of  the  community,  and  be  happy  because  satisfied,  which  is 
more  than  I  can  predict  of  the  others.  A  few  will  abandon  medicine  because 
it  does  not  pay,  and  turn  to  some  occupation  of  better  promise.  And  one 
or  two  will  slip  farther  and  faster  down  the  broad,  smooth  path  of  dissipa- 
tion on  which  their  feet  have  already  taken  the  first  step,  and  will  pass  on 
to  the  inevitable  end. 

Fortunately  for  all  of  us,  nobody  knows  who  are  to  be  the  black  sheep 
and  who  are  to  win  the  prizes.  Each  of  you  must  live  out  that  which  is  in 
your  brains  and  blood,  the  result  of  generations  gone  before;  but,  you  have 
also  to  live  out  that  which  you  yourselves  add  to  the  inheritance. 

Now  you  are  going  out  to  Vanity  Fair  duly  armed  and  equipped,  and 
provided  with  maps  and  guide-books  of  the  latest  and  most  approved  edi- 
tions. Probably  you  will  never  again  be  so  fully  conscious  of,  or  so  thor- 
oughly satisfied  with,  your  knowledge  of  the  science  and  art  of  medicine  as 
you  are  to-night.  What  would  I  not  give  now  to  know  as  much  as  I  thought 
I  knew  the  day  I  received  my  diploma.  And  yet  the  seven  world  problems 
of  Du  Bois-Reymond  are  still  unsolved. 

I  congratulate  you  on  your  prospects.  Shall  I  tell  you  what  some  of  them 
are?  Our  American  life  will  present  to  you  as  much  variety,  as  vivid  con- 
trasts, as  subtle  mysteries,  and  as  many  giants,  demons,  and  sirens  to  be 
overcome  or  outwitted  as  any  that  the  legends  of  old  depict.  No  doubt  you 
will  soon  come  across  some  of  that  curious  sect,  the  antis,  who  are  beginning 
to  make  their  appearance  amongst  us;  antivaccinationists,  antivivisection- 
ists,  anti-anything,  so  that  it  gives  them  an  excuse  to  keep  their  names  be- 
fore the  public.  And  when  you  are  asked  how  you  account  for  the  volumi- 
nous statistics  and  startling  facts  which  some  of  these  antis  produce  so 
rapidly  and  easily,  you  may  hesitate  a  little,  unless  you  have  heard  the 
celebrated  conundrum  which  I  am  about  to  give  you.  A  little  boy  said, 
"That  girl  is  the  daughter  of  my  father  and  my  mother,  but  she  is  not  my 
sister.  How  do  you  account  for  that?"  And  the  answer  is  (this  is  strictly  con- 
fidential), that  the  little  boy  lied.  Taking  them  all  in  all,  these  antis  are  a 
curious  class  of  cranks,  worthy  of  careful  study  on  the  part  of  some  of  our 
experts  in  mental  diseases,  during  the  brief  intervals  in  which  they  have  no 
medico-legal  case  on  hand.  Some  of  them  are  quite  honest  in  their  convic- 
tions, and  all  are  very  theological  and  emotional  in  their  appeals,  and  to 
this  they  owe  what  success  they  have  in  achieving  notoriety;  and  yet,  while 
professing  the  most  humane  sentiments,  they  are  unscrupulous  even  to 
cruelty  in  carrying  out  their  fantastic  ideas.  They  will  not  greet  your  com- 
ing on  the  stage  of  action  with  any  particular  enthusiasm,  but  you  must  not 
be  discouraged  on  that  account. 

You  will  find,  also,  that  the  manufacturing  pharmacist  is  abroad  in  the 


142 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


land,  and  that  he,  on  the  other  hand,  will  be  very  glad  to  make  your 
acquaintance.  He  will  not  only  supply  you  with  toothsome  preparations, 
neatly  put  up  in  artistic  packages,  but  he  will  tell  you  what  they  are  good 
for,  in  what  doses  to  use  them,  and,  most  important  of  all,  which  of  them 
are  in  accordance  with  the  code  of  ethics.  He  will  ornament  your  office 
with  innumerable  samples,  and  pleasantly  interrupt  and  variegate  the  pe- 
rusal of  your  medical  journals  by  means  of  blue,  green,  and  yellow  adver- 
tising sheets,  unexpectedly  and  neatly  inserted.  Under  his  friendly  guid- 
ance the  path  of  medicine  becomes  a  flowery  one,  for  all  that  you  have  to 
do  is  to  decide  upon  the  name  of  the  disease  of  your  patient,  and  then  look 
over  the  advertisements  and  samples  to  see  what  will  cure  it. 

Moreover,  there  are  some  canvassers,  and  publishers  and  editors,  who  are 
prepared  to  be  your  best  friends  if  you  will  only  permit  it.  They  want  you 
in  the  first  place  to  subscribe,  and  then  to  write;  to  produce  from  the  stores 
of  your  knowledge,  items,  and  essays,  and  papers,  to  help  them  to  raise  the 
standard  of  American  medical  literature,  until  it  shall  be  high  above  that 
of  the  effete  despotisms  of  Europe.  Nor  are  these  the  only  persons  who 
await  your  coming.  You  are  wanted  in  Medical  Societies,  the  advocates  of 
higher  medical  education  rely  on  your  support,  Boards  of  Health  and  Reg- 
istrars are  looking  to  you  to  make  their  statistics  perfect  and  complete,  and 
Army  and  Navy  Medical  Examining  Boards  are  preparing  fresh  lists  of 
questions  for  your  benefit.  But  perhaps  you  flatter  yourselves  that  you  have 
now  passed  your  final  examination.  Never  was  a  greater  mistake.  Your  most 
severe  and  continued  ordeal  is  just  about  to  begin.  And  it  may  be  that  the 
result  will  give  rise  in  some  of  your  minds  to  serious  doubts  as  to  the  value 
of  the  Darwinian  theory  about  the  survival  of  the  fittest.  But  at  all  events 
I  can  assure  you  that  you  need  have  no  fear  as  to  there  not  being  room  for 
you,  or  that  the  world  has  not  work  enough  for  you  to  do.  You  know  the  old 
saying,  "There  is  always  plenty  or  room  on  top."  But  even  in  the  lower 
stories  there  is  plenty  of  standing  room.  There  are  to-day  between  one  and 
two  millions  of  sick  persons  in  the  United  States,  and  the  deaths  for  this 
year  will  certainly  be  a  million.  You  see,  therefore,  that  the  sanitarians, 
whom  some  of  you  may,  unwisely,  look  upon  as  enemies,  since  they  are  try- 
ing to  do  away  with  some  of  the  causes  which  necessitate  your  services,  have, 
at  all  events,  not  yet  seriously  injured  the  business  of  the  profession.  And 
for  your  further  encouragement  I  will  predict  that  it  will  be  a  long  time 
before  they  succeed  in  doing  this,  for  whatever  variations  the  changing 
seasons  bring  to  our  other  harvests,  the  fool  crop  continues  with  almost  un- 
varying regularity. 

While  I  am  on  this  subject,  however,  let  me  advise  you  from  the  business 
point  of  view,  as  well  as  on  account  of  your  interests  as  citizens  and  humani- 
tarians, to  look  into  this  matter  of  preventive  medicine  a  little  more  closely 


ADDRESS  AT  BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL 


143 


than  you  have  yet  probably  had  time  to  do.  It  is  going  to  be  a  very  impor- 
tant matter  in  your  day  and  generation,  and  you  will  be  examined  and 
cross-questioned  on  it  to  an  extent  which  you  little  suspect.  Some  of  you 
will  no  doubt  be  called  to  act  as  members  of  Boards  of  Health,  and  all  of 
you  are  sure  to  be  appealed  to  on  questions  of  ventilation,  house  drainage, 
school  hygiene,  pure  water,  adulterated  food  and  drugs,  and  the  means  of 
shunning  or  putting  away  the  pestilences,  which  will  consume,  not  only 
the  children  of  other  people,  but  your  own  also,  if  you  cannot  answer  the 
sphinx's  riddle. 

You  will  find  that  public  health  legislation  is  a  matter  to  which  you  can- 
not remain  indifferent,  for  you  will  become  part  of  the  machinery  whether 
you  wish  to  or  not,  and  if  you  are  wise  you  will  study  the  subject  so  that  you 
can  aid  in  shaping  this  legislation  to  what  it  should  be,  for  in  this  respect 
knowledge  is  power.  If  you  leave  the  matter  to  sentimental  enthusiasts  and 
professional  office-seekers,  you  will  find  that  it  will  turn  out  like  the  Irish- 
man's ale — it  will  thicken  as  it  clears.  One  of  the  matters  just  alluded  to 
touches  your  professional  work  very  nearly,  and  that  is  the  adulteration  of 
drugs.  If  you  practice  in  a  large  city,  this  is  not  of  so  much  importance, 
since  you  can  always  readily  find  first-class  pharmacists,  upon  whose  prepa- 
rations you  can  rely,  but  away  from  the  great  centres,  the  case  is  different. 
Unless  you  can  depend  upon  getting  what  you  call  for  in  your  prescription, 
what  success  can  you  hope  for?  and  yet  unless  you  know  what  apothecary 
is  to  fill  that  prescription,  you  cannot  rely  upon  it.  And  it  is  always  wise  not 
to  conclude  that  your  treatment  has  failed  until  you  have  made  sure  that 
what  you  ordered  has  really  been  given. 

And  in  this  immediate  connection,  permit  me  to  remind  you  why  the 
hyrax  has  no  tail.  It  is  written  in  the  mystic  volume  of  St.  Nicholas  that 
when  the  world  was  about  being  completed,  notice  was  issued  to  all  the 
beasts  that,  if  they  would  go  to  the  Court  of  the  King  on  a  certain  day,  they 
would  be  handsomely  finished  off  with  tails.  All  were  pleased  with  the  pros- 
pect, but  the  hyrax  was  especially  delighted.  Now  when  the  appointed  day 
came,  it  was  cold  and  rainy,  and  the  hyrax  did  not  like  to  go  out  in  bad 
weather.  So  he  stood  in  his  door  and  asked  the  lion  and  the  wolf  and  several 
others  to  bring  him  his  tail,  and  they  all  promised  to  attend  to  it.  But  they 
all  forgot  it;  and  when  the  hyrax  went  himself  the  next  day  to  see  about  it, 
he  found  that  the  supply  of  tails  was  exhausted.  That  is  why  the  hyrax  has 
no  tail,  and  if  you  rely  on  what  other  people  tell  you  that  they  have  done, 
or  are  going  to  do,  for  you,  the  result  will  probably  be  about  the  same. 

And  just  here  permit  me  to  give  you  an  entirely  new  bit  of  advice;  at 
least,  I  did  not  find  it  in  any  of  the  valedictories  I  read.  You  will,  of  course, 
never  ask  a  man  who  is  not  acquainted  with  you  personally  to  give  you 
recommendations  or  testimonials;  but  see  to  it  that  you  yourselves  never 


144 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


sign  a  recommendation  for  a  man  whom  you  do  not  know.  Do  not  be  per- 
suaded or  bullied  into  doing  this  by  people  whom  you  know,  for  people 
whom  they  know,  but  you  do  not.  If  you  wish  your  name  and  opinion  to 
have  any  value  in  the  eyes  of  other  people,  respect  them  yourself. 

Do  not  be  in  a  hurry  to  write  or  teach.  The  American  press  has  been  said 
to  be  chronically  premature,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  a  good  many 
graduates — not,  of  course,  of  this  school,  but  of  some  other  schools;  and  not 
only  in  this  country,  but  in  other  countries.  There  are  a  great  number  of 
men,  in  all  professions,  and  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  of  whom  it  may  be 
truly  said,  that  if  they  knew  more,  they  would  say  less.  Try  to  know  some- 
thing of  all  branches  of  science,  for  they  all  throw  light  upon  your  work; 
and  at  the  same  time  try  in  some  one  branch  in  your  own  special  field  of 
study  to  know  more  than  anybody  else,  and  to  be  sure  that  you  really  do 
know  it.  This  is  not  so  difficult  as  it  may  seem.  You  will  not  have  to  go  far 
in  any  direction  before  you  will  come  upon  that  which  is  doubtful  or  un- 
known— questions  which  as  yet  have  no  answers.  And  if,  during  your  pupil- 
age, you  have  learned  to  think,  and  are  not,  as  Holmes  phrases  it,  merely 
"phonographs  on  legs,"  the  rest  is  a  mere  matter  of  detail,  and  this  advice 
is  not  difficult  to  follow.  Hesiod  said  that  in  his  day  there  were  three  kinds 
of  men — those  who  understand  things  of  themselves,  those  who  understand 
things  when  they  are  explained  to  them,  and  those  who  neither  understand 
things  of  themselves  nor  when  they  are  explained  to  them.  That  was  the 
classification  in  Greece  over  two  thousand  years  ago,  but  it  is  a  convenient 
one  for  use  even  now;  and  when  a  man  has  settled  for  himself  to  which  class 
he  belongs,  his  education  has  taken  a  long  stride. 

Each  of  you  has  his  aspirations — a  little  vague,  no  doubt,  but  none  the 
less  real.  Keep  them  as  long  as  possible,  and,  above  all  things,  do  not  assume 
or  affect  a  cynicism  which  belongs  neither  to  your  age  nor  your  experience. 
Second-hand  misanthropy  is  like  a  second-hand  Chatham  Street  coat:  it 
never  fits.  No  doubt  you  all  desire  to  make  money;  not  for  the  money's  sake, 
but  for  what  you  can  do  with  it.  It  is  not  a  desire  to  be  ashamed  of,  and  the 
business  side  of  your  profession  demands  your  careful  attention.  But  mark 
this:  The  best  works  in  this  world  are  not  done  for  money,  or  from  selfish 
motives  of  any  kind.  And  if  you  are  to  achieve  true  success — the  success 
which  brings  happiness,  and  is  the  only  kind  worth  seeking — you  must  do 
a  vast  amount  of  work,  not  for  money,  but  in  part  because  you  like  it,  and 
in  part  because  it  will  do  good  and  help  others.  Do  not  wait  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  do  some  great  thing.  Take  hold  of  the  work  that  lies  next  your 
hand;  work  which  you  can  do,  and  which  ought  to  be  done — it  will  be  very 
strange  if  there  is  not  always  something  of  that  sort  waiting  for  you;  and  do 
not  dawdle,  and  defer,  and  lose  the  good,  in  a  vain  waiting  and  longing  for 
the  best. 


ADDRESS  AT  BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL 


145 


Be  healthy,  brave-hearted,  and  joyous.  Physical  health  is  unfortunately 
not  contagious,  but  mental  and  moral  health  is.  Avoid  second-hand  philos- 
ophy, sickly  complainings  about  the  evils  and  miseries  of  life,  and  small 
beer  of  all  kinds.  No  doubt  you  will  find  many  of  your  golden  dreams  fad- 
ing into  gray  mists;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  you  will  be  continually  stum- 
bling against  solid  realities,  which  are  quite  as  good  as  any  dreams  if  you 
only  recognize  the  opportunity.  Labor  and  trouble  you  must  meet;  but  of 
the  first  you  can  for  the  most  part  make  a  pleasure,  and  the  second  should 
not  be  pampered  and  made  a  luxury  of.  Never  pity  yourselves.  Do  not  waste 
your  time  in  vain  speculations  as  to  the  why.  Remember  that  bitter  little 
poem  of  Heine's: 

"By  the  sea,  by  the  dreary,  darkening  sea,  stands  a  youthful  man, 

His  head  all  questioning,  his  heart  all  doubting, 

And  with  gloomiest  accent  he  questions  the  billows. 

Oh,  solve  me  life's  riddle,  I  pray  ye,  the  torturing  ancient  enigma 

O'er  which  full  many  a  brain  hath  long  puzzled  

Tell  me,  what  signifies  man?  Whence  came  he  hither? 

Where  goes  he  hence?  .... 
"The  billows  are  murmuring  their  murmur  unceasing, 

Wild  blows  the  wind,  the  dark  clouds  are  fleeting, 

The  stars  are  still  gleaming  so  calmly  and  cold, 

And  a  fool  is  awaiting  an  answer." 

In  the  majority  of  valedictory  addresses  which  I  have  examined,  there 
was  more  or  less  special  advice  about  medical  ethics,  and  a  word  or  two  on 
this  subject  is  therefore  not  out  of  place.  The  code — or  perhaps  I  should 
now  rather  say  the  codes — of  medical  ethics  are  great  mysteries  to  the  public 
at  large.  By  many  it  is  supposed  to  be  a  sort  of  trades-union  set  of  rules  de- 
signed to  protect  the  business  interests  of  physicians,  without  any  particular 
regard  to  the  rest  of  the  world.  I  need  hardly  say  to  you  that  this  is  not  true. 
It  may  be  summed  up  in  this,  that  a  physician  should  be  a  gentleman,  and 
should  treat  other  physicians  and  his  patients  as  he  would  wish  to  be  treated 
under  like  circumstances.  And  your  duty  in  this  matter  is  to  attend  to  your 
own  ethics  and  not  those  of  other  people.  Medicine  is  not  a  rigid  system 
of  rules  and  formulas  as  it  was  in  ancient  Egypt;  a  fixed  creed  to  which  you 
are  to  subscribe,  and  from  which  you  must  not  vary.  It  is  a  living,  growing 
thing,  making  use  of  every  resource  which  the  progress  of  science  brings; 
it  is  truly  eclectic  and  catholic,  testing  all  things,  and  holding  fast  to  that 
which  is  good.  It  is  not  a  system  which  forbids  the  use  of  any  particular 
remedy,  or  limits  its  followers  within  the  narrow  bounds  of  any  sect  or  ism. 
There  are  such  systems,  and  there  are  a  few  men  who  advertise  themselves 
as  followers  of  such  systems,  and  who  really  do  follow  them.  There  are  also 
many  men  who  so  advertise,  but  who  really  do  not  follow  them.  Some  of 


146 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


these  last  are  well-educated  physicians,  "but  they  are — that  is  to  say,  from 
the  point  of  view  of  a  gentleman,  they  must  be  considered  as — in  short,  the 
more  you  know  of  their  methods  the  more  fervidly  you  will  assent  to  what 
I  have  not  said  about  them." 

One  of  the  latest  authoritative  expressions  of  opinion  on  this  subject  is 
the  following  resolution  recently  adopted  by  the  Royal  College  of  Physi- 
cians in  London: 

"While  the  College  has  no  desire  to  fetter  the  opinion  of  its  members  in 
reference  to  any  theories  they  may  see  fit  to  adopt  in  connection  with  the 
practice  of  medicine,  it  nevertheless  considers  it  desirable  to  express  its 
opinion  that  the  assumption  or  acceptance  by  members  of  the  profession 
of  designations  implying  the  adoption  of  special  modes  of  treatment  is  op- 
posed to  those  principles  of  the  freedom  and  dignity  of  the  profession  which 
should  govern  the  relations  of  its  members  to  each  other  and  to  the  public. 
The  College,  therefore,  expects  that  all  its  fellows,  members,  and  licentiates 
will  uphold  these  principles  by  discountenancing  those  who  trade  upon 
such  designations."  This  last  sentence  touches  the  root  of  the  difficulty. 
Those  who  trade  upon  such  designations.  Let  us  take  a  concrete  example. 
You  treat  a  case  of  pemphigus  with  arsenic.  You  may  theorize  as  you  like 
about  the  essential  nature  of  pemphigus;  you  may  select  arsenic  because 
you  think  it  would  produce  the  disease,  or  because  you  think  it  produces 
something  contrary  to  the  disease,  or  for  no  reason  whatever  beyond  the 
empirical  fact  that  you  have  seen  a  case  of  pemphigus  recover  under  the 
use  of  arsenic.  Also,  you  may  give  this  arsenic  alone  or  combined  with  other 
substances,  and  in  any  doses  that  you  please,  from  the  decillionth  of  a  grain 
to  a  grain,  and  you  may  explain  the  results  as  you  like.  But  as  an  educated 
physician,  and  a  gentleman,  you  may  not  advertise  yourself  as  an  arsenio- 
pemphigist,  and  denounce  every  one  who  does  not  adopt  your  theory  and 
practice,  and  as  there  is  a  good  deal  of  common-sense  truth  in  the  old  adage, 
that  a  man  may  be  known  by  the  company  he  keeps,  you  will  not  have 
more  to  do  than  you  can  help  with  the  men  who  do  so  advertise  themselves; 
and  still  less  will  you  have  to  do  with  those  who  advertise  themselves  as 
antiarsenio-pemphigists,  and  then  treat  their  cases  with  arsenic  after  all, 
and  claim  the  results  as  due  to  dynamized  brickdust. 

And  please  observe  that  this  is  all  that  you  have  to  do.  You  are  not  to  en- 
ter into  controversies  with  them  or  about  them,  you  are  not  to  repine  over 
their  success  or  exult  over  their  failures.  They  have  another  code  of  ethics 
from  your  own;  that  is  all  that  need  be  said  about  it.  Thus  far  I  have  been 
speaking  of  fairly  educated  sectarian  physicians.  As  to  the  ordinary,  un- 
educated, and  bill-distributing  quack,  with  his  sure  cure  for  cancer,  or  his 
pure  vegetable  specific  for  coughs,  rheumatism,  and  dyspepsia,  you  may  be 
sure  that  in  the  long  run  he  will  make  rather  more  business  for  you  than 


ADDRESS  AT  BELLEVUE  HOSPITAL 


147 


he  takes  away.  Do  not  fall  into  the  error  of  supposing  that  legislation  can 
prevent  the  existence  of  this  class  of  men,  or  that  you  need  the  protection 
of  the  law  against  them.  The  public  interest  demands  such  protection,  if 
for  no  other  reason  than  to  secure  a  proper  registration  of  the  causes  of 
death  of  all  citizens,  and  it  is  not  only  your  right,  but  your  duty,  to  call  the 
attention  of  legislators  to  these  interests,  but  never  seek  protection  on  your 
own  account. 

Be  honest  to  yourselves  as  well  as  to  other  people,  and  do  not  be  afraid 
of  admitting  that  you  do  not  know,  or  feel  bound  to  attempt  an  explana- 
tion of  all  that  you  see  or  do.  He  who  would  know  anything  thoroughly 
must  be  content  to  be  ignorant  of  many  things.  Try  to  define  to  yourselves, 
as  clearly  as  possible,  your  own  ignorance;  it  is  the  first  step  towards  reme- 
dying it,  and  be  sure  that  the  modest  student,  whether  he  be  undergraduate 
or  learned  professor,  will  everywhere  meet  with  helping  hands  in  the  great 
brotherhood  of  science. 

There  are  many  men  who  are  honest  in  purpose,  and  yet  who  are  con- 
stantly, although  not  consciously,  untruthful;  they  see  that  which  they 
think  they  ought  to  see,  and  not  that  which  is. 

I  am  reminded  that  this  is  a  valedictory  address,  and  that  in  it  I  must  bid 
you  farewell.  This  I  do  in  behalf  of  your  teachers,  whose  unavailing  regrets 
that  they  are  not  to  have  another  opportunity  of  meeting  you  in  the  ex- 
amination-room, you  can  imagine  much  better  than  I  can  describe.  What 
they  could  do  for  you  they  have  done.  And  now,  as  Emerson  says,  "We  have 
accompanied  you  with  sympathy,  and  manifold  old  sayings  of  the  wise,  to 
the  gate  of  the  arena,  but  'tis  certain  that  not  by  strength  of  ours,  or  of  the 
old  sayings,  but  only  on  strength  of  your  own,  unknown  to  us  or  to  any, 
that  you  must  stand  or  fall."  You  may  be  sure  of  our  best  wishes  for  your 
success  and  happiness. 

"Who  misses  or  who  wins  the  prize,  go  lose  or  conquer  as  you  can; 
But  if  you  fall  or  if  you  rise,  be  each,  pray  God,  a  gentleman." 

But  while  I  bid  you  farewell  as  students,  I  also  bid  you  welcome  to  the 
ranks  of  the  profession.  And  I  can  assure  you,  that  upon  the  whole,  you  are 
coming  into  very  good  company.  If  in  anything  I  have  said  this  evening  I 
have  seemed  to  speak  lightly  of  the  medical  profession  or  its  adjuncts,  I 
hope  it  will  not  be  construed  as  more  than  the  ordinary  banter  in  which  we 
boys  sometimes  indulge  when  we  get  off  in  a  corner  by  ourselves. 

I  have  much  faith  in  the  advice  of  that  anonymous  writer  who  said — 

"Oh,  never  wear  a  brow  of  care,  or  frown  with  rueful  gravity, 

For  wit's  the  child  of  wisdom,  and  good  humor  is  the  twin. 
No  need  to  play  the  Pharisee,  or  groan  at  man's  depravity; 

Let  one  man  be  a  good  man,  and  let  all  be  fair  within. 


148 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Speak  sober  truth  with  smiling  lips;  the  bitter  wrap  in  sweetness, 

Sound  sense  in  seeming  nonsense,  as  the  grain  is  hid  in  chaff. 
And  fear  not  that  the  lesson  e'er  may  seem  to  lack  completeness, 

A  man  may  say  a  wise  thing,  though  he  say  it  with  a  laugh." 

It  is  true  that  you  are  entering,  nay,  in  your  medical  studies  you  have 
already  entered,  a  world  of  labor,  and  pain,  and  sorrow.  You  will  see  how 
the  destruction  of  the  poor  is  their  poverty,  and  how  the  sins  of  the  fathers 
are  visited  upon  the  children;  how  neither  culture,  nor  wealth,  nor  power, 
can  forever  put  off  the  evil  day;  and  how  there  is,  at  last,  one  event  to  all 
sons  of  men. 

You  must  be  prepared  to  deal  with  anxiety,  fear,  grief,  and  despair,  as 
well  as  fever  and  physical  pain;  you  are  to  be  not  only  physician,  but  friend, 
confessor,  guide,  and  judge,  and  you  cannot  avoid  these  responsibilities  if 
you  would,  nor  should  you  if  you  could. 

Nevertheless,  I  can  assure  that  you  are  also  entering  a  beautiful  world, 
where  the  very  shadows  prove  that  plenty  of  sunshine  exists,  a  world  of 
brave  men  and  good  women,  whose  best  and  noblest  characteristics  are 
brought  out  most  clearly  and  vividly  in  such  scenes  as  those  in  which  you 
will  be  called  to  act.  But  remember,  that  as  a  rule,  you  will  find  only  what 
you  seek  and  believe  in.  Remember,  also,  that  this  knowledge  which  you 
have  acquired,  and  are  yet  to  acquire,  is  entrusted  to  you  as  a  power,  a 
power  none  the  less  real,  and  involving  no  less  responsibility  because  it  is 
accompanied  by  no  special  outward  insignia  of  authority  or  rank. 

By  the  help  of  this  knowledge  you  are  to  get  wisdom — that  wisdom  which 
always  lingers,  and  sometimes  comes  too  late;  that  wisdom  of  which  it  is 
written  that  for  all  the  children  of  men  "length  of  days  are  in  her  right 
hand,  as  in  her  left  hand  riches  and  honor." 


Medical  Bibliography 


Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Faculty: 

First  of  all,  permit  me  to  return  thanks  for  the  honor  of  being  called 
upon  to  address  you  at  this  Annual  Meeting,  and  also  for  the  distinction 
of  an  election  as  an  Honorary  Member  of  this  body.  As  regards  the  latter, 
my  thanks  are  unqualified;  as  regards  the  former,  I  am  reminded  of 
the  comparison  of  such  honors  to  that  little  book  described  in  Revelation 
as  being  "sweet  in  the  mouth  but  bitter  in  the  belly,"  since  the  prepara- 
tion of  such  an  address  as  one  would  wish  to  present  to  this  assemblage, 
is  by  no  means  an  unmixed  pleasure;  and  if  my  reflections  while 
hesitating  in  the  choice  of  a  subject  for  this  occasion  could  be  given  in 
full,  they  would  illustrate  this  capitally. 

I  thought  of  a  number  of  things  which  would  probably  interest  you,  at 
all  events  I  should  very  much  like  to  hear  something  about  them  my- 
self; but,  unfortunately,  I  knew  just  enough  about  them  to  deprive  me 
of  that  unhesitating  confidence  with  which  one  can  advise  about  matters 
of  which  he  is  quite  ignorant, — and  yet  not  enough  to  feel  that  I  had 
anything  to  say  about  them  which  would  be  worth  listening  to. 

Once  upon  a  time — many  years  ago  it  was — I  had  a  patient!  This  pa- 
tient was  a  locomotive  engineer,  who  ran  the  night  express  on  one  of  our 
great  Western  through-lines.  He  told  me  that  on  dark  and  stormy  nights 
he  drove  his  engine  into  the  blackness  ahead  without  special  anxiety  or 
fear,  but  on  the  moonlight  nights,  when  the  vista  into  which  vanished 
the  glittering  rails  in  front  was  half  revealed,  and  when  the  bars  of 
shadow  across  the  track  seemed  like  missing  rails  or  fallen  tree-trunks, 
he  was  fearful  and  hesitating,  and  that  the  nervous  strain  then  became 
great  and  exhausting.  It  was  a  new  illustration  of  the  old  proverb, 
"Where  ignorance  is  bliss,"  etc. 

But  to  return  to  my  subject,  or  rather  to  my  want  of  a  subject.  I 
thought  of  matters  of  local  interest,  of  the  relations  of  physicians  to 
public  health,  the  management  of  smallpox  epidemics,  and  the  Baltimore 
Ordinance  for  the  Control  of  Contagious  Diseases;  of  the  vital  statistics 
of  Maryland,  and  a  comparison  of  the  results  obtained  by  the  census  with 
those  which  may  be  deduced  from  a  multiplication  of  the  supposed 
number  of  houses  by  the  estimated  number  of  persons  per  house;  of 

Address  at  the  85th  Annual  Session  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 
Maryland,  held  at  Baltimore,  April  1883.  Transactions  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical 
Faculty  of  Maryland,  1883.  pp.  58-80. 

149 


150 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


higher  medical  education,  and  the  probable  relations  the  Medical  De- 
partment of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  will  have  to  it  and  to  other 
medical  schools  in  this  city;  of  hospitals  in  general,  and  the  merits  and 
demerits  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  in  particular;  of  quarantine 
versus  scientific  investigation,  and  the  National  Board  of  Health  versus 
the  Marine  Hospital  Service;  and  the  result  of  these  reflections  was  that 
the  progress  of  science  and  the  harmony  of  this  auspicious  occasion  would 
be  best  aided  and  preserved  by  letting  all  these  subjects  carefully 
alone.  "Let  us  remember,"  said  Whewell,  "that  we  are  not  infallible,  not 
even  the  youngest  of  us,"  and  in  all  these  matters  let  each  abide  in  his  own 
belief;  that  is,  of  course,  provided  that  we  cannot  persuade  or  drive 
him  out  of  it. 

Finally,  I  decided  to  occupy  the  time  with  a  talk  about  medical  bibli- 
ography and  how  this  Faculty  can  promote  it.  The  trouble  did  not  end, 
however,  with  the  selection  of  a  subject;  far  from  it.  Do  you  remember 
Fuseli's  description  of  his  method  of  painting  a  picture?  He  said,  "First  I 
sits  myself  down;  then  I  works  myself  up;  then  I  puts  in  my  shades;  then 
I  drags  out  my  lights."  This  sounds  simple  and  easy;  but,  in  the  first 
place,  I  could  find  no  time  or  opportunity  to  sit  down  to  this  business 
until  a  few  days  ago.  As  to  the  working  up — let  me  take  you  behind 
the  scenes  for  a  moment,  and  in  the  strictest  confidence  show  you  how  it 
was  done. 

In  the  first  place,  a  sheet  of  foolscap  was  covered  with  notes  of  head- 
ings, such  as  "definition,"  "utility,"  "history,"  "necessity  for  truthful- 
ness," "difference  between  a  bibliography  and  an  index,"  "method  of 
work,"  "how  to  use  a  library,"  etc.,  etc.  Then  I  wrote  out  more  fully  the 
few  ideas  I  had  derived  from  personal  experience.  Then  I  took  up  the 
Index  Catalogue  of  the  Washington  library  and  turned  to  the  heading 
"Bibliography  (Medical)."  In  this  particular  case  I  happened  to  know 
pretty  well  what  I  wanted,  which  was  a  list  of  three  or  four  of  the  first 
attempts  at  medical  bibliography,  and  the  precise  reference  to  a  paper 
on  "errors  in  medical  bibliography,"  by  Dr.  A.  Petit,  which  I  had 
found  very  interesting.  I  also  knew  that  I  had  read,  within  the  past  year, 
another  article  on  the  same  subject  by  the  same  author,  being  a  reply  to 
an  article  by  M.  Richet  in  the  Revue  Scientifique.  To  find  the  precise 
reference  for  this  I  went  to  the  Index  Medicus,  and  in  five  minutes  I 
had  it.  Having  examined  these  various  papers,  I  found  half  a  dozen  more 
references  which  were  neither  in  the  Index  Catalogue  nor  the  Index 
Medicus,  and,  especially,  one  to  a  preface  written  by  Prof.  Verneuil  to  a 
treatise  on  gastrostomy,  by  M.  Petit,  to  which  I  shall  have  occasion  to 
refer  presently,  and  which  is  probably  in  about  the  last  place  where 
one  would  have  thought  of  looking  for  one  of  the  most  eloquent 
eulogiums  of  medical  bibliography  with  which  I  am  acquainted. 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


151 


Having  read  these  various  papers,  together  with  the  very  excellent 
article  on  Bibliography  in  the  last  edition  of  the  Encyclopedia  Britan- 
nica,  I  discovered  three  things,  all  of  which  previous  melancholy  ex- 
periences had  led  me  to  anticipate.  First,  I  found  a  number  of  fresh 
references;  second,  that  I  had  more  material  than  could  be  used  in  an 
hour's  address,  and  third,  that  most  of  the  ideas  contained  in  my  pre- 
liminary notes  had  been  very  much  better  expressed  by  previous 
writers,  and  that  they  must  either  be  dropped,  or  quotations  substituted 
for  what  I  had  thought  might  possibly  be  something  new. 

I  shall  not  trouble  you  with  further  details,  my  object  being  merely  to 
indicate  one  method  of  commencing  a  bibliographical  research;  and  also 
to  indicate  why  it  is  that  such  researches  tend  so  strongly  to  destroy 
originality  of  expression,  since  one  so  often  finds  a  sentence  or  paragraph 
in  which  his  idea  is  so  well  stated  that  any  change  in  it  would  be  the 
reverse  of  an  improvement,  and  the  impulse  to  quote  becomes  irre- 
sistible, although  the  quotation  is  by  no  means  always  acknowledged. 

Now,  like  the  fine  old  Scotch  gentlewoman  quoted  by  John  Brown, 
one  often  finds  that  the  best  way  to  get  the  better  of  temptation  is  just  to 
yield  to  it;  which  is  simply  another  way  of  stating  what  some  modern 
philosophers  would  express  as  the  importance  of  following  the  lines  of 
least  resistance;  and  therefore  you  are  duly  warned  that  I  shall  make  no 
special  attempt  at  originality,  either  in  matter  or  form;  and  while  I  do 
hereby  formally  apologize  for  not  having  prepared  a  set  oration,  I  do, 
at  the  same  time,  beg  that  you  will  shift  the  greater  part  of  the  blame  for 
this  failure  from  my  shoulders  to  those  of  the  gentlemen  who  are  re- 
sponsible for  my  being  in  this  position. 

Bibliography  is  defined  by  the  Encyclopcedia  Britannica  as  "the  science 
of  books,  having  regard  to  their  description  and  proper  classification," 
the  meaning  having  been  greatly  modified  from  that  which  it  had  a 
hundred  and  fifty  years  ago,  when  it  signified  "skill  in  deciphering  and 
judging  of  ancient  manuscripts,"  which  is  now  called  palaeography. 
This  definition  of  the  Encyclopaedia,  comprehensive  as  it  is,  does  not 
fairly  include  the  most  usual  sense  in  which  the  term  bibliography  is 
now  used  as  applied  to  a  particular  subject,  that  is,  as  giving  references 
to  all  the  literature  of  that  subject:  including  not  only  the  titles  of 
books  and  pamphlets  specially  treating  of  it,  but  also  articles  in  periodi- 
cals and  transactions,  and  even  single  paragraphs  which  furnish  informa- 
tion with  regard  to  the  matter  in  hand.  Perhaps  I  can  best  illustrate  this 
by  giving  a  few  specimens  of  the  inquiries  made  at  the  Library  of  the 
Surgeon  General's  Office  in  Washington,  such  as:  "for  the  literature  of 
hydrophobia";  "for  all  cases  of  epilepsy  reported  as  cured  by  burns"; 
"for  a  complete  list  of  all  books  and  papers  written  by  Dr.  John  Jones"; 
"for  materials  for  the  life  of  Dr.  John  Morgan";  "for  a  list  of  the 


152 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


printed  medical  theses  of  the  graduates  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania"; "for  materials  for  a  history  of  the  Medical  Schools  of  Baltimore, 
including  all  catalogues,  announcements,  etc.";  "for  all  accounts  of 
epidemics  occurring  in  Memphis";  "for  data  relative  to  the  diseases  of 
Georgia";  "how  many  editions  have  been  published  of  the  treatise  of  the 
school  of  Salernum?"  "Which  is  the  best  edition  of  Galen?"  "Who  was 
the  author  of  Sechs  BiXcher  ausserlesene  Artzney,  etc.,  published  at  Tor- 
gau  in  1600?"  "Where  can  I  find  a  paper  'On  the  voice'  by  Dr.  H.  H. 
Hayden,  published  in  some  journal  or  transactions  forty  or  fifty  years 
ago?"  "Where  can  I  find  a  paper  'On  the  differences  between  dead  and 
living  protoplasm,'  recently  published,  author's  name  not  remem- 
bered?" "What  is  a  copy  of  Bagellardus  de  Egritudinibus  infantium 
worth?"  "What  will  you  give  for  a  perfect  manuscript  in  good  condition, 
written  in  1429,  being  extracts  from  and  commentaries  on  Almansor  and 
Isaac,  and  making  160  leaves  folio?"  The  answers  to  these  and  similar 
questions  come  under  the  head  of  medical  bibliography,  and  you  will  see 
that  it  is  not  easy  to  give  a  definition  which  will  include  them  all,  unless 
you  make  it  so  general  and  vague  as  to  be  useless,  as,  for  instance,  that 
it  is  the  science  of  medical  literature.  It  may  be  viewed  and  studied 
either  as  a  means  or  as  an  end.  The  greater  part  of  medical  bibliogra- 
phy does  not  go  beyond  the  titles  of  books  or  articles.  The  first  distinct 
and  separate  work  on  the  subject  is  that  of  Pascal  Lecoq,  better  known 
by  his  Latinized  name  of  Paschalis  Gallus.  His  Bibliotheca  Medica,  pub- 
lished at  Basle  in  1590,  gives  a  list  of  about  thirteen  hundred  medical 
authors,  the  titles  of  whose  works  are  stated  vaguely  and  indefinitely, 
usually  only  one  edition  being  given.  It  is  arranged  alphabetically  by  the 
first,  not  the  last  names  of  the  authors.  It  gives,  also,  lists  of  writers  on 
certain  subjects  or  in  certain  languages,  and  as  the  system  of  classification 
is  brief  and  curious,  I  give  it  in  full:  Works  in  French,  works  in  German, 
works  on  Hippocrates,  on  Galen,  on  Avicenna,  on  Dioscorides,  on  Sur- 
gery, Anatomy,  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacopoeias,  on  Practice,  on  Con- 
silia  Medica  (or  what  we  would  call  clinical  medicine),  on  Pest  and  on 
Lues. 

In  the  following  year,  namely,  1591,  Israel  Spachius  published,  at 
Frankfort,  his  Nomenclator  Scriptorum  Medicorum.  This  is  a  subject- 
catalogue  with  an  index  of  authors,  of  whom  1436  are  mentioned.  The 
data  for  both  these  books  appear  to  have  been  derived  mainly  from  the 
Bibliotheca  of  Conrad  Gesner.  Cuvier,  in  his  life  of  Gesner,  in  the 
Biographie  Universelle,  mentions  that  Gesner  never  permitted  the  sec- 
tion "Medicine"  of  his  Bibliotheque  Universelle  to  be  printed,  as  he 
could  never  get  it  arranged  to  his  satisfaction.  If  this  rule  were  to  be 
generally  applied,  bibliographies  and  catalogues  would  be  exceedingly 
rare.  I  shall  not  inflict  upon  you  an  account  of  the  various  attempts  at 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


153 


medical  bibliography  which  have  been  published  from  the  time  of  Spa- 
chius  to  the  present  day.  You  will  find  their  titles  down  to  1874  in  the 
very  complete  and  accurate  Bibliographic  des  Sciences  Medicales,  by 
Paully,  which  is  itself  a  book  worth  knowing,  being  a  bibliography  of 
medical  bibliography,  history  and  biography,  making  a  volume  of  over 
1800  pages.  I  must,  however,  say  a  word  upon  one  series  of  works,  not  to 
mention  which  would  be  unpardonable,  for  an  address  on  medical  bib- 
liography which  contained  no  allusion  to  the  Bibliotheca  of  Haller 
would  be  like  a  political  speech  of  the  present  day  with  no  allusion  to 
reform  or  the  tariff.  The  quarto  volumes  which  contain  Haller's  Biblio- 
thecce  Anatomica,  Chirurgica  and  Medicince,  comprise  a  remarkable 
piece  of  work,  which  only  those  who  have  been  engaged  in  similar  pur- 
suits can  fully  appreciate.  They  form  a  history  of  medicine  rather 
than  a  bibliography;  but  it  is  wonderful  that  remote  as  he  was  from  great 
libraries,  he  should  have  been  able  to  make  such  a  complete  enumera- 
tion of  existing  medical  books  as  he  did.  These  works  are,  however, 
much  more  generally  praised  than  consulted  for  bibliographical  pur- 
poses; the  arrangement  in  order  of  dates,  instead  of  by  subjects,  or  alpha- 
betically by  authors,  being  very  inconvenient,  and  the  index  being  im- 
perfect. Their  great  value  is  in  the  clear,  brief  analyses  and  pithy  criti- 
cisms which  are  given  of  a  large  number  of  books,  and  in  the  fact  that  he 
clearly  indicates  the  books  which  he  himself  has  seen  and  examined,  as 
distinguished  from  those  of  which  he  knew  only  the  titles.  With  refer- 
ence to  these  last  he  usually  indicates  his  authority,  but,  unfortunately, 
in  printing  he  forgot  to  give  the  key  to  his  abbreviations,  and  some  of 
these  are  now  unexplainable. 

Mr.  Thomas  Windsor,  of  Manchester,  one  of  the  most  learned  and 
accurate  of  living  medical  bibliographers,  has  pointed  out  an  amusing 
error  resulting  from  misinterpreting  Haller's  abbreviations.  "Speaking 
of  Peter  Lowe's  work,  The  Whole  Course  of  Chirurgie,  Haller  gives  the 
editions  as  follows:  'London  1597.  4.  Tr.  1612.  4.  Port.  1614.  4.  Gunz. 
1634.  4.  Port.  1657.  4.  Gunz.'  That  is,  there  were  five  editions,  published 
in  the  years  1597,  1612,  1614,  1634  and  1657.  All  were  issued  in  London, 
and  all  were  quartos.  The  abbreviations  Tr.,  Port.,  Gunz.,  signify  the 
authorities  for  Haller's  statements,  he  himself  not  having  seen  any  copy 
of  the  work.  Watt,  in  his  Bibliotheca  Britannica,  vol.  I,  p.  618,  has  ampli- 
fied Haller  in  the  following  extraordinary  manner:  'Lowe,  Peter . . .  The 

Whole  Course  of  Chirurgerie  Lond.  1596,  1597,  1612,  1634,  1654,  4to. 

This  is  considered  to  be  a  book  of  very  great  merit,  and  was  translated 
into  a  variety  of  languages,  and  printed  in  Fr.  1612,  Port.  1614,  Gunz. 
1634,  Port.  1657.'  Allibone,  in  his  Critical  Dictionary  of  English  Litera- 
ture, has  carefully  copied  Watt."  1 

1  Index  Medicus,  Vol.  I,  1879,  p.  372. 


154 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


It  is  not  my  purpose  to  indicate  or  comment  on  the  various  systematic 
works  on  medical  bibliography  which  have  appeared  since  the  days 
of  Haller,  all  of  which  are  largely  indebted  to  his  works  for  information. 
Most  of  them  are  more  useful  to  a  librarian  or  bookseller  than  they  are 
to  a  physician  seeking  for  information  on  a  particular  subject,  unless  that 
subject  is  bibliographical.  The  best  medical  bibliography  will  be  found 
in  the  French  dictionaries  or  encyclopaedias  of  medicine,  in  monographs, 
and  articles  in  medical  journals.  I  shall  presently,  however,  have  a  word 
or  two  to  say  with  regard  to  one  source  of  information,  namely,  cata- 
logues of  medical  libraries;  but  first  let  us  consider  some  of  the  meth- 
ods used  in  medico-bibliographical  work. 

First,  there  is  the  old-fashioned  way,  in  which  the  student  searches  the 
books  immediately  at  his  command,  using  their  indexes  and  making 
notes  of  all  references  to  other  works.  He  then  goes  to  a  library — 
asks  for  these  books,  gets  more  references  from  them,  and  so  on — his 
time  and  patience  being  usually  exhausted  some  time  before  the  supply 
of  references  fails.  It  is  in  this  way  that  bibliographical  research  becomes 
a  pleasure  by  and  for  itself,  and  it  is  thus  also  that  the  best  of  this 
work  has  been  done,  but  it  requires  much  time. 

Second,  there  is  the  modern  mechanical  way,  the  extreme  type  of 
which  is  to  pay  some  one  else  to  make  a  list  of  references  for  you,  and 
then  print  this  list  as  a  bibliography  of  the  subject  without  taking  the 
trouble  to  consult  the  works  themselves.  Some  writers,  in  fact,  seem  to 
desire  to  finish  their  article  with  an  imposing  string  of  references,  with- 
out caring  much  whether  they  have  any  special  relation  to  the  matter 
in  hand  or  not,  something  like  the  retired  merchant  who  bought  a 
country  place  and  resolved  to  have  a  cow  because  he  was  so  fond  of 
new-laid  eggs. 

Do  not  suppose,  however,  that  I  object  to  mechanical  bibliographical 
work;  it  is  of  great  use  as  saving  the  time  of  those  who  can  be  more  use- 
fully employed,  and  it  is  now  in  fact  a  necessity, — since  the  mass  of  ma- 
terial to  be  dealt  with  is  too  great  in  most  cases  to  be  handled  in  any 
other  way.  I  only  wish  to  reiterate  warnings  which  have  already  been 
given  by  others.  Sir  James  Paget,  for  example,  thinks  that  "there  is  now 
a  danger  that  in  the  multiplication  of  scientific  pursuits,  and  in  the 
superabundance  of  means  of  publication,  we  shall  lose  the  accuracy 
which  should  be  at  the  foundation  of  our  work.  The  publishing  of  error 
is  quite  as  easy  as  the  publishing  of  truth,  and  there  will  always  be  a 
large  number  of  persons  who  will  believe  a  statement  because  it  is  in 
print." 

Again,  in  an  excellent  article  signed  "Ch.  R.,"  in  the  Revue  Scientifique 
for  July  1,  1882,  it  is  urged  that  an  indispensable  condition  in  biblio- 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


155 


graphical  work  is  sincerity.  "It  is  almost  a  lie  to  quote  a  book  which  one 
has  not  had  in  his  hands,"  and,  again,  "It  is  a  part  of  elementary  scien- 
tific honesty  to  cite  only  the  books  which  one  has  read. ...  Of  course  one 
can  neither  consult  all  authors  nor  have  at  his  disposal  all  the  collections 
and  books  which  contain  desirable  information;  but  if  one  cannot  consult 
the  original  record,  there  is  certainly  nothing  to  prevent  stating  that 
a  given  bibliographical  note  is  given  at  second-hand,  and  noting  the 
authority  for  it.  A  good  bibliography,  however,  should  merit  more 
praise  than  the  mere  statement  that  it  is  not  deceptive.  After  all  the  data 
and  materials  have  been  collected  it  will  be  found  that  many  items 
are  useless,  and  it  is  the  elimination  of  these  useless  references  which 
forms  an  important  part  of  true  erudition."  M.  Richet  would  not  have 
such  references  mentioned  at  all,  he  would  have  the  writer  ignore  them 
entirely.  This  view,  however,  does  not  appear  to  me  to  be  correct, 
so  far  as  concerns  the  titles  of  books  or  papers  which  might  seem  to  a 
person  unacquainted  with  them  to  relate  to  the  matter  in  hand.  When 
in  the  course  of  his  researches  a  writer  has  examined  such  a  book  or 
pamphlet  and  found  that  it  contains  nothing  original,  or  that  the 
contents  do  not  correspond  with  the  title,  or  that  for  other  reasons  it  is  a 
waste  of  time  to  consult  it,  he  should  give  the  reference  and  note  the  fact 
distinctly.  It  is  often  just  as  important  to  indicate  that  there  is  no 
thoroughfare  as  to  point  out  the  direct  road.  It  is  precisely  this  critical 
indication  of  the  value  of  a  paper  which  makes  the  difference  between 
good  and  bad  bibliography,  or  between  bibliography,  properly  so  called, 
and  catalogues  or  indexes.  Consider  for  a  moment  what  is,  or  should  be, 
the  main  purpose  for  which  a  writer  gives  bibliographical  details, 
namely,  to  save  his  reader  time  and  trouble  in  case  he  wishes  to  verify 
or  enlarge  upon  the  author's  statements.  But  if  the  writer  has  consulted 
John  Smith's  book  or  article  and  found  that  it  gives  no  information  in 
regard  to  the  subject  in  hand,  although  its  title  seems  to  indicate  it;  that 
it  is  a  mere  rehash  of  opinions  without  any  new  facts,  any  intelligent 
criticism,  or  anything  else  which  would  induce  one  to  look  at  it  if  he  had 
no  other  sources  of  information,  he  should  say  so,  and  spare  his  suc- 
cessors in  the  same  path  the  labor  of  looking  up  and  reading  John 
Smith's  work,  and  the  moral  deterioration  which  the  feelings  excited  by 
the  examination  of  such  a  work  are  apt  to  produce. 

It  is  very  true  that  when  one  is  speaking  of  the  works  of  contemporaries 
and  friends  there  is  a  very  natural  and  even  commendable  reluctance  to 
publish  unfavorable  criticisms  or  comments,  and  that  it  is  much  easier 
to  refrain  from  all  mention  in  such  cases;  but  at  least  it  should  be  done 
for  the  older  writers  when  an  attempt  is  made  to  present  a  bibliography 
properly  so  called.  The  article  of  M.  Richet,  to  which  reference  has  just 


156 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


been  made,  gave  rise  to  an  interesting  comment  by  M.  Petit  upon  the 
method  to  be  pursued  in  bibliographical  researches,  in  which  he  points 
out  the  impossibility  of  preventing  literary  thefts  in  bibliographical 
work,  and  refers  to  the  "wrath  of  Broca  and  Jaccoud  at  this  factitious 
erudition,  and  at  the  fact  that  their  work  has  been  used  by  others  without 
acknowledgment."  (Petit  (L.  H.)  Sur  la  m^thode  a  suivre  dans  les 
recherches  bibliographiques.  Gaz.  hebd.  de  med.,  Paris,  1882,  2e  s£r., 
tome  XIX,  pp.  537;  585.) 

Jaccoud  prefaces  his  bibliography  of  diabetes  as  follows:  "The  gen- 
eral bibliography  of  diabetes  has  been  thus  far  a  little  neglected.  I 
have  taken  special  pains  in  preparing  the  following,  and  have  arranged 
it  on  a  new  plan  which  I  think  will  much  increase  its  usefulness.  I  hope 
that  whoever  does  this  bibliography  the  honor  of  copying  from  it,  will 
at  the  same  time  indicate  the  original  of  the  copy." 

On  reading  this  note  I  was  naturally  led  to  an  examination  of  the 
bibliography  thus  commended,  and  certainly  it  shows  extensive  research 
and  is  a  very  useful  compilation.  I  note  in  it,  however,  some  errors  of 
matter  and  form,  and  as  by  these  I  can  illustrate  one  or  two  rules  of 
bibliography,  I  will  occupy  two  minutes  with  some  remarks  on  the  first 
of  the  ten  pages  of  which  this  list  consists.  The  merits  of  a  bibliography 
are  to  be  judged  of:  1st,  as  to  its  accuracy;  2d,  as  to  its  completeness;  3d, 
as  to  absence  of  redundancy  or  repetition;  4th,  as  to  its  form;  the  most 
important  rules  for  which  last  are,  that  it  should  be  such  that  a  librarian 
or  a  bookseller  can  find  the  books  called  for  with  the  least  expenditure 
of  time  and  trouble,  and  that  the  classification  shall  be  such  as  will 
direct  the  inquirer  most  readily  to  the  especial  information  which  he 
seeks. 

First,  then,  are  the  names,  titles,  dates,  etc.,  accurately  given?  I  find 
that  the  title  of  the  work  of  Trnka  de  Kr'zowitz,  which  is  given  as  "Com- 
mentarius  de  diabete,"  is  really  "De  diabete  commentarius";  that 
"Rollo.  Cases  of  diabetes,  etc.,  1797,"  should  be  "Rollo.  Two  cases," 
etc.,  or  else  the  date  should  be  changed;  that  "Bennet  (J.  B.)  1801," 
should  be  spelled  with  two  t's  instead  of  one;  that  the  paper  of  "Dupuy- 
tren  et  Thenard,"  which  is  said  to  have  been  published  in  the  Bulletin 
de  la  Societe  de  medecine,  1806,  was  really  published  in  the  Journal 
de  medecine,  chirurgie,  pharmacie,  etc.,  for  that  year,  p.  83,  and  that 
only  an  extract  from  it  is  given  in  the  Bulletin  de  la  Faculte  de  medecine 
de  Paris  (etc.),  which  is  what  Jaccoud  intended  to  refer  to,  but  of  which 
he  did  not  give  the  correct  title;  that  the  date  of  the  dissertation  of 
Salomon,  which  he  gives  as  1809,  is  really  1808;  that  the  article  referred 
to  as  by  "Renaudin"  in  1818,  is  by  "Renauldin"  in  the  volume  of  the 
Dictionnaire  des  sciences  medicales,  dated  1814;  that  the  dissertation 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


157 


given  as  by  "Siegmeyer"  is  by  "Siegmayer,"  and  that  the  title  of  the 
thesis  of  Dusseaux  is  "Sur  le  diabete,"  and  not  "Du  diabete,"  as  given. 
Here,  then,  are  at  least  eight  errors  on  this  page,  comparatively  trivial, 
it  is  true,  but  of  such  a  character  as  to  make  it  doubtful  whether 
Professor  Jaccoud  had  himself  examined  all  of  these  books  whose 
titles  he  quotes. 

Second,  let  us  look  at  the  completeness  of  the  list.  It  gives  five  titles 
of  works  on  Diabetes  published  prior  to  1800.  If  its  compiler  had  con- 
sulted the  bibliography  given  at  the  end  of  the  article  by  Renauldin, 
above  referred  to,  he  would  have  found  over  thirty  titles  of  works  pub- 
lished prior  to  1800,  which  should  have  been  included,  and  he  would 
also  have  found  a  large  number  in  Ploucquet's  work,  which  is  one  of 
which  no  medical  bibliographer  should  be  ignorant. 

Third,  as  to  absence  of  duplication  or  redundancy.  From  this  fault 
Dr.  Jaccoud's  Bibliography  is  free,  and  it  is  one  not  likely  to  occur  in  a 
list  of  general  treatises.  It  is  a  very  common  one,  however,  in  lists  of 
references  to  cases,  and  it  is  one  which  requires  minute  examination  of 
each  case  to  avoid;  many  specimens  of  it  will  be  found  in  those  sections 
of  the  Index  Catalogue  of  your  Washington  library  which  refer  to  cases 
of  a  given  disease,  injury  or  operation. 

Fourth,  we  come  to  the  form  in  which  Dr.  Jaccoud  gives  his  references. 
As  regards  the  individual  items,  judged  by  the  rules  given  above,  this 
form  is  very  bad.  The  size  of  the  books  is  not  given,  nor  the  volume  of 
the  journal,  nor  the  page.  The  various  medical  encyclopaedias  are  re- 
ferred to  as  "the  Dictionary  in  thirty  volumes,"  "the  Dictionary  in 
fifteen  volumes,"  &s.,  and  the  number  of  the  volume  is  given  in  only  one 
instance,  and  that  for  a  German  encyclopaedia.  On  the  other  hand,  un- 
necessary space  is  occupied  by  giving  the  titles  of  journals  in  full  instead 
of  using  well-recognized  abbreviations.  The  classification  adopted  is 
a  very  good  one — it  is  into  treatises  on  the  general  subject,  on  complica- 
tion with  gangrene,  with  disordered  vision,  etc.,  on  pathological  anatomy 
and  etiology,  chemistry,  theories  and  treatment. 

Now,  probably,  this  seems  to  you  very  petty  criticism,  and  so  it  would 
be  if  it  were  intended  for  criticism,  which  it  is  not.  I  simply  wish  to 
call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  there  is  a  systematic  way  of  giving 
bibliographical  references  with  which  medical  writers  should  be  familiar, 
and  incidentally  to  suggest  that  when  one  calls  attention  to  his  own 
bibliographical  work  as  being  especially  fine,  it  is  a  sort  of  challenge 
which  some  carper  and  doubter  is  sure  to  take  up  sooner  or  later.  Taking 
all  things  into  consideration,  the  best  specimens  of  medical  bibliograph- 
ical work  with  which  I  am  acquainted  are  those  given  by  my  colleague, 
Dr.  Woodward,  in  the  medical  volume  of  the  second  part  of  the 


158 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Medical  and  Surgical  History  of  the  War;  and  the  work  of  Petit  presently 
to  be  alluded  to. 

M.  Richet  concludes  his  article  in  the  Revue  Scientifique  as  follows: 
"Perhaps  it  is  unwise  to  attribute  so  much  importance  to  bibliography. 
Perhaps  the  turning  over  the  pages  of  many  books  and  the  consulting 
of  many  authors  has  a  tendency  to  destroy  orginality.  But  on  the  whole 
I  do  not  think  so.  Moreover,  those  who  have  the  rare  gift  of  scientific 
originality  are  altogether  excused.  They  are  creators  and  have  no 
need  of  being  erudite.  Those  who  need  to  be  such  are  those  who  are 
neither  discoverers  nor  inventors,  and  it  appears  to  me  that  such  are  in 
the  majority."  This  does  not  fully  accord  with  the  opinions  of  Prof. 
Verneuil,  who  in  his  preface  to  the  treatise  on  gastrostomy,  by  L.  H. 
Petit  (Paris,  1879),  introduces  the  book  with  the  statement  that  it  is  a 
work  of  pure  erudition,  compiled  by  a  bibliographer  who  never  has 
performed,  and  probably  never  will  perform,  the  operation  of  which  he 
gives  the  history;  and  yet  that  he  has  contributed  as  much  to  its  future 
success  as  those  who  have  devised  or  practised  it.  He  says:  "Scientific 
progress  is  due  to  three  things  of  equal  importance,  namely,  erudition, 
observation  and  experiment.  There  is  a  bibliographical  method  which  is 
distinct,  independent,  worthy  of  cultivation  for  its  own  sake,  and  in  no 
way  inferior  to  its  two  rivals  in  the  amount  and  value  of  the  information 
which  it  furnishes. . . .  While  erudition  certainly  creates  nothing,  it  leads 
to  creation.  To  discountenance  research  in  literature  is  like  advising 
travellers  who  visit  regions  not  yet  fully  explored,  to  refrain  from 
making  use  of  the  maps  prepared  by  their  predecessors.  The  great  ob- 
jection to  such  work  is  the  amount  of  time  which  it  requires,  if  it  is  to 
be  done  thoroughly  and  accurately.  This  time  is,  moreover,  the  greater 
since  each  bibliophile  must  serve  his  apprenticeship  almost  alone,  for 
the  bibliographical  method  has  not  been  taught  yet,  nor  have  its  rules 
been  laid  down.  Certainly  no  one  can  do  such  work  for  himself  upon  all 
subjects.  A  lifetime  would  be  insufficient  to  thus  study  the  hundredth 
part  of  pathology;  but  we  may  ask  of  those  who  cannot  do  such  work, 
that  at  least  they  shall  not  disdain  those  who  labor  at  it.  Certainly  we 
do  not  wish  to  depreciate  either  observation  or  experiment,  but  we 
desire  that  erudition  should  be  honored  as  it  merits,  and  that  bibliogra- 
phical work  should  be  recognized  as  of  public  utility.  With  us  to  call  a 
man  erudite  implies  rather  the  idea  of  narrow  specialization  and  pro- 
fessional inaptitude." 

I  have  quoted  thus  fully  from  Professor  Verneuil's  eulogium  as  giving 
the  views  of  a  French  master  upon  the  state  of  French  professional 
opinion  on  this  subject.  With  us  I  think  the  feeling  is  rather  one  of 
undue,  uncritical  admiration  of  bibliographical  matters  than  of  con- 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


159 


tempt  or  dislike;  but,  until  quite  recently,  American  physicians  had 
not  at  their  command  the  means  of  research  in  medical  literature  pos- 
sessed by  their  transatlantic  brethren,  and  even  now  the  physicians  of 
large  portions  of  the  country  find  it  very  difficult  to  get  access  to  the 
original  material  of  literary  research. 

The  members  of  the  Medico-Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland,  and 
especially  those  who  reside  in  Baltimore,  are  more  favorably  situated 
in  this  respect  than  their  professional  brethren  elsewhere.  Possibly  this 
may  be  news  to  some  of  you,  and  I  had  better  explain.  You  are  all  aware 
that  your  society  has  a  library  here  in  Baltimore,  a  library  which  con- 
tains for  the  most  part  only  old  books,  and  is  practically  little  used,  ex- 
cept by  a  very  few  persons,  and  of  which  it  might,  until  within  the 
last  few  years,  have  been  said  that  its  strongest  characteristic  was  its 
feebleness,  being,  as  a  Kentuckian  would  say,  "powerful  weak."  Re- 
cently, however,  by  the  exertions  of  a  few  members,  and  especially 
through  the  energy  and  zeal  of  your  librarian,  Dr.  Cordell,  the  collection 
has  been  put  in  order  and  made  accessible,  a  certain  number  of  cur- 
rent medical  journals  are  regularly  received,  and  other  improvements 
have  been  effected.  Permit  me,  however,  to  suggest  to  you  that  one  of 
the  most  important  uses  to  which  you  can  put  your  library  here  is  to  so 
arrange  it  that  it  may  be  the  means  of  your  getting  the  full  benefit  of 
your  other  collection  over  in  Washington,  which  you  may  consider  as  a 
sort  of  branch  library  of  the  Faculty.  You  all  know  that  what  is  called 
the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  is  a  large  and  valuable  one, 
but  probably  you  have  not  all  fully  realized  that  it  is  your  library, 
intended  for  your  benefit  and  use,  and  that  it  is  not  a  Bureau  Library 
intended  only  for  the  use  of  officials.  Such,  however,  is  the  fact,  and 
therefore  it  comes  within  the  limits  of  my  subject  to  offer  you  some  sug- 
gestions as  to  how  you  can  best  use  both  of  your  libraries,  and  what 
should  be  done  to  maintain  and  increase  their  completeness  and  useful- 
ness. 

First,  then,  your  library  in  Baltimore  should  be  made,  and  kept,  as 
complete  as  possible  in  the  local  medical  history  of  the  city  and  State.  It 
should  contain  every  medical  book,  pamphlet,  etc.,  published  in  or 
relating  to  the  State.  The  great  majority  of  these  will  cost  nothing  but 
watchfulness  and  prompt  application  for  them  at  the  time  of  publica- 
tion, but  if  they  be  not  then  obtained,  the  acquisition  soon  becomes 
difficult.  You  want  every  report  of  a  hospital,  asylum,  or  dispensary, 
every  announcement  or  catalogue  of  a  medical  school,  every  mortality 
report,  order  or  hand-bill  issued  by  sanitary  authorities  for  the  State  or 
city,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  you  want  to  obtain  at  least  two  copies  of 
each,  one  for  the  Baltimore  and  one  for  the  Washington  branch.  It  is  a 


160 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


matter  of  interest,  also,  to  keep  in  the  library  a  scrap-book  for  local 
newspaper  cuttings  of  all  matters  of  medical  or  sanitary  interest  which 
should  be  promptly  and  systematically  inserted.  A  small  scrap-book,  prop- 
erly indexed,  to  certain  newspaper  medical  advertisements,  especially 
those  of  the  various  quacks  who  infest  this,  as  they  do  all  other  large 
cities,  will  be  found  in  years  to  come  very  interesting,  and,  it  may  be, 
useful. 

The  limited  amount  of  funds  available  for  increasing  your  Baltimore 
collection  will  naturally  be  for  the  most  part  applied  to  the  purchase  of 
medical  journals.  The  main  thing  which  you  have  to  do  is  to  perfect 
the  system  of  care  and  storage  of  your  books,  in  order  that  they  may  be 
perfectly  secure  against,  let  us  say,  unauthorized  borrowing.  This  is 
necessary,  not  only  to  preserve  your  own  books,  but  to  make  it  possible 
for  the  Washington  library  to  loan  freely  to  the  Baltimore  library.  The 
Washington  collection  is  a  reference,  and  not  a  circulating,  library.  It 
does  not  as  a  rule  lend  books  to  individuals,  although  in  the  case  of 
modern  books,  which  can  be  readily  replaced,  it  will  do  so  upon  a 
deposit  sufficient  to  amply  cover  their  value,  its  rules  in  this  respect 
being  the  same  as  those  of  the  Library  of  Congress;  but  it  will  lend 
freely  to  other  libraries  which  are  so  constructed,  located,  and  managed 
that  the  books  in  them  are  secure  from  fire,  theft,  etc. 

Now,  suppose  that  a  member  of  the  Faculty  desires  to  prepare  a 
somewhat  elaborate  article  upon  some  medical  subject  for  a  society  or 
journal,  and  that  for  this  purpose  he  wishes  to  compare  his  own  ex- 
perience and  observations  with  those  of  others:  how  is  he  to  proceed? 
Before  attempting  to  answer  this,  permit  me  to  suggest  one  or  two 
things  which  he  should  not  do.  In  the  first  place,  he  should  not  as  the 
first  step  write  a  note  to  the  Washington  librarian,  somewhat  as  follows: 

Dear  Sir: — I  am  preparing  a  paper  on  fractures  and  wish  to  obtain 
the  bibliography  of  the  subject.  Can  you  favor  me  with  a  copy  of  all 
the  references  which  you  have  collected  upon  this  head?  I  shall  be  happy 
to  pay  the  expense  of  the  copy. 

Very  truly  yours, 

This  will  no  doubt  seem  to  some  to  be  not  an  unreasonable  request,  and 
/et  it  is  one  with  which  it  is  impossible  to  comply.  The  librarian  is  busy 
.vith  his  current  work — cataloguing,  printing,  furnishing  books,  etc.  He 
nas  no  clerical  force  available  for  making  copies,  and  he  cannot  employ 
an  unskilled  clerk  and  give  him  access  to  his  manuscript  cards.  He  can- 
not himself  spare  much  time  to  assort  and  arrange  references  for 
these  special  demands.  For  a  subject  which  has  only  half  a  dozen  refer- 
ences he  can  furnish  them,  he  can  verify  a  quotation,  and  is  glad  to 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


161 


furnish  information  which  a  brief  examination  of  a  few  volumes  will 
provide.  If  the  inquirer  will  visit  Washington  he  can  see  and  examine 
the  reference  cards  and  make  such  notes  as  he  desires,  provided  always 
that  this  does  not  interfere  with  the  catalogue  work. 

In  the  second  place,  the  man  who  proposes  to  write  a  paper  or  a 
book  should  not  as  a  rule  issue  a  circular  informing  the  world  at 
large  of  his  intention,  and  calling  upon  physicians  generally  to  report  to 
him  at  once  all  cases  which  they  may  have  had  of  the  particular  disease 
or  injury  which  he  proposes  to  discuss.  I  say  as  a  rule,  for  I  admit  that  a 
certain  amount  of  interesting  and  useful  information  may  be  obtained 
in  this  way  when  it  is  requested  by  one  who  is  recognized  as  having 
himself  already  contributed  largely  to  our  information  on  the  matter  in 
hand,  and  who  is  therefore  an  authority  on  the  subject  who  may  be  well 
intrusted  with  the  classifying,  comparing  and  judging  of  the  results  of 
the  work  of  others.  But  when  a  comparatively  unknown  man  makes  such 
a  demand  upon  the  profession  at  large,  his  success  will  probably  be 
small — and  properly  so.  A  man  should  show  that  he  has  some  money 
of  his  own  before  calling  on  the  public  to  bank  with  him. 

This  is,  however,  a  digression  from  medical  bibliography,  which  seems 
to  be  a  subject  with  regard  to  which  it  is  extraordinarily  difficult  to  keep 
to  the  point.  To  obtain  as  much  as  possible  from  a  library  you  should 
bring  as  much  information  there  as  you  can,  and  have  it  in  as  clear 
and  definite  a  form  as  possible.  Note  upon  a  slip  of  paper  the  books 
you  wish  to  see,  giving  their  titles  concisely,  but  clearly,  so  that  the 
man  who  is  to  find  the  books  will  not  have  to  waste  ten  minutes  of  his 
time  in  deciphering  your  references.  Consult  the  Index  Catalogue  so  far 
as  published,  the  Index  Medicus,  and  the  bibliographies  attached  to  the 
articles  in  the  modern  French  and  German  encyclopaedias,  and  it 
will  be  strange  if  you  can  find  no  titles  which  will  put  you  on  the  right 
road.  Remember  that  the  Index  Catalogue  is  not  a  bibliography.  The 
question  is  sometimes  asked  why  an  attempt,  at  least,  was  not  made 
to  make  it  such.  Why  the  comparatively  few  medical  journals,  etc.,  which 
the  library  does  not  contain,  could  not  have  been  found  in  other  libraries 
and  indexed  there,  and  in  like  manner  the  titles  of  books  have  been 
taken  from  other  catalogues  and  the  whole  combined  into  a  huge 
bibliography.  It  is  said  "You  have  got  so  much,  it  is  a  pity  you  cannot 
give  it  all."  I  shall  not  detain  you  with  the  various  reasons  why  this 
could  not  be  done  with  the  means  and  opportunities  we  had.  When 
the  Index  Catalogue  is  finished,  if  Congress  will  provide  the  funds  nec- 
essary for  the  preparation  of  a  supplement  to  contain  the  titles  of  all 
medical  books  and  papers  which  are  not  in  the  library,  it  would  no 
doubt  be  a  very  good  thing;  but,  for  the  present,  we  must  console  our- 


162 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


selves  with  the  reflection  that  when  we  look  down  a  string  of  references  in 
the  catalogue,  we  can  at  all  events  promptly  verify  all  of  them  by 
examining  the  books;  whereas,  when  we  have  consulted  a  bibliography, 
we  have  next  the  very  serious  task  of  discovering  in  what  libraries  and 
collections  the  various  books  are  to  be  found,  and  we  are  nearly  sure  to 
be  made  unhappy  by  being  unable  to  discover  some  of  them  anywhere. 
The  fact  that  those  which  we  cannot  find  are  probably  worthless  is  small 
consolation,  for  we  want  to  determine  that  fact  for  ourselves.  My  experi- 
ence is,  that  by  the  time  one  has  examined  all  the  books  on  a  particular 
subject,  to  which  references  are  given  in  the  Index  Catalogue,  and  has 
followed  out  the  various  clues  given  in  these  books  to  others  not  indexed 
but  which  are  in  the  collection,  he  is  usually  rather  pleased  than  other- 
wise that  he  knows  of  no  more  references  and  therefore  does  not  feel 
bound  to  consult  them.  A  large  number  indeed  of  those  who  use  the 
library  select  only  the  most  recent  literature  relating  to  the  subject  of 
their  studies,  and,  so  long  as  they  can  get  this,  care  little  or  nothing  for 
the  historical  side  of  the  matter.  Perhaps  I  may  some  day  have  occasion 
to  write  about  the  uses  and  abuses  of  the  Index  Catalogue,  in  which 
case  the  main  point  I  shall  insist  on  is  that  it  is  a  tool  which  must  be 
used  for  a  time  before  you  can  judge  of  its  merits.  It  is  by  no  means  a 
perfect  work,  and  although  as  yet  I  have  only  discovered,  or  had 
pointed  out,  some  half  dozen  errors  which  are  specially  discreditable 
as  indications  of  ignorance  on  the  part  of  its  compiler,  I  am  nevertheless 
quite  sure  there  must  be  a  number  of  others,  and  I  hope  those  who 
discover  them  will  point  them  out  to  me,  although  I  cannot  truly 
say  that  I  shall  be  happy  to  receive  this  information. 

Having  prepared  the  list  of  references  to  be  consulted,  which  it  will 
be  found  most  convenient  to  arrange  on  card  slips  of  uniform  size — that 
of  an  ordinary  postal  card  is  very  good — the  next  thing  is  to  get  the 
books.  It  is  best  to  go  to  Washington  and  visit  the  library  in  person, 
when  this  is  possible.  If  the  list  of  the  books  which  it  is  desired  to  con- 
sult be  sent  to  the  librarian  so  that  he  can  have  it  the  day  before  the 
visit,  some  time  and  confusion  will  be  avoided,  and  the  visitor  will  find 
the  books  which  he  desires  to  see  laid  out  ready  for  his  examination.  If, 
however,  it  is  impossible  to  visit  Washington,  the  inquirer  had  best  get 
some  library  which  has  the  means  of  safely  caring  for  the  books,  and 
will  be  responsible  in  case  of  loss  or  damage,  to  borrow  the  books  for 
him  through  its  librarian,  the  borrower  of  course  paying  the  expense  of 
transportation.  Now,  in  order  that  the  library  of  the  Faculty  may  be  able 
to  borrow  freely  from  your  Washington  branch,  it  must  be  so  managed 
and  arranged  that  the  books  in  it  will  be  perfectly  secure  against  loss. 
At  present  this  is  not  the  case,  and  one  of  your  first  cares  should  be  to 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


163 


improve  matters  in  this  respect.  Until  this  is  done  books  can  only  be 
obtained  freely  from  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  by  the 
Library  of  the  Peabody  Institute,  or  that  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. 

Permit  me  next  to  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  it  is  a  part  of 
your  duty  to  see  that  your  Washington  library  is  made  and  kept  as  com- 
plete as  possible.  In  the  first  place  it  should  have  every  new  medical 
book,  journal,  report,  or  thesis,  in  every  language,  as  soon  as  possible 
after  its  publication.  You  ought  to  be  certain  of  finding  in  this,  our 
National  medical  collection,  the  latest  literature  upon  any  subject  con- 
nected with  medicine,  and  everything  noted  in  the  Index  Medicus 
should  be  upon  its  shelves.  Now,  to  effect  this  would  require  an  appro- 
priation of  from  seven  to  eight  thousand  dollars  a  year.  The  journals 
and  transactions  relating  to  medicine  and  the  allied  sciences  will  alone 
cost  about  $2500  per  annum.  In  the  second  place,  the  deficiencies  in 
the  library  should  be  gradually  supplied  as  opportunity  offers.  The 
amount  and  character  of  these  deficiencies  are  matters  of  some  interest. 
In  order  to  obtain  some  data  on  this  point  I  have  compared  the  catalogue 
of  the  Washington  library  with  those  of  the  two  largest  collections  of 
books  in  existence,  viz.  the  British  Museum  of  London,  and  the 
Bibliotheque  Nationale  of  Paris.  Taking  the  fasciculi  of  the  catalogue 
printed  by  the  British  Museum  in  1881-82,  I  find  that  on  1140  pages, 
containing  about  34,000  titles  exclusive  of  cross  references,  there  are  the 
titles  of  657  books  and  880  inaugural  theses  relating  to  medicine. 
Comparing  these  with  the  corresponding  portions  of  the  Washington 
catalogue  it  is  found  that  the  British  Museum  has  262  medical  books, 
372  medical  theses  and  118  different  editions  which  are  not  in  the 
Surgeon-General's  Library.  On  the  other  hand  the  Surgeon-General's 
Library  has  285  books,  342  theses  and  88  different  editions  which  are  not 
in  the  British  Museum.  There  are  common  to  both  libraries  277  books 
and  508  theses.  The  two  libraries  therefore  appear  to  be  nearly  equal 
as  regards  medical  books.  This  is  exclusive  of  medical  journals,  trans- 
actions and  reports,  in  which  the  Washington  library  is  much  the  richer. 
The  tables,  I  and  II,  show  in  detail,  by  countries  and  periods,  the  differ- 
ence between  the  two  collections  as  regards  medical  books. 

The  catalogue  of  the  medical  section  of  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale 
in  Paris  is  arranged  by  subjects  and  not  by  authors,  does  not  include 
inaugural  theses  or  dissertations,  and  was  published  in  1857-73;  hence 
it  is  not  possible  to  make  an  exact  comparison  between  it  and  the  Index 
Catalogue  or  that  of  the  British  Museum.  But  taking  the  general  sub- 
jects, anatomy,  fevers,  diseases  of  the  eye,  and  cholera,  I  have  prepared 
a  table  showing  the  results  of  a  comparison  of  the  two  catalogues,  from 


164 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Total 

an3oiB}B3  sub<j 

I                     CO  CO  CO  — 

10  m  co  co 

CO  CM 

co  r-» 

CM 

1  '° 
m 
r-» 

X|UO  331JJ0 

n  to  N  m 
cm  —  cr>  co 

to  m 

qi°a 

id  o  n 
co  CD  r^- 

§  2 

CO 

cd 

CO 

Others 

Ajuo 
3n3ojB}B3  stjbj 

i — 1   N   CO  (D 
—  CM  —  CM 

* 

co 

X(uo  aorgo 

l£)  CO  CO  o 
CM  —  CM 

r-»  — - 

CO 

co 

CO  r-»  CM 
CM 

m  m 

CO 

p 

Spain 

Ajuo 

3n80I'Ei'B3  SIIBJ 

■t  m  w  - 

CM 

CM 

A[UO 

s,{ui3U3Q  noa3ing 

— i   •<*>  CO 

CO 

CM 

n°a 

- 

Italy 

jC[do 
3n3o]B}BQ  subj 

t*<  co  m  — • 

CM  —  CM 

<0  CT> 
(O  CO 

m 
o 

Xjuo  aogjo 
sjbjsusq  nosSins 

O  !*■  CD  CM 

CO 

CM  CO 

CM 
CD 

o  r^ 

tJ<  O 

CO  — i 

"* 
■* 

Germany 

Ajuo 

3n30IBl'B3  SIJBJ 

CM  O  (O  N 
CO  CM 

in  in 

CO 

O 

X[UO  33IJJO 

CM  — '  CM  CO 

co  to  — 

CO  CM 
—  CM 

m 
co 

CO 

co  r--             1  r-« 

|     CO  - 

m 

France 

Xjuo 

3n20IB}'B3  SIIBJ 

r-^  m  o  — 
— <  to  CO  CD 

co  CD 
CO   — i 
CM  CM 

CM 

m 

X[no  sonjo 
S(J-BJ3U3Q  uo33ans 

CO  CO  CO  — 

in  cd 
co  r» 

n°a 

m  — . 

CM 

r-»  cm 
to  ^ 

CD 
O 
CM 

England 

X[UO 
3n30JB}B3  SUBJ 

CO  CM 

cd  — i 

CM  — i 

o 
•* 

X[no  sotgo 
s(jbj3U39  no33ing 

in  Q  m  * 

■3-  CM 

—  o 

— '  CO 

CM 

qi°a 

— •  co  m 

CO 
CM  — ' 

CM 

United  States 

anSojBjBO  sub<j 

XjUO  33UJO 

sjbjsusq  uosSjng 

—  co  r-. 

tj«  m 
m  co 

CD 
CO 

tp°a 

— '  CM 

CO 

Anatomy,  Fevers 
and  Eye  Dis- 
eases. 

Prior  to  1600 

1600-1799 

1800-date 

Different  Edi- 
tions 

Total 
Cholera 

Grand  total 

MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


165 


w  « 


o 
s 

w 
ia 

s 

«  £ 

<  H 


S2  J 


a  « 
>  * 

H 

« 
< 


o 

S3  w 


0 

< 


.5  o  3 
S  3  ^ 


c 

^  J.  A  -S  rt 

ID  O  O         "*-  - 


o  -  -p 


.a  j3 


£2w 


v  .2 


A{uo 

"* 

CO 

CM 

(C 

10 
(0 

co 

o 
co 

CO 

T»«  CO 

CM 

m 

CM 

CM 

CO 

Total 

X(no  asgjo 

S(|^J3U3^J  U092jng 

co 

IT! 
EN 

CM 

m 

co 
co 

CO 
CO 

53 

m 

CM 

CM 

CO 

to 

IC 
(O 

CM 
01 

CO 

CM 

-* 

o 

i 

CO 

o 
in 

Xjuo 

CO 

<* 

CO 

cd 

CM  CO 

CD 

CM 

Other: 

N 

CM 

m 

CM 

CO 

in 

qiog 

to 

CO 

m 

m 

X[uo 
um3snj^  tjst^u^j 

CM 

CO 

Cft 

Spain 

itjUO  3DHJ0 

CO 

CM 

lO 

qiog 

A[U0 

CM 

t>» 

CM 

m 
>* 

CD 

CD 

Italy 

in 

CM 

<* 

CO 

«* 

CM 

qi°a 

<£> 

co 

<0 

>> 

X[no 
mnssn^j  iisnujj 

CM 

Ifi 

CO 

iO 

CO 

CO 
r-. 

erman 

Xiuo  sorgo 

CO 

CD 

CM 

m 

CM 

co 

o 

IO 

CM 

a 

q}°a 

m 

cd 

CM 

t> 
m 

O) 
CO 

CD 
CO 

co 

CM 

A[uo 
umssnpj  q^iiijg 

CO 

OS 

cm 

CD 

CO 
CO 

CM 

CO 
CM 
CM 

France 

Xjno  aagjo 

iO 

co 

CD 
CD 

CD 
CO 

O 

qi°a 

co 

c 

CM 

CO 

m 

CO 

CM 

m 

X[uo 

<o 

CM 

m 

CM 

co 

nglam 

X[uo  aogjO 

X 

O 

CO 

cd 

co 

CM 

w 

qi°a 

c 
CM 

o 
oo 

O 

o 

CO 

CD 

:ed  States 

Xjno 
nmssnj^  qspug 

CO 

* 

X[U0  33IgO 

CO 
<0 

CM 

CO 

m 

CD 

m 

'c 
& 

q*°a 

CO 

CO 

CM 

166 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


which  it  appears  that  in  the  first  three  subjects  named  199  books  are 
common  to  both,  416  are  in  the  Washington  collection  only,  and  483  in 
the  Paris  collection  only.  On  the  subject  of  cholera  (excluding  treat- 
ment) 194  books  are  common  to  both,  745  are  in  the  Washington  library 
only,  and  272  in  the  Paris  library  only.  The  books  which  the  Paris  library 
has,  and  our  own  library  has  not,  are  for  the  most  part  old  books  dating 
before  1800,  or  French  books  which  have  come  to  the  library  under  the 
law  which  requires  one  copy  of  every  publication  to  be  deposited  there. 
This  law  is  not  strictly  obeyed,  for  we  have  in  our  library  79  French 
works  on  cholera  which  are  not  in  the  Paris  catalogue,  but  it  is  due  to 
this  law  that  the  medical  section  of  the  National  library  of  France  is 
essentially  French  and  not  cosmopolitan. 

As  the  result  of  these  comparisons  I  think  it  is  safe  to  conclude  that 
the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office  in  Washington  not  only  con- 
tains more  medical  literature  than  the  British  Museum  or  the  National 
library  of  France,  but  that  it  covers  a  wider  field,  represents  better  the 
medical  literature  of  the  whole  world,  and  is  decidedly  a  better  practical 
reference  and  working  collection  for  medical  purposes  than  either  of  the 
great  libraries  referred  to.  Each  library  is,  as  might  be  expected,  richest 
in  the  literature  of  its  own  country;  but  the  French  library  is  compara- 
tively poor  in  English  and  German  medical  books,  and  has  almost 
nothing  in  American  medical  literature,  while  the  English  library  is  also 
poor  in  American  literature,  and  comparatively  weak  in  German  medi- 
cine of  the  present  century.  Both  of  them  are  rich  in  the  literature  of 
the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries,  and  have  many  editions  of  older 
works  of  which  the  Washington  library  has  only  one  or  two.  Both  of 
them  have  been  in  existence  for  over  three  hundred  years,  and  have  had 
almost  unlimited  funds  for  the  purchase  of  books.  Why  then  is  it  that 
they  do  not  contain  all  medical  books  which  have  ever  been  printed;  and 
that  your  medical  library  in  Washington,  which  is  only  about  twenty 
years  old  and  has  never  had  in  any  one  year  funds  sufficient  to  purchase 
more  than  two-thirds  of  the  medical  books  printed  in  various  parts  of 
the  world  during  that  same  year,  should  already  be  equal  if  not  superior 
to  them  in  practical  value?  It  appears  to  me  that  it  is  very  largely  due  to 
the  fact  that  while  the  Washington  library  is  the  National  collection,  it 
has  been  kept  separate  from  the  general  National  library.  The  result 
of  this  has  been  that  the  medical  profession  has  taken  much  more  inter- 
est in  it  than  they  would  do  if,  as  is  the  case  with  the  English  and 
French  medical  collections,  it  became  merely  a  section  of  the  National 
library. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  comparatively  little  use  is  made  by  medical  writers 
of  the  collection  in  the  British  Museum  or  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale. 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


167 


They  consult,  in  preference,  the  special  medical  libraries  in  London  and 
Paris,  which  are  under  the  direction  of  medical  bibliographers,  such  as 
the  libraries  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  or  of  the  Royal  Medical 
and  Chirurgical  Society,  or  those  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine,  or  of  the 
Academy  of  Medicine,  of  Paris.  It  is  to  such  special  libraries  that  phy- 
sicians give  their  books  and  pamphlets;  and  the  rapid  growth  of  the 
Washington  library  is  largely  due  to  this  cause.  There  is  pouring  into  it 
i  steady  stream  of  literature  the  sources  of  which  are  by  no  means  con- 
ined  to  this  country,  although,  of  course,  the  largest  part  comes  from 
:he  United  States.  Those  who  incline  to  pessimistic  views  of  human 
mature,  and  to  attribute  all  the  actions  of  men  to  selfish  motives,  would 
not  find  their  views  confirmed  by  my  experience.  I  could  name  a  number 
of  gentlemen  who  take  almost  as  much  interest  in  the  library  as  if  it 
were  their  own,  and  who  are  constantly  on  the  lookout  to  supply  its 
deficiencies.  Now,  so  long  as  the  library  can  preserve  and  extend  this 
feeling  of  interest  in  its  completeness,  so  long  it  is  sure  to  grow  in  value 
and  usefulness,  but  if  it  be  merged  into  a  general  National  library  this 
interest  will  rapidly  diminish.  It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  the  manager 
of  a  large  miscellaneous  library,  if  well  fitted  for  his  position  by  a  knowl- 
edge of  general  literature,  should  also  be  familiar  with  the  various 
departments  of  scientific  literature;  as  the  modern  Greeks  say,  "two  water- 
melons cannot  be  carried  under  one  arm,"  and  no  subordinate  or  as- 
sistant will  have  the  same  stimulus  to  do  good  work  that  the  man  who  is 
responsible  in  the  eyes  of  the  public  will  have.  I  think  therefore  that  you 
will  do  well  to  see  that  a  proper  and  commodious  fire-proof  building 
is  provided  for  your  Washington  collection,  that  it  is  not  merged  into  the 
Congressional  Library,  and  that  it  is  granted  sufficient  funds  to  enable  it 
to  secure  all  new  medical  books  as  they  are  published,  and  gradually  to 
collect  the  best  of  the  older  literature. 

It  is  supposed  by  some  that  this  library  receives  a  copy  of  every  medical 
book  published  in  the  United  States.  This  is  not  the  case.  Under  the 
copyright  law,  two  copies  of  every  copyrighted  medical  book  are  de- 
posited in  the  Library  of  Congress,  but  no  copy  comes  to  the  Library  of 
the  Surgeon-General's  Office.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  law  should  be  so 
amended  as  to  make  our  library  the  place  of  deposit  for  one  of  the  copy- 
right copies,  and  this  is  a  matter  to  which  I  invite  your  attention. 

It  may  perhaps  seem  to  some  of  you  that  this  Washington  library  of 
yours  is  not  after  all  such  an  important  matter  as  I  make  it  out  to  be, 
and  it  must  be  confessed  that  I  am  not  an  impartial  judge;  nevertheless 
it  does  seem  to  me  that  the  making  and  keeping  this  library  complete 
is  one  of  the  most  valuable  means  of  advancing  medical  science  in  this 
country  which  at  present  is  within  our  grasp,  and  that  it  is  within  our 


168 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


grasp  if  the  medical  profession  of  the  country  choose  to  exert  their  in- 
fluence for  the  purpose. 

It  is  also  well  to  remember  that  the  opportunity  which  is  now  pre- 
sented for  placing  this  matter  on  a  proper  and  permanent  basis  will  not 
occur  again.  There  are  not  two  springs  in  the  year,  nor  in  the  life  of  a 
nation,  and  if  the  spring  work  is  not  done  in  time  the  fruits  of  summer 
and  autumn  will  be  correspondingly  deficient. 

It  is  true  that  the  successful  practitioner  is  rarely  a  book-worm,  but 
it  is  also  true  that  "improvements  are  made  by  those  who  know  well  the 
old  methods."  The  toast  of  the  Pure  Mathematical  Society  of  England 
as  given  by  Sir  James  Paget,  namely,  "Prosperity  to  pure  mathematics, 
may  it  never  be  of  use  to  any  man,"  is  one  with  which  I  have  no  special 
sympathy,  but  in  so  far  as  it  is  a  plea  for  amusement,  and  for  mental 
exercise  without  reference  to  pecuniary  results,  it  applies  to  bibliomania 
as  well.  I  like  to  see  on  the  doctor's  shelves  a  little  group  of  books  such 
as  Sprengel's  or  Daremberg's  or  Haeser's  Histories  of  Medicine,  the  letters 
of  Guy  Patin,  the  Medical  Portrait  Gallery  of  Pettigrew,  the  works  of 
John  Brown  of  Edinburgh,  or  a  collection  of  pamphlets  relating  to  local 
medical  history;  and  it  certainly  does  not  cause  a  lower  estimate  of  his 
ability  as  a  practical  physician  and  surgeon  to  know  that  he  reads  some- 
thing else  beside  manuals  and  text-books. 

I  like  the  quaint,  old-timy  name  which  the  physicians  of  this  State 
have  preserved  for  their  society,  "The  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty 
of  Maryland."  Do  you  know  why  for  the  last  three  hundred  years  and 
more  physicians  have  been  known  as  the  Faculty?  All  universities,  prop- 
erly so  called,  have  other  faculties — Faculties  of  Arts,  of  Law,  of  The- 
ology; but  by  the  world  at  large,  when  one  speaks  of  "the  Faculty,"  he  is 
understood  as  referring  only  to  the  medical  profession.  You  will  re- 
member that  in  the  old  University  of  Paris,  where  this  special  meaning 
of  the  term  originated,  those  who  graduated  as  doctors  graduated  also  as 
teachers;  in  other  words,  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  in  Paris  was  composed 
of  all  the  graduated  doctors  of  medicine  of  the  University.  Now,  as  Dr. 
Raynaud  points  out  in  his  admirable  little  book,  "Les  medecins  au  temps 
de  Moliere"  (which  should  be  added  to  the  list  of  books  above  mentioned), 
the  other  Faculties  of  the  University  were  composed  purely  and  simply 
of  learned  men,  whose  sole  object  and  work  was  to  teach.  "The  physi- 
cians, on  the  contrary,  formed  both  a  corps  for  instruction  and  a  body 
exercising  a  liberal  profession  of  which  they  had  the  monopoly,  a  profes- 
sion lucrative  and  honored,  accessible  as  a  rule  only  to  the  upper  middle 
class  and  brought  into  continual  relations  with  the  public."  It  was 
therefore  the  Faculty  whose  affairs  were  of  the  most  interest  to  the 
world  at  large,  and  it  is  for  this  reason,  according  to  Raynaud,  that  in 
the  world  of  Paris  and  France  it  became  known  as  the  Faculty. 


MEDICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


169 


As  the  Faculty  of  Maryland  has  preserved  the  name,  let  it  also  pre- 
serve the  best  of  the  traditions,  such  as  for  example  that  the  doctor 
should  be  what  his  name  implies,  an  educated  gentleman.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  the  scheme  of  higher  medical  education  which  your  Uni- 
versity is  about  to  organize  will  include  instruction  in  bibliographical 
and  historical  methods  as  well  as  in  those  of  the  laboratory  and  clinic. 
If  this  be  done,  your  Washington  library  will  become  a  very  important 
aid  to  the  University,  and  your  Baltimore  collection  will  also  be  more 
used  and  require  more  looking  after. 

I  have  occupied  more  time  than  I  had  intended,  and  yet  I  have  said 
very  little  of  what  I  had  in  my  mind  to  say  when  I  prepared  that 
memorandum  which  was  mentioned  at  the  commencement  of  this  ad- 
dress. I  shall  be  quite  satisfied,  however,  if  I  can  arouse  some  interest 
in  providing  proper  means  for  good  medico-bibliographical  work  for  the 
direct  benefit  of  our  teachers  and  writers,  and  through  them  for  the 
benefit  of  every  one,  not  only  in  this  country,  but  in  the  whole  world; 
and  if  the  result  shall  prove  to  be  that  "Our  University"  and  "Our 
Library"  have  been  both  helpful  to  and  helped  by  "Our  Medical  and 
Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland." 


Scientific  Men  and  Their  Duties 


Mr.  Chairman  and  Fellow-Members  of  the  Philosophical  Society: 

The  honor  of  the  presidency  of  such  a  society  as  this — carrying  with 
it,  as  it  does,  the  duty  of  giving  at  the  close  of  the  term  of  office  an  ad- 
dress on  some  subject  of  general  interest,  has  been  aptly  compared  to 
the  little  book  mentioned  in  the  Revelations  of  St.  John — the  little  book 
which  was  "sweet  in  the  mouth  but  bitter  in  the  belly."  I  can  only  thank 
you  for  the  honor,  and  ask  your  indulgence  as  to  the  somewhat  dis- 
cursive remarks  which  I  am  about  to  inflict  upon  you. 

There  is  a  Spanish  proverb  to  the  effect  that  no  man  can  at  the  same 
time  ring  the  bell  and  walk  in  the  procession.  For  a  few  moments  to- 
night I  am  to  ring  the  bell,  and  being  thus  out  of  the  procession  I  can 
glance  for  a  moment  at  that  part  of  it  which  is  nearest.  At  first  sight  it 
does  not  appear  to  be  a  very  homogeneous  or  well-ordered  parade,  for 
the  individual  members  seem  to  be  scattering  in  every  direction,  and 
even  sometimes  to  be  pulling  in  opposite  ways;  yet  there  is,  after  all,  a 
definite  movement  of  the  whole  mass  in  the  direction  of  what  we  call 
progress.  It  is  not  this  general  movement  that  I  shall  speak  of,  but 
rather  of  the  tendencies  of  individuals  or  of  certain  classes;  some  of  the 
molecular  movements,  so  to  speak,  which  are  not  only  curious  and  in- 
teresting of  themselves,  but  which  have  an  important  bearing  upon  the 
mass,  and  some  comprehension  of  which  is  necessary  to  a  right  under- 
standing of  the  present  condition  and  future  prospects  of  science  in  this 
country. 

The  part  of  the  procession  of  which  I  speak  is  made  up  of  that  body 
or  class  of  men  who  are  known  to  the  public  generally  as  "scientists," 
"scientific  men,"  or  "men  of  science."  As  commonly  used,  all  these  terms 
have  much  the  same  significance;  but  there  are,  nevertheless,  shades  of 
distinction  between  them,  and  in  fact  we  need  several  other  terms  for 
purposes  of  classification  of  the  rather  heterogeneous  mass  to  which  they 
are  applied.  The  word  "scientist"  is  a  coinage  of  the  newspaper  reporter, 
and,  as  ordinarily  used,  is  very  comprehensive.  Webster  defines  a  scientist 
as  being  "one  learned  in  science,  a  savant" — that  is,  a  wise  man — and  the 
word  is  often  used  in  this  sense.  But  the  suggestion  which  the  word 
conveys  to  my  mind  is  rather  that  of  one  whom  the  public  suppose  to 
be  a  wise  man,  whether  he  is  so  or  not,  of  one  who  claims  to  be  scientific. 

The  President's  Address  before  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington,  December 
4,  1886.  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington  9:  xxxv-lvi  (1886-7). 


170 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


171 


I  shall,  therefore,  use  the  term  "scientist"  in  the  broadest  sense,  as  includ- 
ing scientific  men,  whether  they  claim  to  be  such  or  not,  and  those  who 
claim  to  be  scientific  men  whether  they  are  so  or  not. 

By  a  scientific  man  I  mean  a  man  who  uses  scientific  method  in  the  work 
to  which  he  specially  devotes  himself;  who  possesses  scientific  knowledge, 
— not  in  all  departments,  but  in  certain  special  fields.  By  scientific 
knowledge  we  mean  knowledge  which  is  definite  and  which  can  be  ac- 
curately expressed.  It  is  true  that  this  can  rarely  be  done  completely,  so 
that  each  proposition  shall  precisely  indicate  its  own  conditions,  but 
this  is  the  ideal  at  which  we  aim.  There  is  no  man  now  living  who  can 
properly  be  termed  a  complete  savant,  or  scientist,  in  Webster's  sense 
of  the  word.  There  are  a  few  men  who  are  not  only  thoroughly  scientific 
in  their  own  special  departments,  but  are  also  men  possessed  of  much 
knowledge  upon  other  subjects  and  who  habitually  think  scientifically 
upon  most  matters  to  which  they  give  consideration;  but  these  men  are 
the  first  to  admit  the  incompleteness  and  superficiality  of  the  knowledge 
of  many  subjects  which  they  possess,  and  to  embrace  the  opportunity 
which  such  a  society  as  this  affords  of  meeting  with  students  of  other 
branches  and  of  making  that  specially  advantageous  exchange  in  which 
each  gives  and  receives,  yet  retains  all  that  he  had  at  first. 

Almost  all  men  suppose  that  they  think  scientifically  upon  all  sub- 
jects; but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  number  of  persons  who  are  so  free 
from  personal  equation  due  to  heredity,  to  early  associations,  to  emo- 
tions of  various  kinds,  or  to  temporary  disorder  of  the  digestive  or  nerv- 
ous machinery  that  their  mental  vision  is  at  all  times  achromatic  and 
not  astigmatic,  is  very  small  indeed. 

Every  educated,  healthy  man  possesses  some  scientific  knowledge,  and 
it  is  not  possible  to  fix  any  single  test  or  characteristic  which  will  dis- 
tinguish the  scientific  from  the  unscientific  man.  There  are  scientific 
tailors,  bankers,  and  politicians,  as  well  as  physicists,  chemists,  and  bi- 
ologists. Kant's  rule,  that  in  each  special  branch  of  knowledge  the  amount 
of  science,  properly  so  called,  is  equal  to  the  amount  of  mathematics  it 
contains,  corresponds  to  the  definition  of  pure  science  as  including 
mathematics  and  logic,  and  nothing  else.  It  also  corresponds  to  the 
distinction  which  most  persons,  consciously  or  unconsciously,  make  be- 
tween the  so-called  physical,  and  the  natural  or  biological  sciences.  Most 
of  us,  I  presume,  have  for  the  higher  mathematics,  and  for  the  astrono- 
mers and  physicists  who  use  them,  that  profound  respect  which  pertains 
to  comparative  ignorance,  and  to  a  belief  that  capacity  for  the  higher 
branches  of  abstract  analysis  is  a  much  rarer  mental  quality  than  are 
those  required  for  the  average  work  of  the  naturalist.  I  do  not,  however, 
propose  to  discuss  the  hierarchy  of  the  sciences;  and  the  term  science 


172 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


is  now  so  generally  used  in  the  sense  of  knowledge,  more  or  less  ac- 
curate, of  any  subject,  more  especially  in  the  relations  of  causes  and 
effects,  that  we  must  use  the  word  in  this  sense,  and  leave  to  the  future 
the  task  of  devising  terms  which  will  distinguish  the  sciences,  properly 
so  called,  from  those  branches  of  study  and  occupation  of  which  the  most 
that  can  be  said  is  that  they  have  a  scientific  side.  It  is  a  sad  thing  that 
words  should  thus  become  polarized  and  spoiled,  but  there  seems  to  be 
no  way  of  preventing  it. 

In  a  general  way  we  may  say  that  a  scientific  man  exercises  the  intel- 
lectual more  than  the  emotional  faculties,  and  is  governed  by  his  reason 
rather  than  by  his  feelings.  He  should  be  a  man  of  both  general  and 
special  culture,  who  has  a  little  accurate  information  on  many  subjects 
and  much  accurate  information  on  some  one  or  two  subjects,  and  who, 
moreover,  is  aware  of  his  own  ignorance  and  is  not  ashamed  to  confess  it. 

We  must  admit  that  many  persons  who  are  known  as  scientists  do  not 
correspond  to  this  definition.  Have  you  never  heard,  and  perhaps  as- 
sented to,  some  such  statements  as  these:  "Smith  is  a  scientist,  but  he 
doesn't  seem  to  have  good,  common  sense,"  or  "he  is  a  scientific  crank?" 

The  unscientific  mind  has  been  defined  as  one  which  "is  willing  to 
accept  and  make  statements  of  which  it  has  no  clear  conceptions  to 
begin  with,  and  of  whose  truth  it  is  not  assured.  It  is  the  state  of  mind 
where  opinions  are  given  and  accepted  without  ever  being  subjected  to 
rigid  tests."  Accepting  this  definition,  and  also  the  implied  definition  of  a 
scientific  mind  as  being  the  reverse  of  this,  let  us  for  a  moment  depart 
from  the  beaten  track  which  presidential  addresses  usually  follow,  and 
instead  of  proceeding  at  once  to  eulogize  the  scientific  mind  and  to  re- 
capitulate the  wonderful  results  it  has  produced,  let  us  consider  the  un- 
scientific mind  a  little,  not  in  a  spirit  of  lofty  condescension  and  ill- 
disguised  contempt,  but  sympathetically,  and  from  the  best  side  that  we 
can  find.  As  this  is  the  kind  of  mind  which  most  of  us  share  with  our 
neighbors,  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  it  may  be  as  well  not  to  take  too 
gloomy  a  view  of  it.  In  the  first  place,  the  men  with  unscientific  minds 
form  the  immense  majority  of  the  human  race. 

Our  associations,  habits,  customs,  laws,  occupations,  and  pleasures  are, 
in  the  main,  suited  to  these  unscientific  minds;  whose  enjoyment  of 
social  intercourse,  of  the  every-day  occurrences  of  life,  of  fiction,  of  art, 
poetry,  and  the  drama  is,  perhaps,  none  the  less  because  they  give  and 
accept  opinions  without  subjecting  them  to  rigid  tests.  It  is  because  there 
are  a  goodly  number  of  men  who  do  this  that  the  sermons  of  clergymen, 
the  advice  of  lawyers,  and  the  prescriptions  of  physicians  have  a  market 
value.  This  unscientific  public  has  its  uses.  We  can  at  least  claim  that 
we  furnish  the  materials  for  the  truly  scientific  mind  to  work  with  and 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


173 


upon;  it  is  out  of  this  undifferentiated  mass  that  the  scientific  mind  sup- 
poses itself  to  be  developed  by  specialization,  and  from  it  that  it  obtains 
the  means  of  its  own  existence.  The  man  with  the  unscientific  mind, 
who  amuses  himself  with  business  enterprises,  and  who  does  not  care  in 
the  least  about  ohms  or  pangenesis,  may,  nevertheless,  be  a  man  who 
does  as  much  good  in  the  world,  is  as  valuable  a  citizen,  and  as  pleasant 
a  companion  as  some  of  the  men  of  scientific  minds  with  whom  we  are 
acquainted. 

And  in  this  connection  I  venture  to  express  my  sympathy  for  two 
classes  of  men  who  have  in  all  ages  been  generally  condemned  and 
scorned  by  others,  namely,  rich  men  and  those  who  want  to  be  rich. 

I  do  not  know  that  they  need  the  sympathy,  for  our  wealthy  citizens 
appear  to  support  with  much  equanimity  the  disapprobation  with  which 
they  are  visited  by  lecturers  and  writers — a  condemnation  which  seems 
in  all  ages  to  have  been  bestowed  on  those  who  have  by  those  who  have 
not. 

So  far  as  those  who  actually  are  rich  are  concerned,  we  may,  I  suppose, 
admit  that  a  few  of  them — those  who  furnish  the  money  to  endow  uni- 
versities and  professorships,  to  build  laboratories,  or  to  furnish  in  other 
ways  the  means  of  support  to  scientific  men — are  not  wholly  bad.  Then, 
also,  it  is  not  always  a  man's  own  fault  that  he  is  rich;  even  a  scientist  may 
accidentally  and  against  his  will  become  rich. 

As  to  those  who  are  not  rich,  but  who  wish  to  be  rich,  whose  chief 
desire  and  object  is  to  make  money,  either  to  avoid  the  necessity  for 
further  labor,  or  to  secure  their  wives  and  children  from  want,  or  for 
the  sake  of  power  and  desire  to  rule,  I  presume  it  is  unsafe  to  try  to  offer 
any  apologies  for  their  existence.  But  when  it  is  claimed  for  any  class  of 
men,  scientists  or  others,  that  they  do  not  want  these  things  it  is  well  to 
remember  the  remarks  made  by  old  Sandy  Mackay  after  he  had  heard 
a  sermon  on  universal  brotherhood:  "And  so  the  deevil's  dead.  Puir  auld 
Nickie;  and  him  so  little  appreciated,  too.  Every  gowk  laying  his  sins  on 
auld  Nick's  back.  But  I'd  no  bury  him  until  he  began  to  smell  a  wee 
strong  like.  It's  a  grewsome  thing  is  premature  interment." 

I  have  tried  to  indicate  briefly  the  sense  in  which  the  terms  "scientist" 
and  "scientific  man"  are  to  be  used  and  understood,  and  you  see  it  is 
not  an  easy  matter.  The  difficulty  is  less  as  regards  the  term  "man  of 
science."  By  this  expression  we  mean  a  man  who  belongs  to  science 
peculiarly  and  especially,  whose  chief  object  in  life  is  scientific  investiga- 
tion, whose  thoughts  and  hopes  and  desires  are  mainly  concentrated  upon 
his  search  for  new  knowledge,  whose  thirst  for  fresh  and  accurate  in- 
formation is  constant  and  insatiable.  These  are  the  men  who  have  most 
advanced  science,  and  whom  we  delight  to  honor,  more  especially  in 


174 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


these  later  days,  by  glowing  eulogiums  of  their  zeal,  energy,  and  disin- 
terestedness. 

The  man  of  science,  as  defined  by  his  eulogists,  is  the  beau  ideal  of  a 
philosopher,  a  man  whose  life  is  dedicated  to  the  advancement  of  knowl- 
edge for  its  own  sake,  and  not  for  the  sake  of  money  or  fame,  or  of  pro- 
fessional position  or  advancement.  He  undertakes  scientific  investigations 
exclusively  or  mainly  because  he  loves  the  work  itself,  and  not  with  any 
reference  to  the  probable  utility  of  the  results.  Such  men  delight  in 
mental  effort,  or  in  the  observation  of  natural  phenomena,  or  in  experi- 
mental work,  or  in  historical  research,  in  giving  play  to  their  imagina- 
tion, in  framing  hypotheses  and  then  in  endeavoring  to  verify  or  disprove 
them,  but  always  the  main  incentive  is  their  own  personal  satisfac- 
tion (with  which  may  be  mingled  some  desire  for  personal  fame), 
and  not  the  pleasure  or  the  good  of  others.  Carried  to  an  extreme,  the 
eulogy  of  such  men  and  their  work  is  expressed  in  the  toast  of  the 
Mathematical  Society  of  England:  "Pure  mathematics;  may  it  never  be 
of  use  to  any  man!"  Now,  it  is  one  thing  to  seek  one's  own  pleasure,  and 
quite  another  thing  to  pride  one's  self  upon  doing  so.  The  men  who  do 
their  scientific  work  for  the  love  of  it  do  some  of  the  best  work,  and,  as  a 
rule,  do  not  pride  themselves  on  it,  or  feel  or  express  contempt  for  those 
who  seek  their  pleasure  and  amusement  in  other  directions.  It  is  only 
from  a  certain  class  of  eulogists  of  pure  science,  so  called,  that  we  get 
such  specimens  of  scientific  "dudeism"  as  the  toast  just  quoted,  opposed 
to  which  may  be  cited  the  Arab  saying  that  "A  wise  man  without  works 
is  like  a  cloud  without  water." 

There  are  other  men  who  devote  themselves  to  scientific  work,  but 
who  prefer  to  seek  information  that  may  be  useful;  who  try  to  advance 
our  knowledge  of  Nature's  laws  in  order  that  man  may  know  how  to 
adapt  himself  and  his  surroundings  to  those  laws,  and  thus  be  healthier 
and  happier.  They  make  investigations,  like  the  men  of  pure  science — 
investigations  in  which  they  may  or  may  not  take  pleasure,  but  which 
they  make,  even  if  tedious  and  disagreeable,  for  the  sake  of  solving  some 
problem  of  practical  importance.  These  are  the  men  who  receive  from 
the  public  the  most  honor,  for  it  is  seen  that  their  work  benefits  others. 
After  all,  this  is  not  peculiar  to  the  votaries  of  science.  In  all  countries 
and  all  times,  and  among  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men,  it  has  al- 
ways been  agreed  that  the  best  life,  that  which  most  deserves  praise,  is 
that  which  is  devoted  to  the  helping  of  others,  which  is  unselfish,  not 
stained  by  envy  or  jealousy,  and  which  has  as  its  main  pleasure  and 
spring  of  action  the  desire  of  making  other  lives  more  pleasant,  of 
bringing  light  into  the  dark  places,  of  helping  humanity. 

But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  man  who  makes  a  profession  of  doing 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


175 


this,  and  who  makes  a  living  by  so  doing,  the  professional  philanthropist, 
whether  he  be  scientist  or  emotionalist,  is  by  no  means  to  be  judged  by 
his  own  assertions.  Some  wise  German  long  ago  remarked  that  "Esel 
singen  schlecht,  weil  sie  zu  hoch  anstimmen" — that  is,  "asses  sing  badly 
because  they  pitch  their  voices  too  high,"  and  it  is  a  criticism  which  it  is 
well  to  bear  in  mind. 

In  one  of  the  sermons  of  Kin  O1  the  preacher  tells  the  story  of  a 
powerful  clam  who  laughed  at  the  fears  of  other  fish,  saying  that  when 
he  shut  himself  up  he  felt  no  anxiety;  but  on  trying  this  method  on  one 
occasion  when  he  again  opened  his  shell  he  found  himself  in  a  fish- 
monger's shop.  And  to  rely  on  one's  own  talents,  on  the  services  one  may 
have  rendered,  on  cleverness,  judgments  strength,  or  official  position, 
and  to  feel  secure  in  these,  is  to  court  the  fate  of  the  clam. 

There  are  not  very  many  men  of  science,  and  there  are  no  satisfactory 
means  of  increasing  the  number;  it  is  just  as  useless  to  exhort  men  to 
love  science,  or  to  sneer  at  them  because  they  do  not,  as  it  is  to  advise 
them  to  be  six  feet  three  inches  high  or  to  condemn  a  man  because  his 
hair  is  not  red. 

While  the  ideal  man  of  science  must  have  a  "clear,  cold,  keen  intellect, 
as  inevitable  and  as  merciless  in  its  conclusions  as  a  logic  engine,"  it 
would  seem  that,  in  the  opinion  of  some,  his  greatness  and  superiority 
consists  not  so  much  in  the  amount  of  knowledge  he  possesses,  or  in 
what  he  does  with  it,  as  in  the  intensity  and  purity  of  his  desire  for 
knowledge. 

This  so-called  thirst  for  knowledge  must  be  closely  analogous  to  an 
instinctive  desire  for  exercise  of  an  organ  or  faculty,  such  as  that  which 
leads  a  rat  to  gnaw,  or  a  man  of  fine  physique  to  delight  in  exercise.  Such 
instincts  should  not  be  neglected.  If  the  rat  does  not  gnaw,  his  teeth  will 
become  inconvenient  or  injurious  to  himself,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  he 
deserves  any  special  eulogium  merely  because  he  gnaws. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  definition  of  a  scientific  man  or  man  of 
science,  says  nothing  about  his  manners  or  morals.  We  may  infer  that  a 
man  devoted  to  science  would  have  neither  time  nor  inclination  for 
dissipation  or  vice;  that  he  would  be  virtuous  either  because  of  being 
passionless  or  because  of  his  clear  foresight  of  the  consequences  of  yield- 
ing to  temptation. 

My  own  experience,  however,  would  indicate  that  either  this  inference 
is  not  correct  or  that  some  supposed  scientific  men  have  been  wrongly 
classified  as  such.  How  far  the  possession  of  a  scientific  mind  and  of 
scientific  knowledge  compensates,  or  atones  for,  ill-breeding  or  immoral- 


1  Cornhill  Magazine,  August,  1869,  p.  196. 


176 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


ity,  for  surliness,  vanity,  and  petty  jealousy,  for  neglect  of  wife  or  chil- 
dren, for  uncleanliness,  physical  and  mental,  is  a  question  which  can 
only  be  answered  in  each  individual  case;  but  the  mere  fact  that  a  man 
desires  knowledge  for  its  own  sake  appears  to  me  to  have  little  to  do 
with  such  questions.  I  would  prefer  to  know  whether  the  man's  knowl- 
edge and  work  is  of  any  use  to  his  fellow-men,  whether  he  is  the  cause  of 
some  happiness  in  others  which  would  not  exist  without  him.  And  it  may 
be  noted  that  while  utility  is  of  small  account  in  the  eyes  of  some  eulo- 
gist, of  the  man  of  science  they  almost  invariably  base  their  claims  for 
his  honor  and  support  upon  his  usefulness. 

The  precise  limit  beyond  which  a  scientist  should  not  make  money 
has  not  yet  been  precisely  determined,  but  in  this  vicinity  there  are 
some  reasons  for  thinking  that  the  maximum  limit  is  about  $5,000  per 
annum.  If  there  are  any  members  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Wash- 
ington who  are  making  more  than  this,  or  who,  as  the  result  of  careful  and 
scientific  introspection,  discover  in  themselves  the  dawning  of  a  desire 
to  make  more  than  this,  they  may  console  themselves  with  the  reflection 
that  the  precise  ethics  and  etiquette  which  should  govern  their  action 
under  such  painful  circumstances  have  not  yet  been  formulated.  The 
more  they  demonstrate  their  indifference  to  mere  pecuniary  considera- 
tions the  more  creditable  it  is  to  them;  so  much  all  are  agreed  upon;  but 
this  is  nothing  new,  nor  is  it  specially  applicable  to  scientists.  Yet  while 
each  may  and  must  settle  such  questions  as  regards  himself  for  himself, 
let  him  be  very  cautious  and  chary  about  trying  to  settle  them  for  other 
people.  Denunciations  of  other  men  engaged  in  scientific  pursuits  on 
the  ground  that  their  motives  are  not  the  proper  ones  are  often  based  on 
insufficient  or  inaccurate  knowledge,  and  seldom,  I  think,  do  good. 

This  is  a  country  and  an  age  of  hurry,  and  there  seems  to  be  a  desire 
to  rush  scientific  work  as  well  as  other  things.  One  might  suppose,  from 
some  of  the  literature  on  the  subject,  that  the  great  object  is  to  make 
discoveries  as  fast  as  possible;  to  get  all  the  mathematical  problems 
worked  out;  all  the  chemical  combinations  made;  all  the  insects  and 
plants  properly  labeled;  all  the  bones  and  muscles  of  every  animal 
figured  and  described.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the  man  of  science  there 
does  not  seem  to  be  occasion  for  such  haste.  Suppose  that  every  living 
thing  were  known,  figured,  and  described.  Would  the  naturalist  be  any 
happier?  Those  who  wish  to  make  use  of  the  results  of  scientific  investi- 
gation of  course  desire  to  hasten  the  work,  and  when  they  furnish  the 
means  we  cannot  object  to  their  urgency.  Moreover,  there  is  certainly  no 
occasion  to  fear  that  our  stock  of  that  peculiar  form  of  bliss  known  as 
ignorance  will  be  soon  materially  diminished. 

From  my  individual  point  of  view,  one  of  the  prominent  features  in 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


177 


the  scientific  procession  is  that  part  of  it  which  is  connected  with 
Government  work.  Our  Society  brings  together  a  large  number  oi 
scientific  men  connected  with  the  various  Departments;  some  of  them 
original  investigators;  most  of  them  men  whose  chief,  though  not  only, 
pleasure  is  study.  A  few  of  them  have  important  administrative  duties, 
and  are  brought  into  close  relations  with  the  heads  of  Departments  and 
with  Congress.  Upon  men  in  such  positions  a  double  demand  is  made, 
and  they  are  subject  to  criticism  from  two  very  different  standpoints.  On 
the  one  hand  are  the  scientists,  calling  for  investigations  which  shall 
increase  knowledge  without  special  reference  to  utility,  and  sometimes 
asking  that  employment  be  given  to  a  particular  scientist  on  the  ground 
that  the  work  to  which  he  wishes  to  devote  himself  is  of  no  known  use, 
and  therefore  will  not  support  him.  On  the  other  hand  is  the  demand 
from  the  business  men's  point  of  view — that  they  shall  show  practical 
results;  that  in  demands  for  appropriations  from  the  public  funds  they 
shall  demonstrate  that  the  use  to  be  made  of  such  appropriations  is  for 
the  public  good,  and  that  their  accounts  shall  show  that  the  money  has 
been  properly  expended — "properly,"  not  merely  in  the  sense  of  usefully, 
but  also  in  the  legal  sense — in  the  sense  which  was  meant  by  Congress 
in  granting  the  funds.  Nay,  more,  they  must  consider  not  only  the  inten- 
tions of  Congress  but  the  opinions  of  the  accounting  officers  of  the 
Treasury,  the  comptroller  and  auditor,  and  their  clerks,  and  not  rely 
solely  on  their  own  interpretation  of  the  statutes,  if  they  would  work  to 
the  best  advantage,  and  not  have  life  made  a  perpetual  burden  and 
vexation  of  spirit. 

There  is  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  business  men  and  lawyers  to  the 
belief  that  scientific  men  are  not  good  organizers  or  administrators,  and 
should  be  kept  in  leading  strings;  that  it  is  unwise  to  trust  them  with 
the  expenditure  of,  or  the  accounting  for,  money,  and  that  the  precise 
direction  in  which  they  are  to  investigate  should  be  pointed  out  to  them. 
In  other  words,  that  they  should  be  made  problem-solving  machines  as 
far  as  possible. 

When  we  reflect  on  the  number  of  persons  who,  like  Mark  Twain's 
cat,  feel  that  they  are  "nearly  lightning  on  superintending;"  on  the 
desire  for  power  and  authority,  which  is  almost  universal,  the  tendency 
to  this  opinion  is  not  to  be  wondered  at.  Moreover,  as  regards  the  man 
of  science,  there  is  some  reason  for  it  in  the  very  terms  by  which  he  is 
defined,  the  characteristics  for  which  he  is  chiefly  eulogized. 

The  typical  man  of  science  is,  in  fact,  in  many  cases  an  abnormity, 
just  as  a  great  poet,  a  great  painter,  or  a  great  musician  is  apt  to  be,  and 
this  not  only  in  an  unusual  development  of  one  part  of  the  brain,  but  in 
an  inferior  development  in  others.  True,  there  are  exceptions  to  this  rule 


178 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


— great  and  illustrious  exceptions;  but  I  think  we  must  admit  that  the 
man  of  science  often  lacks  tact,  and  is  indifferent  to  and  careless  about 
matters  which  do  not  concern  his  special  work,  and  especially  about 
matters  of  accounts  and  pecuniary  details.  If  such  a  man  is  at  the  head 
of  a  bureau,  whose  work  requires  many  subordinates  and  the  disburse- 
ment of  large  sums  of  money,  he  may  consider  the  business  management 
of  his  office  as  a  nuisance,  and  delegate  as  much  of  it  as  possible  to  some 
subordinate  official,  who,  after  a  time,  becomes  the  real  head  and  director 
of  the  bureau.  Evil  results  have,  however,  been  very  rare,  and  the  recogni- 
tion of  the  possibility  of  their  occurrence  is  by  no  means  an  admission 
that  they  are  a  necessity,  and  still  less  of  the  proposition  that  administra- 
tive officers  should  not  be  scientific  men. 

I  feel  very  sure  that  there  are  always  available  scientific  men,  thor- 
oughly well  informed  in  their  several  departments,  who  are  also  thor- 
oughly good  business  men,  and  are  as  well  qualified  for  administrative 
work  as  any.  When  such  men  are  really  wanted  they  can  always  be 
found,  and,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  a  goodly  number  of  them  have  been 
found,  and  are  now  in  the  Government  service. 

The  head  of  a  bureau  has  great  responsibilities;  and  while  his  position 
is,  in  many  respects,  a  desirable  one,  it  would  not  be  eagerly  sought  for 
by  most  scientific  men  if  its  duties  were  fully  understood. 

In  the  first  place  the  bureau  chief  must  give  up  a  great  part  of  his  time 
to  routine  hack  work.  During  his  business,  or  office,  hours  he  can  do 
little  else  than  this  routine  work,  partly  because  of  its  amount,  and 
partly  because  of  the  frequent  interruptions  to  which  he  is  subjected. 
His  visitors  are  of  all  kinds  and  come  from  all  sorts  of  motives — some 
to  pass  away  half  an  hour,  some  to  get  information,  some  seeking  office. 
It  will  not  work  well  if  he  takes  the  ground  that  his  time  is  too  important 
to  be  wasted  on  casual  callers  and  refers  them  to  some  assistant. 

In  the  second  place  he  must,  to  a  great  extent  at  least,  give  up  the 
pleasure  of  personal  investigation  of  questions  that  specially  interest  him, 
and  turn  them  over  to  others.  It  rarely  happens  that  he  can  carry  out 
his  own  plans  in  his  own  way,  and  perhaps  it  is  well  that  this  should  be 
the  case.  The  general  character  of  his  work  is  usually  determined  for 
him  either  by  his  predecessors,  or  by  Congress,  or  by  the  general  con- 
sensus of  opinion  of  scientific  men  interested  in  the  particular  subject  or 
subjects  to  which  it  relates.  This  last  has  very  properly  much  weight;  in 
fact,  it  has  much  more  weight  than  one  might  suppose,  if  he  judged  from 
some  criticisms  made  upon  the  work  of  some  of  our  bureaus  whose  work 
is  more  or  less  scientific.  In  these  criticisms  it  is  urged  that  the  work  has 
not  been  properly  planned  and  correlated;  that  it  should  not  be  left  within 
the  power  of  one  man  to  say  what  should  be  done;  that  the  plans  for 
work  should  be  prepared  by  disinterested  scientific  men — as,  for  instance, 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


179 


by  a  committee  of  the  National  Academy — and  that  the  function  of  the 
bureau  official  should  be  executive  only. 

I  have  seen  a  good  deal  of  this  kind  of  literature  within  the  last  ten  or 
twelve  years,  and  some  of  the  authors  of  it  are  very  distinguished  men  in 
scientific  work;  yet  I  venture  to  question  the  wisdom  of  such  suggestions. 
As  a  rule,  the  plans  for  any  extended  scientific  work  to  be  undertaken 
by  a  Government  department  are  the  result  of  very  extended  consulta- 
tions with  specialists,  and  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  majority  of 
them.  Were  it  otherwise  the  difficulties  in  obtaining  regular  annual 
appropriations  for  such  work  would  be  great  and  cumulative,  for  in  a 
short  time  the  disapproval  of  the  majority  of  the  scientific  public  would 
make  itself  felt  in  Congress.  It  is  true  that  the  vis  inertia  of  an  estab- 
lished bureau  is  very  great.  The  heads  of  Departments  change  with  each 
new  administration,  but  the  heads  of  bureaus  remain;  and  if  an  unfit 
man  succeeds  in  obtaining  one  of  these  positions,  it  is  a  matter  of  great 
difficulty  to  displace  him;  but  it  seems  to  me  to  be  wiser  to  direct  the 
main  effort  to  getting  right  men  in  right  places  rather  than  to  attempt 
to  elaborate  a  system  which  shall  give  good  results  with  inferior  men  as 
the  executive  agents,  which  attempt  is  a  waste  of  energy. 

You  are  all  familiar  with  the  results  of  the  inquiry  which  has  been 
made  by  a  Congressional  committee  into  the  organization  and  work  of 
certain  bureaus  which  are  especially  connected  with  scientific  interests, 
and  with  the  different  opinions  which  this  inquiry  has  brought  out  from 
scientific  men.  I  think  that  the  conclusion  of  the  majority  of  the  com- 
mittee, that  the  work  is,  on  the  whole,  being  well  done,  and  that  the 
people  are  getting  the  worth  of  their  money,  is  generally  assented  to. 
True,  some  mistakes  have  been  made,  some  force  has  been  wasted,  some 
officials  have  not  given  satisfaction;  but  is  it  probable  that  any  other 
system  would  give  so  much  better  results  that  it  is  wise  to  run  the  risks  of 
change? 

This  question  brings  us  to  the  only  definite  proposition  which  has 
been  made  in  the  direction,  namely,  the  proposed  Department  of  Science, 
to  which  all  the  bureaus  whose  work  is  mainly  scientific,  such  as  the 
Coast  Survey,  the  Geological  Survey,  the  Signal  Service,  the  Naval  Ob- 
servatory, etc.,  shall  be  transferred. 

The  arguments  in  favor  of  this  are  familiar  to  you,  and,  as  regards 
one  or  two  of  the  bureaus,  it  is  probable  that  the  proposed  change 
would  effect  an  improvement;  but  as  to  the  desirability  of  centralization 
and  consolidation  of  scientific  interests  and  scientific  work  into  one  de- 
partment under  a  single  head,  I  confess  that  I  have  serious  doubts. 

One  of  the  strongest  arguments  in  favor  of  such  consolidation  that  1 
have  seen  is  the  address  of  the  late  president  of  the  Chemical  Society  of 
Washington,  Professor  Clarke,  "On  the  Relations  of  the  Government  to 


180 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Chemistry,"  delivered  about  a  year  ago.  Professor  Clarke  advises  the 
creation  of  a  large,  completely-equipped  laboratory,  planned  by  chemists 
and  managed  by  chemists,  in  which  all  the  chemical  researches  required 
by  any  department  of  the  Government  shall  be  made,  and  the  abandon- 
ment of  individual  laboratories  in  the  several  bureaus  on  the  ground  that 
these  last  are  small,  imperfectly  equipped,  and  not  properly  specialized; 
that  each  chemist  in  them  has  too  broad  a  range  of  duty  and  receives  too 
small  a  salary  to  command  the  best  professional  ability.  He  would  have 
a  national  laboratory,  in  which  one  specialist  shall  deal  only  with  metals, 
another  with  food  products,  a  third  with  drugs,  etc.,  while  over  the 
whole,  directing  and  correlating  their  work,  shall  preside  the  ideal 
chemist,  the  all-round  man,  recognized  as  the  leader  of  the  chemists  of 
the  United  States.  And  so  should  the  country  get  better  and  cheaper 
results.  It  is  an  enticing  plan  and  one  which  might  be  extended  to  many 
other  fields  of  work.  Granting  the  premises  that  we  shall  have  the  best 
possible  equipment,  with  the  best  possible  man  at  the  head  of  it,  and  a 
sufficient  corps  of  trained  specialists,  each  of  whom  will  contentedly  do 
his  own  work  as  directed  and  be  satisfied,  so  that  there  shall  be  no 
jealousies,  or  strikes,  or  boycotting,  and  we  have  made  a  long  stride 
toward  Utopia.  But  before  we  centralize  in  this  way  we  must  settle  the 
question  of  classification.  Just  as  in  arranging  a  large  library  there  are 
many  books  which  belong  in  several  different  sections,  so  it  is  in  applied 
science.  Is  it  certain  that  the  examination  of  food  product  or  of  drugs 
should  be  made  under  the  direction  of  the  national  chemist  rather  than 
under  that  of  the  Departments  which  are  most  interested  in  the  composi- 
tion and  quality  of  these  articles?  This  does  not  seem  to  me  to  be  a  self- 
evident  proposition  by  any  means. 

The  opinion  of  a  scientific  man  as  to  whether  the  Government  should 
or  should  not  undertake  to  carry  out  any  particular  branch  of  scientific 
research  and  publish  the  results,  whether  it  should  attempt  to  do  such 
work  through  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  or  more  or  less  exclusively 
through  persons  specially  employed  for  the  purpose,  whether  the  scien- 
tific work  shall  be  done  under  the  direction  of  those  who  wish  to  use, 
and  care  only  for,  the  practical  results,  or  whether  the  scientific  man 
shall  himself  be  the  administrative  head  and  direct  the  manner  in  which 
his  results  shall  be  applied;  the  opinion  of  a  scientific  man  on  such 
points,  I  say,  will  differ  according  to  the  part  he  expects  or  desires  to  take 
in  the  work,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  work,  according  to  whether 
he  is  an  Army  or  Navy  officer  or  not,  according  to  whether  he  takes  more 
pleasure  in  scientific  investigations  than  in  administrative  problems  and 
so  forth. 

It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to  apply  a  correction  for  personal  equation 
to  each  individual  set  of  opinions  before  its  true  weight  and  value  can 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


181 


be  estimated,  and,  unfortunately,  no  general  formula  for  this  purpose 
has  yet  been  worked  out. 

I  can  only  indicate  my  own  opinions,  which  are  those  of  an  Army 
officer,  who  has  all  he  wants  to  do,  who  does  not  covet  any  of  his 
neighbors'  work  or  goods,  and  who  does  not  care  to  have  any  more 
masters  than  those  whom  he  is  at  present  trying  to  serve.  You  see  that  I 
give  you  some  of  the  data  for  the  formula  by  which  you  are  to  correct 
my  statements,  but  this  is  all  I  can  do. 

I  am  not  inclined  at  present  to  urge  the  creation  of  a  department  of 
science  as  an  independent  department  of  the  Government  having  at  its 
head  a  Cabinet  officer.  Whether  such  an  organization  may  become  ex- 
pedient in  the  future  seems  to  me  doubtful;  but  at  all  events  I  think  the 
time  has  not  yet  come  for  it. 

I  do  not  believe  that  Government  should  undertake  scientific  work 
merely  or  mainly  because  it  is  scientific,  or  because  some  useful  results 
may  possibly  be  obtained  from  it.  It  should  do,  or  cause  to  be  done, 
such  scientific  work  as  is  needful  for  its  own  information  and  guidance 
when  such  work  cannot  be  done,  or  cannot  be  done  so  cheaply  or  con- 
veniently, by  private  enterprise.  Some  kinds  of  work  it  can  best  have 
done  by  private  contract,  and  not  by  officials;  others,  by  its  own  officers. 
To  this  last  class  belong  those  branches  of  scientific  investigation,  or  the 
means  for  promoting  them,  which  require  long-continued  labor  and 
expenditure  on  a  uniform  plan — such  as  the  work  of  the  Government 
Observatory,  of  the  Government  surveys,  of  the  collection  of  the  statistics 
which  are  so  much  needed  for  legislative  guidance,  and  in  which  we 
are  at  present  so  deficient,  the  formation  of  museums  and  libraries,  and 
so  forth. 

Considering  the  plans  and  operations  of  these  Government  institutions 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  scientific  public,  it  is  highly  desirable  that 
they  should  contribute  to  the  advancement  of  abstract  science,  as  well 
as  to  the  special  practical  ends  for  which  they  have  been  instituted;  but 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  legislator,  who  has  the  responsibility  of 
granting  the  funds  for  their  support,  the  practical  results  should  receive 
the  chief  consideration,  and  therefore  they  should  be  the  chief  considera- 
tion on  the  part  of  those  who  are  to  administer  these  trusts.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  while  the  average  legislator  is,  in  many  cases,  not 
qualified  to  judge  a  priori  as  to  what  practical  results  may  be  ex- 
pected from  a  given  plan  for  scientific  work,  he  is,  nevertheless,  the 
court  which  is  to  decide  the  question  according  to  the  best  evidence  which 
he  can  get,  or,  rather,  which  is  brought  before  him,  and  it  is  no  unim- 
portant part  of  the  duty  of  those  who  are  experts  in  these  matters  to 
furnish  such  evidence. 

But  in  saying  that  practical  results  should  be  the  chief  consideration  of 


182 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


the  Government  and  of  its  legislative  and  administrative  agents  it  is  not 
meant  that  these  should  be  the  only  considerations.  In  the  carrying  out 
of  any  extensive  piece  of  work  which  involves  the  collection  of  data, 
experimental  inquiry,  or  the  application  of  scientific  results  under  new 
conditions  there  is  more  or  less  opportunity  to  increase  knowledge  at 
the  same  time  and  with  comparatively  little  increased  cost.  Such  oppor- 
tunity should  be  taken  advantage  of,  and  is  also  a  proper  subsidiary 
reason  for  adopting  one  plan  of  work  in  preference  to  another,  or  for 
selecting  for  appointment  persons  qualified  not  only  to  do  the  particular 
work  which  is  the  main  object,  but  also  for  other  allied  work  of  a  more 
purely  scientific  character. 

On  the  same  principle  it  seems  to  me  proper  and  expedient  that  when 
permanent  Government  employees  have  at  times  not  enough  to  do  in 
their  own  departments,  and  can  be  usefully  employed  in  scientific 
work,  it  is  quite  legitimate  and  proper  to  thus  make  use  of  them.  For 
example,  it  is  desirable  that  this  country  should  have  such  an  organiza- 
tion of  its  Army  and  Navy  as  will  permit  of  rapid  expansion  when  the 
necessity  arises,  and  this  requires  that  more  officers  shall  be  educated 
and  kept  in  the  service  than  are  needed  for  military  and  naval  duty  in 
time  of  peace.  It  has  been  the  policy  of  the  Government  to  employ  some 
of  these  officers  in  work  connected  with  other  departments,  and  especially 
in  work  which  requires  such  special  training,  scientific  or  administrative, 
or  both,  as  such  officers  possess.  To  this  objections  are  raised,  which  may 
be  summed  up  as  follows: 

First,  that  such  officers  ought  not  to  be  given  positions  which  would 
otherwise  be  filled  by  civilian  scientists,  because  these  places  are  more 
needed  by  the  civilians  as  a  means  of  earning  subsistence,  and  because 
it  tends  to  increase  the  competition  for  places  and  to  lower  salaries. 
Put  in  other  words,  the  argument  is  that  it  is  injurious  to  the  interests 
of  scientific  men,  taken  as  a  body,  that  the  Government  should  employ 
in  investigations  or  work  requiring  special  knowledge  and  skill  men 
who  have  been  educated  and  trained  at  its  expense,  and  who  are  per- 
manently employed  and  paid  by  it.  This  is  analogous  to  the  trades  union 
and  the  anti-convict  labor  platforms. 

The  second  objection  is  that  Army  and  Navy  officers  do  not,  as  a  rule, 
possess  the  scientific  and  technical  knowledge  to  properly  perform  duties 
lying  outside  of  the  sphere  of  the  work  for  which  they  have  been  edu- 
cated, and  that  they  employ  as  subordinates  really  skilled  scientific  men, 
who  make  the  plans  and  do  most  of  the  work,  but  do  not  receive  proper 
credit  for  it.  The  reply  to  this  is  that  it  is  a  question  of  fact  in  each  par- 
ticular case,  and  that  if  the  officer  is  able  to  select  and  employ  good  men 
to  prepare  the  plans  and  to  do  the  work,  this  in  itself  is  a  very  good 
reason  for  giving  him  the  duty  of  such  selection  and  employment. 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


183 


A  third  objection  is  that  when  an  officer  of  the  Army  or  Navy  is  de- 
tailed for  scientific  or  other  special  work  the  interests  of  this  work  and 
of  the  public  are  too  often  made  subordinate  to  the  interests  of  the 
naval  or  military  service,  more  especially  in  the  matter  of  change  of 
station.  For  example,  civil  engineers  object  to  the  policy  of  placing  river 
and  harbor  improvements  in  the  hands  of  Army  engineers,  because  one 
of  the  objects  kept  in  view  by  the  War  Department  in  making  details 
for  this  purpose  is  to  vary  the  duty  of  the  individual  officer  from  time 
to  time  so  as  to  give  him  a  wider  experience.  Hence  it  may  happen  that 
an  officer  placed  on  duty  in  connection  with  the  improvement  of  certain 
harbors  on  the  Great  Lakes  shall,  after  three  or  four  years,  and  just  as 
he  has  gained  sufficient  experience  of  the  peculiarities  of  lake  work  to 
make  his  supervision  there  pecuiliarly  valuable,  be  transferred  to  work 
on  the  improvement  of  the  Lower  Mississippi  with  which  he  may  be  quite 
unfamiliar. 

In  like  manner  Professor  Clarke  objects  to  having  a  laboratory  con- 
nected with  the  medical  department  of  the  Navy  on  the  ground  that 
the  officer  in  charge  is  changed  every  three  years;  consequently  science 
suffers  in  order  that  naval  routine  may  be  preserved. 

There  is  force  in  this  class  of  objections,  but  the  moral  I  should  draw 
from  them  is,  not  that  Army  and  Navy  officers  should  not  be  allowed 
to  do  work  outside  their  own  departments  or  in  science,  but  that  when 
they  are  put  upon  such  duty,  the  ordinary  routine  of  change  of  station 
every  three  or  four  years  should  not  be  enforced  upon  them  without 
careful  consideration  of  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  and  satisfactory 
evidence  that  the  work  on  which  they  are  engaged  will  not  suffer  by  the 
change.  And,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  I  believe  this  has  been  the  policy 
pursued,  and  instances  could  be  given  where  an  officer  has  been  kept 
twenty  years  at  one  station  for  this  very  reason. 

I  pass  over  a  number  of  objections  that  I  have  heard  made  to  the  em- 
ployment of  Army  and  Navy  officers  as  administrators,  on  the  ground 
that  they  are  too  "bumptious,"  or  "domineering,"  or  "supercilious,"  or 
"finicky,"  because  every  one  knows  what  these  mean  and  their  force. 
An  Army  officer  is  not  necessarily  a  polished  gentleman;  neither  is  a 
civilian;  and  a  good  organizer  and  administrator,  whether  officer  or  civil- 
ian, will  at  times,  and  especially  to  some  people,  appear  arbitrary  and 
dictatorial. 

There  is  another  objection  to  special  details  of  Army  or  Navy  officers 
for  scientific  duties  which  comes  not  so  much  from  outside  persons  as  from 
the  War  Department  and  the  officers  themselves,  and  it  is  this:  Among 
such  officers  there  are  always  a  certain  number  who  not  only  prefer  special 
details  to  routine  duty,  but  who  actively  seek  for  such  details,  who  are 
perpetual  candidates  for  them. 


184 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  proportion  of  men  whose  ideas  as  to  their  own  scientific  acquire- 
ments, merits,  and  claims  to  attention  are  excessive  as  compared  with 
the  ideas  of  their  acquaintances  on  the  same  points  is  not  greater  in  the 
Army  than  elsewhere,  but  when  an  Army  officer  is  afflicted  in  this  way 
the  attack  is  sometimes  very  severe,  and  the  so-called  influence  which  he 
brings  to  bear  may  cause  a  good  deal  of  annoyance  to  the  Department, 
even  if  it  be  not  sufficient  to  obtain  his  ends.  I  have  heard  officers  of  high 
rank,  in  a  fit  of  impatience  under  such  circumstances,  express  a  most 
hearty  and  emphatic  wish  that  no  special  details  were  possible,  so  that 
lobbying  for  them  should  be  useless.  This,  however,  seems  to  me  to  be 
too  heroic  a  remedy  for  the  disease,  which,  after  all,  only  produces  com- 
paratively trifling  irritation  and  discomfort. 

The  same  evil  exists,  to  a  much  greater  extent,  in  the  civil  branches 
of  the  Government.  Few  persons  can  fully  appreciate  the  loss  of  time, 
the  worry,  and  the  annoyance  to  which  the  responsible  heads  of  some  of 
our  bureaus  for  scientific  work  are  subjected  through  the  desire  of  people 
for  official  position  and  for  maintenance  by  the  Government.  They  have 
to  stand  always  at  the  bat  and  protect  their  wickets  from  the  balls  which 
are  bowled  at  them  in  every  direction,  even  from  behind  by  some  of 
their  own  subordinates. 

It  is  true  that  a  great  majority  of  the  balls  go  wide  and  cause  little 
trouble,  and  a  majority  of  the  bowlers  soon  get  tired  and  leave  the  field, 
but  there  are  generally  a  few  persistent  ones  who  gradually  acquire 
no  small  degree  of  skill  in  discovering  the  weak  or  unguarded  points,  and 
succeed  in  making  things  lively  for  a  time.  Considered  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  public  interests,  such  men  are  useful,  for  although  they 
cause  some  loss  of  valuable  time,  and  occasionally  do  a  little  damage  by 
promoting  hostile  legislation,  yet  their  criticisms  are  often  worth  taking 
into  account;  they  tend  to  prevent  the  machine  from  getting  into  a  rut, 
and  they  promote  activity  and  attention  to  business  on  the  part  of  ad- 
ministrative chiefs.  It  is  a  saying  among  dog  fanciers  that  a  few  fleas  on 
a  dog  are  good  for  him  rather  than  otherwise,  as  they  compel  him  to 
take  some  exercise  under  any  circumstances. 

At  all  events  I  think  it  very  doubtful  whether  the  jealousies  and  desire 
for  position  for  one's  self  or  one's  friends  which  exist  under  present  cir- 
cumstances would  be  materially  diminished  under  any  other  form  of 
organization,  even  under  a  department  of  science. 

Some  conflict  of  interests  now  exists  it  is  true;  some  work  is  duplicated; 
but  neither  the  conflict  nor  the  duplication  are  necessarily  wholly  evil 
in  themselves,  nor  in  so  far  as  they  are  evil  are  they  necessary  parts  of 
the  present  system.  This  system  is  of  the  nature  of  a  growth;  it  is  organic 
and  not  a  mere  pudding-stone  aggregation  of  heterogeneous  materials, 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


185 


and  the  wise  course  is  to  correct  improper  bendings  and  twistings  gradu- 
ally, prune  judiciously,  and  go  slow  in  trying  to  secure  radical  changes 
lest  death  or  permanent  deformity  result. 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  what  I  have  said  I  have  not  attempted  to  eulo- 
gize science  or  scientists  in  the  abstract.  I  should  be  very  sorry,  how- 
ever, to  have  given  any  one  the  impression  that  I  think  they  should  not 
be  eulogized.  Having  read  a  number  of  eloquent  tributes  to  their  im- 
portance by  way  of  inducing  a  proper  frame  of  mind  in  which  to  prepare 
this  address,  it  is  possible  that  I  overdid  it  a  little,  and  was  in  a  sort  of 
reaction  stage  when  I  began  to  write.  But  the  more  I  have  thought  on 
the  subject,  and  the  more  carefully  I  have  sought  to  analyze  the  motives 
and  character  of  those  of  my  acquaintances  who  are  either  engaged  in 
scientific  work  or  who  wish  to  be  considered  as  so  doing,  and  to  com- 
pare them  with  those  who  have  no  pretensions  to  science,  and  who  make 
none,  the  more  I  have  been  convinced  that  upon  the  whole  the  eulogium 
is  the  proper  thing  to  give,  and  that  it  is  not  wise  to  be  critical  as  to  the 
true  inwardness  of  all  that  we  see  or  hear. 

At  least  nine-tenths  of  the  praises  which  have  been  heaped  upon 
scientific  men  as  a  body  are  thoroughly  well  deserved.  Among  them  are 
to  be  found  a  very  large  proportion  of  true  gentlemen,  larger,  I  think, 
than  is  to  be  found  in  any  other  class  of  men — men  characterized  by 
modesty,  unselfishness,  scrupulous  honesty,  and  truthfulness,  and  by  the 
full  performance  of  their  family  and  social  duties. 

Even  their  foibles  may  be  likable.  A  little  vanity  of  thirst  for  publicity, 
zeal  in  claiming  priority  of  discovery,  or  undue  wrath  over  the  other 
scientist's  theory,  does  not  and  should  not  detract  from  the  esteem  in 
which  we  hold  them.  A  very  good  way  of  viewing  characteristics  which 
we  do  not  like  is  to  bear  in  mind  that  different  parts  of  the  brain  have 
different  functions;  that  all  of  them  cannot  act  at  once,  and  that  their 
tendencies  are  sometimes  contradictory. 

There  are  times  when  a  scientific  man  does  not  think  scientifically, 
when  he  does  not  want  to  so  think,  and  possibly  when  it  is  best  that  he 
should  not  so  think.  There  is  wisdom  in  Sam.  Lawson's  remark  that 
"Folks  that  are  always  telling  you  what  they  don't  believe  are  sort  o' 
stringy  and  dry.  There  ain't  no  'sorption  got  out  o'  not  believing 
nothing."  At  one  time  the  emotional,  at  another  the  intellectual,  side  of 
the  scientific  man  has  the  ascendency,  and  one  must  appeal  from  one 
state  to  the  other.  Were  scientific  thinking  rigorously  carried  out  to 
practical  results  in  every-day  life  there  would  be  some  very  remarkable 
social  changes,  and  perhaps  some  very  disagreeable  ones. 

That  scientific  pursuits  give  great  pleasure  without  reference  to  their 
utility,  or  to  the  fame  or  profit  to  be  derived  from  them;  that  they 


186 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


tend  to  make  a  man  good  company  to  himself  and  to  bring  him  into 
pleasant  associations  is  certain;  and  that  a  man's  own  pleasure  and 
happiness  are  things  to  be  sought  for  in  his  work  and  companionship  is 
also  certain.  If  in  this  address  I  have  ventured  to  hint  that  this  may  not 
be  the  only,  nor  even  the  most  important,  object  in  life,  that  one  may 
be  a  scientific  man,  or  even  a  man  of  science,  and  yet  not  be  worthy  of 
special  reverence;  because  he  may  be  at  the  same  time  an  intensely  selfish 
man,  and  even  a  vicious  man,  I  hope  that  it  is  clearly  understood  that  it 
is  with  no  intention  of  depreciating  the  glory  of  science  or  the  honor 
which  is  due  to  the  large  number  of  scientific  gentlemen  whom  I  see 
around  me. 

A  scientific  gentleman — all  praise  to  him  who  merits  this  title — it  is 
the  blue  ribbon  of  our  day. 

We  live  in  a  fortunate  time  and  place;  in  the  early  manhood  of  a 
mighty  nation,  and  in  its  capital  city,  which  every  year  makes  more 
beautiful,  and  richer  in  the  treasures  of  science,  literature,  and  art  which 
all  the  keels  of  the  sea  and  the  iron  roads  of  the  land  are  bringing  to  it. 
Life  implies  death;  growth  presages  decay;  but  we  have  good  reasons 
for  hoping  that  for  our  country  and  our  people  the  evil  days  are  yet  far 
off.  Yet  we  may  not  rest  and  eat  lotus;  we  may  not  devote  our  lives  to 
our  own  pleasure,  even  though  it  be  pleasure  derived  from  scientific 
investigation.  No  man  lives  for  himself  alone;  the  scientific  man  should 
do  so  least  of  all.  There  never  was  a  time  when  the  world  had  more  need 
of  him,  and  there  never  was  a  time  when  more  care  was  needful  lest  his 
torch  should  prove  a  firebrand  and  destroy  more  than  it  illuminates. 

The  old  creeds  are  quivering;  shifting;  changing  like  the  colored  flames 
on  the  surface  of  the  Bessemer  crucible.  They  are  being  analyzed,  and 
accounted  for,  and  toned  down,  and  explained,  until  many  are  doubting 
whether  there  is  any  solid  substratum  beneath;  but  the  instinct  which 
gave  those  creeds  their  influence  is  unchanged. 

The  religions  and  philosophies  of  the  Orient  seem  to  have  little  in 
common  with  modern  science.  The  sage  of  the  east  did  not  try  to  climb 
the  ladder  of  knowledge  step  by  step.  He  sought  a  wisdom  which  he 
supposed  far  superior  to  all  knowledge  of  earthly  phenomena  obtainable 
through  the  senses.  The  man  of  science  of  the  west  seeks  knowledge  by 
gradual  accumulation,  striving  by  comparison  and  experiment  to  elimi- 
nate the  errors  of  individual  observations,  and  doubting  the  possibility 
of  attaining  wisdom  in  any  other  way.  The  knowledge  which  he  has,  or 
seeks,  is  knowledge  which  may  be  acquired  partly  by  individual  effort 
and  partly  by  co-operation,  which  requires  material  resources  for  its 
development,  the  search  for  which  may  be  organized  and  pursued 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


187 


through  the  help  of  others,  which  is  analogous  in  some  respects  to 
property  which  may  be  used  for  power  or  pleasure.  The  theologian  and 
the  poet  claim  that  there  is  a  wisdom  which  is  not  acquired  but  attained 
to,  which  cannot  be  communicated  or  received  at  pleasure,  which  comes 
in  a  way  vaguely  expressed  by  the  words  intuition  or  inspiration,  which 
acts  through  and  upon  the  emotional  rather  than  the  intellectual  facul- 
ties, and  which,  thus  acting,  is  sometimes  of  irresistible  power  in  exciting 
and  directing  the  actions  of  individuals  and  of  communities. 

The  answer  of  the  modern  biologist  to  the  old  Hebrew  question,  viz., 
"Why  are  children  born  with  their  hands  clenched  while  men  die 
with  their  hands  wide  open?"  would  not  in  the  least  resemble  that  given 
by  the  Rabbis,  yet  this  last  it  is  well  that  the  scientist  should  also  re- 
member: "Because  on  entering  the  world  men  would  grasp  everything, 
but  on  leaving  it  all  slips  away."  There  exist  in  men  certain  mental 
phenomena,  the  study  of  which  is  included  in  what  is  known  as  ethics, 
and  which  are  usually  assumed  to  depend  upon  what  is  called  moral 
law.  Whether  there  is  such  a  law  and  whether,  if  it  exists,  it  can  be  logi- 
cally deduced  from  observed  facts  in  nature  or  is  only  known  as  a  special 
revelation,  are  questions  upon  which  scientific  men  in  their  present 
stage  of  development  are  not  agreed.  There  is  not  yet  any  satisfactory 
scientific  basis  for  what  is  recognized  as  sound  ethics  and  morality 
throughout  the  civilized  world;  these  rest  upon  another  foundation. 

This  procession,  bearing  its  lights  of  all  kinds,  smoky  torches,  clear- 
burning  lamps,  farthing  rush-lights,  and  sputtering  brimstone  matches, 
passes  through  the  few  centuries  of  which  we  have  a  record,  illuminating 
an  area  which  varies,  but  which  has  been  growing  steadily  larger.  The 
individual  members  of  the  procession  come  from,  and  pass  into, 
shadow  and  darkness,  but  the  light  of  the  stream  remains.  Yet  it  does 
not  seem  so  much  darkness,  an  infinite  night,  whence  we  come  and 
whither  we  go,  as  a  fog  which  at  a  little  distance  obscures  or  hides  all 
things,  but  which,  nevertheless,  gives  the  impression  that  there  is  light 
beyond  and  above  it.  In  this  fog  we  are  living  and  groping,  stumbling 
down  blind  alleys,  only  to  find  that  there  is  no  thoroughfare,  getting 
lost  and  circling  about  on  our  own  tracks  as  on  a  jumbie  prairie;  but 
slowly  and  irregularly  we  do  seem  to  be  getting  on,  and  to  be  establish- 
ing some  points  in  the  survey  of  the  continent  of  our  own  ignorance. 

In  some  directions  the  man  of  science  claims  to  lead  the  way;  in  others 
the  artist,  the  poet,  the  devotee.  Far  reaching  as  the  speculations  of  the 
man  of  science  may  be,  ranging  from  the  constitution  and  nature  of  a 
universal  protyle,  through  the  building  of  a  universe  to  its  resolution 
again  into  primal  matter  or  modes  of  motion,  he  can  frame  no  hypothesis 


188 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


which  shall  explain  consciousness,  nor  has  he  any  data  for  a  formula 
which  shall  tell  what  becomes  of  the  individual  when  he  disappears  in 
the  all-surrounding  mist.  Does  he  go  on  seeking  and  learning  in  other 
ways  or  other  worlds?  The  great  mass  of  mankind  think  that  they  have 
some  information  bearing  on  these  questions;  but,  if  so,  it  is  a  part  of  the 
wisdom  of  the  Orient,  and  not  of  the  physical  or  natural  science  of  the 
Occident.  Whether  after  death  there  shall  come  increase  of  knowledge, 
with  increase  of  desires  and  of  means  of  satisfying  them,  or  whether  there 
shall  be  freedom  from  all  desire,  and  an  end  of  coming  and  going,  we 
do  not  know;  nor  is  there  any  reason  to  suppose  that  it  is  a  part  of  the 
plan  of  the  universe  that  we  should  know.  We  do  know  that  the  great 
majority  of  men  think  that  there  are  such  things  as  right  and  duty — God 
and  a  future  life — and  that  to  each  man  there  comes  the  opportunity  of 
doing  something  which  he  and  others  recognize  to  be  his  duty.  The 
scientific  explanation  of  a  part  of  the  process  by  which  this  has  been 
brought  about,  as  by  natural  selection,  heredity,  education,  progressive 
changes  in  this  or  that  particular  mass  of  brain  matter,  has  not  much 
bearing  on  the  practical  question  of  "What  to  do  about  it?"  But  it  does, 
nevertheless,  indicate  that  it  is  not  a  characteristic  to  be  denounced,  or 
opposed,  or  neglected,  since,  even  in  the  "struggle-for-existence"  theory, 
it  has  been,  and  still  is,  of  immense  importance  in  human  social  develop- 
ment. 

"Four  men,"  says  the  Talmud,  "entered  Paradise.  One  beheld  and 
died.  One  beheld  and  lost  his  senses.  One  destroyed  the  young  plants. 
One  only  entered  in  peace  and  came  out  in  peace."  Many  are  the  mystic 
and  cabalistic  interpretations  which  have  been  given  of  this  saying;  and 
if  for  "Paradise"  we  read  the  "world  of  knowledge"  each  of  you  can  no 
doubt  best  interpret  the  parable  for  himself.  Speaking  to  a  body  of 
scientific  men,  each  of  whom  has,  I  hope,  also  certain  unscientific  beliefs, 
desires,  hopes,  and  longings,  I  will  only  say:  "Be  strong  and  of  a  good 
courage."  As  scientific  men,  let  us  try  to  increase  and  diffuse  knowledge; 
as  men  and  citizens,  let  us  try  to  be  useful;  and,  in  each  capacity,  let  us  do 
the  work  that  comes  to  us  honestly  and  thoroughly,  and  fear  not  the  un- 
known future. 

When  we  examine  that  wonderful  series  of  wave  marks  which  we  call 
the  spectrum  we  find,  as  we  go  downwards,  that  the  vibrations  become 
slower,  the  dark  bands  wider,  until  as  last  we  reach  a  point  where  there 
seems  to  be  no  more  movements;  the  blackness  is  continuous,  the  ray 
seems  dead.  Yet  within  this  year  Langley  has  found  that  a  very  long 
way  lower  down  the  pulsations  again  appear,  and  form,  as  it  were,  an- 
other spectrum;  they  never  really  ceased,  but  only  changed  in  rhythm, 


SCIENTIFIC  MEN  AND  THEIR  DUTIES 


189 


requiring  new  apparatus  or  new  senses  to  appreciate  them.  And  it  may 
well  be  that  our  human  life  is  only  a  kind  of  lower  spectrum,  and  that, 
beyond  and  above  the  broad  black  band  which  we  call  death,  there  are 
other  modes  of  impulses — another  spectrum — which  registers  the  cease- 
less beats  of  waves  from  the  great  central  fountain  of  force,  the  heart  of 
the  universe,  in  modes  of  existence  of  which  we  can  but  dimly  dream. 


Medicine  in  the   United   States,   and  Its 
Relations  To  Co-operative  Investigation 

(Excerpts) 

There  is  a  class  of  medical  schools  in  the  United  States  whose  object 
is  to  give  the  minimum  amount  of  instruction  which  will  enable  a  man 
to  commence  the  practice  of  medicine  without  much  danger  of  making 
such  serious  and  glaring  blunders  as  will  be  readily  detected  by  the 
public.  There  are  other  schools  whose  aim  and  object  is  to  make  fairly 
well  trained  practitioners;  the  general  character  of  the  instruction  given 
in  these  being  substantially  the  same  as  that  given  in  your  English  hospital 
medical  schools.  The  results  of  such  a  three  years'  graded  course  of  in- 
struction in  medicine  as  these  schools  furnish,  depend  upon  the  character 
of  the  material  upon  which  they  work;  that  is  to  say,  upon  the  general 
preliminary  education  possessed  by  the  student  at  the  time  of  his  ma- 
triculation. This  is  evidently  too  often  defective,  and  only  a  few  schools 
have  thus  far  ventured  to  establish  any  standard  of  preliminary  examina- 
tion which  at  all  approaches  in  its  demands  that  which  is  required  in 
England. 

The  proverb  that  it  does  not  pay  to  give  a  5,000  dollar  education  to  a 
5  dollar  boy  is  clearly  of  American  origin,  and  sums  up  a  great  deal  of 
experience. 

You  have  nineteen  portals  of  entrance  to  the  profession,  and  have  not 
found  it  easy  to  keep  them  all  up  to  the  standard.  In  America  we  have 
over  eighty  gates,  a  number  of  turnstiles,  and  a  good  deal  of  the  ground 
is  unenclosed  common.  Many  of  our  physicians  are  more  or  less  dis- 
satisfied with  this  state  of  things,  and  with  the  results  thereof;  and  every 
year  in  some  States  efforts  are  made  to  secure  legislation,  which  it  is 
supposed  will  protect  the  interests  of  the  profession,  though  those  who 
advocate  such  legislation  are  usually  prudent  enough  to  claim  as  their 
only  motive  a  desire  for  the  protection  of  the  public. 

Now,  how  does  this  free  trade  in  medicine  and  the  low  standard  of 
qualification,  or  no  standard  at  all,  required  by  law,  affect  practitioners 
as  individuals?  To  answer  this,  we  must  divide  the  profession  into  sev- 

The  annual  address  in  medicine  delivered  before  the  British  Medical  Association, 
August  11,  1886.  British  Medical  Journal  2:  299-307  (14  Aug  1886).  Excerpts  are  from 
pp.  300-3,  304,  304-5,  305,  and  307. 

190 


MEDICINE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


191 


eral  classes.  In  the  first  place,  in  all  our  cities,  great  and  small,  there  is  a 
large  class  of  physicians  who  are  as  well  educated  and  as  thoroughly 
competent  to  practise  their  art,  as  can  be  found  in  the  world.  They  have 
studied  both  at  home  and  abroad,  have  had  extensive  clinical  training, 
are  always  supplied  with  the  latest  and  best  medical  literature  and  the 
most  improved  instruments,  and  many  of  them  are  connected  with  hos- 
pitals and  medical  schools.  Among  them  are  found  the  majority  of  our 
writers  and  teachers,  and  the  successful  men  are  the  survivors  of  a  strug- 
gle in  which  there  has  been  keen  and  incessant  competition.  These 
physicians,  whose  positions  are  fairly  assured,  and  who,  as  a  rule,  have 
all  the  practice  they  desire,  are  not  usually  active  leaders  in  movements 
to  secure  medical  legislation,  although  they  passively  assent  to  such  ef- 
forts, or  at  least  do  not  oppose  them;  and  their  names  may  sometimes  be 
found  appended  to  memorials  urging  such  legislation.  They  are  clear- 
headed, shrewd,  "practical"  men,  who  know  that  their  business  interests 
are  not  specially  injured  by  quacks  and  ignoramuses,  rather  the  contrary 
in  fact,  for  they  are  called  on  to  repair  the  damage  done  by  the  quack  to 
people  who  have  more  money  than  brains;  and  they  are  not  inclined  to 
risk  the  fate  of  the  Mexican  donkey  who  died  of  congejos  agenas,  that  is, 
"of  other  people's  troubles." 

Then  there  is  another  large  class  of  honest,  hard-working  practitioners, 
who  rely  more  on  what  they  call  experience  and  common  sense  than  on 
book  learning.  Many  of  these  have  obtained  assured  positions  of  respecta- 
bility and  usefulness,  and  are  comparatively  indifferent  to  medical  legis- 
lation so  far  as  their  own  interests  are  concerned.  Others,  however,  who 
are  not  so  successful,  feel  the  competition  of  the  local  herb-doctor  or  of 
the  travelling  quack  more  keenly,  and  have  more  decided  views  about 
the  importance  of  diplomas.  Among  these  are  the  young  men  who  have 
not  yet  acquired  local  fame,  and  who  are  apt  to  become  very  indignant 
over  the  doings  of  some  charlatan  in  the  neighbourhood,  or  of  some 
druggist  who  prescribes  over  his  counter.  These  last  are  usually  quite 
clear  in  their  minds  that  the  State  ought  to  interfere  and  prevent  injury 
to  the  health  of  the  people. 

I  have  known  two  unsuccessful  physicians  who  finally  abandoned  prac- 
tice, and  who  gave  as  a  reason  for  their  failure — one  that  "he  did  not 
know  enough"  and  the  other  that  "he  had  not  the  manners  and  tact 
which  would  inspire  confidence  in  his  patients;"  but  such  frank-speaking 
men  are  rare. 

#       #       *  * 

The  relations  of  the  United  States  Government  to  medical  education 
and  to  the  practice  of  medicine  are  indirect  only,  the  regulation  of  these 


192 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


matters  by  law  being  part  of  the  police  power  which,  under  the  constitu- 
tion, is  reserved  exclusively  to  the  individual  States.  The  United  States 
employs  physicians  in  its  Indian  Department,  in  the  Pension  Department, 
in  the  Marine  Hospital  Service,  and  in  the  medical  departments  of  the 
army  and  navy,  and  it  has  power  to  regulate  the  practice  of  medicine  in 
those  territories  which  are  not  yet  organised  into  States,  and  also  in  the 
District  of  Columbia;  but  thus  far  it  has  made  no  use  of  such  power.  The 
qualifications  of  physicians  employed  in  the  army  and  navy,  and  in  the 
Marine  Hospital  Service,  are  determined  by  examinations  made  by  boards 
of  medical  officers  belonging  to  those  services.  The  possession  of  a  di- 
ploma from  a  respectable  medical  college  is  a  prerequisite  for  such  ex- 
amination, but  beyond  this  it  does  not  count;  that  is  to  say,  the  examina- 
tion is  the  same  for  the  holders  of  all  diplomas,  and  covers  all  branches 
of  medicine.  But  while  the  relations  of  the  general  government  to  medi- 
cal education  are  thus  indirect,  they  have  of  late  years  become  of  very 
considerable  practical  importance,  and  are  now  exerting  much  influence 
upon  medical  investigations  and  literature.  This  is  being  effected  by  the 
museums  and  libraries,  which  are  now  being  formed  under  the  auspices 
of  the  government  at  Washington,  and  also,  to  some  extent,  by  certain 
special  investigations  undertaken  by  the  government  in  the  interests  of 
preventive  medicine.  Of  these  various  agencies,  one  of  the  most  important 
is  the  library  which  has  been  formed  at  Washington,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  medical  department  of  the  army  in  connection  with  the  Army 
Medical  Museum;  both  of  these  institutions  being  a  part  of  the  results  of 
the  late  civil  war.  The  museum  was  at  first  formed  to  illustrate  military 
medicine  and  surgery,  giving  the  results,  primary  and  secondary,  of  in- 
juries inflicted  by  modern  weapons  of  warfare,  and  of  the  diseases  of 
armies  in  the  field;  in  which  direction  the  collection  is  unrivalled  in 
extent  and  completeness.  Gradually  its  scope  has  been  enlarged  to  in- 
clude illustrations  of  anatomy,  development,  and  all  branches  of  pathol- 
ogy and  therapeutics,  so  that  it  is  fast  covering  the  whole  field  of  medical 
science.  In  like  manner  the  library,  which  commenced  in  a  collection 
of  those  books  relating  solely  or  especially  to  military  medicine  and  sur- 
gery, which  were  required  in  the  compilation  of  the  Medical  and  Surgical 
History  of  the  War,  has  expanded  into  a  great  medical  library,  which  is 
now  one  of  the  best  practical  working  collections  of  the  kind  in  the 
world.  These  collections,  then,  no  longer  appertain  exclusively,  or  chiefly, 
to  the  business  of  one  department,  but  belong  to  the  whole  profession  of 
the  United  States  as  a  body;  and  the  department  which  has  charge  of 
them  is  managing  them  from  this  point  of  view.  The  influence  of  the 
library  in  stimulating  research,  and  upon  the  quality  of  medical  litera- 
ture, is  already  very  perceptible,  and  is  destined  to  increase  with  ad- 


MEDICINE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


193 


vancing  years.  I  think  I  may  also  venture  to  claim  that  the  utility  of  these 
collections,  and  especially  of  the  library,  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the 
medical  profession  of  the  United  States,  for  the  catalogues  and  indices, 
which  are  being  issued  in  connection  with  them,  are  of  service  to  medical 
writers  and  teachers  all  over  the  world. 

*  #       #  # 

As  to  the  condition  of  medical  science  and  art  in  America,  it  partakes 
of  the  general  progress,  for  the  press  now  makes  all  discoveries  the  com- 
mon property  of  the  civilised  world.  The  marked  feature  of  the  present 
epoch  is  the  recent  advance  in  knowledge  as  to  the  relations  between 
micro-organisms  and  certain  diseases,  and  the  strong  stimulus  which  this 
has  given  to  preventive  medicine.  Sanitation  is  becoming  fashionable, 
and  if  we  may  believe  some  of  its  votaries,  it  is  a  very  simple  matter  to 
prolong  the  average  lifetime  to  the  scriptural  "three-score  years  and 
ten."  All  that  is  necessary  is  that  everything  shall  be  clean,  and  every 
person  virtuous. 

Having  learned  to  distinguish  those  diseases  which  can  be  prevented 
much  more  easily  and  certainly  than  they  can  be  cured,  we  may  turn 
them  over  to  the  sanitarian,  who  has  his  own  battles  to  fight  with  ig- 
norance and  prejudice.  If  he  succeeds,  and  so  far  as  he  succeeds,  he  will 
change,  in  certain  respects,  the  work  of  the  practitioner. 

The  lives  which  are  saved  from  cholera  and  typhoid,  from  consump- 
tion and  diphtheria,  and  from  the  acute  specific  diseases,  will,  at  last,  be 
weakened  and  destroyed  in  other  ways.  The  work  of  the  physician  will 
not  be  lessened  by  preventive  medicine;  it  will  simply  be  required  more 
for  older  persons,  and  for  another  class  of  diseases.  As  sanitarians  must 
depend  upon  practitioners  for  much  of  the  information  which  is  essential 
for  their  work,  it  follows  that  if  preventive  medicine  is  to  become  a 
working  power,  it  will  bring  the  mass  of  the  profession  into  closer  rela- 
tions with  the  State  than  its  members  have  held  heretofore.  What  these 
relations  shall  be  is  one  of  the  most  interesting,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
one  of  the  most  difficult,  of  the  many  problems  with  which  we,  or  our 
successors,  must  deal.  I  have  referred  to  some  experiments  on  this  subject 
which  are  now  being  tried  in  America,  where  it  is  much  easier  to  make 
such  trials  than  it  is  in  an  older  country  hampered  with  vested  interests. 
Just  at  present,  in  this,  as  in  a  number  of  other  things,  our  tendency  is 
toward  centralisation,  both  in  the  several  States  and  for  the  whole  coun- 
try, and  it  is  not  improbable  that  we  may  go  far  on  this  road  in  the  fu- 
ture. 

#  #       #  # 

A  marked  feature  of  the  present  day,  in  medicine  as  in  other  things,  is 


194 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


the  tendency  to  specialisation  in  study  and  in  practice.  But  this  very 
development  of  specialties,  of  increasing  minuteness  in  the  division  of 
labour,  increases  the  necessity  for  co-operation,  and,  in  fact,  tends  to 
create  what  we  may  call  the  specialty  of  co-operation.  Formerly,  a  rifle,  or 
a  watch,  was  made  by  a  single  workman.  No  two  instruments  were  ex- 
actly alike,  each  piece  had  its  own  individuality  and  was  not  interchange- 
able, and  the  cost  of  the  whole  was  such  as  to  put  it  beyond  the  reach  of 
the  multitude.  Now,  the  work  on  these  things  is  greatly  subdivided;  one 
man  makes  only  one  small  wheel,  or  spring,  or  pinion,  and  another  an- 
other, each  doing  his  work  according  to  a  uniform  pattern,  rapidly,  per- 
fectly, and  at  comparatively  small  cost. 

But,  in  addition  to  the  workmen  who  make  the  individual  parts,  it  is 
now  necessary  to  have  one  person  specially  skilled  in  making  drawings 
and  preparing  patterns,  another  to  assemble  the  completed  parts,  and  a 
third  to  test  the  whole  after  it  has  been  put  together.  As  the  centrifugal 
force  increases,  the  centripetal  power  must  also  increase. 

In  one  sense  medicine,  as  we  have  it  to-day,  is  the  result  of  co-opera- 
tion, not  of  deliberate  centrally  planned  and  direct  co-operation,  but  of 
natural  selection  from  results  produced  by  many  men,  often  working  at 
cross  purposes  and,  therefore,  wasting  much  energy,  but  nevertheless 
working,  though  blindly,  to  a  common  end.  And  it  is  safe  to  predict  that 
in  the  future  much  of  the  best  work  will  be  done  in  the  same  way,  by 
individual  effort  inspired  by  the  love  of  science,  by  personal  ambition, 
etc.  But  the  results  obtained  in  this  way  come  slowly,  and  some  things 
that  we  want  can  hardly  be  obtained  by  individual  effort,  even  if  we  were 
willing  to  wait;  hence  we  must  look  to  organisation  for  help. 

This  is  an  age  of  machinery,  of  exchanges,  of  corporations,  for  all  these 
correspond  to  one  and  the  same  fundamental  idea.  Men  make  machines 
to  do  what  the  individual  cannot  do,  and  they  make  them  not  only  of 
brass  and  iron,  but  of  men,  for  such  an  obvious  source  of  power  to  the 
man  or  men  who  can  master  the  combination  is  not  likely  to  be  over- 
looked. One  result  of  such  organisation  is  seen  in  our  encyclopaedic 
works  on  medicine,  whether  these  be  called  dictionaries  or  handbooks; 
another  in  the  great  medical  journals;  another  in  associations  which  seek 
to  wield  political  influence;  another  in  the  comparatively  recent  attempt 
at  collective  investigation  of  disease.  With  these  may  be  classed  also  the 
attempts  of  government  departments  to  make  scientific  investigations,  to 
form  libraries  and  museums,  to  do  things  which  require  long  continuity 
of  effort  on  a  definite  plan  in  order  to  produce  the  best  results.  And  it  is 
by  the  combination  of  all  these,  with  the  efforts  of  individual  workers, 
that  substantial  advance  and  improvement  are  to  be  effected. 

In  this  broader  view  of  co-operation,  it  is  interesting  to  consider  those 


MEDICINE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


195 


fields  of  labour  to  which  comparatively  few  physicians  can  devote  them- 
selves, because  of  want  of  time  and  opportunity,  but  whose  proper  work- 
ing is,  nevertheless,  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  practitioner. 

One  of  these  is  experimental  laboratory-work;  and  in  this  direction  the 
prospect  of  valuable  contributions  from  America  is  now  exceedingly  good. 
Some  of  the  wisest  of  our  most  wealthy  men  have  shown  their  apprecia- 
tion of  the  responsibilities  which  riches  entail  on  their  possessors,  by 
seeking  new  channels  through  which  to  benefit  their  fellow-men.  While 
the  old  and  well  known  methods  of  endowing  hospitals  and  charitable 
institutions  are  not  neglected,  there  is  apparent  an  increasing  tendency 
to  endeavour  to  promote  the  advancement  of  knowledge,  and  especially 
of  such  knowledge  as  tends  to  the  mitigation  of  suffering  and  the  im- 
provement of  the  race,  to  furnish  means  for  the  investigation  of  disease, 
to  provide  laboratories,  and  to  endow  medical  schools,  and  thus  place 
them  beyond  the  reach  of  the  temptations  and  difficulties  which  must 
always  exist  when  such  schools  are  dependent  upon  the  fees  of  students, 
and  are,  therefore,  practically  commercial  manufacturing  establishments. 

As  illustrations  of  this  tendency,  I  may  mention  the  bequest  of 
£1,400,000  by  Johns  Hopkins  to  endow,  in  the  city  of  Baltimore,  a  uni- 
versity and  a  hospital  of  which  the  medical  department  is  to  be  a  special 
feature,  to  be  provided  with  the  best  laboratory  and  other  facilities  for 
original  investigation  as  well  as  for  teaching;  the  gift  of  Mr.  Carnegie  to 
the  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  School  of  New  York,  in  the  shape  of  a 
well-equipped  pathological  laboratory;  the  presentation  by  Mr.  Vander- 
bilt,  and  members  of  his  family,  to  the  College  of  Physicians  of  New  York, 
of  £200,000,  to  provide  for  that  school  new  buildings  and  clinics  having 
the  best  means  of  teaching  and  research;  and  the  endowment  by  an  un- 
known donor,  of  a  laboratory  for  the  University  Medical  College  of  New 
York,  with  the  sum  of  £20,000. 

Last  year,  in  his  retiring  address  as  President  of  the  New  York  Academy 
of  Medicine,  Dr.  Fordyce  Barker  referred  to  this  tendency  to  regard 
wealth  as  a  trust  to  be  used  for  the  benefit  of  humanity,  and,  after  sketch- 
ing the  requirements  of  the  Academy  on  a  scale  which  would  require  an 
endowment  of  at  least  a  million  of  dollars,  predicted  that  such  an  en- 
dowment would  be  furnished  by  wealthy  citizens  of  the  city.  I  believe 
that  he  was  right,  and  that  his  prediction  will  become  history. 

As  the  class  of  men  who  have  wealth,  leisure,  and  knowledge  becomes 
greater,  there  comes  an  ever  increasing  demand,  not  only  for  the  best 
medical  skill,  for  the  most  expert  practitioner,  but  also  for  exhaustive 
research  in  every  direction  which  promises  to  furnish  new  means  for  the 
prevention  or  relief  of  suffering,  and  for  warding  off,  as  long  as  possible, 
the  inevitable  end;  and  hence  there  is  little  reason  to  doubt  that  the  ex- 


196 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


amples  I  have  named  will  be  followed  by  others  in  the  near  future.  With 
such  opportunities,  and  under  such  conditions  and  influences,  the  stimu- 
lus to  the  young  and  ambitious  worker  is  strong;  we  have  abundance  of 
material  of  this  kind  upon  which  the  process  of  natural  selection  can 
operate,  and  there  is  little  reason  to  doubt  that  the  result  will  be  sub- 
stantial and  valuable  contributions  to  physiology,  pathology,  and  thera- 
peutics. 

I  have  spoken  to  little  purpose  if  I  have  failed  to  show  you  that  there  is 
a  great  deal  of  human  nature  in  American  physicians,  and  that  it  is  a 
kind  of  human  nature  with  which  you  are  tolerably  familiar.  It  should 
be  so,  for  we  are  of  the  same  race — a  race  which,  perhaps,  as  Emerson 
says,  "sets  a  higher  value  on  wealth,  victory,  and  material  superiority  than 
other  men,  has  less  tranquility,  is  less  easily  contented."  Our  ancestors 
were  restless,  fighters,  freebooters  and  from  these  ancestors  we  have  the 
common  inheritance  of  energy  of  what  we  call  "firmness",  and  our  op- 
ponents unreasonable,  pigheaded,  stubbornness;  of  liking  to  manage  our 
own  affairs,  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  exercise  a  little  judicious  supervi- 
sion over  those  of  our  neighbours;  of  hatred  of  humbug  and  lying;  and, 
in  spite  of  our  discontent,  of  a  firm  belief  that  our  wives  and  children, 
habits,  houses,  modes  of  business,  and  of  treating  disease  are,  on  the 
whole,  better  than  those  of  any  other  people  under  the  sun. 

Privately,  and  between  ourselves,  we  grumble  and  declare  that  the 
country  and  profession  are  going  to  the  dogs — nay,  we  must  do  so,  or  we 
should  not  be  of  true  English  blood;  but  there  is  no  need  for  me  to  tell 
you  that  these  are  only  "growing  pains,"  and  not  symptoms  of  progres- 
sive ataxy. 

While  we  must  consider  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  improvement 
of  the  science  and  art  of  medicine,  difficulties  due  to  ignorance,  to  in- 
dolence, to  conflict  of  interests,  and  to  the  eternal  fitness  of  things,  the 
existence  of  such  difficulties  is  not  a  matter  to  be  bemoaned  and  lamented 
over.  These  obstacles  are  the  spice  of  life,  the  incentives  to  action,  the 
source  of  some  of  the  greatest  pleasures  which  it  is  given  to  man  to  ex- 
perience. 

The  child,  spending  a  happy  hour  with  its  new  puzzle,  is  a  type  of  the 
scientific  investigator.  The  naturalist  who  objected  to  the  statement  that 
this  is  a  miserable  world  which  it  is  well  to  be  soon  done  with,  on  the 
ground  that  there  are  still  many  species  of  rhizopods  which  he  had  not 
examined  and  classified,  is  another  type.  On  the  ethical  and  sociological 
side,  the  matter  is  summed  up  in  Ruskin's  aphorism,  that  "Fools  were 
made  that  wise  men  may  take  care  of  them." 


MEDICINE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


197 


It  is  surely  not  without  cause  that  there  has  been  given  to  us  this  rest- 
less spirit  of  inquisitiveness,  this  desire  to  compass  the  heavens  and  the 
earth,  this  raging  infinite  thirst  for  knowledge:  it  is  the  outcome  of  brain- 
training  and  natural  selection  for  thousands  and  tens  of  thousands  of 
years. 

We  are  in  a  period  of  the  world's  history  characterised  by  material 
prosperity,  by  increase  of  populations,  by  tendencies  to  uniformity,  to 
the  making  of  individuals  of  small  account.  According  to  the  Swiss  phi- 
losopher, Alphonse  de  Candolle,  this  is  to  last  a  thousand  years  or  so, 
after  which  the  pendulum  will  swing  the  other  way,  and  there  will  follow 
a  long  period  of  diminution  and  separation  of  peoples,  and  of  decadence. 

Against  that  decay  of  nations  we  know  of  but  one  remedy,  and  that  is 
increase  of  knowledge  and  of  wisdom.  And  this  increase  must  be  in  our 
knowledge,  in  the  world's  wisdom,  and  not  merely  in  that  of  John,  of 
Fritz,  or  Claude. 

As  each  man  has  special  opportunities  and  duties,  if  he  can  only  recog- 
nise them,  so  it  is  with  guilds,  with  professions,  and  with  nations. 

I  have  tried  to  indicate  to  you  some  of  these  opportunities  which  are 
presenting  themselves  to  my  colleagues,  your  brothers,  in  the  lands  be- 
yond the  sea,  and  I  hope  that  I  shall  not  be  considered  rash  or  vain- 
glorious in  saying  that  I  believe  they  will  so  use  those  opportunities  as  to 
return  compound  interest  for  what  they  have  received  from  the  store- 
house of  our  common  inheritance.  Force  changes  form  and  place,  the 
stored  energy  of  the  soil  of  our  plains  and  valleys  has  been  coming  here 
in  the  form  of  meat  and  grain,  has  appeared  in  muscle  and  brain,  and  in 
a  hundred  other  shapes,  but  none  has  been  destroyed;  our  loss  has  been 
your  gain,  and  in  our  turn  we  have  received  full  and  fair  exchange. 

It  is  our  part  now  to  remember  that  there  are  not  two  springs  in  the 
year,  there  are  not  two  periods  of  youth  abounding  in  energy  and  desire, 
or  of  manhood's  strength  and  self-poise,  in  the  life  of  any  man  or  of  any 
nation,  and  for  us,  as  for  those  who  have  been  before  us,  the  Kanuri 
proverb  holds  true,  "Kabu  datsia,  kargum  bago" — The  days  being  fin- 
ished, there  is  no  more  medicine. 


Methods  of  Research  in  Medical 
Literature 


When  I  promised  to  speak  briefly  at  this  meeting  on  medical  bibliog- 
raphy, it  was  not  because  I  had  anything  new  to  say  on  this  subject,  but 
because  it  seemed  possible  that  a  few  remarks  might  start  a  discussion 
by  the  medical  writers  and  teachers  of  this  Association  as  to  the  methods 
which  they  have  found  useful,  and  as  to  what  they  think  can  and  should 
be  done  here  to  facilitate  this  kind  of  research.  From  the  days  of  Galen 
to  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  bibliographical  work  was  the 
most  important  business  of  the  medical  teacher.  The  great  majority  of  the 
writers  of  the  Middle  Ages  busied  themselves,  not  so  much  with  observa- 
tion of  facts,  or  with  experimental  inquiry,  as  with  seeking  to  find  out 
what  Hippocrates,  Galen,  Avicenna,  and  other  old  masters  had  said 
about  the  matter.  When  the  discovery  was  made  that,  in  order  to  deter- 
mine the  precise  anatomy  of  a  part,  the  function  of  an  organ,  or  the  re- 
sults produced  by  a  disease,  it  was  best  to  look  for  one's  self,  instead  of 
consulting  the  fathers,  and  when  this  discovery  had  become  popularized, 
bibliographical  and  historical  research  fell  for  a  time  into  neglect.  Within 
the  last  fifty  years,  however,  there  has  been  a  revival  in  interest  in  the 
collection  of  medical  libraries  and  in  historical  research,  which  last  has 
become  a  necessity  in  many  cases,  if  one  would  avoid  doing  useless  work. 
Attempts  to  learn  what  has  been  done,  or  said,  or  thought,  by  our  prede- 
cessors are  due  to  widely  different  needs,  and  may  be  pursued  by  widely 
different  methods. 

As  specimens  of  subjects  with  regard  to  which  bibliographical  work  is 
most  frequently  called  for,  I  give  the  following: 

(1)  To  gather  and  compare  the  records  of  all  reported  cases  of  par- 
ticular forms  of  abnormity,  disease,  or  injury.  The  rarer  and  more  anoma- 
lous the  abnormity  or  the  disease,  the  more  important  it  is  to  find  the 
widely-scattered  records. 

(2)  To  obtain  statistical  data  with  regard  to  the  circumstances  affecting 
the  prevalence  of  a  certain  disease,  the  relative  frequency  of  particular 
symptoms,  and  the  comparative  merits  of  different  modes  of  treatment, 
or  the  results  of  special  operations. 

(3)  To  obtain  information  as  to  details  of  methods  which  have  been 
tried  in  experimental  physiology,  pathology,  or  pharmacology,  and  as  to 

Delivered  before  the  Association  of  American  Physicians,  Washington,  June  2,  1887. 
Transactions  of  the  Association  of  American  Psysicians  2:  57-67  (1887). 

198 


METHODS  OF  RESEARCH 


199 


the  results;  in  order  to  avoid  waste  of  time  in  devising  apparatus,  or  in 
trying  methods,  which  have  been  already  found  worthless,  or  to  obtain 
suggestions  as  to  new  modes  of  experimentation. 

(4)  To  trace  the  origin  and  development  of  medical  organization  in  a 
particular  city  or  country,  or  to  gather  materials  for  a  biographical  sketch 
of  some  celebrated  physician,  or  for  the  history  of  a  medical  society. 

(5)  To  obtain  data  for  a  comparison  of  the  laws  and  customs  of  differ- 
ent countries  affecting  medical  education,  or  the  right  to  practice,  or  the 
care  of  the  insane,  or  public  hygiene,  etc. 

In  literary  research  for  biographical  purposes,  or  to  trace  the  develop- 
ment of  theories  or  institutions,  the  work  must  be  done  mainly  by  the 
writer  himself;  and,  while  at  the  commencement  he  may  be  greatly 
helped  by  systematic  works  of  medical  bibliography,  he  will  soon  find 
himself  wandering  off  into  all  sorts  of  curious  by-paths  and  out-of-the-way 
corners,  into  which  he  is  led  by  obeying  the  golden  rule  for  this  kind  of 
work,  namely,  to  "verify  your  references."  In  the  first  book  which  he 
consults  he  will  probably  find  two  or  three  references,  which  will  indi- 
cate to  him  as  many  different  books  or  articles  which  he  will  wish  to  con- 
sult. When  he  gets  these,  each  of  them  will  probably  give  a  few  more 
references,  to  be  hunted  up  in  like  manner. 

Meantime,  it  will  not  be  an  unprecedented  or  very  remarkable  occur- 
rence if,  in  the  course  of  his  reading,  he  stumbles  over  several  interesting 
points  not  precisely  connected  with  his  original  quest,  but  still  having 
some  relation  to  it,  and  which  it  seems  a  pity  not  to  look  up  while  he  is 
about  it,  so  he  makes  note  of  these,  and  of  the  references  connected  with 
them,  and  sends  for  a  fresh  lot  of  books.  He  finds,  also,  that  some  of  his 
quotations  are  erroneous,  that  "some  one  has  blundered  or  plagiarized," 
and  proceeds  with  a  sense  of  refreshment  and  satisfaction  to  hunt  down 
the  culprit.  And  so  the  work  expands,  for,  as  Teufelsdrockh  remarks, 
"any  road  will  lead  you  to  the  end  of  the  world."  To  those  who  like  this 
sort  of  literary  work  it  has  a  great  fascination,  and  there  are  few  educated 
men  who  do  not  enjoy  a  short  hunt  of  this  kind,  if  they  have  time  and 
facilities  for  it.  From  a  strictly  utilitarian  and  merely  pecuniary  point  of 
view,  the  results  of  such  bibliographical  excursions  are  not  usually  very 
remunerative,  but  they  afford  capital  mental  exercise,  and  occasionally 
result  in  the  production  of  some  really  interesting  and  valuable  additions 
to  medical  literature. 

Men  engaged  in  this  line  of  research  do  not  usually,  except  just  at  first, 
care  much  about  subject  catalogues  or  indexes.  They  know  what  books 
they  want  to  see,  and  the  catalogue  which  interests  them  most  frequently 
is  a  catalogue  of  authors  in  alphabetical  order.  The  questions  which  they 
ask  of  the  librarian  are  something  like  the  following:  Have  you  got  such 


200 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


a  book  in  the  library?  Who  is  the  author  of  a  book  having  such 
a  title?  John  Smith  published  a  book  about  such  a  date — what  is  its  title? 
I  want  to  see  all  the  books  that  Peter  Brown  wrote  or  edited.  How  many 
editions  were  published  of  "Jones's  Surgery,"  and  what  translations  were 
made  of  it?  When  did  the  Ohio  Medical  Repository  begin  and  end,  and 
who  were  its  editors?  These  are  all  simple  questions,  which  almost  any 
physician  can  answer  for  himself  by  the  aid  of  good,  ordinary  author- 
catalogues. 

If  the  question  is  as  to  a  collection  of  laws  regulating  medical  practice 
in  Brussels,  or  the  number  of  supplements  to  the  "Catalogue  of  the  New 
York  Hospital,"  some  physicians  might  be  troubled  a  little  to  find  the 
desired  information  in  an  author  catalogue,  not  knowing  the  rule  that  a 
government  or  corporation  is  considered  to  be  the  author  of  its  laws, 
reports,  etc.,  and  that,  therefore,  Belgium  is  the  author  of  the  first  book, 
and  the  New  York  Hospital  of  the  second. 

But  while  a  simple  alphabetical  catalogue  of  authors  will  serve  many 
purposes  in  bibliographical  research,  and  is,  perhaps,  the  one  most  used 
by  the  librarian,  there  are  many  points  on  which  it  fails  to  give  the  de- 
sired information,  and  for  which  bibliographical  lists  or  subject-cata- 
logues are  desirable;  and  just  here  a  few  definitions  may  be  useful.  By  a 
bibliography  I  mean  a  list  of  titles  of  books,  and  of  references  to  articles 
or  paragraphs  which  relate  to  the  subject  in  hand.  By  a  critical  bibliog- 
raphy I  mean  a  list  in  which  shall  be  indicated  those  books  or  articles 
which  are  of  real  value,  as  containing  some  addition  to  knowledge.  In 
many,  perhaps  most,  cases,  such  lists  are  best  published  in  chronological 
form,  thus  indicating  the  successive  dates  on  which  new  information  was 
given;  but,  in  making  them,  the  use  of  separate  slips  or  cards,  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order,  is  the  most  convenient.  The  more  complete  such 
lists  can  be  made,  the  more  valuable  they  are,  but  often  too  much  time 
is  wasted  in  attempts  to  make  them  absolutely  perfect.  The  great  thing 
to  be  kept  in  view  is  to  make  them  accurate  as  far  as  they  go,  and  one  of 
the  best  means  of  doing  this  is  to  indicate  distinctly  for  each  title  quoted 
as  to  whether  you  yourself  have  or  have  not  seen  and  examined  the  book. 
It  should  be  constantly  borne  in  mind  that  the  proper  object  in  giving 
bibliographical  lists  is  not  to  impress  the  reader  with  the  extent  and 
variety  of  the  author's  research,  but  to  give  him  the  means  of  verifying 
the  author's  statements,  and  of  pushing  the  research  further.  It  is  analo- 
gous to  giving  details  of  methods  used  in  an  experiment  in  physiology. 
Hence  the  references  given  should  not  be  too  condensed.  They  should  be 
so  clear,  that  from  them  it  shall  be  easy  to  find  the  books,  and  for  this 
reason  I  ask  your  attention  to  the  desirability  of  using  a  uniform  system 
of  abbreviations  of  titles  of  journals  and  transactions  in  referring  to 


METHODS  OF  RESEARCH 


201 


them,  and  venture  to  suggest  that  the  set  of  such  abbreviations  given  at 
the  beginning  of  Vol.  VII  of  the  Index  Catalogue  may  be  found  useful 
for  this  purpose. 

I  have  elsewhere  called  attention  to  the  essential  differences  between 
medical  bibliography,  properly  so  called,  and  subject-catalogues  of  par- 
ticular libraries.  No  matter  how  large  and  complete  a  medical  library 
may  be,  its  subject-catalogue  can  never  form  anything  like  a  satisfactory 
medical  bibliography;  it  only  makes  a  good  foundation  for  one. 

On  the  other  hand,  when  you  wish  to  use  bibliographical  lists  pre- 
pared by  others,  you  have  usually  much  difficulty  in  finding  some  of  the 
books  referred  to,  while  the  references  which  you  do  find  in  a  subject- 
catalogue  of  a  given  library,  can  at  all  events  be  verified  by  visiting  that 
library.  The  labor  of  preparing  bibliographical  lists,  and  of  research, 
after  one  has  been  furnished  with  such  a  list,  is  in  many  cases  very  con- 
siderable, and  such  work  can  usually  only  be  carried  on  to  advantage  in 
a  large  library.  As  this  is  preeminently  an  age  of  division  of  labor,  it  is 
natural  to  apply  this  principle  also  to  bibliographical  research.  There 
are  many  cases  in  which  what  may  be  called  mechanical  bibliography 
and  literary  research  may  be  used  to  excellent  advantage,  and  the  field 
for  this  kind  of  work  will  expand  in  the  future.  It  is  especially  applicable 
in  those  cases,  indicated  in  a  preceding  part  of  this  paper,  in  which  it  is 
desired  to  compare  the  records  of  cases  and  operations,  and  to  prepare 
statistics.  It  is  often  much  better  for  the  busy  practitioner  to  have  this 
work  done  for  him  than  to  attempt  to  do  it  himself,  and  especially  is  this 
the  case  if  he  does  not  easily  read  other  languages  besides  his  own.  It  is 
true  that  by  employing  others  to  do  such  work,  he  loses  both  pleasure 
and  instruction,  but  the  field  of  professional  work  and  study  is  now  so 
wide  that  it  is  impossible  for  any  one  man  to  cover  it  all,  and  he  must  be 
content  with  cooperative  effort.  It  is  also  true  that  such  work  is  not  only 
sometimes  expensive,  but  that  it  is  often  difficult  to  tell  beforehand  what 
it  will  cost.  There  are  several  physicians  in  Washington  who  are  willing 
to  undertake  work  of  this  kind  in  the  library  of  the  Surgeon-General's 
Office,  for  physicians  at  a  distance  who  cannot  conveniently  visit  this 
city,  and  their  charge  for  such  work,  hunting  up  references,  making  ab- 
stracts, translations,  etc.,  is  one  dollar  per  hour.  You  can  readily  see  that 
there  can  be  no  very  definite  relation  between  the  time  occupied  and 
results  produced:  a  half-page  abstract  may  require  two  hours  to  prepare, 
or  it  may  be  done  in  ten  minutes,  and  sometimes  it  may  cost  less  to  pur- 
chase a  pamphlet  than  to  obtain  an  abstract  of  it  in  this  way.  Neverthe- 
less the  demand  for  this  kind  of  work  is  steadily  increasing,  and  a  supply 
will  arise  to  meet  the  demand. 

In  order  to  obtain  satisfactory  results  from  bibliographical  work  done 


202 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


in  this  way  it  is  necessary  that  the  points  to  be  looked  up  shall  be  stated 
as  concisely,  and  as  precisely,  as  possible;  in  other  words  that  the  person 
who  requests  the  search  shall  know  clearly  what  he  wants.  I  have  else- 
where called  attention  to  this  by  quoting  the  warning  which  is  printed  on 
the  title-page  of  the  Washington  City  Directory,  namely,  "If  you  want 
to  find  a  name  in  this  directory,  you  must  know  how  to  spell  it,"  which 
is  the  same  as  the  old  Latin  proverb,  "qui  nihil  affert,  nihil  refert."  When 
I  receive  a  letter  stating  that  the  writer  is  about  to  prepare  a  paper  for 
his  county  medical  society;  that  he  has  selected  for  his  subject,  tumors  of 
the  liver,  or  locomotor  ataxy,  or  the  causes  of  insanity  in  modern  times; 
and  that  he  would  be  glad  to  have  as  complete  a  list  of  references  as  possi- 
ble to  all  articles,  reports  of  cases,  or  statistics  connected  with  these 
subjects, — and  that  his  paper  must  be  prepared  in  two  weeks, — I  know  of 
course  that  what  he  wants  is  one  of  the  recent  encyclopaedias  of  medicine, 
and  advise  accordingly.  The  problem  is  not  always  so  simple,  however, 
and  I  must  confess  that  I  am  sometimes  very  much  puzzled  as  to  what  to 
reply  to  some  of  the  queries  which  I  receive.  Nevertheless,  we  are  all 
learning  gradually  how  to  use  medical  libraries,  and  in  a  few  years  more 
I  predict  that  the  wonder  will  be  how  we  ever  got  on  without  them. 

I  have  here  a  few  of  the  books  which  are  most  used  in  this  library  for 
subject-references,  a  list  of  which  is  appended  to  this  paper.  I  include  in 
this  list  the  catalogues  of  certain  libraries  for  reasons  already  given.  For 
other  valuable  works  consult  in  the  Index-Catalogue  the  headings,  Bib- 
liography Medical,  Biography  Medical,  and  Medicine,  History  of.  With 
regard  to  the  Index-Catalogue  of  this  library,  with  which  you  are  all  more 
or  less  familiar,  I  may  say  that  its  most  important  defects  are  those  of 
omission,  that  is,  the  failure  to  give  under  subject-headings  all  the  refer- 
ences to  books  and  articles  actually  in  the  library  which  really  belong 
there,  and  it  requires  a  little  practice  to  enable  one  to  get  the  best  results 
from  it. 

There  are  many  books  and  journal  articles  which  different  men  would 
classify  under  different  heads,  and  in  most  cases  when  one  consults  the 
index  for  a  particular  subject  he  finds  more  references  than  he  cares  to  be 
bothered  with,  although  the  list  is  almost  always  incomplete  owing  to  the 
fact  that  we  have  not  yet  obtained  all  the  medical  books  which  have  been 
printed.  We  are,  however,  making  fair  progress  in  this  direction;  I  think 
we  now  have  over  three-fourths  of  all  medical  books  which  have  any  spe- 
cial value  or  interest,  and  at  least  two-thirds  of  all  the  medical  literature 
which  has  been  printed. 

In  consulting  the  index  on  any  given  subject  it  will  usually  be  found 
possible  to  select  from  the  rather  formidably  large  mass  of  titles  those 
which  are  most  likely  to  be  of  interest  by  giving  a  little  attention  to 


METHODS  OF  RESEARCH 


203 


author's  names,  to  the  place  and  date  of  publication  and  to  the  number 
of  pages  and  plates,  if  it  is  a  journal  article.  The  cross-references  should 
be  consulted,  and  under  the  headings  to  which  these  will  guide  you  will 
often  be  found  new  cross-references  which  should  also  be  looked  up. 

Since  the  year  1800,  about  one-half  of  the  medical  literature  which  has 
been  published,  consists  of  medical  journals  and  transactions.  Nine- 
tenths  of  the  demands  made  on  this  library  are  based  on  references  to 
this  class  of  literature,  and  it  is  therefore  of  the  greatest  importance  in 
medical  bibliography.  The  number  of  medical  journals  and  transactions 
now  received  by  this  library,  excluding  those  devoted  to  pharmacy  and 
dentistry,  is  over  seven  hundred,  and  it  has  been  steadily  increasing  for 
the  last  five  years. 

If  we  take  Ploucquet's  Literatura  medica  digesta  to  be  as  complete  an 
index  of  the  medical  literature  in  existence  at  the  beginning  of  this  cen- 
tury as  the  Index  Catalogue  is  of  the  medical  literature  now  in  existence, 
it  is  evident  that  the  number  of  references  has  more  than  quadrupled 
during  the  present  century.  Nine-tenths  at  least,  of  it,  becomes  worthless, 
and  of  no  interest  within  ten  years  after  the  date  of  its  publication,  and 
much  of  it  is  so  when  it  first  appears.  Of  that  which  is  really  new  and 
good  a  large  part  is  pretty  promptly  made  use  of  by  systematizers  and 
compilers,  but  there  is  also  a  considerable  portion  which  we  cannot  use 
in  our  present  state  of  knowledge  but  which  become  valuable  building 
material  hereafter.  To  get  this  roughly  sorted  out,  classified  and  labelled, 
so  that  it  can  be  found  when  wanted,  is  the  object  of  indexing;  to  bring 
it  into  use  is  the  object  of  bibliography. 

One  of  the  most  useful  pieces  of  work  which  could  now  be  undertaken 
for  the  benefit  of  medical  writers  and  investigators  would  be  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  dictionary  of  critical  bibliography  of  medical  bibliography,  in 
which  should  be  indicated  for  each  subject  in  alphabetical  order  a  refer- 
ence to  where  the  best  bibliography  relating  to  that  subject  can  be  found. 
This  could  only  be  well  done  by  a  cooperation  of  a  number  of  writers, 
each  taking  a  special  field. 

I  have  not  attempted  in  this  brief  paper  to  eulogize  bibliography  or  to 
comment  on  the  desirability  that  there  should  always  be  a  few  men  in- 
terested in  the  study  of  the  history  and  literature  of  medicine.  I  think 
that  you  will  all  agree  with  me  that  they  may  be  sources  of  much  pleasure, 
and  that  this  alone  is  a  fairly  good  reason  for  giving  them  some  attention, 
and  for  exerting  the  influence  of  the  profession  to  make  it  possible  in  at 
least  one  place  in  this  country  to  carry  out  such  studies  with  a  full  supply 
of  material. 

And  while  the  librarian  is  in  one  respect  only  a  sort  of  hod-carrier,  who 
brings  together  the  bricks  made  by  one  set  of  men  in  order  that  another 


204 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


set  of  men  may  build  therewith — he  is  apt  to  take  quite  as  much  pride 
and  satisfaction  in  the  resulting  structure,  provided  it  be  a  good  one,  as 
if  he  had  built  it  himself;  and  he  has  constantly  unrolling  before  him  a 
panorama  which,  though  at  times  a  little  monotonous,  contains  as  much 
wisdom,  humor,  and  pathos,  as  any  other  product  of  the  human  intellect 
with  which  I  am  acquainted. 

List  of  Books  Most  Useful  for  Reference 

Haller  (Albertus).  Bibliotheca  botanica,  qua  scripta  ad  rem  herbariam  facientia  a 

rerum  initiis  recensentur.  2  v.  4°.  Figuri,  apud  Orell,  Gessner,  Fuessli,  et  soc,  1751. 
Heffter  (Joh.  Carolus).  Museum  disputatorium  physico-medicum  tripartitum.  Ed.  nova. 

4  pts  in  2  v.  4°.  Zittaviae  Lusatorum,  sumt.  Schoepsianis,  1763-4. 
Haller  (Albertus).  Bibliotheca  chirurgica,  qua  scripta  ad  artem  chirurgicam  facientia 

a  rerum  initiis  recensentur.  2  v.  8°.  Bernae  et  Basileae,  Haller  et  Schweighauscr, 

1774-5. 

Haller  (Albertus).  Bibliotheca  anatomica  qua  scripta  ad  anatomen  et  physiologiam 
facientia  a  rerum  initiis  recensentur.  2  v.  4°.  Figuri,  apud  Orell,  Gessner,  Fuessli 
et  soc.  1774-7. 

Haller  (Albertus).  Bibliotheca  medicinae  practicae  qua  scripta  ad  partem  medicinae 
practicam  facientia  a  rerum  initiis  ad  a.  1775  recensentur.  4  v.  4°.  Basileae,  Joh. 
Schweighauser;  Bernae,  apud  Em.  Haller,  1776-8.  Tome  IV.  Ex  ejus  schedis 
restituit  auxit  et  edidit  Joachim  Diterich  Brandis  ab  anno  1686  ad  a.  1707. 

de  Ploucquet  (Guilielmus  Godofredus).  Literatura  medica  digesta  sive  repertorium 
medicinae  practicae,  chirurgiae  atque  rei  obstetriciae.  4  v.  in  2.  4°.  Tubingae, 
J.  G.  Cotta,  1808-9. 

Watt  (Robert).  Bibliotheca  Britannica;  or  a  general  index  to  British  and  foreign  litera- 
ture. 4  v.  4°.  Edinburgh,  A.  Constable  &  Co.,  1824. 

Jourdan  (A.  J.  L)  Dictionnaire  des  sciences  medicales.  Biographie  medicale.  7  v.  8°. 
Paris,  Panckoucke,  1820-25. 

Dezeimeris  (J.  E.)  Ollivier  et  Raige-Delorme.  Dictionnaire  historique  de  la  medicine 
ancienne  et  moderne,  ou  precis  de  l'histoire  generate,  technologique  et  litteraire 
de  la  medicine,  suivi  de  la  bibliographic  medicale  de  dix-neuvieme  siecle,  et 
d'un  repertoire  bibliographique  par  ordre  de  matieres.  4  v.  in  7.  8°.  Paris,  Bechet 
jcune,  1828-39. 

a  Roy  (Cornelius  Henricus).  Catalogus  bibliothecae  medicae.  5  v.  8°.  Amstelodami,  L. 
van  Es,  1830. 

Forbes  (John).  A  manual  of  select  medical  bibliography  in  which  the  books  are  ar- 
ranged chronologically  according  to  the  subjects,  etc.  8°.  London,  Sherwood, 
Gilbert  &  Piper,  1835. 

Callisen  (A.  C.  P.)  Medicinisches  Schriftsteller-Lexicon  der  jetzt  lebenden  Aerzte, 
Wundarzte,  Geburtshulfer,  Apotheker  und  Naturforscher  aller  gebildeten  Volker. 
33  v.  8°.  Copenhagen  u.  Altona,  1830-45. 

Choulant  (Ludwig).  Handbuch  der  Bucherkunde  fur  die  altere  Medicin  zur  Kenntniss 
der  griechischen,  lateinischen  und  arabischen  Schriften  im  arztlichen  Fache  und 
zur  bibliographischen  Unterscheidung  ihrer  verscheidenen  Ausgaben,  Ueber- 
setzungen  und  Erlauterungen.  2.  aufl.  8°.  Leipzig,  L.  Voss,  1841. 

Bibliotheca  medico-historica  sive  catalogus  librorum  historicorum  de  re  medica  et 
scientia  naturali  systematicus.  8°.  Lipsiae,  sumpt.  G.  Engelmann,  1842. 

Holtrop  (Leonardus  Stephanus  Augustus).  Bibliotheca  medico-chirurgica  et  pharma- 


METHODS  OF  RESEARCH 


205 


ceutico-chemica,  sive  catalogus  alphabeticus  omnium  librorum,  dissertationum, 
etc.,  ad  anatomiam,  artem  medicam  chirurgicam,  obstetriciam,  pharmaceuticam, 
chemicam,  botanicam,  physico-medicam  et  veterinariam  pertinentium,  et  in  Belgio 
ab  anno  1790,  ad  annum  1840  editoram.  Hagae-Comitis.  C.  Fuhr,  1842. 

Royal  College  of  Surgeons  in  London.  A  classed  catalogue  of  the  books  contained  in  the 
library  of  the,  8°.  London,  J.  Scott,  1843. 

Jahrbiicher  der  in  und  auslandischen  gesammten  Medicin.  v.  1-40,  1834-43.  roy.  8°. 
Leipzig,  O.  Wigand.  Continued  as:  Schmidt's  Jahrbiicher.  v.  41-213,  1844-87.  roy. 
8°.  Leipzig. 

Bibliotheca  medico-chirurgica  pharmaceutico-chemica  et  veterinaria  oder  geordnete 
Uebersicht  aller  in  Deutschland  neu  erchienenen  medicinisch-chirurgisch-geburts- 
hiilflichen  pharmaceutisch-chemischen  und  veterinar-wissenschaftlichen  Biicher. 
8°.  Gottingen,  1847-86. 

Engelmann  (W.)  Bibliotheca  medico-chirurgica  et  anatomico-physiologica.  Alpha- 
betisches  Verzeichniss  der  medicinischen,  chirurgischen,  geburtshiilflichen,  ana- 
tomischen  und  physiologischen  Biicher,  welche  vom  Jahre  1750  bis  zu  Ende  des 
Jahres  1867  in  Deutschland  erschienen  sind.  2  v.  8°.  Leipzig,  W.  Engelmann,  1848- 
68. 

Fischer,  (Emil).  Catalogue  raisonne  of  the  Medical  Library  of  the  Pennsylvania  Hospital. 

8°.  Philadelphia,  T.  K.  8c  P.  G.  Collins,  1857. 
Bibliotheque  nationale.  Department  des  imprimes.  Catalogue  des  sciences  medicales. 

2  v.  4°.  Paris,  Didot  freres,  1857,  1873. 
Dictionnaire  encyclopedique  des  sciences  medicales.  Directeur:  A.  Dechambre.  Col- 

laborateurs:   MM.  les  docteurs  Archambault,  Arnould  (J),  Axenfeld,  Baillarger 

[et  al.]  1  s.,  v.  1-34;  2.  s.,  v.  1-22;  3.  s.,  v.  1-16;  4.  s.,  v.  1-12;  5.  s.,  v.  1.  Paris,  1864- 

87. 

Royal  Society  of  London.  Catalogue  of  scientific  papers  compiled  and  published  by  the, 
8  v.  8°.  London,  G.  E.  Eyre  &  W.  Spottiswoode,  1867-79. 

Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  of  Edinburgh.  4°.  Edin- 
burgh, R.  and  R.  Clark.  1863.  Supplement,  1863-70.  4°.  Edinburgh,  Crawford  and 
McCabe,  1870. 

Nouveau  dictionnaire  de  medicine  et  de  chirurgie  pratique.  Redige  par  Anger,  Bailly 
[et  al.]  Directeur  de  la  redaction,  le  docteur  Jaccoud.  40  v.  and  suppl.  8°.  Paris, 
1864-86. 

Jahresbericht  iiber  die  Leistungen  und  Fortschritte  der  gesammten  Medicin  (Fortset- 
zung  von  Canstatt's  Jahresbericht).  Unter  Mitwirkung  zahlreicher  Gelehrten 
hrsg.  von  Rud.  Virchow  und  Aug.  Hirsch.  Jahrg.  1-20,  1866-85.  39  v.  8°.  Berlin  A. 
Hirschwald,  1867-86. 

Manchester  Medical  Society.  Alphabetical  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the,  8°.  Man- 
chester, W.  Alcock,  1866.  Supplementary  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of,  8°.  Man- 
chester, W.  Alcock,  1872. 

Papily  (Alphonse).  Bibliographic  des  sciences  medicales:  bibliographic  biographie, 
histoire,  epidemies,  topographies,  endemies.  8°.  Paris,  Tross,  187[2-]4. 

Jahresbericht  iiber  die  Leistungen  und  Fortschritte  in  der  Anatomie  und  Physiologic 
10  v.  8°.  Berlin,  A.  Hirschwald,  1874-85. 

Waring  (Edward  John).  Bibliotheca  therapeutica,  or  bibliography  of  therapeutics, 
chiefly  in  reference  to  articles  of  the  materia  medica,  with  numerous  critical,  his- 
torical and  therapeutical  annotations,  and  an  appendix  containing  the  bibliography 
of  British  mineral  waters.  2  v.  8°.  London,  New  Sydenham  Soc,  1878. 

Haeser  (Heinrich).  Lehrbuch  der  Geschichte  der  Medicin  und  der  epidemischen 
Krankheiten.  3.  Aufl.  3  v.  8°.  Jena,  H.  Dufft,  1875-82. 


206 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Royal  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society  of  London.  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the, 
3  v.  8°.  London,  1879. 

Index  Medicus.  A  monthly  classified  record  of  the  current  medical  literature  of  the 

world,  v.  1-9.  8°.  New  York,  Boston,  Mass.,  and  Detroit,  Mich.,  1879-87. 
Bibliotheca  medica  Davidsoniana.  Catalogue  de  la  bibliotheque  precieuse  medicale  de 

feu.  M.  le  docteur  Davidson.  8°.  Breslau,  G.  Paetz,  1880. 
United  States.  War  Department.  Surgeon-General's  Office.  Index-Catalogue  of  the 

Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office,  United  States  Army.  I-VIII.  A-Medicine 

(Naval)  8  v.  roy.  8°.  Washington,  1880-87. 
Neale  (Richard).  The  medical  digest,  or  busy  practitioner's  vade-mecum.  Being  a 

means  of  readily  acquiring  information  upon   the  principal  contributions  to 

medical  science  during  the  last  thirty-five  years.  2  ed.  8°.  London,  Ledger,  Smith 

&  Co.,  1882. 

Hirsch  (A.)  Biographisches  Lexikon  der  hervorragenden  Aerzte  aller  zeiten  und  Volker. 

Unter  Mitwirkung  der  Herren  A.  Anagnostakis.  E.  Albert  [et  al.]  und  unter 

Special-Redaction  von  A.  Wernich,  und  E.  Gurlt.  8°.  Wien  u.  Leipzig.  Urban  8c 

Schwarzenberg,  1884-87. 
Faculty  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Glasgow.  Alphabetical  catalogue  of  the  Library 

of  the  . . .  4°.  Glasgow,  R.  Maclehose,  1885. 
Neale  (Richard).  The  first  appendix  to  the  medical  digest,  including  the  years  1882— 

3-4-5,  and  early  part  of  1886.  8°.  London,  Ledger,  Smith  8c  Co.,  1886. 


Hollerith  Cards 


For  all  cities  having  a  population  of  200,000  and  upwards,  and  for  all 
states  which  have  a  registration  of  deaths  sufficiently  complete  to  make  it 
worth  while  to  compile  the  statistics,  I  recommend  that  the  data  for  each 
individual  death  be  recorded,  as  fast  as  reported,  upon  cards  by  punching 
out  holes.  Several  members  of  this  Association  have  seen  the  system  of 
cards,  and  the  machine  for  counting  any  desired  combination  of  data 
from  these  cards,  which  has  been  devised  by  Mr.  Herman  Hollerith,  and 
which  is  now  in  Washington.  It  is  comparatively  simple,  not  liable  to  get 
out  of  order,  and  does  its  work  rapidly  and  accurately.  I  have  watched 
with  great  interest  the  progress  in  developing  and  perfecting  this  ma- 
chine, because  seven  years  ago  I  became  satisfied  that  some  such  system 
was  possible  and  desirable,  and  advised  Mr.  Hollerith,  who  was  then  en- 
gaged on  census  work,  to  take  the  matter  up  and  devise  such  a  machine 
as  is  needed  for  counting  various  combinations  of  large  numbers  of  data, 
as  in  census  work  or  in  vital  statistics.  I  think  that  he  has  succeeded,  and 
that  the  compilers  of  demographical  data  will  be  glad  to  know  of  this 
system. 

Excerpted  from  "On  some  forms  of  tables  of  vital  statistics,  with  special  reference  to 
the  needs  of  the  health  department  of  a  city."  Pp.  204-5  of  Public  Health  Papers  and 
Reports,  American  Public  Health  Association  13:  203-23  (1887). 


207 


Ideals  of  Medical  Education 


When  the  medical  faculty  of  an  ancient,  famous,  and  progressive  uni- 
versity honors  a  physician  by  the  request  that  he  will  deliver  an  address 
to  it,  and  to  its  friends,  upon  such  an  occasion  as  this,  the  subject  of  that 
address  must  be  sought  within  certain  limits.  It  should  have  some  rela- 
tion to  the  special  work  of  the  Faculty — to  medical  education  as  it  was, 
or  is,  or  should  be.  The  fact  that  you  have  already  had  three  addresses 
bearing  on  this  subject  by  distinguished  medical  teachers,  who  are  more 
familiar  with  its  practical  bearings  and  needs  than  I  can  be,  does  not 
authorize  me  to  try  another  field,  although  it  greatly  increases  my  diffi- 
culty in  selecting  reflections  and  suggestions  which  are  suited  to  the  oc- 
casion and  to  the  audience,  and  which,  at  the  same  time,  will  not  be  a 
wearisome  repetition  of  what  is  already  familiar  to  you.  I  know,  how- 
ever, that  discourses  of  this  kind  are  soon  forgotten;  were  it  otherwise,  this 
would  indeed  be  a  hard  world  for  address  givers. 

Of  course  the  Medical  Department  of  Yale  is  organized  in  the  best 
possible  manner,  and  is  doing  the  best  possible  work, — under  the  circum- 
stances. I  do  not  know  precisely  what  its  organization  is,  or  what  work  it 
is  doing,  or  the  exact  circumstances  which  govern  it,  but  I  have  no 
doubt  it  is  safe  to  assume  this.  There  is  one  circumstance,  however, 
which  very  commonly  affects  medical  schools  and  universities — and 
which,  therefore,  may  possibly  affect  you — and  that  is  the  want  of  means 
to  do  everything  that  anybody  may  consider  desirable.  Perhaps,  then,  some 
remarks  upon  certain  modern  ideals  of  medical  education,  and  upon 
first  class  medical  schools  and  their  cost  based  upon  data  derived  from 
other  schools,  may  be  of  some  interest — especially  in  the  light  of  Roche- 
foucauld's aphorism  that  there  is  something  in  the  misfortunes  of  our 
best  friends  which  is  not  displeasing  to  us. 

The  great  mass  of  the  public — the  majority  of  the  voters  of  all  parties, 
and  of  the  women  who  are  not  voters,  know  little  and  care  less  about 
the  details  of  professional  education,  or  about  the  standard  of  qualifica- 
tion attained  to  by  those  to  whom  they  entrust  more  or  less  of  the  care 
of  their  souls,  their  property,  or  their  bodies.  The  popular  feeling  is, 
that  in  a  free  country  every  one  should  have  the  right  to  follow  any 
occupation  he  likes,  and  employ  for  any  purpose  any  one  whom  he 
selects,  and  that  each  party  must  take  the  consequences. 

It  is  noteworthy,  however,  that  each  individual  professing  to  hold  this 

Address  delivered  before  the  Medical  Faculty  of  Yale  University,  June  23,  1891. 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  124:  619-23;  125:  1-4  (1891). 


208 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


209 


opinion,  almost  always  makes  an  exception  as  to  his  own  occupation  if 
it  is  one  involving  skilled  labor, — he  is  in  favor  of  free  trade  in  the  ab- 
stract— and  of  limitations  with  regards  to  his  own  particular  trade,  either 
as  to  number  of  apprentices,  as  to  time  of  study,  or  as  to  some  form  of 
trust  which  will,  as  far  as  possible,  prevent  competition  in  that  special 
business.  In  one  of  its  aspects,  medicine  is  a  trade,  carried  on  for 
the  purpose  of  making  money  in  order  to  support  the  physician  and  his 
family,  and  to  the  majority  of  practitioners  this  is  a  very  important  aspect, 
although  to  very  few  of  them  is  it  the  only  one.  Hence  it  is  that  medical 
faculties  must  consider  schemes  of  medical  education  from  this  point  of 
view  also,  not  exclusively  so  by  any  means,  but,  nevertheless,  with  refer- 
ence to  the  questions — what  do  we  propose  to  offer? — how  much  will  it 
cost  us? — how  much  shall  we  charge  for  it?  With  reference  to  the  first 
question,  it  is  obvious  that  there  are  several  quite  different  kinds  of 
education  which  a  medical  faculty  may  offer  to  its  students.  It  is  by  no 
means  easy  to  decide  as  to  the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  article  offered 
by  consulting  only  the  advertisements,  circulars,  and  prospectuses  of  the 
hundred  and  more  medical  schools  in  the  United  States,  but  even 
from  these  it  can  be  seen  that  one  can  get  a  diploma  of  Doctor  of  Medi- 
cine in  much  less  time,  and  at  much  less  expense,  from  some  schools  than 
from  others,  and  we  all  know  that  the  diplomas  of  these  different  schools 
are  guarantees  of  very  different  education  and  qualifications. 

There  are  also  several  different  ideals  as  to  what  is  desirable  in  medical 
education.  For  instance,  there  is  the  ideal  of  the  literary  man,  of  the 
clergyman — of  the  laborer,  and  of  other  classes  of  the  general  public. 
There  is  the  ideal  of  the  man  who  wants  to  obtain  a  medical  degree  as 
soon  and  as  cheaply  as  possible  in  order  that  he  may  commence  prac- 
tice; the  ideal  of  the  same  man  after  he  has  obtained  such  a  degree  and 
has  been  for  two  or  three  years  trying  to  get  practice;  and  the  ideal  of  the 
middle  aged  successful  practitioner  who  has  learned  several  things  by 
experience  since  he  graduated.  Then  we  have  the  ideal  of  the  Army  and 
Navy  Examining  Boards;  the  ideal  of  the  man  of  means  who  wants  to 
become  a  specialist  without  ever  going  into  general  practice — and  the 
ideal  of  the  man  who  wishes  to  be  an  investigator  and  a  teacher 
either  from  the  love  of  science  or  from  the  desire  for  fame.  Let  us  con- 
sider some  of  these  ideals  briefly.  The  chief  demand  of  the  great  mass  of 
the  non-professional  public  is  for  general  practitioners, — and  the  quali- 
fications which  these  should  possess  may  be  summed  up  in  the  statement 
that  they  should  be  competent  to  recognize  the  forms  of  disease  and  in- 
jury which  are  common  in  the  community  in  which  they  practice, — and 
should  know,  and  be  able  to  apply,  the  remedies  which  are  most  fre- 
quently used  and  found  efficacious  in  such  cases.  They  are  expected,  for 


210 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


the  most  part,  to  follow  and  not  to  lead — it  is  not  necessary  that  they 
should  be  skilled  in  the  refinements  of  modern  pathology — or  be  thor- 
oughly trained  in  minute  anatomy  or  experimental  physiology,  or  be 
great  surgeons,  or  be  well  up  in  all  the  specialties.  Observe  that  I  say 
it  is  not  necessary — it  may  be  desirable,  but  in  the  majority  of  cases  it 
is  not  practicable. 

In  their  brief  journey  of  life  through  this  world,  the  great  majority 
of  people  must  travel  on  the  routes  and  by  the  vehicles  provided  for 
them  by  others,  and,  fortunately,  they  are  usually  content  to  do  so.  They 
move  in  groups  which  are  "personally  conducted,"  see  the  things  they 
are  told  to  see,  try,  with  more  or  less  success,  to  admire  the  things 
which  they  are  told  to  admire,  and  their  chief  discomfort  occurs  when 
their  conductors  are  either  silent,  or  give  contradictory  orders,  when  it 
comes  to  the  parting  of  the  ways.  Most  travelers  on  an  Atlantic  steamer 
accept  without  murmuring  the  edict  that  "Passengers  are  not  allowed  on 
the  bridge." 

The  information  which  those  who  propose  to  earn  their  living  by  the 
general  practice  of  medicine  stand  most  in  need  of,  is  that  which  will 
enable  them  to  recognize  the  ordinary  emergencies  of  practice  and  to 
deal  with  them  in  the  ordinary  way.  As  students,  their  time,  money,  and 
zeal  for  study  and  investigation,  are  all  usually  more  or  less  limited,  and 
there  are  many  things  in  a  course  in  what  is  called  the  "higher  medical  edu- 
cation" which  are  of  comparatively  little  use  to  them.  The  clinical  instruc- 
tion which  they  can  get  at  a  school  in  the  region  of  country  in  which 
they  intend  to  practice  will  often  be  more  valuable  to  them  than  that 
which  they  could  get  at  a  distant  school  of  greater  repute,  simply  from 
the  difference  in  the  class  of  cases  presenting  themselves  for  treatment. 
"Good  local  pilots  are  in  demand,  although  we  have  a  Superintendent 
of  the  Coast  Survey."  In  some  respects,  the  old  fashioned  system  of 
medical  apprenticeships,  in  which  the  student  spent  from  one  to  three 
years  in  the  office  of  a  physician  in  general  practice  before  he  went  to  a 
medical  school  to  hear  lectures,  was  a  good  one  for  producing  these  gen- 
eral practitioners.  To  learn  to  do  such  work  easily  and  properly  one  must 
live  among  the  sick,  learn  how  they  look,  how  they  talk,  how  they  are 
to  be  talked  to  and  handled;  and  must  do  this  at  close  quarters,  and  not 
by  looking  on  from  the  top  bench  of  an  amphitheatre,  or  from  the 
outer  ring  of  a  group  of  thirty  or  forty  men  standing  around  a  bed. 
Moreover,  it  is  the  common  everyday  ailments  and  their  effects  and 
treatment  that  the  student  wants  to  become  familiar  with  at  first,  rather 
than  the  rare  cases.  Cases  of  colic,  of  effects  of  over  eating  or  drinking, 
of  sore  throats,  croup  or  diphtheria,  or  scarlet  fever  or  mumps,  or  the 
ordinary  fevers,  of  simple  fractures  and  dislocations,  of  bad  cuts  of  the 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


211 


palm  of  the  hand — are  far  more  important  to  him  from  a  business 
point  of  view  than  brain  tumors  or  ligations  of  the  innominate  artery. 

And  these  comparatively  simple,  every-day  cases  are  just  what  the 
young  man  reading  in  the  office  of  his  preceptor  may  become  familiar 
with.  How  many  of  the  men  without  such  experience,  who  graduate 
this  year  at  our  great  medical  schools,  have  ever  seen  closely  a  case  of 
measles,  or  scarlet  fever,  or  incipient  small-pox — or  have  actually  looked 
into  the  throat  of  a  child  suffering  from  diphtheria,  or  have  ever  assisted 
in  adjusting  and  dressing  a  fractured  thigh  bone,  or  in  getting  the 
clothing  off  from  a  case  of  extensive  burn  or  scald?  I  have  no  doubt 
most  of  them  could  repeat  the  descriptions  of  these  things  which  they 
have  heard  or  read,  but  they  are  not  as  well  prepared  to  deal  with  such 
cases  in  that  unhesitating  way  which  commands  confidence,  as  is  the 
man  who  has  seen  and  touched  one  or  two  such  cases  in  his  preceptor's 
office,  and  has  observed  what  that  preceptor  said  and  did.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  number  of  practising  physicians  who  are  qualified  to  act  as 
preceptors,  and  who  are  willing  to  give  the  requisite  time  and  attention 
to  students,  is  very  limited, — and  with  any  other  kind  of  preceptor,  the 
student  wastes  much  time,  is  apt  to  lose  interest,  and  becomes  idle  and 
unfit  for  continuous  mental  effort. 

If  the  student  spent  his  apprentice  year,  or  two  years,  in  a  preceptor's 
office  either  at  the  end  of  his  first  or  second  year's  medical  lectures,  or 
after  obtaining  his  degree,  it  would  be  much  better  for  him, — but  the 
latter  course  is  open  to  the  objection  that  he  would  probably  think  that 
he  knew  more  than  his  preceptor.  The  Scotch  medical  schools  prefer 
that  the  year  spent  as  an  articled  pupil  shall  come  after  the  first  two 
years  of  education  in  a  medical  school.  The  decision  of  the  British 
Medical  Council  has  been  that  a  five  years'  course  of  study  shall  be 
compulsory,  and  that  the  last  year  shall  be  spent  in  practical  work. 

Theoretically  there  is  still  a  considerable  amount  of  preliminary  read- 
ing with  a  preceptor  done  in  this  country,  but  practially,  this  method  of 
beginning  the  study  of  medicine  is  fast  disappearing.  Through  the  kind- 
ness of  the  officers  of  some  of  our  large  medical  schools,  I  have  obtained 
some  data  on  this  point  from  which  I  infer  that  in  the  eastern  schools 
the  proportion  of  students  who  claim  to  have  read  with  a  preceptor  for 
one  year  before  commencing  lectures,  is  from  1.5  to  30  per  cent.,  and  in 
western  and  southern  schools,  from  25  to  60  per  cent.,  but  no  doubt 
such  reading,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  was  merely  nominal,  and  the 
student  had  seen  little  or  nothing  of  practice.  In  most  schools  the  certifi- 
cate of  the  preceptor  is  not  required. 

The  ideal  of  the  average  student  who  is  in  a  hurry  to  begin  practice 
needs  no  special  description.  What  he  wants  is  to  pass  the  examinations 


212 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


with  the  least  possible  labor, — the  less  he  is  compelled  to  take  for  his 
money  the  better  he  is  pleased.  The  ideal  of  the  majority  of  the  medical 
profession  as  to  what  should  be  the  minimum  course  of  study  for  the 
degree  of  M.  D.  appears  to  be  that  the  student  should  first  obtain  at  least 
such  a  preliminary  education  as  is  furnished  by  our  ordinary  high  schools, 
and  then  should  study  medicine  four  years,  the  first  of  which  may  be 
with  a  preceptor,  and  three  of  which  are  to  be  occupied  in  attending  a 
graded  course  of  lectures,  the  last  two  years  being  largely  devoted  to 
clinical  and  hospital  instruction.  About  one-third  of  our  medical 
schools  have  expressed  their  intention  of  carrying  out  this  programme. 
As  regards  the  time,  it  is  not  sufficient,  according  to  European  standards, 
but  is  perhaps  the  best  general  standard  which  can  be  fixed  at  present 
for  the  education  of  the  general  practitioner  for  this  country.  Its  success 
depends  upon  whether  the  student  has  had  the  needed  preliminary 
education.  It  is  the  want  of  this  last  which  is  the  chief  deficiency. 

The  ideal  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Examining  Boards  is  that  a  Surgeon 
in  the  Government  service  should  have  received  either  the  literary, 
classical,  and  mathematical  training  of  the  ordinary  college  course  for 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  or  the  training  leading  to  a  degree  in 
scientific  studies — and  that  after  that  he  should  have  spent  five  years  in 
medical  studies,  the  last  year  as  resident  in  a  hospital. 

This  ideal  cannot  yet  be  enforced  in  either  service,  for  the  reason  that 
they  could  not  get  enough  men  who  come  up  to  this  standard  to  fill  the 
vacancies,  so  that  the  actual  standard  is  somewhat  lower  than  this,  al- 
though it  is  higher  than  the  minimum  standard  of  any  medical  school  or 
of  any  State  Board  of  Examiners.  Through  the  courtesy  of  the  Surgeon 
Generals  of  the  Army  and  Navy,  I  am  able  to  give  you  the  following 
results  of  the  work  of  their  Examining  Boards  for  the  last  ten  years. 

Before  the  Army  Boards  348  candidates  presented  themselves  during 
this  period,  of  whom  76,  or  22.3  per  cent,  were  approved  and  passed;  31 
were  rejected  for  physical  disqualifications;  90  failed  to  pass  the  pre- 
liminary examination;  and  the  remainder  failed  to  pass  the  medical 
examination.  The  rejections  for  physical  defects  are  for  the  last  three 
years  only. 

Before  the  Navy  Boards  237  candidates  presented  themselves,  of  whom 
55,  or  23.1  per  cent,  were  approved  and  passed;  75  were  rejected  for 
physical  disqualifications;  and  the  remainder  either  withdrew  or  failed 
to  pass. 

Evidently  the  standards  of  the  two  Boards  are  about  the  same.  The 
proportion  of  those  rejected  for  physical  defects  is  noteworthy.  In  a  gen- 
eral way  we  may  say  that  about  one-fourth  of  the  candidates  before  such 
boards  are  approved — and  one-fourth  fail  on  the  preliminary  examina- 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


213 


tion  as  to  general  education.  Putting  aside  those  rejected  for  physical 
causes,  and  making  the  necessary  corrections  for  a  certain  number  who 
come  before  the  Boards  more  than  once,  we  find  that  of  429  examined, 
129  or  30.2  per  cent,  were  successful. 

Of  those  candidates  who  had  a  college  degree,  34  per  cent,  succeeded, 
and  of  those  who  had  no  such  degree,  28.9  per  cent,  succeeded.  Of  those 
candidates  who  had  had  one  year's  residence  in  hospital,  40  per  cent, 
passed,  while  of  those  who  had  not  been  residents,  only  21  per  cent,  were 
successful.  The  percentage  of  successful  candidates  from  different  schools 
varies  greatly,  ranging  from  9  to  56  per  cent,  for  those  schools  from 
which  more  than  ten  candidates  presented  themselves.  I  cannot  go  into 
details  on  this  point,  but  may  say  that  taking  the  Medical  Schools  of 
Harvard,  Yale,  the  College  of  Physicians,  and  Bellevue  Hospital  of  New 
York,  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the  University  of  Virginia 
together,  of  141  candidates,  65  or  46.1  per  cent,  succeeded,  while  for  all 
the  rest  of  the  schools  in  a  body,  of  286  candidates,  64  or  22.3  per  cent, 
succeeded. 

The  figures  from  Yale  alone,  are  too  small  to  draw  accurate  conclu- 
sions from,  but  in  strict  confidence  I  will  tell  you  that  of  the  five  gradu- 
ates of  the  Yale  Medical  School  who  come  before  the  Army  and  Navy 
Boards  during  the  last  ten  years,  three,  or  66.6  per  cent,  have  passed. 
The  greatest  percentage  of  successful  candidates  comes  from  those  who 
were  between  24  and  25  years  of  age  when  they  graduated,  being  31.7 
per  cent,  as  against  27.9  per  cent,  for  those  who  were  under  22,  and  26.2 
per  cent,  for  those  who  were  over  25  on  graduation. 

Admitting  it  to  be  a  fact  that  different  schools  have  different  minimum 
standards  for  graduating  Doctors  of  Medicine,  to  what  extent  are  these 
differences  necessary,  or  desirable?  There  is  at  present  a  very  general 
demand  that  those  schools  which  have  the  lower  standards  shall  raise 
them  to  the  ideal  of  the  medical  profession  just  stated.  It  seems  as  if 
the  supply  of  physicians  is  now,  in  most  parts  of  the  country,  in  excess  of 
the  demand,  the  number  of  medical  men  being  from  two  to  three  times 
as  great  among  us,  in  proportion  to  the  population,  as  it  is  in  France  or 
Germany,  while  the  annual  number  of  graduates  also  greatly  exceeds 
the  number  of  places  to  be  filled. 

Under  these  circumstances,  there  is  necessarily  a  struggle  for  existence 
in  which  the  men  of  inferior  qualifications  usually,  though  not  always, 
fail.  The  schools,  however,  will  not  shape  their  course  so  much  with 
reference  to  the  real  or  supposed  interests  of  the  profession  or  of  the 
public,  as  with  reference  to  the  demands  of  their  immediate  customers, 
the  students,  and  many  of  these,  as  has  been  said,  do  not  want  any  more 
education  than  is  absolutely  necessary  to  enable  them  to  begin  practice. 


214 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


The  ability  and  inclination  to  pay  for  professional  services  differs 
greatly  in  different  localities,  and  among  different  classes  of  people.  At- 
tempts to  enforce  a  minimum  time  for  the  course,  and  a  minimum  for 
the  number  of  lectures  in  certain  specified  branches,  will  not  result  in 
fixing  an  uniform  minimum  of  results  obtained,  for  this  can  only  be 
assured  and  maintained  by  some  system  of  inspection  and  testing  of 
results  which  is  independent  of  the  schools,  or,  at  all  events,  of  each 
individual  school.  When,  as  Professor  Sumner  says:  "A  and  B  put  their 
heads  together  to  see  what  C  ought  to  be  made  to  do  for  D,"  there  is 
small  prospect  of  result  so  long  as  C  is  free  to  do  as  he  likes. 

In  the  Russian  myth,  when  the  raven  brought  the  water  of  life  and 
the  water  of  death  to  the  gray  wolf,  the  first  thing  that  the  wolf  did  was 
to  test  their  powers  on  the  raven  himself  to  determine  whether  his 
task  was  properly  done.  The  public  do  not  have  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  the  effect  of  such  a  test  as  this  upon  those  who  come  to  them  from 
the  schools  professing  to  have  obtained  the  knowledge  of  healing;  if 
they  had,  the  complaints  of  overcrowding  in  the  profession  would  prob- 
ably cease. 

From  a  commercial  point  of  view  it  seems  plain  that  there  are  too 
many  medical  schools  in  this  country,  that  the  education  which  many 
of  them  are  giving  is  a  very  poor  one,  and  that  the  students  who  are 
attracted  to  these  last  by  offers  of  a  cheap  and  short  course,  waste 
their  time  and  their  money. 

The  only  really  efficient  remedy  for  this  state  of  affairs  is  a  system  of 
State  examinations  with  minimum  standards.  This  also  has  its  evils, 
since  it  must  lead  to  cramming,  but  it  is  the  best  we  can  do  at  present. 
It  is  urged  by  some  that  this  minimum  standard  should  be  uniform 
throughout  the  United  States — but  in  that  case,  it  would  be  unnecessarily 
low  in  some  parts  of  the  country.  The  precise  nature  of  the  requirements 
in  different  regions  depend  on  the  density  of  population,  and  on  the 
ability  of  the  great  mass  of  the  people  to  pay  enough  to  induce  highly 
educated  physicians  to  settle  among  them.  It  would  be  better  if  it  were 
otherwise,  and  if  everyone  could  have  the  benefit  of  the  best  professional 
skill,  but  matters  are  adjusted  in  this  world  largely  by  conflict  of 
interests.  Certainly  no  one  who  intends  to  practice  medicine  should  be 
content  with  the  least  amount  of  knowledge  which  will  enable  him  to 
pass  the  required  examinations,  whatever  the  standard  of  those  examina- 
tions may  be.  Putting  aside  now  this  matter  of  a  minimum  standard, 
let  us  consider  briefly  an  ideal  of  a  medical  education  of  a  higher  type. 

In  addition  to  the  incipient  family  practitioner  of  ordinary  qualifica- 
tions— the  beginners  in  the  profession — there  is  need  of,  and  employ- 
ment for,  highly  skilled,  thoroughly  trained  physicians  and  surgeons  as 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


215 


family  physicians,  as  consultants,  as  specialists,  and  as  investigators  and 
teachers. 

There  are  two  ways  in  which  these  needed  men  may  be  educated  and 
developed.  The  first  is  by  their  commencing  with  the  ordinary  course  of 
instruction  for  general  practice  in  the  manner  just  spoken  of,  and  then 
going  on,  after  graduation  and  commencing  practice,  to  study  and  perfect 
themselves  in  details — according  to  individual  tastes  and  opportunities; 
and  this  has  been  the  course  pursued  by  a  large  number  of  our  most 
distinguished  American  consultants  and  specialists.  The  other  is  to  lay 
a  broad  and  sound  foundation  of  preliminary  education  before  giving 
any  attention  to  clinical  study  or  practice.  This  means  an  education  at 
least  equivalent  to  that  required  of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts  from  our  leading  universities,  including  Latin,  French,  and 
German,  and  mathematics  to  include  trigonometry,  and  the  elements  of 
analytics.  It  should  also  include  one  year's  work  in  a  physical  laboratory, 
two  years'  work  in  chemistry,  two  years'  work  in  biology, — at  least  one 
year's  work  in  practical  anatomy — and  one  year's  course  in  materia  medica. 

In  other  words,  it  requires  that  the  youth  of  sixteen,  having  obtained 
a  good  high  school  education,  shall  go  on  to  spend  at  least  five  years  in 
additional  study  before  he  commences  to  see  anything  of  practice.  He 
should  then  spend  at  least  three  years  more  in  special  medical  and 
clinical  studies,  during  one  year  of  which  he  should,  if  possible,  reside 
in  a  hospital.  If  then  his  purpose  is  to  become  a  specialist,  an  original 
investigator  and  a  teacher,  it  is  desirable  that  he  should  spend  two  years 
more  in  clinics  and  laboratories  devoted  to  his  special  subject — and  at 
least  half  of  this  time  should,  at  present,  be  spent  abroad.  These  are  the 
broad  outlines  of  what  I  suppose  most  physicians  of  the  present  day  would 
consider  a  desirable  scheme  of  medical  education  for  an  intelligent  boy 
with  a  fair  amount  of  liking  for  study,  good  health,  and  sufficient 
means  to  enable  him  to  go  through  with  it  without  making  undue  de- 
mands upon  his  parents  or  guardians. 

You  will  observe  that  there  are  several  qualifying  clauses  in  that  last 
sentence.  The  aphorism  that  it  does  not  pay  to  give  a  five  thousand 
dollar  education  to  a  five  dollar  boy,  must  be  constantly  borne  in  mind 
in  considering  these  questions.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  also  to  be  noted 
that  in  the  preparation  of  educational  schemes,  it  is  not  necessary  to 
provide  for  the  demands  of  youths  of  extraordinary  ability  and  industry 

 for  men  of  genius.  Beds  suitable  for  giants  are  not  required  as  part  of 

the  stock  of  an  ordinary  furniture  store,  especially  if  it  require  giants 
to  make  them.  Some  cases  of  disease  will  recover  without  treatment, 
though  the  cure  may  be  hastened  by  proper  management,  some  will 
die  under  any  treatment,  the  result  of  some  depends  on  the  treatment. 


216 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


It  is  much  the  same  in  education.  Some  will  acquire  knowledge  and 
power  without  special  training, — others  will  never  acquire  those  things 
under  any  training,  but  the  career  of  many  depends,  to  a  large  extent, 
on  the  training  which  they  receive.  The  recent  announcement  of  a 
compulsory  four  years  course  of  medical  studies  by  Harvard  and  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  soon  to  be  followed  by  a  similar  announcement 
from  Columbia,  looks  towards  this  ideal. 

The  number  of  those  who  are  obtaining  a  college  education  as  a 
preparation  for  medical  study  has  increased,  and  will  still  more  increase 
as  the  competition  among  an  excessive  number  of  physicians  becomes 
fiercer. 

From  information  received  from  some  of  our  leading  medical  schools 
for  the  present  year,  it  appears  that  the  proportion  of  students  who  have 
taken  preliminary  degrees  before  commencing  the  study  of  medicine 
varies  from  14  to  43  per  cent,  in  eastern  schools,  from  3  to  12  per  cent, 
in  western  schools,  and  from  15  to  20  per  cent,  in  southern  schools. 

Just  here  comes  in  a  very  difficult  point.  When  shall  general  education 
cease  and  special  training  begin?  The  answer  to  this  must  depend  largely 
on  the  individual,  but  it  seems  to  me  that  the  present  tendency  is  to  begin 
to  specialize  too  soon.  This  early  specialization  of  study  and  work  may 
lead  to  more  prompt  pecuniary  success,  but  not,  I  think,  to  so  much 
ultimate  happiness  and  usefulness  as  the  longer  continuance  of  study 
on  broader  lines.  "For  it  is  in  knowledge  as  it  is  in  plants:  if  you  mean  to 
use  the  plant  it  is  no  matter  for  the  roots;  but  if  you  mean  to  remove  it  to 
grow,  then  it  is  more  assured  to  rest  upon  root  than  slips;  so  the  delivery  of 
knowledge  as  it  is  now  used,  is  of  fair  bodies  of  trees  without  the  roots — 
good  for  the  carpenter  but  not  for  the  planter.  But  if  you  will  have  science 
grow,  it  is  less  matter  for  the  shaft  of  body  of  the  tree,  so  you  look  well  to 
the  taking  up  of  the  roots."  1 

In  discussions  on  medical  education  and  the  duties  of  medical  schools, 
we  are  too  apt  to  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  the  best  that  the  student  can 
do  in  them  is  to  begin  to  learn.  If  he  does  not  study  much  longer  and 
harder  after  he  graduates  than  he  does  before,  he  will  not  become  a 
successful  physician.  Moreover,  the  great  majority  of  men  have  different 
capacities  for  learning  certain  things  at  different  ages.  They  lose  receptive 
power  as  they  grow  older. 

Permit  me  to  use  here  a  personal  illustration,  and  pardon  the  ap- 
parent egotism  of  an  old  gentleman  who  refers  to  his  youthful  days. 
Thirty-three  years  ago  I  began  the  study  of  medicine,  having  obtained 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  after  the  usual  classical  course  of  those 
days.  It  so  happens  that  the  smattering  of  Latin  and  Greek  which  I 


1  Lord  Bacon. 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


217 


obtained  has  been  of  great  use  to  me,  and  I  may,  therefore,  be  a  prej- 
udiced witness,  but  my  acquaintance  with  many  physicians  at  home  and 
abroad  has  led  me  to  believe  that  the  ordinary  college  course  in  lan- 
guages, mathematics,  and  literature  is  a  very  good  foundation  for  the 
study  of  medicine,  and  I  do  not  sympathize  with  those  who  demand  that 
all  who  are  to  enter  on  this  study  shall  substitute  scientific  studies  for  all 
the  Greek  and  a  part  of  the  Latin  of  the  usual  course.  This  change  is 
good  for  some  but  not  for  all.  I  had  attended  lectures  in  physics  and 
chemistry  but  had  done  no  laboratory  work,  and  I  could  read  easy 
French  and  German.  Thus  equipped  I  began  to  read  anatomy,  physiol- 
ogy, and  the  principles  of  medicine.  Nominally  I  had  a  preceptor — but 
I  do  not  think  I  saw  him  six  times  during  the  year  which  followed,  for 
I  was  teaching  school  in  another  State.  Nevertheless,  he  told  me  what 
books  to  read,  and  I  read  them.  The  next  thing  was  to  attend  the  pre- 
scribed two  courses  of  lectures  in  a  medical  college  in  Cincinnati.  Each 
course  lasted  about  five  months  and  was  precisely  the  same.  There  was  no 
laboratory  course,  and  I  began  to  attend  clinical  lectures  the  first  day 
of  the  first  course.  One  result  of  this  was  that  I  had  to  learn  chemical 
manipulation,  the  practical  use  of  the  microscope,  etc.,  at  a  later  period 
when  it  was  much  more  difficult.  In  fact  I  may  say  that  I  have  been 
studying  ever  since  to  repair  the  deficiencies  in  my  medical  training  and 
have  never  been  able  to  catch  up. 

Probably  a  large  number  of  physicians  over  fifty  years  of  age  have  had 
much  the  same  experience,  and  felt  that  there  are  certain  things,  such 
as  the  relation  of  trimethyloxyethylene-ammonium  hydroxide  in  the 
body,  or  the  causation  of  muscular  contraction  by  migration  of  labile 
material  between  the  inotagmata — the  bearings  and  beauty  of  which 
might  as  well  be  left  to  younger  men.  Not  that  these  things  are  specially 
difficult  to  understand,  but  they  form  a  part  of  a  new  nomenclature 
which  in  most  cases  it  is  not  worth  the  while  of  the  older  men  to  learn, 
because  it  is  far  more  difficult  for  them  to  master  it  than  it  is  for  their  sons. 
One  of  the  most  comfortable  and  satisfactory  periods  in  a  man's  life  is 
that  when  he  first  distinctly  and  clearly  recognizes  that  in  certain  matters 
he  is  a  hopelessly  old  fogy,  and  that  he  is  not  expected  to  know  anything 
about  them. 

Having  thus  roughly  sketched  what  is  wanted  in  the  way  of  medical 
education  by  different  classes  of  students — the  article  for  which  there  is 
market,  let  us  next  consider  briefly  what  an  university  may  wisely  at- 
tempt to  provide  in  this  direction.  Some  suggestions  on  this  point  may 
perhaps  be  obtained  from  an  examination  of  the  condition  of  affairs  as 
regards  medical  education  in  the  University  of  Oxford. 

The  Corporation  of  Oxford  has  a  little  more  than  half  the  number 


218 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


of  inhabitants  possessed  by  the  City  of  New  Haven,  and  its  relations  to 
London  are,  in  many  respects,  similar  to  those  of  New  Haven  with  the 
cities  of  New  York  and  Boston.  For  a  number  of  years  it  has  been  urged 
by  some  physicians  in  England,  that  the  University  of  Oxford,  with  her 
great  resources,  has  not  been  doing  as  much  for  medical  education  as 
she  should  have  done,  and  that  it  is  her  duty  to  establish  and  maintain 
a  completely  organized  medical  school  of  the  usual  pattern,  using  the 
small  local  hospital  and  dispensary  facilities  for  the  clinical  side  of  the 
work- 
On  the  other  hand,  other  physicians,  of  whom  my  friend  Sir  Henry 
Acland  may  be  taken  as  the  representative,  maintain  that  it  is  much 
better  that  Oxford  should  use  her  resources  in  giving  a  broad  founda- 
tion of  literary  and  scientific  culture,  including,  for  those  who  propose 
to  study  medicine,  the  means  of  special  instruction  in  general  biology — 
and  comparative  and  human  anatomy,  physiology,  and  pathology — and 
that  the  men  thus  prepared  should  go  to  the  great  Hospital  Medical 
Schools  of  London  to  obtain  their  clinical  training,  after  which,  they 
may  return  and  pass  their  final  examinations  and  obtain  the  coveted 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  from  the  university. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  this  can  be  done,  and  that  a  great  part  of  the 
scientific  foundation  of  a  complete  medical  training  can  be  furnished 
by  a  well  equipped  university,  with  little  or  no  reference  to  clinical 
instruction  at  the  same  time  and  place.  This,  for  example,  is  the  course 
followed  by  many  of  the  students  in  the  medical  department  of  the 
University  of  Virginia,  and  it  seems  to  be  that  there  is  also  no  doubt 
that  the  men  who  go  through  such  a  course  of  training,  followed  by 
clinical  training  in  a  great  city,  will  have  a  better  course  of  instruction, 
a  wider  experience,  and  a  better  chance  of  seeing  and  appreciating  the 
methods  of  great  clinical  teachers,  than  would  the  majority  of  those 
who  obtained  their  clinical  as  well  as  their  scientific  training  in  the  small 
town,  or  than  those  who  obtain  all  their  instruction  in  a  large  school 
devoted  exclusively  to  medical  studies.  Upon  this  last  point  I  need  not 
dwell,  for  Dr.  Welch,  in  his  address  before  you  in  1888,  has  clearly 
pointed  out  the  advantages  of  giving  to  a  medical  school  an  university 
atmosphere,  and  of  making  the  union  of  the  school  and  the  university 
close  and  intimate.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  more  true  this 
is,  the  more  it  is  the  duty  of  an  university  to  maintain  such  a  school, 
because  educational  work  which  cannot  be,  or  is  not,  done  so  well  else- 
where, has  superior  claims  upon  university  aid.  The  chief  thing  which 
can  be  said  in  favor  of  the  attempt  to  attract  a  large  number  of  medical 
students  of  average  qualifications  to  an  institution  having  the  means  to 
give  the  higher  education  are,  first,  that  it  brings  in  more  money — and, 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


219 


second,  that  it  enables  those  professors  who  desire  advanced  workers, 
to  select  these  from  a  somewhat  wider  field.  Also  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  the  small  hospitals  of  from  50  to  100  beds  should  be  fully 
utilized  for  clinical  teaching,  even  if  they  cannot  furnish  all  the  clinical 
material  that  is  desirable  for  a  complete  course  of  instruction. 

It  must  be  confessed  that  nearly  all  our  great  American  universities 
are  unwilling  to  apply  their  funds  to  the  creation  and  maintenance  of  a 
well  equipped  medical  department.  They  are  willing  to  have  such  a  de- 
partment no  doubt,  but  they  want  the  money  for  establishing  and  main- 
taining it  to  be  provided  in  addition  to  the  money  which  has  been,  or  is 
to  be,  provided  for  the  general  purposes  of  the  university.  The  ideal 
university  culture  of  the  present  day  appears  to  be  designed  to  fit  a 
man  to  take  pleasure  in  his  own  thoughts  and  musings,  and  in  mental 
exercise  in  languages,  literature,  the  higher  mathematics,  and  the  prob- 
lems of  physics  and  natural  history.  Incidentally  his  knowledge  of  these 
things  may  not  only  give  him  pleasure,  but  enable  him  to  help  others, 
but  the  studies  are  not  to  be  pursued  on  account  of  any  practical 
utility  which  they  possess,  but  for  the  love  of  learning  and  pure  science, 
i.e.  for  personal  gratification  of  a  particular  kind.  Those  who  hold  these 
views  are  apt  to  consider  medicine  as  a  technological  matter,  which 
should  be  left  altogether  to  special  schools,  because,  being  practically 
useful  in  a  commercial  sense,  the  means  of  teaching  it  are  sure  to  be 
provided  through  commercial  interests,  just  as  they  are  sure  to  be  pro- 
vided for  the  teaching  of  practical  engineering.  This  is  far  from  the  old 
university  idea  as  embodied  in  the  three  faculties  and  four  nations  of 
the  University  of  Paris.  So  far  as  the  interests  of  the  public  are  con- 
cerned, it  is  only  the  possession  and  control  of  a  large  amount  and  variety 
of  clinical  material,  or  of  unusually  qualified  clinical  teachers,  which 
makes  it  the  positive  duty  to  use  it,  or  them,  for  purposes  of  medical  in- 
struction in  order  to  train  ordinary  general  practitioners  of  medicine. 
There  is  no  present  deficiency  in  the  number  of  such  practitioners,  and 
we  certainly  have  plenty  of  schools  for  producing  them,  so  that  there  is 
no  fear  of  failure  in  the  supply. 

But  in  medicine  as  in  every  other  profession,  art,  or  trade,  the  supply 
of  the  best  is  never  too  great,  and  the  demand  for  something  better  than 
that  which  already  exists  never  ceases. 

What  then  does  an  university,  or  its  medical  school,  need  in  order 
that  it  may  be  able  to  supply  the  demand  for  this  higher  medical  educa- 
tion? First, — competent  teachers.  Second, — suitable  buildings,  collections, 
books,  and  apparatus.  Third, — clinical  material.  To  secure  and  retain 
these  things  requires  money,  and  brains  to  use  it.  First  as  to  the  com- 
petent teachers.  There  are  many  teachers  available — but  the  number  of 


220 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


these  who  have  shown  that  they  are  competent  for  and  suited  to  posi- 
tions in  a  medical  school  which  is  to  supply  the  best  and  something 
better,  is  limited — much  more  so  than  one  who  had  not  tried  to  find 
them  would  suppose,  and  these  few  are  not  seeking  engagements.  How 
many  anatomists,  or  physiologists,  or  pathologists,  of  the  first  class, 
thoroughly  trained,  authorities  in  their  special  fields,  capable  of  increas- 
ing knowledge,  and  with  the  peculiar  gift  of  ability  to  teach — do  you 
suppose  there  are  in  this  country?  It  is  a  liberal  estimate  to  say  that  a 
dozen  of  each  have  thus  far  given  evidence  that  they  exist.  And  the 
great  clinical  teachers  in  medicine  and  surgery, — the  men  who  are  up 
to  the  times  in  matters  of  diagnosis,  pathology,  and  therapeutics,  and 
who  are  also  successful  teachers  both  by  the  spoken  and  written  word — 
how  many  such  have  we — and  especially  how  many  such  have  we  who 
are  not  fixed  and  established,  so  that  they  may  be  induced  to  go  to  a 
school  which  needs  them?  Such  men  are  either  men  of  genius,  and  even 
this  boasted  nineteenth  century  has  produced  them  rarely,  or  they  are 
men  of  talent  made  the  most  of  by  unflagging  industry  with  special  op- 
portunities, and  they  are  also  rare.  Yet  these  are  the  men  whom  a  great 
university  should  seek  to  obtain,  and  retain,  for  her  faculties.  To  do 
this,  and  to  get  the  best  work  from  such  men,  is  by  no  means  a  mere 
matter  of  salary,  although  sufficient  salaries  must  be  paid.  We  have  also 
to  consider  the  buildings,  collections,  books,  and  apparatus  required, 
and  this  is  largely  a  question  of  money.  How  much  money?  What  would 
be  the  cost  of  establishing  and  maintaining  a  first-class  medical  school 
in  this  country  at  the  present  time?  Let  us  suppose  that  150  students  are 
to  be  provided  for — that  the  course  of  instruction  for  those  coming  with 
a  good  high  school  education  is  to  occupy  four  years,  and  for  those  com- 
ing with  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and  having  done  at  least  one 
year's  work  in  a  chemical  laboratory  and  one  year's  work  in  a  biological 
laboratory,  the  course  shall  occupy  three  years,  that  the  last  year's  studies 
shall  be  almost  exclusively  clinical,  and  that  provision  is  to  be  made  for 
advanced  post-graduate  work. 

We  shall  want  then,  practical  anatomy  rooms  for  50  students,  a  physio- 
logical laboratory,  a  pathological  laboratory,  a  pharmacological  labo- 
ratory, a  laboratory  of  hygiene,  and  the  means  of  clinical  teaching,  a  library 
and  a  museum.  The  days  have  long  gone  by  when  one  or  two  amphi- 
theatres or  lecture  rooms  and  a  small  museum,  were  all  the  outfit  re- 
quired for  medical  teaching.  The  little  amphitheatre  of  the  University  of 
Bologna  was  sufficient  for  almost  every  purpose  of  medical  teaching  as 
that  was  carried  on  three  hundred  years  ago,  but  now  the  lecture  room 
is  the  smallest  part  of  the  outfit  required.  In  his  evidence  before  the  Royal 
Commission,  Professor  Lankester  stated  that  to  establish  such  a  Medical 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


221 


School  at  Oxford  as  he  thought  desirable,  about  $225,000  would  be  re- 
quired for  buildings  in  addition  to  those  already  existing,  and  that  about 
$100,000  a  year  would  be  required  for  running  expenses.  Professor  Bill- 
roth estimates  that  about  $400,000  would  be  required  for  buildings  for 
the  medical  department  of  a  univeristy,  exclusive  of  the  building  for 
clinical  teaching,  which  he  thinks  would  cost  about  as  much  more, — and 
that  the  annual  expense  would  be  about  $105,000.  He  says  that  these 
estimates  are  based  on  an  average  standard  of  efficiency — not  the  highest 
— and  concludes  by  saying,  "let  us  hope  that  a  rich  man  may  some  day 
give  three  millions  of  dollars  to  found  a  school  to  be  devoted  to  medicine 
and  natural  science." 

Perhaps  these  figures  may  seem  high  to  you.  Yet  building  is  cheaper, 
and  salaries  lower  in  England  and  in  Germany  than  with  us — if  only 
first-class  work  and  first-class  men  are  accepted.  To  build  and  equip  a 
laboratory  which  shall  give  work  room  for  75  men,  will  cost  here  between 
$75,000  and  $100,000.  At  least  four  such  laboratories  are  needed  by  the 
ideal  medical  department,  besides  a  building  for  general  lectures,  library, 
etc.,  which  would  cost  about  $50,000. 

It  is  of  course  possible  to  consolidate  all  these  into  a  single  three  or 
four  story  building  and  thus  save  money,  especially  in  cost  of  ground — 
but  the  results  are  not  so  good.  I  am  not  speaking  now  of  temporary 
makeshift  buildings,  but  of  permanent  structures — which,  though  plain, 
should  not  be  hideous,  and  should  be  thoroughly  well  built.  Where  land 
is  abundant  and  not  too  dear,  it  is  usually  better  to  construct  these  labora- 
tories one  at  a  time  and  endeavor  to  secure  for  each,  a  proper  endowment 
and  equipment.  The  average  expenses  of  each  laboratory  may  be  put  at 
$15,000  per  annum.  In  other  words,  it  requires  about  $400,000  to  build, 
equip,  and  endow  a  physiological,  pathological,  or  hygienic  laboratory 
such  as  is  suited  to  the  needs  of  a  first-class  university  in  this  country.  By 
paring  down  in  various  directions,  this  sum  can  be  reduced  to  $300,000, 
but  not  lower  without  seriously  impairing  the  efficiency  of  the  plan.  And 
in  all  this  I  have  said  nothing  of  the  cost  of  the  means  for  clinical  in- 
struction— which  should  be  borne,  in  part,  at  least,  by  the  school,  for  the 
simple  reason  that  only  by  doing  this  can  the  school  have  that  control  of 
hospital  appointments  which  is  so  necessary  for  its  proper  work. 

Of  course  every  professor  who  is  skilled  and  energetic,  and  who  is 
imbued  with  the  true  university  spirit,  has  innumerable  wants  and  sugges- 
tions which  require  money  to  supply  and  carry  out.  He  wants  the  new 
books  and  journals  relating  to  his  specialty,  specimens,  apparatus,  models 
and  illustrations,  and  if  he  is  at  the  head  of  one  of  the  laboratories  which 
I  have  named,  the  sum  of  $15,000  per  annum  will  be  required  to  pay  him 
and  his  assistants,  and  to  provide  for  their  needs.  All  this  means  that  the 


222 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


educating  of  physicians  on  this  plan  will  cost  the  medical  department 
between  four  and  five  thousand  dollars  for  each  graduate.  It  will  receive 
from  them  $800  to  $1,000  each,  and  the  balance  must  be  made  up  from 
subscriptions,  appropriations,  or  endowments.  Practically  endowment  is 
the  only  resource. 

The  student  himself  has  to  give  four  or  five  years  time  and  labor  and 
four  or  five  thousand  dollars  to  obtain  his  medical  education.  For  some, 
this  expenditure  of  time  and  money  will  be  an  excellent  investment — for 
others  not,  even  if  they  have  enough  of  both  to  spare  for  this  purpose. 
After  all,  the  most  that  the  university  can  do  is  to  afford  opportunities  for 
learning,  and  a  certain  kind  and  amount  of  stimulus  to  mental  work.  The 
professor  may  declare  that  he  will  teach  certain  branches,  but  there  are 
some  sent  to  him  for  instruction  who  are  not  teachable,  and  the  only 
thing  he  can  do  is  to  return  them  as  little  damaged  as  possible. 

The  number  of  men  for  whom  it  is  specially  desirable  to  provide 
laboratory  and  other  special  facilities  for  original  work  in  physiology, 
pathology,  pharmacology,  and  hygiene,  is  limited.  There  are  not  a  great 
number  of  men  who  have  the  desire  and  the  qualifications  necessary  for 
this  sort  of  work,  and  the  number  of  positions  in  which  they  can  find 
remunerative  employment  in  devoting  themselves  to  such  investigations, 
is  still  more  limited. 

The  laboratory  facilities  in  Germany  are,  as  a  whole,  at  present  in 
excess  of  the  number  of  properly  qualified  men  who  can  be  found  to  make 
use  of  them,  although  a  few  are  overcrowded. 

Advanced  work  and  original  investigations  cannot,  as  a  rule,  be  made 
by  undergraduates,  if  for  no  other  reason  than  that  of  lack  of  time. 

Is  it  advisable  that  the  same  medical  school  shall  undertake  to  furnish 
such  different  courses  as  to  provide  for  all  wants — to  offer  to  meet  the 
minimum  requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine,  as  well  as 
the  wants  of  those  who  demand  more  advanced  and  detailed  instruction? 
The  answer  to  this  depends  largely  on  the  location  of  the  school,  and  on 
the  means  which  it  can  command,  especially  as  regards  facilities  for  hos- 
pital and  clinical  instruction.  In  any  case,  its  diploma  of  Doctor  of  Medi- 
cine should  have  an  uniform  value,  and  if  it  does  undertake  the  double 
function,  the  higher  education  must  be  largely  post-graduate  work.  It 
must  also  be,  to  a  great  extent,  a  voluntary  matter  on  the  part  of  both 
schools  and  students. 

As  indicated  at  the  beginning,  this  address  is  not  intended  to  criticize 
existing  medical  institutions,  or  to  give  specific  advice  to  any  college  or 
university.  I  have  simply  tried  to  formulate  roughly  what  seems  to  be  the 
present  ideal  of  a  course  of  medical  education  in  the  minds  of  many 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


223 


physicians,  and  then  to  show  what  the  carrying  out  of  this  ideal  involves 
to  the  schools  and  to  the  students. 

I  believe  in  ideals — that  is  in  their  beauty,  and  in  their  utility  when 
they  do  not  dominate  a  man  so  as  to  make  him  a  visionary,  or  a  dangerous 
crank  or  fanatic, — but  one  ideal  is  often  more  or  less  incompatible  with 
another,  and  all  of  them  must  be  held  subject  to  the  possibilities  af- 
forded by  surrounding  circumstances.  But  we  must  not  be  too  skeptical 
about  these  possibilities.  And  we  are  all  directly  interested  in  this  matter 
— every  one  of  us.  Every  one  of  this  audience  will  probably  see  the  time 
when  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  the  physician  called  in  to  advise  in  the 
calamity  which  has  fallen  on  him,  or  his  wife,  or  child,  will  seem  to  him 
of  vast  importance. 

Sometimes  he  can  select  his  physician — often  he  cannot — but  must  rely 
on  the  first  one  who  can  be  found.  Hence  these  discussions  about  medical 
education,  although  chiefly  carried  on  by  physicians,  because  they  are 
most  familiar  with  the  difficulties  of  the  subject,  should  be  considered  by 
those  who  are  not  physicians  quite  as  much  as  by  those  who  are,  or  intend 
to  be.  It  is  a  dangerous  business,  however,  for  a  doctor  to  discuss  other 
doctors  in  public.  He  can  make  more  trouble  for  himself  in  less  time  in 
this  way,  than  by  almost  any  other  method  that  I  know  of.  Nevertheless, 
it  is  my  duty  to  tell  you  that  there  is  little  probability  that  the  ideal  facili- 
ties for  higher  medical  education,  either  here  or  elsewhere,  will  be 
furnished  by  the  doctors  themselves.  There  are  several  reasons  for  this, 
but  one  is  sufficient,  and  that  is  they  have  not  got  the  money  which  I  have 
shown  you  is  necessary  to  provide  and  maintain  these  facilities.  Hence,  if 
these  ideals  are  to  be  realized,  the  means  must  be  furnished  by  those  who 
are  not  members  of  the  medical  profession,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  this  is 
what  will  be  done. 

What  is  the  best  way  for  a  university,  a  real  university,  to  begin  this  line 
of  work?  In  most  cases  I  should  say  by  establishing  one  department  at  a 
time  on  a  proper  basis.  Which  departments  should  be  the  first  to  be  thus 
established?  Just  here  is  where  many  of  the  doctors  will  begin  to  differ. 

I  should  say  that  the  first  of  these  departments  to  be  provided  for  are 
two  which  will  form  the  main  links  in  the  university  bond  between  the 
medical  and  other  departments, — covering  two  branches  of  knowledge 
which  every  university  graduate  should  study  somewhat,  namely,  biology, 
and  hygiene.  For  the  clergyman,  the  teacher,  the  journalist,  and  the  soci- 
ologist, systematic  instruction  in  these  two  branches  is  as  desirable  as  it  is 
for  the  physician— for  the  lawyer  it  will  be  useful— only  the  philologist 
would  I  excuse  entirely  from  these  departments. 

Of  course,  in  specifying  that  they  are  to  teach,— and  to  teach  under- 
graduates, I  do  not  mean  that  teaching  is  to  be  their  sole  function.  This 


224 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


is  not  the  modern  idea  of  a  scientific  department  of  a  true  university.  It 
is  to  increase  knowledge  as  well — to  provide  for  the  needs  of  special 
investigators  and  seekers  who  have  obtained  their  elementary  training 
elsewhere. 

Let  the  plans  for  such  a  department  be  well  thought  out,  the  expenses 
carefully  estimated — and  then  bring  the  matter  to  the  attention  of  those 
who  have  the  means  to  realize  this  ideal,  and  sooner  or  later,  it  certainly 
will  be  realized.  I  have  elsewhere  ventured  to  express  my  sympathy  for 
two  classes  of  men  who  have  in  all  ages  and  in  all  countries  received 
much  disapprobation  from  philosophers,  essayists,  and  reformers, — 
namely,  rich  men,  and  those  who  want  to  be  rich. 

So  far  as  the  wealthy  are  concerned,  there  seem  to  be  a  good  many  of 
them  in  these  latter  days  who  use  their  stored  force  to  endow  universities 
and  professorships,  to  build  libraries  and  laboratories,  and  to  such  let  us 
give  due  praise  and  honor. 

They  may  or  may  not  be  scientific  men,  but  at  all  events  they  make 
scientific  men  possible.  The  unscientific  mind  has  been  defined  as  one 
which  is  willing  to  accept  and  give  opinions  without  subjecting  them  to 
rigid  tests.  "This  is  the  kind  of  mind  which  most  of  us  share  with  our 
neighbors.  It  is  because  we  give  and  accept  opinions  without  subjecting 
them  to  rigid  tests"  that  the  sermons  of  clergymen,  the  advice  of  lawyers, 
and  the  prescriptions  of  physicians  have  a  market  value.2  The  unscientific 
public  has  its  uses,  and  one  of  its  characteristics  is  a  liking  for  ideals,  some 
of  which  it  occasionally  helps  to  realize.  I  can  only  hope  that  whenever 
an  American  university  approves  the  ideal  which  I  have  roughly  sketched, 
this  public  will  see  that  the  means  are  provided  for  carrying  it  out.  It 
may  be  objected  by  some  that  it  would  be  better  to  help  to  raise  the 
average  standard  by  endowing  chairs  in  the  medical  schools  in  large 
cities,  than  to  provide  special  facilities  for  the  use  of  a  limited  number. 
It  is  quite  true  that  all  medical  schools  should  be  endowed — and  this  is 
coming; — for  voluntary  associations  of  physicians — who  are  not  a  wealthy 
class — cannot  afford  to  compete  with  endowed  schools,  when  State  laws 
shall  come  to  enforce  a  higher  standard  of  acquirements.  Nevertheless, 
we  need  universities  properly  so-called,  as  well  as  colleges  and  higher 
schools,  and  we  need  university  men  in  the  medical  profession  as  well  as 
elsewhere. 

1  have  no  fears  as  to  the  creation  of  a  medical  aristocracy  by  giving 
facilities  for  higher  education  to  those  who  have  the  means  to  avail 
themselves  of  them.  It  is  quite  true  that  only  a  fraction  of  those  who  have 
the  means  will  use  these  facilities  properly — and  that  there  will  be  a 
number  who  have  not  the  means  who  would  make  good  use  of  such 

2  Scientific  Men  and  their  Duties,  by  J.  S.  Billings,  Washington,  1886. 


IDEALS  OF  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 


225 


facilities  if  they  could  get  them — but  these  last  will  not  be  helped  by  the 
total  absence  of  such  facilities  for  anybody.  Let  us  try  to  give  the  best 
minds  a  chance  to  obtain  the  best  training — let  us  try  to  discover  these 
best  minds  wherever  they  may  be — and  if  their  owners  have  not  the  means 
to  avail  themselves  of  training,  let  us  try  to  furnish  the  means — but  to  do 
this,  one  of  the  first  and  most  essential  steps  is  to  provide  somewhere  the 
teachers,  and  the  buildings,  and  apparatus  necessary  for  giving  such 
instruction,  and  where  is  a  better  place  to  do  this  than  in  connection 
with  an  university? — or,  if  you  please,  in  connection  with  this  University? 


The  Conditions  and  Prospects  of  the 
Library    of  the  Surgeon-General's 
Office,  and  of  its  Index  Catalogue 

Of  late  years  those  physicians  in  this  country  who  make  use  of  medical 
literature  in  connection  with  their  investigations  or  writings,  have,  for 
the  most  part,  become  acquainted  with  the  resources  of  the  "Library  of 
the  Surgeon-General's  Office,"  as  it  is  officially  designated,  and  many  of 
them  are  much  interested  in  its  progress  and  prospects.  I  am  often  asked 
how  the  collection  is  progressing,  how  near  it  is  to  completion,  what  it  is 
most  in  need  of,  when  the  Index  Catalogue  will  be  done,  whether  it  will 
be  followed  by  a  supplement,  whether  there  is  danger  that  the  work  of 
the  Library  may  be  checked  in  the  future  through  changes  in  administra- 
tion, and  so  on.  These  manifestations  of  interest  are,  of  course,  very 
gratifying,  and  when  the  Chairman  of  your  Programme  Committee  de- 
manded a  ten-minute  paper  from  me  on  this  occasion  it  occurred  to  me 
that  I  would  try  to  answer  some  of  the  foregoing  questions  so  far  as  I  am 
able  to  do  so. 

The  present  condition  of  the  Library  is  fairly  satisfactory.  It  now  con- 
tains 102,000  volumes  and  152,000  pamphlets,  counting  as  pamphlets  all 
octavos  and  smaller  sizes  having  less  than  100  pages,  and  all  quartos  of  less 
than  50  pages.  During  the  last  five  years,  i.e.,  from  July  1,  1886,  to  June 
30,  1891,  the  additions  to  it  have  included  25,237  volumes  and  55,900 
pamphlets,  or  an  average  of  5000  volumes  and  nearly  12,000  pamphlets 
yearly.  Of  this  annual  increase,  about  2000  volumes  and  4000  pamphlets 
have  been  of  new  or  current  literature,  and  the  remainder  have  been 
publications  of  previous  years  or  centuries.  About  one-fifth  of  these 
accessions,  of  both  new  and  old  literature,  have  been  presented,  the  re- 
mainder have  been  purchased.  So  far  as  mere  size  goes,  it  is  the  largest 
collection  of  medical  literature  in  the  world,  and  for  the  last  five  years 
has  been  increasing  more  rapidly  than  any  other  similar  library  con- 
taining 25,000  volumes  and  upward.  It  is  especially  rich  in  medical 
periodicals  and  transactions  of  societies,  of  which  classes  it  now  contains 
about  34,350  volumes.  The  American,  English,  French  and  German 
literature  in  all  branches  of  medicine  which  has  appeared  during  the 

Read  before  the  Association  of  American  Physicians,  at  its  Sixth  Annual  Session, 
Washington,  September  25,  1891.  Transactions  of  the  Association  of  American  Physi- 
cians 6:  251-7  (1891). 


226 


CONDITION  AND  PROSPECTS  OF  THE  LSGO 


227 


present  century  is  very  fully  represented,  and  over  90  per  cent,  of  all  the 
medical  literature  of  the  world  for  the  last  ten  years  is  in  the  library.  The 
whole  is  conveniently  arranged  in  a  fire-proof  building,  and  is  catalogued. 

So  much  for  the  favorable  side  of  the  situation;  now  for  a  statement  of 
some  of  the  principal  defects  and  deficiencies.  Of  medical  incunabula,  it 
contains  140  volumes,  or  about  one-eighth  of  the  medical  works  published 
prior  to  1500.  Of  the  published  works  of  the  ancient  Greek,  Roman,  Arab 
and  Hebrew  medical  authors,  it  has  one  or  more  editions  of  nearly  all, 
but  these  editions  are  not  in  every  instance  the  best.  Of  the  early  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  medical  literature,  it  has  almost  nothing;  of  French 
medical  works  of  the  sixteenth  century,  but  little;  of  French  medical 
theses  prior  to  1800,  very  few.  Of  the  English,  French  and  German  medical 
books  of  the  16th,  17th,  and  18th  centuries,  which  are  of  any  importance 
historically  or  practically,  it  has  about  75  per  cent.;  of  the  Italian,  about 
50  per  cent.;  and  of  the  Spanish,  about  25  per  cent.  In  its  periodical 
literature  it  is  especially  deficient  in  the  Spanish  and  Italian  prior  to 
about  1850,  in  the  French  prior  to  1780,  and  in  the  Russian  prior  to  1860. 
If  I  could  add  to  it  about  ten  thousand  volumes  of  my  own  selection,  it 
would,  I  think,  contain  at  least  one  edition  of  every  medical  work  of  any 
practical  use  or  importance  which  has  ever  been  published,  although  it 
would  still  not  possess  some  fifty  thousand  pamphlets  and  theses,  each  of 
which  might  be  of  some  historical  interest. 

These  deficiencies  in  the  Library  are  being  gradually  supplied,  but  the 
acquisition  of  the  older  books  and  pamphlets  which  are  still  wanted  is 
becoming  every  year  a  slower,  more  difficult,  and  more  costly  process.  This 
is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  books  still  wanted  are  many  of  them  rare,  and 
only  appear  in  the  market  at  intervals  of  from  five  to  fifty  years;  to  the 
fact  that  the  number  of  competitors  for  such  books  is  increasing,  and, 
above  all,  to  the  fact  that  the  expenditure  of  time  required  for  the  ex- 
amination of  the  numerous  catalogues  and  lists  received  at  the  Library,  in 
order  to  select  those  books  which  are  still  wanted,  is  becoming  very  great 
in  proportion  to  the  results  obtained.  To  check  off  a  catalogue  of  a 
thousand  medical  books  with  the  result  of  finding  about  four  which  are 
really  desirable,  a  dozen  which  may  be  accepted  as  filling  gaps,  and  about 
twenty  small  theses  which  are  not  in  the  collection,  involves  an  amount  of 
clerical  work  which  costs  as  much  as,  if  not  more  than,  the  books  thus 
obtained.  In  one  sense,  it  is  true  that  this  is  a  satisfactory  condition  for  a 
library  to  be  in,  but,  nevertheless,  the  time  spent  in  such  checking  is  to 
be  regretted. 

With  regard  to  current  medical  literature,  the  amount  increases  each 
year,  but  the  rate  of  increase  is  becoming  slower.  Comparing  the  period  of 
1890  with  that  of  1880,  we  find  that  the  number  of  medical  writers  in- 


228 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


creased  from  11,600  to  about  14,200,  or  a  little  over  22  per  cent.  There 
were  published  in  1890  about  2000  volumes  and  4000  theses,  pamphlets, 
and  reports  in  medical  literature.  Of  the  volumes,  about  930,  or  not 
quite  half,  were  furnished  by  medical  journals  and  transactions,  as 
against  864  of  the  same  kind  in  1880 — being  an  increase  of  about  7i/2 
per  cent.  Excluding  the  journals,  transactions,  and  theses,  the  number  of 
medical  books  and  pamphlets  published  in  1890  was  about  1,850  as 
against  1,600  in  1880 — being  an  increase  of  about  I5y2  per  cent.  This 
indicates  that  the  increase  in  the  number  of  medical  writers,  and  in  the 
quantity  of  medical  literature  which  they  have  produced,  has  not  been 
proportionally  as  great  as  the  increase  in  population  and  in  the  number 
of  physicians  in  civilized  countries  during  the  decade,  which  confirms  the 
statement  which  I  made  ten  years  ago,  that  the  rate  of  increase  is  becom- 
ing smaller. 

In  the  United  States  the  proportion  of  periodical  literature  to  the  whole 
is  much  greater  than  it  is  in  other  countries — for  in  1890  it  produced 
about  250  volumes  of  medical  periodicals,  60  volumes  of  new  medical 
books,  20  volumes  of  later  editions,  and  28  volumes  of  reprints  of  English 
books  and  transactions;  while  France  produced  about  160  volumes  of 
medical  periodicals,  250  volumes  of  new  medical  books,  20  volumes  of 
later  editions,  and  15  volumes  of  transactions;  Great  Britain  about  85 
volumes  of  periodicals,  140  new  books,  45  volumes  of  later  editions,  and 
12  volumes  of  transactions;  and  Germany  about  175  volumes  of  medical 
periodicals,  175  volumes  of  new  books,  80  volumes  of  later  editions,  and  a 
dozen  volumes  of  transactions.  All  this  is  exclusive  of  pamphlets.  Of 
course,  quantity  in  medical  literature  has  no  definite  relations  with 
quality  or  value,  but  I  am  speaking  now  merely  with  reference  to  the 
number  of  separate  pieces  which  are  to  be  obtained,  catalogued,  and 
cared  for,  and  you  will  see  that  including  journals,  transactions,  reports, 
books,  pamphlets,  reprints,  and  theses,  we  shall  have  at  least  6000  new 
pieces  to  provide  for  this  year.  The  indexing  of  articles  in  journals  and 
transactions  will  involve  the  writing  and  classifying  of  about  25,000  titles 
in  addition. 

Of  the  Index  Catalogue  of  the  Library,  twelve  volumes  have  now  been 
printed — carrying  the  work  to  S.  The  thirteenth  volume  is  nearly  ready 
for  the  press,  and  the  manuscript  for  the  rest  of  the  work — at  least  two 
volumes  more — has  been  prepared,  but  has  not  yet  been  finally  corrected 
and  arranged.  As  we  can  print  but  one  volume  a  year,  it  is  evident  that 
during  the  twelve  years  which  have  elapsed  since  the  publication  was 
commenced  a  large  number  of  titles  of  books  and  articles  received  too  late 
to  be  placed  in  their  proper  places  must  have  accumulated,  and  this 
accumulation  becomes  more  rapid  every  year  as  we  get  further  down  the 


CONDITION  AND  PROSPECTS  OF  THE  LSGO 


229 


alphabet  in  the  course  of  printing  the  work.  At  present  the  number  of 
unprinted  titles  thus  accumulated  under  authors  and  subjects  down  to  S, 
probably  amounts  to  about  70,000  author  and  240,000  subject  titles,  the 
latter  of  course  including  the  titles  of  indexed  journal  articles.  If  these 
were  now  printed  they  would  make  about  four  volumes  of  the  size  of  the 
volumes  of  the  Index  Catalogue,  and  three  years  hence,  when  this  first 
series  of  the  Catalogue  is  finished,  there  will  probably  be  material  on  hand 
enough  to  form  at  least  five  volumes  of  a  supplement  or  second  series, 
which  will  no  doubt  expand  into  six  volumes  by  the  time  the  printing  of 
this  second  series  is  finished — that  is,  if  the  library  continues  to  increase 
as  it  has  done  for  the  last  five  years. 

The  twelve  volumes  of  the  Index  Catalogue  already  printed  contain 
137,578  author  titles  covering  66,855  volumes  and  120,000  pamphlets, 
522,092  subject  titles  covering  128,284  titles  of  books  and  pamphlets,  and 
393,808  articles  in  journals  and  transactions.  The  titles  of  articles  in 
journals  and  transactions  are  printed  only  under  subject  headings,  those 
of  books  and  separately  paged  pamphlets  and  reprints  are  printed  twice 
— once  under  the  name  of  the  author  and  once  under  the  name  of  the 
subject.  All  the  cards  for  journal  articles  have  been  preserved,  and  when 
the  printing  of  the  Catalogue  is  completed,  it  is  proposed  to  assort  these 
by  authors  so  as  to  bring  under  each  man's  name  the  title  of  all  the  arti- 
cles he  has  written  which  have  been  indexed.  Whether  this  will  ever  be 
printed  I  do  not  know.  The  chief  errors  in  the  Index  Catalogue  are  those 
of  omission.  About  fifty  serious  errors  in  the  first  twelve  volumes  have 
thus  far  been  detected,  but  the  main  defect  is  the  failure  to  include  under 
the  proper  subject  headings  some  books  and  journal  articles  which  are 
in  the  collection.  We  have  gained  experience  as  the  work  has  progressed, 
and  the  later  volumes  seem  to  be  more  full  and  accurate  than  the  first. 

Of  main  and  subordinate  subject  headings  the  Index  Catalogue,  as  a 
whole,  contains  about  20,000,  and  in  placing  the  proper  headings  on  the 
subject  cards  to  indicate  where  each  is  to  be  placed,  it  is  necessary,  in 
order  to  secure  good  results,  that  the  person  doing  this  shall  not  only 
remember  the  general  scheme  of  classification,  but  the  details  of  between 
four  and  five  thousand  of  the  subject  headings  used.  If  he  makes  an  error, 
the  card  goes  to  the  wrong  place  and  is  liable  to  be  omitted  in  printing; 
but,  in  the  long  run,  it  is  sure  to  be  discovered  and  placed  where  it  be- 
longs. 

In  connection  with  the  Index  Catalogue  a  few  words  with  regard  to  the 
Index  Medicus  may  be  of  interest.  This,  as  you  know,  is  in  the  main  a 
record  of  the  titles  of  new  books  and  articles  in  periodicals  received  at 
the  library,  to  which  are  added  the  titles  of  a  few  books  advertised  as 
published  but  not  yet  received.  It  is  not  published  by  the  Government, 


230 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


but  by  Mr.  George  S.  Davis,  of  Detroit,  who  pays  all  expenses  connected 
with  it,  and  is  entitled  to  the  thanks  of  all  who  use  it  for  his  public  spirit 
and  enterprise  in  maintaining  its  existence,  since  the  amount  received  by 
him  for  subscriptions  barely  meets  the  cost  of  its  publication.  At  present 
482  subscriptions  are  made  for  this  periodical,  of  which  90  come  from  the 
U.  S.  Army  Medical  Department,  224  from  the  rest  of  the  United  States, 
and  168  from  other  countries.  Of  the  subscriptions  from  foreign  countries, 
Australia  sends  5;  Belgium,  2;  Brazil,  1;  Canada,  2;  England,  41;  France, 
26;  Germany  and  Austro-Hungary,  63;  India,  1;  Ireland,  2;  Italy,  1; 
Mexico,  1;  Russia,  9;  Scotland,  9;  Sweden,  2;  and  Switzerland,  2.  Of  the 
home  subscribers,  California  furnished  8;  Colorado,  1;  Connecticut,  3; 
District  of  Columbia,  13;  Georgia,  2;  Illinois,  9;  Kentucky,  1;  Louisiana, 
3;  Maine,  2;  Maryland,  10;  Massachusetts,  31;  Michigan,  8;  Missouri,  4; 
Nebraska,  1;  New  Jersey,  5;  New  York,  69;  Ohio,  8;  Pennsylvania,  33; 
Rhode  Island,  4;  South  Carolina,  1;  Tennessee,  1;  Vermont,  1;  Virginia, 
1;  Wisconsin,  4.  For  the  large  cities,  the  figures  are,  New  York,  50; 
Philadelphia,  32;  Boston,  24;  Baltimore,  10;  Cincinnati,  7;  Chicago,  6; 
San  Francisco,  4;  Detroit,  4;  and  St.  Louis,  3. 

This  is  the  last  of  the  statistics  of  the  Library  and  matters  connected 
with  it  which  will  be  inflicted  on  you  at  this  time.  The  figures  themselves 
may  be  dull,  but  some  interesting,  and  even  amusing,  conclusions  may 
be  drawn  from  them,  which  I  leave  for  you  to  do. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  say  that  the  future  prospects  of  the  Library  are 
excellent.  It  is  not  dependent  on  the  skill  or  energy,  or  goodwill,  of  any 
one  man;  it  is  becoming  more  and  more  known  to,  and  more  and  more 
used  by,  the  members  of  the  medical  profession,  and  so  long  as  they  are 
interested  in  it,  the  necessary  appropriations  will  be  made  and  the 
skilled  force  employed  to  increase,  preserve,  and  catalogue  it.  The  serv- 
ice rendered  by  a  number  of  those  employed  in  the  Library  is  not  a 
mere  matter  of  money — they  are  deeply  interested  in  their  work  and 
proud  of  the  results,  and  they  can  and  will  carry  it  on  and  instruct  others 
who  will  come  after  them  and  do  likewise.  They  have  to  handle  much 
rubbish,  for  the  proportion  of  what  is  both  new  and  true  is  not  much 
greater  in  medicine  than  it  is  in  theology,  but  in  a  great  national  collec- 
tion this  is  unavoidable,  and  the  best  they  can  do  is  to  make  a  first  rough 
assortment,  and  then  make  the  whole  accessible  to  those  who  wish  to 
use  it.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  publication  of  the  Index  Catalogue  will 
be  completed,  nor  that  a  supplement  will  speedily  follow. 

Just  at  present  the  most  unsatisfactory  thing  about  the  Library  is  the 
fact  that  many  of  its  books  and  journals  are  not  fully  available  for  use 
owing  to  the  fact  that  we  cannot  get  them  bound.  Under  existing  laws 
all  the  binding  of  the  Library  must  be  done  at  the  Government  Printing 


CONDITION  AND  PROSPECTS  OF  THE  LSGO 


231 


Office,  which  has  not  room  nor  men  sufficient  to  do  the  work  required 
for  the  different  departments  of  the  Government  and  for  members  for 
Congress.  The  result  is  that  the  Library  now  has  about  10,000  unbound 
volumes,  and  this  number  is  increasing  every  year.  When  a  journal  is 
sent  to  be  bound  it  may  be  six  months  or  more  before  it  is  returned. 
With  the  erection  of  additional  accommodations  for  the  Government 
Printing  Office  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  evil  will  in  time  be  abated; 
but  there  will  always  be  more  or  less  delay  in  making  recent  books  and 
periodicals  available  for  use  under  the  present  system.  The  most  effectual 
remedy  would  be  a  change  in  the  law,  whereby  the  Library  could  have 
its  own  binding  done  in  its  own  building  and  under  its  own  control. 


A  Card  Catalogue  of  Scientific  Literature 


Editor  of  Science — Dear  Sir:  I  presume  that  there  is  no  doubt  of  the 
existence  of  considerable  demand  among  workers  in,  and  writers  upon, 
various  branches  of  science  for  an  index  catalogue  of  the  books  and  papers 
relating  to  the  subjects  in  which  they  are  interested,  and  that  an  accu- 
rate card  catalogue,  each  card  to  be  promptly  furnished  as  soon  as  the 
book  or  paper  is  published,  will  best  meet  this  demand.  It  is  also  desired 
that  each  card  should  contain  a  brief  summary  of  the  contents  of  the 
article.  A  large  number  of  investigators  and  writers  would  be  glad  to 
have  their  work  done  for  them  by  some  automatic  or  mechanical  means, 
as  far  as  possible,  up  to  a  point  just  short  of  the  conclusions  or  results. 
These,  of  course,  they  prefer  to  prepare  and  state  themselves.  Those  who 
like  literary  research  would  be  pleased  to  have  cooperative  laboratories 
established  in  which,  for  a  moderate  annual  subscription,  they  could 
have  any  experiments  made  which  they  might  suggest,  the  results  to  be 
reported  to  them  for  their  use.  Others  would  prefer  to  do  the  experiment- 
ing themselves,  and  have  someone  else  tell  them  everything  that  other 
people  have  done  and  written  about  the  matter.  And  if  each  party  is  able 
and  willing  to  pay  for  the  assistance  he  requires,  and  can  find  persons 
competent  to  give  that  assistance  and  willing  to  do  the  work  merely  for 
the  pay  offered,  every  one  will  agree  that  it  is  a  good  thing,  and  will 
furnish  new  channels  of  employment  and  remuneration  for  experts,  for 
which  channels  the  need  is  steadily  increasing. 

It  is,  however,  not  clear  that  the  benefits  to  science  and  to  humanity, 
which  would  result  from  a  complete  card  index  of  science  up  to  date  and 
available  for  every  one  who  would  like  to  consult  it,  would  be  so  great 
as  to  make  it  the  duty  of  any  existing  scientific  body  or  institution  to 
incur  the  great  expense  of  taking  charge  of  the  matter  or  to  contribute 
largely  to  its  support. 

Physicians  meet  with  some  cases  for  which  it  is  desirable  that  the  food 
should  be  carefully  minced  and  partially  digested  before  it  is  given,  and 
sometimes  it  is  necessary  to  push  this  food  far  back  on  the  tongue  to  make 
sure  that  it  will  be  swallowed,  or  even  to  forcibly  inject  it,  but  in  most 
cases  this  benefits  no  one  but  the  patient. 

There  is  a  very  considerable  number  of  men  now  engaged  in  preparing 


Science  1:  406-8  (April  12,  1895). 

232 


CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  LITERATURE 


233 


abstracts  and  summaries  of  what  is  known  in  various  branches  of  science, 
and  publishing  them  as  monographs,  monthly  reviews,  year  books,  etc.; 
and  in  medicine,  at  all  events,  the  supply  of  this  kind  of  material  is 
quite  equal  to  the  paying  demand  for  it. 

Moreover,  it  is  not  certain  that  the  investigator  who  wishes  to  know 
everything  that  has  been  suggested  with  regard  to  the  subject  which  he 
has  under  consideration  will  be  much  happier  when  he  gets  his  card 
index  up  to  date,  if  he  has  not  made  it  himself.  He  will  find  references  to 
articles  by  Smith,  and  Schmidt,  and  Smitovich;  but  where  are  the  books 
containing  these  articles?  Very  probably,  after  a  week's  hunt  and  cor- 
respondence, he  finds  that  there  are  one  or  two  of  them  that  are  not  in 
any  library  accessible  to  him,  and  then  he  is  decidedly  worse  off  than 
he  would  be  if  he  did  not  know  that  they  existed. 

It  is  probable  that  such  complete  card  catalogues  with  abstracts  would 
be  the  means  of  adding  largely  to  the  bulk  of  scientific  literature,  as  the 
Index  Catalogue  of  the  National  Medical  Library  and  the  Index  Medicus 
have  done  to  the  literature  of  medicine.  The  bibliography  and  the 
abstracts  will  be  published  over  and  over  again  in  successive  papers  by 
different  writers. 

The  expediency  of  having  such  card  indexes  prepared  depends  upon 
the  cost,  and  upon  whether  the  money  could  be  used  to  better  advantage 
in  promoting  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  in  other  ways.  I 
should  suppose  that  $25,000  a  year  would  be  a  moderate  estimate  for 
providing  25  copies  of  such  a  card  index  for  all  branches  of  science,  and  to 
bring  the  cost  within  this  limit  would  require  careful  selection. 

If  each  author  were  to  make  his  own  abstract,  and  every  article  thus 
abstracted  is  to  be  indexed,  probably  $50,000  a  year  would  be  required. 
Much  might  be  done  for  the  advancement  of  science  with  a  fund  of 
$25,000  per  annum. 

I  do  not  wish  to  be  understood  as  opposing  the  preparation  and 
furnishing  of  an  universal  card  index;  the  schemes  proposed  are  beauti- 
ful in  the  glow  and  shimmer  of  their  optimism — reminding  one  of 
Chimmie  Fadden,  "Up  t'  de  limit  an'  strikin'  er  great  pace  t'  git  on  de 
odder  side  of  it,"  but  they  must  be  looked  at  from  the  practical  business 
point  of  view  by  those  who  are  to  defray  the  cost,  and  who  have,  I  feel 
sure,  other  important  uses  for  their  money  and  for  the  skilled  brains 
required  for  such  work,  and  more  definite  information  is  wanted  with 
regard  to  the  number  of  titles,  etc.,  which  must  be  indexed  annually  upon 
such  a  scheme  before  a  wise  decision  can  be  made.  For  general  Biology, 
Morphology,  Physiology,  Bacteriology  and  scientific  Pathology,  and  other 
subjects  of  scientific  importance  connected  with  medicine,  I  think  that 


234  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

about  10,000  cards  a  year  would  be  sufficient  if  all  second-hand  matter 
and  hash  were  carefully  excluded. 

Very  truly  yours, 

J.  S.  Billings 

Washington 


The  Card  Catalogue  of  a 
Great  Public  Library 

Every  one  admits  that  a  large  library  must  have  an  author  catalogue, 
but  there  are  some  students,  scholars,  and  librarians  who  are  more 
or  less  doubtful  about  the  relative  importance  of  a  subject  catalogue, 
and  as  to  whether  it  would  not  be  wiser  to  use  the  money  which 
such  a  catalogue  costs  in  employing  experts  in  the  different  departments 
of  the  library  to  guide  and  instruct  readers,  or  in  purchasing  more  books. 
In  favor  of  this  view  it  is  urged  that  the  great  majority  of  readers  do  not 
want  a  subject  catalogue,  and  will  not  use  it  if  they  can  help  it.  They  want 
to  go  directly  to  the  shelves,  or  else  that  the  attending  librarian  shall  tell 
them  whether  a  certain  book  is  in  the  library,  or  what  is  the  best  edition  of  a 
certain  book,  or  what  are  the  best  books  on  a  certain  subject,  and  be- 
come impatient  when  they  are  requested  to  examine  the  catalogue  and 
fill  out  order  slips  for  the  books  selected. 

So  far  as  the  New  York  Public  Library  is  concerned  this  statement  is 
not  correct  for  ninety  per  cent,  of  the  readers,  but  it  is  true  that  a  con- 
siderable number  of  the  casual  or  occasional  readers  who  come  to  a 
library  for  information  on  some  specific  point,  do  not  know  how  to  use 
a  catalogue,  are  not  acquainted  with  the  rule  on  the  title-page  of  the 
Washington  Directory,  viz.,  "To  find  a  name  in  this  Directory  you  must 
know  how  to  spell  it,"  do  not  know  that  McCarty  is  classed  with  the 
"Macs"  and  St.  Bridget  with  the  Saints,  never  read  the  directions  on  the 
guide  cards,  and  when  they  do  find  a  card  containing  the  title  they 
want,  cannot  copy  it  legibly  and  fully  on  the  order  slip.  This  proves 
that  it  is  necessary  to  have  a  special  attendant  to  show  such  people  how 
to  use  the  catalogue,  but  it  does  not  prove  that  the  catalogue  is  useless.1 

It  is  also  said  that  the  person  who  is  making  an  original  research  upon 
the  history  of  some  particular  place,  period,  theory,  method,  or  inven- 
tion, has  little  use  for  the  ordinary  subject  catalogue,  because  the  data 
he  wants  are  for  the  most  part  contained  in  single  chapters,  or  essays, 

Read  before  the  New  York  Library  Club,  May  9,  1901,  Library  Journal  26:  377-83 
(1901).  [Sample  subject  heading  array  here  somewhat  abridged.] 

*(A  reader  in  search  of  a  book  on  "Factory  legislation  in  Europe  with  special 
reference  to  the  hours  of  labor  for  women  and  children,"  which  was  entered  in  our 
catalogue  under  the  subjects  of  "Labor  (Female)— Hours  of"  and  "Labor  (child)  Hours 
of,""  gave  up  his  search  in  despair  when  he  failed  to  find  the  title  under  "Labor- 
Hours  of,"  though  the  guide  card  for  this  latter  subject  plainly  referred  him  to  the 
two  other  related  subjects.) 

235 


236 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


or  periodical  or  newspaper  articles,  to  which  the  titles  of  the  books  or 
periodicals  give  him  either  no  guidance  or  very  little.  His  ideal  library 
is  one  in  which  he  can  go  to  the  shelves  and  search  for  himself,  and 
can  also  go  to  one  of  the  librarians  and  ask  him  "What  are  the  latest 
statistics  about  the  birth  rate  in  different  countries  as  compared  with  the 
birth  rate  in  Georgia?"  or,  "What  were  the  ceremonies  at  the  corona- 
tion of  Louis  Napoleon?"  or,  "In  what  cities  in  the  United  States 
is  acetylene  used  for  illumination?"  or,  "What  are  the  opinions  of 
scholars  as  to  the  origin  of  the  Russian  alphabet?"  or,  "Have  you  a  list 
of  the  marriages  and  deaths  in  Bury  St.  Edmunds  in  the  first  half  of  the 
18th  century?"  or,  "What  are  the  text-books  on  analytical  geometry  now 
used  in  France  and  Germany?"  or,  "Where  can  I  find  the  best  criticism  of 
the  theories  of  Karl  Marx?"  or,  "Have  you  a  print  giving  the  correct  cos- 
tume of  a  Sicilian  peasant  woman?"  and  in  each  case  receive  a  prompt, 
definite  answer.  In  other  words  he  wants  his  bibliography  peptonized,  and 
given  to  him  condensed. 

It  would  be  perfectly  possible  to  organize  a  library  staff  which  should 
contain  persons  capable  of  answering  at  least  nine-tenths  of  all 
questions  of  this  kind  in  general  history,  early  American  history,  Orien- 
tal history,  Chemistry,  Physics,  Engineering,  Music,  Maps,  etc.,  etc., 
after  they  had  made  themselves  familiar  with  the  resources  of  the  library, 
each  in  his  own  department.  But  would  their  employment  do  away 
with  the  need  for  a  subject  catalogue?  I  think  not — in  fact  most  of  these 
experts,  if  in  a  large  library,  would  desire  a  subject  catalogue  and 
would  make  one  for  their  own  use — but  even  if  they  did  not,  they  will 
occasionally  be  absent,  and  will  sometimes  die,  and  the  substitute,  or 
new  professor,  will  not  be  able  to  fill  the  place  for  a  considerable  period 
of  time. 

What  does  the  subject  catalogue  cost?  Let  us  say  five  cents  per  title, 
which  would  make  the  cost  of  the  present  subject  catalogue  of  the 
New  York  Public  Library  to  be  about  $30,000.  It  has  been  five  years  in 
making — or  has  cost  $6000  per  year.  We  might  have  employed  two  or 
three  experts  for  the  same  money  during  that  time.  Would  it  have  been 
wise  to  do  so  and  omit  the  subject  cataloguing?  Probably  some  who  read 
this  paper  will  be  surprised  at  the  above  figures  for  cost  and  it  may  be 
of  some  interest  to  give  the  data  on  which  they  are  based  so  far  as 
the  Astor  collection  is  concerned.  When  this  card  catalogue  was  com- 
menced the  books  in  the  library  were  located  by  a  number  indicating 
a  tier  or  case  of  shelves,  and  a  letter  indicating  the  shelf  in  that  tier — 
thus  416  C  meant  that  the  book  ought  to  be  found  on  the  third  shelf 
of  case  416.  This  had  to  be  changed  to  a  relative  location  mark  under 
a  new  system  of  classification.  Had  there  been  no  readers,  the  easiest 


CATALOGUE  OF  A  GREAT  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


237 


and  cheapest  method  would  have  been  to  commence  at  one  end  of 
the  library  and  catalogue  every  book  and  pamphlet  by  author  and 
subject,  putting  on  each  card  the  new  classification  mark  which  would 
show  its  location.  But  there  were  readers,  and  it  was  desirable  to  in- 
crease their  number,  hence  the  new  books  must  be  catalogued  and  made 
accessible  as  fast  as  possible.  The  number  of  purchases  was  increased — 
some  large  collections  were  presented — and  the  total  accessions  from 
these  two  sources  and  from  exchanges  have  averaged  over  30,000  pieces 
per  year.  The  system  of  classification  adopted  was  in  many  respects  a 
new  one,  which  required  the  actual  seeing  of  the  books  and  pamphets 
in  working  out  the  details;  for  only  a  broad  outline  could  be  decided 
on  at  first. 

Books  and  pamphlets,  belonging  to  every  department,  were  pouring 
in  and  these  must  be  located — for  which  purpose  the  old  system  was 
used  temporarily.  The  result  was  that  when  in  the  course  of  classifica- 
tion a  section  was  reached  which  contained  a  number  of  these  recent 
additions — the  author  and  subject  cards  had  to  be  picked  out,  the 
new  marks  substituted  for  the  old  ones,  the  books  placed  in  the  new 
location,  and  the  cards  returned  to  the  catalogue.  In  January,  1896,  the 
cataloguing  staff  of  the  library  consisted  of  one  cataloguer  at  the 
Lenox  and  two  at  the  Astor.  This  force  was  gradually  increased  until 
for  the  last  three  years  the  average  force  has  included  20  cataloguers  and 
18  copyists,  producing  about  300,000  cards  yearly,  or  an  average  of 
about  1000  cards  for  each  working  day.  This  provided  for  one  set  of 
author  cards  for  the  official  catalogue  in  the  catalogue  room,  and  one 
set  each  of  author  and  subject  cards  for  the  public  catalogue.  In  addi- 
tion about  17,000  index  cards  for  current  periodicals  were  placed  in 
the  public  catalogue  each  year.  To  file  these  cards  in  the  official  and 
public  catalogues  has  kept  three  of  the  cataloguing  force  busy.  The 
searching  in  the  official  catalogue  for  titles  of  all  purchases  except  the 
newest  books,  and  of  all  gifts,  requires  the  constant  work  of  one  person— 
and  often  of  two.  One  skilled  cataloguer  is  constantly  employed  on  in- 
dexing current  periodicals,  another  on  indexing  public  documents,  and 
another  on  the  manuscripts  at  the  Lenox  building. 

The  chief  cataloguer,  Mr.  Meissner,  and  his  assistant,  Mr.  Moth,  are 
engaged  mainly  in  supervision  and  revision  work.  One  cataloguer 
is  kept  busy  with  proof-reading.  There  remain  then  14  cataloguers  and 
14  copyists  actually  engaged  in  preparing  catalogue  cards.  Each  of  these 
has  one  month's  vacation  during  the  year,  and  the  cataloguing  force 
must  supply  the  substitutes  when  places  in  the  reading  department  are 
temporarily  vacated  by  reason  of  vacations  or  sickness,  for  the  readers 
department  must  be  kept  always  efficient.  The  average  production  per 


238 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


person  has  been  about  35  cards  per  day.  Many  of  the  readers  of  this 
paper  will  no  doubt  think  that  this  is  a  very  slow  rate  of  work,  and  that 
50  cards  a  day  per  person  would  be  nearer  the  proper  average.  I  can 
only  say  that  in  my  opinion  the  rate  of  progress  has  been  a  fair  one  con- 
sidering the  large  number  of  anonymous  pamphlets  to  be  looked  up  in 
various  bibliographical  authorities,  the  great  variety  of  languages, 
and  the  requirement  of  fairly  full  titles  with  proper  collation. 

The  preparation  of  author  and  subject  cards,  and  the  filing  them  in 
alphabetical  order  in  the  public  catalogue,  does  not  by  any  means  com- 
plete the  proper  preparation  of  this  catalogue,  and  if  no  more  is  done 
the  result  will  often  be  very  unsatisfactory.  The  pencil  headings  on  the 
subject  cards  have  been  placed  there  by  at  least  half  a  dozen  different 
persons  acting  under  general  instructions,  such  as,  to  use  substantives 
instead  of  adjectives  for  the  first  or  index  word  as  a  rule,  making  an 
exception  in  the  case  of  adjectives  indicating  nations,  races,  etc.,  and  for 
synonomy  to  follow  in  general  the  "A.  L.  A.  list."  No  two  of  them  ever 
would,  or  could,  assign  the  same  subject  headings  to  a  miscellaneous  lot  of 
100  cards,  and  no  one  of  them  would  give  precisely  the  same  headings  this 
year  to  a  lot  of  a  thousand  cards  which  he,  or  she,  headed  two  years 
ago.  As  a  rule,  they  give  only  the  main  index  word,  e.g.,  "Banking," 
"Commerce,"  "Shakespeare" — or  they  will  go  a  step  farther  and  write 
"Education  (History  of)"  "Chemistry,  Organic,"  etc.,  knowing  that  these 
headings  are  to  be  revised,  furnished  with  cross-references,  and  added 
to  by  the  librarian  in  charge  of  the  public  catalogue,  Miss  Henderson. 
This  final  revision,  with  the  preparation  of  guide  cards  and  references, 
can  properly  only  be  done  by  one  person,  and  up  to  the  present  that 
person  has  had  little  time  to  give  to  this  part  of  her  work.  The  result 
is  that  if  the  inquirer  is  looking  for  references  to  the  history  of  educa- 
tion in  Pennsylvania,  he  may  find  a  thousand  or  more  cards  under  the 
heading  "Education  (History  of)"  but  not  classified  further.  There  is 
also  the  possibility  that  half  a  dozen  cards  have  gone  in  under  "Penn- 
sylvania, Education  in."  Many  important  sections  have  been  arranged, 
and  supplied  with  guide  cards  and  cross-references — and  the  work  is 
going  on — but  it  will  probably  be  about  three  years  before  it  will  be 
fairly  complete.  Absolutely  complete  it  will  never  be,  for  such  a 
catalogue  in  a  large  growing  library  will  always  have  some  cards 
wrongly  headed,  out  of  place,  or  obsolete.  This  last  word  "obsolete" 
applies  mainly  to  cards  containing  references  to  journal  articles.  When 
a  new  subject  of  public  interest  comes  up,  such  as  the  Spanish-American 
war,  or  liquid  air,  or  the  Boers,  a  considerable  number  of  journal  arti- 
cles are  indexed  for  the  immediate  information  of  readers.  In  a  year 
or  two,  many  of  these  have  lost  most  of  their  interest,  and  when  the  new 


CATALOGUE  OF  A  GREAT  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


239 


supplement  to  Poole's  "Index"  appears  containing  them,  they  are  not 
worth  the  space  they  occupy  in  the  card  catalogue,  and  should  be  re- 
moved. 

The  question,  "What  shall  be  done  in  the  way  of  analytical  work?" 
is  one  that  is  always  under  discussion  in  the  catalogue  department.  The 
numerous  general  and  special  encyclopaedias,  year-books,  directories, 
almanacs,  etc.,  which  are  essential  in  the  reference  department  of  a 
large  library  often  contain  special  articles,  statistical  tables,  etc.,  which 
are  worth  an  index  card,  but  the  general  rule  is  to  rely  on  those  in 
charge  at  the  readers'  desk  to  point  out  these  sources  of  information. 
So  long  as  there  are  a  considerable  number  of  books  and  pamphlets  on 
hand  uncatalogued  the  decision  usually  is  to  defer  analytical  card  mak- 
ing until  the  separate  works  have  been  catalogued,  if  for  no  other 
reason  than  to  prevent  the  addition  of  duplicates,  yet  there  are  ex- 
ceptions to  this  rule,  the  chief  being  the  indexing  of  periodicals.  As 
an  exception,  take  Schaff's  "The  creeds  of  Christendom,"  a  valuable 
reference  book  to  be  found  in  most  libraries.  The  subject  is  so  distinct 
that  it  seems  hardly  worth  while  to  make  any  analytical  for  the  card 
catalogue,  and  yet  the  reader  who  wants  to  see  the  text  of  the  Heidelberg 
catechism,  or  the  "original  confession"  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  or  the 
Savoy  declaration  of  the  Congregational  churches  may  be  very  glad  to  find 
in  the  catalogue  a  card  telling  him  that  what  he  wants  is  in  Schaff's 
"Creeds,"  and  hence  we  have  placed  such  cards  there.  The  same  argu- 
ment, however,  would  apply  to  the  list  of  "Churches  in  Manhattan  and 
the  Bronx,"  the  "Strength  of  the  militia  in  the  several  states,"  the 
"Population  of  the  largest  cities  of  the  earth,"  the  "Statistics  of  Amer- 
ican college  fraternities,"  and  "The  forty  Immortals  of  the  French 
Academy,"  all  of  which  are  given  in  the  World  Almanac  for  1901,  but 
which  we  do  not  index.  The  question  as  to  whether  analytical  or 
index  cards  shall  be  made  is  not  usually  "Are  they  worth  making?" 
but  "Are  they  more  worth  making  for  this  than  for  something  else?" 
Every  number  of  a  daily  newspaper  contains  something  that  would  be 
of  interest  to  some  reader  of  the  next  century,  even  if  it  be  only  an 
obituary  notice,  but  it  does  not  follow  that  every  number  of  a  newspaper 
should  be  indexed  or  even  preserved. 

Some  of  the  questions  which  arise  in  preparing  the  subject  catalogue 
may  be  indicated  by  the  subdivisions  which  have  been  made  for  the 
subject  "Commerce,"  and  the  cross-references  in  connection  therewith. 
The  first  question  is,  Should  the  main  subject  word  be  "Commerce" 
or  "Trade"?  "Trade"  is  the  word  used  by  Mr.  Fortescue  in  his  sub- 
ject index  for  the  British  Museum,  probably  because  he  considers  it 
a  more  comprehensive  term  than  "Commerce,"  which  is  usually  un- 


240 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


derstood  to  refer  to  trade  on  a  large  scale,  as  between  nations  or  com- 
munities, rather  than  to  what  is  called  retail  trade.  We  use  the  word 
"Commerce"  because  95  per  cent,  of  our  readers  would  search  first  under 
that  heading,  and  we  place  under  "Business"  the  references  to  retail 
trade.  The  second  question  is,  Should  works  on  the  commerce  of  a 
country  or  state  be  indicated  under  the  name  of  that  country  primarily, 
as  is  done  by  Cutter,  Fortescue,  and  others,  or  under  Commerce, 
History  of,  regional  or  under  Commerce,  regional,  by  countries? 

Another  series  of  questions  relates  to  cross-references,  and  especially 
as  to  when  a  cross-reference  is  to  be  used  in  place  of  duplicating  a  card 
for  two  subjects. 

A  book  on  the  condition  of  the  agricultural  and  commercial  interests  of 
the  United  States  might  properly  be  referred  to  under  both  Agriculture 
and  Commerce,  and  also,  perhaps,  still  more  properly,  under  Free  Trade, 
but  it  will  usually  be  sufficient  to  catalogue  it  under  one  subject  only,  re- 
lying on  cross-references  from  the  others. 

In  this  library  a  book  is  catalogued  as  to  both  author  and  subject  be- 
fore it  is  accessioned  and  receives  a  class  mark.  The  result  is  that  the 
person  who  assigns  the  class  mark  has  the  benefit  of  the  cataloguer's 
opinion  as  to  what  the  book  is  about,  but  sometimes  he  differs  from  this 
opinion,  and  this  may  become  a  subject  for  discussion. 

The  following  lists  of  headings  used  on  the  guide  cards  under 
"Ireland"  and  "Shakespeare"  will  give  a  general  idea  of  the  sub- 
divisions and  cross-references  adopted : 

Fenianism,  Ireland.  See  also  Ireland, — History 

Folk  lore  (Irish).  See  also  Ireland, — Manners,  Customs,  etc. 

Home  rule,  Ireland.  See  Ireland. — History  1873-1900 

Ireland  as  author: 
Government  publications.  (Public  documents) 

Ireland  as  subject: 

Ireland. 

— Bibliography  (dated) 

— Archaeology  and  antiquities.  See  also  Ireland. — History,  (Ancient);  Lake  dwellings, 
— Ireland.  Dolmans;  Round  towers;  Wells  (Holy) 
Refer  from  Archaeology;  Antiquities 
— Census,  (dated).  See  also  Ireland, — Statistics;  Statistics  (Vital),  Ireland 
— Charities.  See  Charities, — Ireland;  Poor  laws, — Ireland  (dated);  Poor, — Ireland 
— Commerce.  See  Commerce, — Ireland 

— Description, — Scenery, — Travels,  etc.  (dated).  See  also  Ireland, — Geography  and 
Guides;  Ireland, — History  (arranged  chronologically) 
Refer  from  Geography, — Ireland;  Travels, — Ireland 
— Economics.  See  Economics, — History,  Ireland 
— Ethnology.  See  Ethnology, — Ireland 

— Finance.  See  Finance, — Ireland  (dated);  Money, — Ireland  (dated) 
—Gilds.  See  Gilds— Ireland 


CATALOGUE  OF  A  GREAT  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


241 


—Geography  and  Guides.  See  also  Ireland —Maps,  (in  Lenox) 

Refer  from  Geography,— Ireland 
—Government.  See  Ireland,— History  arranged  chronologically 

»  •  •  » 

—Social  life.  See  Ireland, — Manners, —  Customs,  etc. 
—Statistics.  See  also  Statistics  (Vital), — Ireland 

Refer  from  Statistics, — Census 
— Taxation.  See  Taxation, — Ireland 
— Topography.  See  Ireland, — Descriptions,  etc. 
— Travels.  See  Ireland, — Descriptions,  etc. 
— University  question 

— Vital  Statistics.  See  Ireland,  Census;  Vital  Statistics, — Ireland 
Shakespeare  (William) 
Bibliography. 
[Works  by  him] 
Collected  works,  dated 
Single  plays 
Doubtful  plays 
Poems 
Sonnets 
Selections 
[Works  about  him] 
Shakespeare,  William 
as  an  archer 
Bacon  question 
and  the  Bible 

Biography  and  Personalia.  See  also  Shakespeare  (Portraits  of) 
(Botany  in) 
Celebrations 
(Comedies  of) 

Commentaries  and  criticism.  (Commentaries  and  criticism  on  a  single  play 

follow  its  text.) 
Concordances 
(Contemporaries  of) 
as  a  dramatist 
(Emblems  in) 
(England  of) 
(Ethics  of) 
(Euphuisms  in) 
(Folklore  in) 
in  France 
in  Germany 
(Ghosts  in) 
(Grammar  of) 
(History  in) 

(Home  of)  See  also  Shakespeare — Biography  and  Personalia;  Shakespeare — 
(England  of) 

•  *  #  # 

The  subdivision  of  labor  which  is  necessary  in  a  large  library  gives 
to  some  extent  the  usual  unsatisfactory  result  of  such  subdivision  in 


242 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


that  most  members  of  the  staff  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  only  a 
part  of  the  work.  Those  engaged  at  the  readers'  desk  rely  more  on  their 
knowledge  of  the  books  than  on  the  catalogue,  to  which  they  resort  only 
in  case  of  necessity,  and  require  some  time  to  become  familiar  with  it. 
They  see  all  the  new  books  as  they  go  through  to  the  shelves,  but  not 
all  the  old  ones.  On  the  other  hand  those  who  assign  subject  headings 
to  the  cards  are  not  always  as  familiar  with  the  form  in  which  readers' 
queries  are  put  as  they  should  be.  We  try  to  remedy  this  by  having  the 
classifiers  take  turns  at  the  readers'  desk,  and  by  carefully  noting  the 
complaints  of  readers  about  the  catalogue,  and  trying  to  do  away  with 
the  causes  for  such  complaints,  and  no  doubt  with  time  many  of 
the  difficulties  will  be  minimized  or  entirely  removed. 

The  space  occupied  by  a  large  card  catalogue  is  a  matter  that  re- 
quires careful  consideration  and  sufficient  provision.  In  the  new 
library  building  on  Fifth  avenue  the  public  catalogue  will  be  in  a  room 
78  x  85,  through  which  it  is  necessary  to  pass  to  enter  the  main  reading 
rooms.  In  this  room  provision  will  be  made  at  first  for  cases  to  contain 
two  and  one  half  millions  of  cards,  and  there  will  be  space  for  cases 
for  two  and  one  half  millions  more.  These  cases  have  corresponding 
tables  on  which  the  single  drawers  of  cards  can  be  placed  when  in  use. 
These  will  provide  for  a  catalogue  of  about  1,500,000  books — and 
when  this  limit  is  reached  an  extension  of  the  building  will  be  ur- 
gently needed. 

When  the  libraries  are  moved  into  the  new  building  there  will 
probably  be  800,000  books  and  pamphlets  to  be  stored  in  it,  requiring 
a  public  catalogue  of  about  two  million  cards.  I  do  not  venture  to 
prophesy  much  about  the  details  of  arrangement  of  this  catalogue,  but 
these  are  some  of  my  hopes: 

1.  That  it  will  contain  an  author  card  for  every  book  and  pamphlet 
in  the  building,  showing  its  location.  This  includes  the  books  in  the 
lending  part  of  the  library. 

2.  That  it  will  contain  one  or  more  subject  cards  for  every  book  in 
the  reference  library  not  catalogued  by  subject  in  the  special  catalogues 
connected  with  the  special  collections  having  separate  rooms,  such  as 
of  maps,  music,  manuscripts,  incunabula,  public  documents,  sociology, 
Jewish  collection,  Oriental  Collection,  Bibles,  genealogy,  etc.,  and  also 
for  the  most  important  books  in  these  special  libraries. 

3.  That  it  will  also  contain  subject  cards  giving  references  to  impor- 
tant articles  in  periodicals  and  transactions  for  the  last  ten  years  so  far 
as  these  are  not  obsolete  or  contained  in  special  card  catalogues  in  other 
parts  of  the  building. 

4.  That  in  this  room,  or  near  it,  will  be  a  collection  of  catalogues  of 


CATALOGUE  OF  A  GREAT  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


243 


other  libraries,  including  that  of  the  British  Museum  and  of  the  Bibilo- 
theque  Nationale  of  Paris  (printed)  and  a  card  catalogue  of  authors  of 
the  books  in  the  Library  or  Congress. 

5.  That  near  the  center  of  this  catalogue  room  there  will  be  an 
information  desk  at  which  a  librarian  with  assistant  will  be  ready  to 
assist  readers,  show  them  how  to  use  the  catalogue  and  see  that  their 
order  slips  are  correct  before  they  go  to  the  delivery  desk.  The  latest 
accessions  to  the  library  may  be  at  this  information  desk. 

6.  There  will  also  be  in  this  room  tables  and  seats  for  about  25  readers, 
and  about  5000  volumes  of  reference  books  on  open  shelves. 

7.  That  in  the  special  reading  rooms  in  the  building,  devoted  to 
special  subjects,  there  will  be  special  card  catalogues  and  bibliograph- 
ical works  related  to  those  subjects,  that  in  most  of  these  rooms  the 
books  will  be  on  open  shelves  and  freely  accessible  to  the  readers,  and 
there  will  also  be  a  person  in  charge  of  the  room  competent  to  assist 
students  in  that  particular  branch. 

Supposing  that  all  this  is  accomplished  with  not  more  than  the  average 
proportion  of  errors  and  shortcomings,  how  will  the  result  compare — 
from  the  reader's  point  of  view — with  such  a  card  catalogue  as  the 
"repertory"  at  the  International  Institute  of  Bibliography  at  Brussels 
(described  by  Mr.  Bowker  in  the  Library  Journal  for  June,  1900,  p.  273), 
which  already  contains  over  3,000,000  titles? 

It  is  probable  that  about  99  per  cent,  of  those  who  consult  the  New 
York  Public  Library  would  never  use  such  a  "repertory"  so  long  as  the 
library  catalogue  was  available.  The  reason  is  that  in  the  great  majority 
of  cases  the  library  catalogue  would  indicate  enough  sources  of  informa- 
tion to  satisfy  the  wants  of  the  inquirer,  and  he  would  know  that  all 
these  sources  of  information  are  in  the  library,  and  know  by  what  marks 
to  call  for  them.  If  he  were  to  consult  the  "repertory"  his  work  of 
search  would  only  be  begun  after  he  had  copied  the  titles  he  desired, 
for  he  would  then  have  to  find  out  whether  they  are  in  any  accessible 
library. 

If  a  bibliography  is  a  critical  or  annotated  one,  showing  for  each 
title  given  whether  the  book  has  any  special  value,  or  contains  anything 
not  to  be  found  in  other  books,  the  search  might  give  results  worth  the 
trouble,  but  without  such  notes  or  indication  of  location  a  long  list 
of  titles  of  books,  pamphlets,  and  journal  articles  is  simply  dis- 
couraging to  the  average  reader.  Fancy  being  confronted  with  six 
thousand  titles  about  Aristotle,  or  ten  thousand  titles  about  ordination 
sermons,  or  two  thousand  titles  on  the  duties  of  parents,  or  eleven 
thousand  titles  on  labor  and  capital,  from  which  to  select  more  or 
less  blindly  those  which  may  have  some  interest  in  connection  with  the 


244 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


question  at  issue,  and  then  to  be  compelled  to  find  out  where  they  arel 
The  bibliography  of  New  York  colonial  history,  recently  published  by 
the  New  York  State  Library,  has  its  value  greatly  increased  by  the  fact 
that  it  indicates  where  the  books  may  be  found. 

The  most  important  objection  to  an  alphabetical  index  catalogue  such 
as  that  described,  is,  that  it  often  separates  widely  the  lists  pertaining 
to  closely  allied  subjects,  as  for  example,  food,  butter,  cookery,  milk, 
etc.,  and  while  the  guide  cards  for  the  general  subjects  will  give  refer- 
ences to  other  subjects  for  details,  the  student  who  wishes  to  find  all  that 
the  library  contains  on  some  rather  general  subject  would  prefer  to  have 
the  catalogue  arranged  by  classes  as  far  as  possible. 

This  objection  will  be  obviated  to  some  extent  by  the  shelf  lists  which 
will  be  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  new  classification,  and  which 
will  be  available  for  the  use  of  readers,  but  these  shelf  lists  will  not  be 
made  until  we  move  into  the  new  building,  and  the  books  now 
divided  between  the  Astor  and  Lenox  buildings  can  be  arranged  to- 
gether. Moreover  a  shelf  list  can  never  take  the  place  of  a  subject  list, 
because  for  every  subject  there  are  important  pamphlets  and  articles 
in  transactions  and  periodicals  to  which  the  shelf  list  gives  no  clue. 

One  of  the  questions  which  arises  in  the  arrangement  of  the  subject 
cards  in  a  large  catalogue  like  this,  is,  as  to  whether  in  certain  subjects, 
and  especially  in  historical  groups,  the  arrangement  should  be  chrono- 
logical or  alphabetical.  Some  readers  prefer  the  first,  others  the  second. 
The  alphabetical  arrangement  is  more  convenient  for  the  librarian 
in  checking  off  lists  of  books  on  a  certain  subject  in  order  to  see  what  the 
library  has,  or  has  not,  and  it  is  also  usually  preferred  by  the  casual 
reader,  who  is  more  accustomed  to  it,  while  the  chronological  order  is 
preferred  by  the  systematic  student,  and  by  the  reader  who  wishes  to 
refer  to  the  latest  work,  or  to  the  oldest  work,  with  the  least  possible 
delay.  At  present  we  are  arranging  the  cards  of  titles  relating  to  the  his- 
tory of  countries  in  chronological  order,  and  the  same  plan  has  been 
followed  in  some  of  the  sciences,  such  as  mathematics,  but  as  yet  in 
many  subjects  the  cards  are  in  alphabetical  order,  which  is  easiest  for 
the  filers.  The  general  tendency  is  to  use  the  chronological  arrangement 
for  those  subjects  which  are  most  likely  to  be  studied  historically,  either 
as  regards  their  own  origin  and  development,  or  as  throwing  side 
lights  on  general  history  as,  for  example,  Banking,  Commerce,  Finance, 
Taxation,  Poor  laws,  etc.,  but  for  nearly  all  such  subjects  the  chronologi- 
cal arrangement  is  subordinate  to  that  by  country. 

In  conclusion  I  would  say  that  twenty-five  years  ago  I  held  much 
more  definite  and  positive  opinions  as  to  how  an  index  catalogue  like 
that  of  the  New  York  Public  Library  should  be  arranged  than  I  do  at 
present. 


Address  at  the  Dedication  of  the  New 
Building  of  the  Boston  Medical 
Library,  January  12,  1901 

No  doubt  we  have  all  heard  "platform  figureheads" — of  advanced 
years  and  much  experience — commence  their  remarks  on  occasions  like 
this  by  saying  that  one  of  the  privileges  of  old  age  is  the  perspective, 
restrospective  view  which  it  gives  of  institutions,  society  and  the  world 
in  general.  I  used  to  suppose  that  this  was  an  excuse  for,  and  explana- 
tion of,  the  attitude  of  sage  and  prophet  assumed  by  the  speaker,  and 
that  he  enjoyed  solid  comfort  in  giving  advice;  but  I  am  now  begin- 
ning to  appreciate  how  those  old  gentlemen  really  felt  when  they 
announced  this  important  discovery.  Most  of  them,  I  think,  did  not  feel 
as  wise  as  they  looked,  nor  as  certain  and  free  from  doubt  as  they  did 
in  their  youth,  but  circumstance  compelled  them  to  speak,  and  this  was 
a  way  to  begin. 

As  I  look  back  to  the  ceremonies  of  opening  the  then  new  building 
for  this  library  in  Boylston  Place  in  1878,  I  find  that  of  the  speakers  on 
that  occasion,  I  am  the  only  one  now  present.  President  Eliot  is  still 
very  much  alive,  although  not  here  tonight;  but  Holmes,  Ellis,  Lyman, 
Smith,  Henry  I.  Bowditch  and  Justin  Winsor  have  passed  away,  and 
their  biographies  have  been  written.  Fortunately,  the  results  of  their 
work  remain  and  are  enlarging,  and  one  of  these  results  we  have  before 
us  tonight. 

The  medical  prospect  has  changed  somewhat  within  the  last  twenty- 
two  years;  there  is  a  new  literature,  a  new  pathology,  a  new  surgery, 
and  new  names  for  some  very  old  things, — Christian  Science,  for  example, 
— but  the  old  records  have  not  lost  all  interest,  and  the  special  value 
of  the  library  is  that  it  contains  both  the  old  and  the  new.  In  his 
memorable  address  twenty-two  years  ago,  Dr.  Holmes  rightly  insisted 
that  a  library  like  this  must  exercise  the  largest  hospitality,  but  this 
applies  to  gifts  rather  than  to  purchases.  The  funds  for  conducting  a 
library,  medical  or  other,  are  always  insufficient,  and  the  librarian,  or 
library  committee,  must  therefore  exclude  from  the  purchase  lists  many 
works  which  might  be  welcome  additions  if  obtainable  from  other 
sources.  The  selection  is  sometimes  difficult,  and  in  making  it,  the  work 
of  other  reference  libraries  in  the  vicinity,  such  as  the  public  library,  the 


Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  144:  61-3  (1901). 

245 


246 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


university  library,  and  some  special  libraries,  must  be  considered.  Even 
gifts  must  be  scrutinized  with  reference  to  available  space,  and  to  their 
relative  utility  in  other  neighboring  institutions.  This  library  does  not 
want  a  set  of  United  States  public  documents,  or  of  Massachusetts  docu- 
ments, although  in  each  of  these  series  there  are  a  few  things  which  it 
should  secure.  Curious  things  may  be  found  in  public  documents.  How 
many  of  you,  I  wonder,  have  ever  heard  of  Herkimer  Sternberg,  and  his 
great  medical  discovery,  which  is  vaguely  indicated  in  the  following  extract 
from  Document  No.  15  of  the  Assembly  of  the  State  of  New  York,  dated 
January  15,  1859,  being  a  report  of  the  Committee  on  Medical  Societies 
and  Colleges,  relative  to  the  petition  of  Herkimer  Sternberg  for  aid  in 
publishing  his  manuscript  of  a  proposed  work.  The  committee  reports 
"that  they  have  had  under  their  serious  consideration  the  subject  referred 
to  them  and  have  become  satisfied  if  the  prayer  of  the  petitioner  be  granted, 
that  the  result  of  the  scheme  proposed  by  this  Herkimer  Sternberg,  if  suc- 
cessful, will  be  the  annihilation  of  the  medical  profession,  and  thus  the  five 
or  six  thousand  doctors  of  our  State  will  be  turned  out  upon  the  cold 
charities  of  an  unfeeling  world;  that  it  will  introduce  the  millennium  sev- 
eral years  before  its  proper  advent  in  the  regular  order  of  business;  that  it 
will  dislocate  every  joint  in  the  system  of  the  moral  universe  . . .  and, 
therefore,  the  committee  ask  to  be  discharged  from  its  further  consider- 
ation." 

In  cities  where  there  is  no  medical  library,  it  is  clearly  the  duty  of 
the  public  library  to  provide  some  of  the  best  medical  books  and 
periodicals  for  the  use  of  the  physicians  of  the  city,  as  well  as  for  the 
direct  benefit  of  the  public.  It,  is  however,  a  matter  of  common  expe- 
rience that  some  lay  readers  are  rather  injured  than  benefited  by  reading 
medicine,  and  that  it  is  best  to  restrict  the  use  of  certain  classes  of 
medical  books.  It  simplifies  the  problems  of  the  librarian  of  the  public 
library  when  he  knows  that  there  is  in  the  city  a  special  medical  library 
available  for  the  use  of  physicians,  and  that  he  need  only  obtain 
those  books  which,  if  not  exactly  suitable  for  public  use,  are  not  calcu- 
lated to  do  much  harm.  He  will  usually  be  glad  to  send  to  such  a 
medical  library  the  medical  books  of  the  eighteenth  and  most  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  old  medical  journals,  miscellaneous  medical  pam- 
phlets, theses,  reports,  etc.,  and  to  retain  in  the  public  library  only 
those  which  have  some  interest  in  local  history,  or  in  other  subjects 
besides  medicine. 

There  are  certain  duties  and  responsibilities  which  rest  upon  a  few 
large  reference  libraries  which  do  not  pertain  to  the  great  majority  of 
city  public  libraries.  For  example,  the  average  city  library  should  collect 
and  preserve  all  the  reports  of  hospitals  in  its  own  city  as  a  matter  of 
local  history,  but  it  should  not  waste  time  or  energy  over  the  reports 


ADDRESS  AT  BOSTON  MEDICAL  LIBRARY 


247 


of  hospitals  in  other  cities,  but  should  send  those  that  come  in  either  to 
a  medical  library  or  to  one  of  the  great  reference  libraries  of  the  country 
like  the  Boston  Public,  the  New  York  Public,  or  the  Congressional 
Library.  These  great  libraries  must  collect  and  preserve  such  reports 
as  a  part  of  their  collections  relating  to  charities — private  and  public — 
an  important  branch  of  sociology,  but  they  are  only  useful  in  this  way 
when  the  collections  are  very  large  and  permit  of  comparisons  of 
methods  and  results  from  a  wide  area  and  for  considerable  periods  of 
time. 

The  field  of  medicine  is  very  broad,  and  the  special  medical  library 
might  properly  include  not  only  general  biology  with  its  general 
subdivisions  of  morphology,  physiology,  psychology  and  anthropology, 
but  also  much  of  the  literature  of  botany,  zoology,  chemistry,  physics, 
municipal  engineering,  building  and  other  applied  sciences — and  in 
fact  the  great  medical  libraries  of  London,  Paris,  Berlin,  St.  Petersburg 
and  Washington  do  include  many  of  these  subjects.  But  this  requires 
more  space  and  money  than  most  medical  libraries  can  afford  to  give, 
and  hence  it  is  usually  best  to  leave  most  of  these  subjects  to  other 
special  libraries. 

The  department  of  first  importance  in  a  library  like  this  is  that 
which  contains  its  files  of  periodicals,  not  only  because  they  contain  the 
original  records  from  which  textbooks  and  monographs  are  made  up, 
but  they  represent  the  feelings,  views  and  wants  of  the  great  mass  of 
the  profession,  and  are  the  great  sources  for  the  medical  history  of  the 
nineteenth  century.  Medicine  is  now  the  most  cosmopolitan  and  inter- 
national of  all  the  arts  and  professions,  and  this  is  largely  due  to  its 
periodicals.  Moreover,  its  periodical  literature  is  now  more  accessible 
than  that  of  any  other  profession  because  of  the  indexes  upon  which 
Dr.  Holmes  so  much  insisted.  All  this  has  been  fully  recognized  by 
your  librarian,  and  you  are  very  rich  in  this  class  of  literature.  Thanks 
to  the  efforts  of  the  medical  profession  of  Boston  (aided  by  those  of 
some  other  parts  of  the  country),  Congress  was  induced  to  order  the 
printing  of  the  Index  Catalogue  of  the  Washington  Collection  which 
was  under  consideration  twenty-two  years  ago,  and  which  I  then  thought 
might  make  six  volumes.  This  Index  Catalogue  is  not  yet  finished,  only 
twenty  volumes  having  been  published;  but  it  can  give  considerable 
employment  to  the  bibliographical  student  even  now,  and  has  probably 
added  to  the  practical  utility  of  this  library,  but  perhaps  not  always 
to  the  perfect  joy  and  content  of  its  readers. 

The  fact  that  the  physicians  of  Boston  have  another  library  besides 
this  one  to  care  for,  as  shown  by  their  action  with  regard  to  the  Index 
Catalogue,  is  one  that  I  venture  to  remind  you  of  because  the  needs 
of  your  National  Medical  Library  are  liable  to  be  overlooked.  Just  now 


248 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


it  is  in  urgent  need  of  shelving  for  its  additions,  some  of  which  are 
being  stored  in  window  sills  or  on  the  floor,  which  is  bad  for  the 
books  and  for  the  readers. 

Requests  for  funds  to  provide  this  shelving  have  been  presented  at  the 
last  two  sessions  of  Congress,  but  received  no  attention.  An  estimate 
is  before  the  present  Congress  for  $9,000  to  supply  this  shelving,  and 
if  the  Massachusetts  representatives  and  senators  hear  from  their  medi- 
cal constituents  that  this  is  a  matter  in  which  they  are  interested,  there 
is  no  doubt  that  it  will  be  done.  Your  Washington  Medical  Library 
now  contains  136,000  volumes  and  230,000  pamphlets — decidedly  the 
largest  and  best  library  of  its  kind  in  the  world — and  ought  to  be  kept 
up  to  date  in  good  shape. 

When  I  tried  to  say  something  on  the  occasion  of  the  opening  of  this 
library  in  the  Boylston  Place  Building,  I  well  remember  that  I  was 
very  much  embarrassed  and  not  a  little  afraid,  and  would  have  been 
very  glad  to  have  been  merely  a  listener. 

On  the  present  occasion,  while  I  am  in  trouble  to  find  the  right  words 
in  which  to  express  my  thoughts  and  feelings,  I  am  very  glad  indeed  to 
have  the  opportunity  to  congratulate  you  upon  the  result  of  the  work 
of  the  Boston  Medical  Library  Association  during  the  last  twenty-five 
years,  and  I  do  congratulate  you  most  heartily  and  sincerely.  The  collec- 
tion of  books,  of  portraits,  of  medals,  the  building  in  its  plan,  structure 
and  furnishings,  are  all  things  of  which  you  have  good  right  to  be 
proud,  and  with  which  you  may  rest  satisfied  for  several  weeks  to  come. 

As  you  all  know,  these  results  are  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  one  man 
having  abundance  of  energy  and  public  spirit,  with  much  knowledge 
and  an  insatiable  thirst  for  more,  and  with  a  fairly  definite  idea  of 
what  he  wanted,  has  been  working  incessantly  for  the  last  quarter  of  a 
century  towards  this  end.  I  congratulate  you  upon  your  wisdom  in 
letting  him  thus  work,  and  in  helping  him  to  carry  out  this  plan.  His 
power  for  good  has  not  been  limited  to  Boston,  for  by  way  of  recreation 
he  has  devoted  some  of  his  time  to  stirring  up  and  stimulating  other  li- 
brarians like  myself,  when  he  thought  they  needed  it,  or  when  he  had 
some  superfluous  energy  to  dispose  of,  which  was  often.  In  this  and  other 
ways,  he  has  given  material  and  valuable  assistance  to  other  libraries, 
more  than  any  of  you  are  aware  of,  and  it  is  not  my  personal  affection  for 
him,  great  as  that  is,  but  a  sense  of  what  is  just  and  right,  which  leads 
me  to  say  to  you  that,  while  the  Boston  Medical  Library  has  been  his 
special  pet,  for  which  no  trouble  was  too  great  to  take,  and  no  sacrifice  too 
great  to  make,  all  other  medical  libraries  in  this  country  are  more  or  less 
indebted  for  their  progress  and  prosperity  to  your  librarian,  Dr.  James  R. 
Chadwick. 


Some  Library  Problems  of  To-Morrow 


When  the  American  Library  Association  was  organized  its  object  was 
declared  to  be  "to  promote  the  library  interests  of  the  country  by  ex- 
changing views,  reaching  conclusions,  and  inducing  co-operation  in  all 
departments  of  bibliothecal  science  and  economy;  by  disposing  the  pub- 
lic mind  to  the  founding  and  improving  of  libraries,  and  by  cultivating 
good  will  among  its  members."  When  the  Constitution  was  revised  in 
1900,  the  object  of  the  Association  was  declared  to  be  "to  promote  the 
welfare  of  libraries  in  America." 

This  change  is  significant,  not  of  a  change  in  the  purposes  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, but  of  a  general  opinion  that  verbose  details  of  its  purposes 
are  now  unnecessary.  At  first  the  Association  undertook  much  direct 
missionary  work,  but  this  has  gradually  been  taken  in  charge  by  state 
and  local  associations  to  such  an  extent  that  our  work  in  this  direction  is 
now  mainly  to  obtain  records  of  the  methods  which  have  been  found 
most  successful,  and  to  bring  these  to  the  attention  of  those  directly 
engaged  in  interesting  the  people  at  large,  and  legislators  and  tax-payers 
in  particular,  in  the  establishment  and  support  of  free  public  libraries. 

It  is  the  welfare  of  the  free  public  library,  and  especially  the  library 
intended  mainly  for  the  circulation  of  books  for  home  use  among  the 
people,  and  supported  from  public  funds,  to  which  we  have  given  the 
most  attention.  This  is  especially  an  American  institution  and  it  has 
seemed  more  important  that  its  uses  and  needs  should  be  understood 
and  appreciated  by  the  general  public  than  those  of  purely  reference 
libraries,  since  these  last  are  fairly  well  understood  by  those  who  most 
need  and  use  them. 

The  main  argument  in  favor  of  the  free  public  library  is  that  it  is  an 
essential  part  of  a  system  of  free  public  instruction  which  is  a  necessary 
foundation  of  a  satisfactory  system  of  self  government.  It  is  not  true, 
however,  that  any  and  every  system  of  education  tends  to  produce  a 
stable  democracy,  and  there  are  great  differences  of  opinion  among  pro- 
fessional educators,  and  still  greater  differences  of  opinion  among 
other  thinking  men  who  know  something  of  the  methods  and  results  of 
our  public  schools,  as  to  whether  our  present  system  is  the  best  one.  If 
the  main  object  of  the  school  and  of  the  teacher  is  to  furnish  informa 
tion  and  cultivate  the  memory,  there  is  good  ground  for  objecting  tc 
both  the  quantity  and  quality  of  some  of  the  kinds  of  information 

Presidents's  address  to  the  American  Library  Association,  June  17,  1902.  Library 
Journal  27,  no.  7:  1-9  (1902). 

249 


250 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


supplied.  If  the  object  of  education  is  to  develop  the  intellect,  to  teach 
the  student  how  to  judge  as  to  what  is  true  and  to  know  where  to  look 
for  it,  to  recognize  wise  thought,  and  to  distinguish  the  man  who  is 
qualified  to  lead  from  the  incompetent  man  who  wants  to  lead,  then  our 
public  school  system  is  not  well  suited  to  its  purpose. 

The  relations  which  should  exist  between  the  system  of  public  librar- 
ies and  the  system  of  public  schools  in  a  State  or  city  are  not  yet 
generally  agreed  upon  by  both  librarians  and  teachers.  In  a  general 
way  it  may  be  said  that  the  librarian's  view  is  that  the  public  library 
should  be  entirely  independent  of  the  public  school  system  as  re- 
gards its  funds  and  management,  that  special  school  libraries  are  apt  to 
be  badly  managed,  and  inefficient  for  the  purpose  of  interesting  and 
instructing  the  children,  that  the  librarian  knows  more  about  books 
than  the  teacher,  and  can  supplement  and  broaden  the  teacher's  work: 
— and  that  teachers  should  recognize  these  facts,  should  be  willing  and 
anxious  to  receive  instruction  and  advice  from  librarians  by  listening  to 
lectures  and  talks  at  the  library  and  repeating  to  their  classes  what  they 
have  been  taught,  and  urging  the  children  to  make  use  of  the  library. 

A  few  enthusiasts  claim  that  the  librarian  ought  to  know  more  than 
any  teacher,  and  should  supplement  the  defects  and  ignorance  of  each 
instructor  in  his  own  branch,  but  treat  them  all  kindly  and  tactfully, 
recognizing  that  it  is  not  their  fault  that  they  do  not  know  as  much  as 
librarians.  Some  librarians  admit  that  some  teachers  may  know  more 
than  they  do  as  to  the  reading  most  desirable  to  supplement  the  partic- 
ular instruction  which  a  class  is  receiving,  and  will  be  glad  to  receive 
lists  of  books  wanted.  All  librarians  think  it  very  important  that  the 
child  should  learn  to  use  the  public  library  and  become  acquainted  with 
its  attractions,  methods,  and  resources,  so  that  after  leaving  school  he 
will  continue  to  use  it,  and  they  do  not  consider  that  any  mere  school 
or  class  library  can  be  a  satisfactory  substitute  for  the  public  library. 
Moreover,  they  want  the  children  to  come  to  the  public  library  and  use 
it  because  this  is  a  means  of  bringing  their  parents  and  friends  under 
the  same  influence. 

Superintendents  of  schools,  as  a  rule,  take  a  somewhat  different  view 
of  the  matter,  that  is,  if  they  have  given  any  thought  to  it,  but  I  am 
bound  to  say  that  many  of  them  reply  to  questions  on  the  subject,  that 
they  have  never  given  it  any  special  consideration.  Some  of  those 
who  have  considered  the  matter  say  that,  of  course,  the  public  library 
is  a  useful  institution,  that  its  chief  use  is  educational,  that  it  should 
be  managed  so  as  to  help  the  public  school  as  much  as  possible,  but  that 
it  should  not  interfere  with  school  methods.  They  believe  that  the 
school  should  have  a  library  of  its  own,  under  its  own  management,  selected 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


251 


with  reference  to  the  needs  of  the  different  classes  and  grades,  that  the 
teachers  should  see  that  the  children  use  these  books,  and  have  a  record  of 
such  use  as  a  guide  to  dealing  in  the  best  way  with  the  individual  child. 
They  say  that  the  public  library,  in  its  recent  arrangements  for  attracting 
children  and  especially  those  in  the  lower  grades,  tends  to  interfere  with  the 
school  plans  for  reading,  that  the  children  find  in  the  library  much  that 
is  more  attractive  than  the  books  which  they  can  find  in  the  school 
library,  but  which  is  also  less  useful;  that  they  acquire  the  habit  of 
desultory  reading,  and  are  led  off  from  the  proper  course.  The  junior 
teachers  in  the  schools  in  our  larger  cities  stand  in  somewhat  the  same 
relation  to  the  superintendents  that  the  junior  assistants  in  the  public 
library  stand  to  the  librarian,  and  the  opinions  of  each,  while  interesting, 
are  not  conclusive.  At  present  the  majority  of  teachers  in  the  lower  grades 
know  and  care  very  little  about  the  public  libraries;  they  may  use  them 
to  obtain  current  fiction,  but  it  seldom  occurs  to  them  to  take  their 
classes  to  them  or  to  tell  the  children  what  they  can  find  there. 

At  present  it  appears  that  the  librarians  are  more  aggressive,  energetic, 
and  filled  with  the  missionary  and  proselytizing  spirit  than  are  the 
teachers,  possibly  because  the  work  of  the  latter  is  more  monotonous 
and  fatiguing. 

I  have  several  times  been  asked  by  legislators  and  jurists  whether  the 
public  schools  and  the  public  libraries  could  not  wisely  be  consoli- 
dated under  one  central  management  and  thus  be  made  to  work  har- 
moniously. 

It  is  theoretically  possible,  but  I  think  that  the  result  would  be  that 
the  libraries  would  lose  much,  the  schools  gain  very  little,  and  the 
public  at  large  be  profoundly  dissatisfied. 

The  Library  Association  has  a  special  committee  on  co-operation  with 
the  Library  Department  of  the  National  Educational  Association,  and 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  committee  will  find  a  satisfactory  solution 
to  the  problems  connected  with  the  relationship  of  the  library  to  the 
school.  No  hard  and  fast  rules  can  be  established,  but  it  would  seem 
that  the  library,  supported  by  public  funds,  should  not  interfere  with 
the  work  of  the  public  school.  On  the  other  hand,  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant functions  of  the  school  is  to  train  the  children  to  use  books 
and  libraries,  and  at  the  present  time  the  chief  obstacle  to  the  proper 
performance  of  this  function  is  that  the  teachers  themselves  are  in 
great  need  of  instruction  about  public  libraries  and  how  to  use  them. 
For  the  great  majority  of  children  story  books  and  works  on  general 
literature  of  the  right  kind  are  not  only  more  interesting  but  more  impor- 
tant means  of  education  than  the  average  textbooks. 

The  class  which,  at  present,  far  outnumbers  all  other  classes  in  this 


252 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


country  is,  as  Professor  Bryce  says,  the  group  of  "thinly  educated  persons 
whose  book  knowledge  is  drawn  from  dry  manuals  in  mechanically 
taught  elementary  schools,  and  who  in  after  life  read  nothing  but 
newspapers  or  cheap  novels."  1 

Those  who  have  had  practical  experience  in  free  circulating  libraries 
know  the  truth  of  this  characterization,  and  are  trying  to  get  the  children 
interested  in  the  library  as  early  as  possible;  if  the  library  proves  more 
attractive  than  the  school  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  school  methods 
should  be  changed.  But  whatever  may  be  thought  of  elective  studies 
in  the  high  school  and  college  course,  the  public  library  system  of 
instruction  must  necessarily  be  largely  elective;  and  mere  amusement 
should  not  be  the  leading  elective,  as  seems  to  be  too  often  the  case. 

In  recent  years  the  subject  of  co-operation  between  libraries  and 
librarians  has  been  one  to  which  much  thought  has  been  given  and 
for  which  a  great  number  of  plans  have  been  proposed.  To  secure  the 
most  useful  co-operation,  it  is  desirable  to  bring  into  the  work  many 
libraries  which  are  not  intended  for  the  circulation  of  books,  except, 
perhaps,  among  a  limited  class  and  some  of  which  are  not  supported 
by  public  funds.  These  include  the  libraries  belonging  to  the  general 
government  and  to  the  states,  university  libraries,  and  the  larger  li- 
braries belonging  to  and  managed  by  private  corporations,  either  as  refer- 
ence libraries  only,  but  for  the  use  of  the  general  public,  or  as  reference  and 
lending  libraries  for  the  use  of  members,  stockholders,  or  subscribers  only. 
Among  these  are  many  scientific,  historical,  and  technical  libraries. 

The  problems  of  these  reference  libraries  have  been  receiving  in- 
creasing attention  in  the  Association  in  recent  years,  as  is  shown  by  the 
organization  of  a  section  devoted  more  especially  to  their  work,  and 
the  subject  of  co-operation  will  come  up  for  discussion  at  this  meeting 
in  several  ways,  and  will,  no  doubt,  be  considered  from  several  different 
points  of  view.  The  question,  as  it  appears  to  most  libraries,  is,  What  can 
the  greater  libraries  do  for  us  in  the  way  of  cataloguing,  bibliography, 
lending  of  books,  etc.,  with  the  tacit  assumption  that  whatever  they 
can  do,  they  ought  to  do. 

It  does  not  seem  necessary  to  produce  arguments  in  favor  of  this 
view,  but  perhaps  a  suggestion  that  the  smaller  libraries  should,  on  their 
side,  assist  the  larger  ones  so  far  as  they  can,  may  not  be  out  of  place. 

The  public  library  in  this  country,  which  now  stands,  or  should 
stand,  second,  if  not  first,  in  interest  to  every  librarian  is  the  Library 
of  Congress.  I  feel  it  to  be  a  duty  as  well  as  a  pleasure  to  report  to  you 
that  the  work  of  this  library  is  being  well  done,  and  that  Congress  has 


1  James  Bryce,  Studies  in  history  and  jurisprudence.  N.Y.,  1901,  p.  200. 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


253 


recognized  the  wisdom  and  tact  of  its  librarian  by  increased  appropri- 
ations for  books  and  for  service.  You  are  all  familiar  with  the  work 
being  done  by  this  central  library  for  other  libraries  throughout  the 
country  by  furnishing  catalogue  cards,  bibliographical  data,  etc.  I  think 
it  well,  however,  to  remind  you  of  your  duties  to  this  your  National 
Library,  and  especially  that  the  librarian  of  every  city,  town,  or  village 
in  the  country,  should  make  it  his  or  her  business  to  see  that  one 
copy  of  every  local,  noncopyrighted  imprint,  including  all  municipal 
reports  and  documents,  all  reports  of  local  institutions,  and  all  ad- 
dresses, accounts  of  ceremonies,  etc.,  which  are  not  copyrighted  and 
do  not  come  into  the  book  trade,  is  promptly  sent  to  our  National 
Library. 

I  cannot  speak  so  positively  and  definitely  about  the  state  libraries 
or  the  great  reference  libraries  of  the  country,  but  most  of  them  will 
be  glad  to  receive  such  local  publications  as  I  have  indicated,  and  the 
New  York  Public  Library  especially  desires  assistance  of  this  kind. 

The  controversy  between  the  individualists  and  the  collectivists  which 
is  going  on  in  many  fields  of  human  activity  exists  also  among  those 
interested  in  library  organization  and  management  and  is  taking  much 
the  same  course  there  as  in  commerce  and  manufactures.  The  tendency 
is  towards  organization  and  division  of  labor,  at  first  by  co-operation, 
later  by  consolidation.  The  free  public  library  is  tending  to  become  a 
special  industry  by  unification  of  methods  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
the  greatest  product  with  the  least  expenditure.  The  general  public, 
and  many  librarians,  think  that  the  measure  of  greatest  product  is  the 
number  of  books  circulated.  This  is  the  argument  used  with  city 
officials  to  secure  increased  appropriations,  and  the  kind  of  books  which 
will  circulate  most  rapidly  and  the  methods  of  advertising  which  will 
increase  the  numbers  of  readers  are  matters  of  much  interest  to  library 
trustees  and  managers.  From  this  commercial  point  of  view  much  re- 
mains to  be  done  in  the  way  of  co-operation.  It  is  probable  that  the 
co-operative  cataloguing  now  under  way  could  be  much  facilitated, 
and  a  considerable  saving  to  individual  libraries  effected  if  one  small 
committee  of  experts  selected  all  the  books  to  be  purchased  for  each 
and  every  library.  These  books  could  then  be  catalogued,  with  annota- 
tions on  the  most  elaborate  plan,  classed,  marked,  and  delivered  to  the 
several  libraries,  where,  in  course,  they  would  go  on  open  shelves  and 
be  advertised  by  co-operative  short  lists.  The  libraries  could  then  dis- 
charge most  of  their  cataloguers  and  experts.  One-half  the  money  now 
used  for  salaries  could  be  devoted  to  buying  books,  the  circulation 
would  increase  and  the  business  would  flourish. 

Moreover,  this  committee  of  experts  for  the  selection  of  books  to  be 


254 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


purchased  would  naturally  be  consulted  by  publishers  as  to  what  partic- 
ular varieties  of  literature  are  most  in  demand.  It  would  suggest  sub- 
jects and  writers,  read  MSS.  and  indicate  the  pictures  which  would  stim- 
ulate the  circulation  of  the  volume,  and  not  be  objectionable  to  any 
one.  From  this,  it  would  be  an  easy  step  to  undertake  the  publi- 
cation of  books  for  free  public  libraries  and  thus  effect  a  wonderful 
reduction  in  cost;  and  if  the  librarians  take  up  the  business  of  book- 
selling the  scheme  will  be  still  more  neat  and  compact. 

I  need  not  go  into  further  details,  or  show  what  might  be  effected 
for  the  world's  progress  by  simply  extending  this  scheme  to  an  inter- 
national system;  no  doubt  you  can  all  readily  imagine  the  results  which 
might  be  obtained  by  a  great  cosmopolitan  free  circulating  library  trust 
with  the  latest  attachments  and  improvements.  We  should  then  have 
accomplished  an  important  part,  what  some  consider  the  most  impor- 
tant part,  of  the  original  object  of  the  Association,  which,  you  will 
remember,  was  declared  to  be  the  "reaching  conclusions  and  inducing 
co-operation  in  all  departments  of  bibliothecal  science  and  economy." 
Of  course,  in  the  formation  of  the  expert  Board  of  Managers,  the  de- 
mand for  representation  which  will  be  made  by  the  leaders  and  mana- 
gers of  different  religious,  political,  and  sociological  sects  and  parties 
would  require  consideration,  and  there  are  some  other  important 
details  to  be  considered  by  the  Committee  on  Co-operation  when  it  takes 
up  this  part  of  its  work. 

I  do  not  think  there  is  any  immediate  prospect  of  the  formation  of 
such  a  free  public  library  trust  as  I  have  indicated,  or  that  the  cheapen- 
ing of  library  service  in  this  way  is  desirable,  even  if  it  were  possible, 
but  there  are  many  things  in  the  mechanical  details  of  library  economy 
in  which  co-operative  work  may  be  of  service  without  checking  or 
interfering  with  individual  development. 

Circulating  libraries  supported  from  public  funds  will  naturally  tend 
to  greater  uniformity  in  methods  and  scope  than  reference  libraries 
supported  by  corporations,  but  each  has  something  to  learn  from  the 
other. 

There  are  some  men — and  women — who  have  a  great  desire  for 
uniformity,  who  think  there  is  only  one  best  way;  they  want  codes, 
and  rules,  and  creeds;  they  want  all  schools  and  high  schools  and  uni- 
versities to  have  one  system,  even  to  the  periods  of  their  vacations; 
they  want  a  rule  about  fiction,  and  about  classification,  and  about  salaries 
for  all  libraries,  and  they  want  resolutions  passed  about  all  these  things. 

Concentration  has  its  evils  as  well  as  its  advantages.  Some  excellent 
library  work  in  our  large  cities  is  done  by  institutions  or  societies  which 
use  the  library  as  a  means  to  secure  attention  to  their  special  end, 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


255 


which  may  be  religious,  sectarian,  humanitarian,  or  sociological.  The 
friendly  rivalry  of  different  libraries  in  the  same  city  often  has  good 
results,  though  perhaps  it  may  be  a  little  wasteful  of  money.  To 
secure  the  use  of  a  library,  the  energy  and  enthusiasm  of  a  propagan- 
dist are  very  useful,  but  the  propagandist  does  not  work  to  the  best 
advantage  in  a  systematic  hierarchy.  It  is  the  old  question  of  the 
individual  worker  or  dealer  versus  the  co-operative,  or  the  consolidated 
establishment,  and  while  the  ultimate  answer  may  be  in  favor  of  the 
latter  as  giving  the  greatest  amount  of  useful  results  with  the  least  ex- 
penditure of  force,  we  can  understand  the  feelings  of  the  individual 
worker  who  fears  that  he  will  be  crowded  out,  and  who  says  that 
"the  lion  and  the  lamb  may  lie  down  together,  but  the  same  lamb 
don't  do  it  again." 

It  must  be  remembered  that  almost  every  change  in  the  manner  of 
doing  things  is  injurious  to  some  individuals.  Evolution  affects  not  only 
the  fittest,  but  also  the  unfit.  If  it  be  true  that  the  public  library  is 
injuring  the  business  of  the  bookseller,  that  the  hustling  administrator 
is  crowding  out  the  scholar  in  library  positions,  and  that  old-fashioned 
readers  find  their  old  resorts  in  the  libraries  less  comfortable  because 
of  the  crowd  which  now  frequents  them,  it  may  still  be  true  that  the 
general  result  is  satisfactory. 

The  question  as  to  whether  the  public  library  shall  undertake  to 
do  other  work  for  the  public  benefit  besides  the  supplying  of  literature 
has  occasionally  been  raised,  but  has  not  been  seriously  discussed 
as  a  general  proposition.  When  Mr.  Carnegie's  offer  to  provide 
branch  library  buildings  for  the  city  of  New  York  was  made  public, 
many  suggestions  were  made  as  to  the  desirability  of  making  these 
buildings  something  more  than  libraries.  For  example,  it  was  advised 
that  they  should  be  made  social  centres  and  substitutes  for  the  saloon, 
that  they  should  have  lecture  rooms,  rooms  for  playing  various  kinds 
of  games,  smoking  rooms,  and  billiard  rooms,  and  even  public  baths 
in  the  basement  were  recommended.  At  the  present  time,  in  a  large 
and  crowded  city,  the  need  and  demand  for  public  library  facilities 
is  so  great  that  it  has  seemed  best  to  confine  the  work  of  these  build- 
ings to  library  work  proper,  but  in  more  scattered  communities, 
where  sites  are  not  so  costly,  and  meeting-rooms  less  easy  to  be  obtained, 
some  of  these  suggestions  are  worthy  of  careful  consideration,  and  it 
might  be  well  to  collect  the  experience  of  the  members  of  the  Associ- 
ation bearing  on  this  question,  and  make  it  a  subject  for  discussion  at  a 
future  meeting. 

As  usual,  during  the  past  year,  there  have  been  some  public  ex- 
pressions of  doubt  as  to  the  utility  or  expediency  of  circulating  libraries. 


256 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Mr.  Howells  suggests  that  we  may  be  in  danger  of  reading  too  much, 
"reading  to  stupidity."  Lord  Rosebery  also  warns  us  to  beware  lest  much 
reading  should  destroy  independence  of  thought,  referring  to  the  "im- 
mense fens  of  stagnant  literature  which  can  produce  nothing  but  intel- 
lectual malaria."  Of  course,  in  some  particular  cases  reading  does 
produce  bad  results.  It  would,  no  doubt,  be  better  for  the  public  in 
general,  and  for  their  own  families  in  particular,  if  some  men  and 
some  women  had  never  learned  to  read.  "On  a  barren  rock  weeds  do 
not  grow — but  neither  does  grass."  It  might  also  be  better  for  the  world 
if  some  sickly,  deformed,  degenerate  children  did  not  live,  and  the 
jail  fevers  of  the  eighteenth  century  probably  disposed  of  some  crimi- 
nals to  the  best  advantage;  nevertheless  it  has  been  found  to  be  wise 
economy  to  spend  considerable  sums  of  money  in  lessening  the  mor- 
tality of  infants,  and  of  jails,  in  the  inspection  and  regulation  of 
tenement  houses,  and  in  the  compulsory  restraint  of  contagious  diseases, 
because  the  majority  of  the  lives  thus  saved  are  worth  saving,  and  they 
cannot  be  saved  without  preserving  some  others  who  from  the  mere 
utilitarian  point  of  view  may  not  be  worth  the  cost. 

The  expenditure  of  public  funds  upon  free  libraries  is  in  like  manner 
justified  by  the  general  belief  that  it  will  do  more  good  than  harm. 
We  cannot  yet  furnish  satisfactory  statistical  evidence  as  to  the  results 
of  the  free  public  library  experiments  which  we  are  trying  on  a  large 
scale;  there  does  not  yet  seem  to  be  any  marked  decrease  in  crime  or 
increase  in  contentment  among  the  people  who  have  had  most  use  of 
such  libraries,  and,  while  the  physical  welfare  of  the  great  mass  of 
the  people  has  been  advanced  during  the  last  fifty  years,  it  would  be 
difficult  to  trace  this  to  the  free  public  library  because  we  do  not  know 
what  use  of  such  libraries  has  been  made  by  the  few  hundred  inven- 
tors and  captains  of  industry  to  whom  this  progress  is  mainly  due. 

It  does  seem,  however,  that  the  free  public  library  has  lessened  the 
power  of  the  demagogue  and  unscrupulous  politician  to  control  votes, 
and  that  in  public  life  the  steadily  increasing  influence  of  educated 
men  is,  in  part,  due  to  the  reading  facilities  which  the  people  now 
enjoy. 

When  the  author  of  Ecclesiasticus2  declared  that  he  that  holdeth  the 
plow,  the  carpenter  and  the  workmaster,  the  smith  also  sitting  by  the 
anvil  and  considering  the  iron  work,  and  the  potter  turning  the  wheel 
about,  all  these  trust  to  their  hands,  without  them  cannot  a  city  be 
inhabited, — they  shall  not  be  sought  for  in  public  counsel,  they  shall  not 
sit  on  the  judge's  seat,  and  they  shall  not  be  found  where  parables  are 


2  Ecclesiasticus,  xxxviii,  25-34. 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


257 


spoken,  but  they  will  maintain  the  state  of  the  world,  he  did  not  foresee 
the  effect  of  a  system  of  public  education  including  free  public  libraries, 
in  a  democratic  government. 

As  regards  Mr.  Howells'  suggestion  about  "reading  to  stupidity," 
that  is  precisely  the  object  of  many  of  the  readers  of  current  fiction. 
They  are  tired  and  worried,  and  they  read  to  forget  or  to  get  asleep. 
The  average  novel  will  give  this  result  in  from  six  to  ten  minutes, 
and  the  after  effects  are  not  nearly  so  bad  as  those  of  chloral  or  sulfonal. 
The  novels  of  five  or  six  years  ago  will  answer  this  purpose  just  as 
well,  and  twelve  new  novels  a  year  is  an  ample  allowance  for  the  average 
free  public  library.  But  five-sixths  of  the  other  books  which  are  pro- 
duced— not  because  the  author  had  anything  to  say,  but  because  the 
publisher  thought  that  a  book  on  the  beauties  of  brooks,  or  on  the 
birds'  nests  of  the  Bronx,  or  on  the  homes  of  historical  stepmothers  or 
on  the  lieutenant  colonels  of  the  Revolution,  would  sell  well — are 
usually  of  little  more  value  in  the  free  public  library  than  the  novel; 
they  count  for  circulation,  but  they  are  not  read,  but  merely  glanced 
over — mainly  for  the  pictures. 

At  the  present  time  public  opinion  in  this  country  tolerates  expres- 
sions of  great  differences  of  opinion  with  regard  to  religion  and  partic- 
ular creeds.  Recently  a  few  Catholics  have  made  objections  to  the 
free  public  library,  upon  much  the  same  grounds  as  those  upon  which 
the  Church  objects  to  public  schools,  and  demand  that  in  both  the 
school  and  the  library  the  books  provided  shall  be  subject,  directly 
or  indirectly,  to  their  censorship.  Somewhat  similar  demands,  although 
not  so  definite  and  systematic,  are  occasionally  made  in  behalf  of  other 
sects,  and  they  would  no  doubt  come  from  a  number  of  other  religious 
and  political  organizations  if  it  was  supposed  that  there  was  any 
chance  of  their  success.  The  question  will  usually  be  decided  for  each 
locality  by  political  party  requirements,  which  vary  much  at  short  in- 
tervals, and  there  is  no  immediate  danger  to  the  free  public  library 
system  from  this  particular  form  of  opposition,  except  possibly  for  a 
short  time  in  some  limited  locality.  It  is  necessary  to  bear  in  mind,  how- 
ever, that  public  opinion  is  much  less  tolerant  in  matters  of  morals  and 
manners  than  it  is  in  matters  of  religion,  and  that  in  selecting  books  for 
circulation  this  opinion  should  be  considered  and  respected. 

The  librarian  of  the  free  public  library  has,  as  a  citizen,  the  same 
rights  and  duties  as  any  other  citizen,  including  the  right  to  express 
his  opinions  on  religious  or  political  questions,  but  as  a  general  rule, 
his  influence  for  good  will  be  greatest  when  he  is  not  a  partisan  of 
any  particular  policy  of  either  church  or  state. 

As  regards  the  large  reference  libraries,  the  selection  of  books  must 


258 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


be  made  much  broader  in  scope,  for  even  the  most  ardent  propo- 
gandist  of  a  particular  creed  or  shade  of  opinion  occasionally  wants  to 
see  what  his  opponents  are  saying  in  order  that  he  may  specify  their 
errors,  and  does  not  object  to  find  their  publications  in  the  reference 
library,  provided  they  are  carefully  put  away  for  the  use  of  experts 
like  himself  and  are  not  placed  on  open  shelves  consulted  by  the 
general  public. 

The  duties  and  problems  of  our  great  reference  libraries  are  in  many 
respects  peculiar,  but  the  limits  of  this  address  permit  of  only  a  brief 
reference  to  some  of  them.  One  of  their  duties  is  to  preserve  the  litera- 
ture of  the  day  for  the  use  of  future  scholars  and  students.  Part  of  the 
business  of  the  circulating  library  is  to  have  its  books  worn  out  and 
destroyed  in  actual  service,  but  the  reference  library  has  also  another  pur- 
pose, and  the  books  which  give  it  the  greatest  value  and  importance  should 
be  carefully  preserved. 

The  relations  which  should  exist  between  our  great  reference  li- 
braries located  in  large  cities  and  the  rapidly  multiplying  smaller 
libraries  scattered  all  over  the  country  merit  careful  consideration.  The 
amount  of  public  funds  which  can  and  should  be  devoted  to  public 
libraries  is  limited,  and  these  funds  should  not  be  employed  in  doing 
comparatively  unnecessary  work.  Many  of  the  smaller  libraries  are  now, 
or  soon  will  be,  complaining  of  want  of  shelf  room,  and  are  at  the 
same  time  accepting  and  trying  to  preserve  and  catalogue  everything 
that  comes  to  them.  All  of  them  are  preserving  books  that  will  not  be 
used  by  any  reader  once  in  five  years,  and  two  or  three  copies  of  which 
in  the  large  central  reference  libraries  will  be  quite  sufficient  for 
the  needs  of  the  whole  country.  The  remark  of  President  Eliot  in 
his  last  annual  report  that  "the  increasing  rate  at  which  large  col- 
lections of  books  grow  suggests  strongly  that  some  new  policy  is 
needed  concerning  the  storage  of  these  immense  masses  of  printed 
matter"  is  very  suggestive;  and  his  idea  that  if  the  Congressional  Library 
and  the  great  reference  libraries  in  a  few  of  our  largest  cities  would 
undertake  to  store  any  and  all  books  turned  over  to  them  and  make 
them  accessible  to  scholars  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  the  functions  of 
the  other  libraries  might  be  considerably  amplified,  is  no  doubt  a 
true  one. 

Whether  the  great  reference  libraries  could  undertake  the  work  thus 
indicated  would  depend  upon  the  construction  placed  on  the  require- 
ment that  all  books  should  be  made  accessible  to  scholars  in  all  parts 
of  the  country.  Whether  the  other  libraries  would  be  disposed  to 
accept  the  suggestion  to  turn  over  their  old  books  not  in  immediate 
use,  merely  because  it  might  seem  for  the  public  good  so  to  do,  is 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


259 


much  more  doubtful,  and  the  selection  of  the  useless  books  involves 
some  questions  which  would  be  good  topics  for  discussion  in  the 
trustees'  section  of  this  association. 

It  is  always  possible  to  show  that  any  book  or  pamphlet,  in  any 
edition,  might  be  called  for  by  some  reader,  student,  or  professor  if 
he  knew  it  existed,  and  the  difficulties  in  selecting  books  to  be  discarded 
are  very  considerable.  Mrs.  Toodles'  state  of  mind  about  things  that  it 
might  be  handy  to  have  in  the  house  is  one  that  librarians  well  under- 
stand. It  is  no  doubt  true  that  in  the  great  majority  of  libraries  of  one 
hundred  thousand  volumes  and  upwards,  one-fifth  of  the  books  are  so 
little  used  that  it  would  be  wiser  to  dispose  of  them  than  to  use  a 
fund  available  for  salaries  or  for  the  purchase  of  books  for  providing 
additional  room.  Just  at  present,  in  most  communities,  it  seems  easier 
to  obtain  funds  for  library  buildings  than  it  is  to  get  the  means  to 
ensure  good  service. 

Closely  connected  with  this  is  the  question  as  to  the  acceptance  of 
gifts  of  books,  especially  when  made  with  the  condition  that  they  are 
to  be  kept  together  to  form  a  permanent  memorial  for  the  donor.  While 
each  case  must  be  decided  on  its  individual  merits,  it  may  be  said 
in  general  that  the  desire  for  a  memorial  can  be  fully  met  by  book- 
plates and  catalogues  without  the  unfortunate  and  unwise  requirement 
that  a  certain  group  of  books  must  always  be  kept  together.  Even 
gifts  without  restrictions,  consisting  of  one  or  more  cartloads  of  mis- 
cellaneous public  documents,  odd  numbers  of  periodials,  imperfect  files 
of  newspapers,  pamphlets  of  little  interest,  etc.,  involve  some  expense 
to  the  library,  and  very  few  libraries  should  try  to  retain  and  utilize 
more  than  a  small  part  of  such  material. 

General  discussion  as  to  what  large  reference  libraries  should  do  is 
of  very  little  practical  interest.  The  interesting  question  is,  "What 
should  this  particular  library  do?" 

Should  the  Library  of  Congress  obtain  and  preserve  complete  files 
of  every  newspaper  published  in  North  and  South  America? 

Should  the  Boston  Public  Library  try  to  obtain  complete  sets  of  the 
public  documents  of  the  Southern  States? 

Should  the  New  York  Public  Library  complete  its  collection  of  first 
editions  of  American  Authors  by  purchase  at  current  prices? 

Should  the  New  York  State  Library  try  to  make  a  complete  collection 
in  Genealogy? 

Should  the  Chicago  libraries  attempt  to  make  a  complete  collection 
of  the  reports  of  Insane  Asylums? 

There  are  many  questions  like  these  which  require  a  knowledge  not 
only  of  the  present  contents,  the  available  funds,  and  the  special  needs 


260 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


of  each  library,  but  also  a  knowledge  of  what  other  libraries  are  doing, 
if  proper  answers  are  to  be  given. 

The  methods  of  co-operation  between  the  great  reference  libraries, 
for  the  public  good  and  for  mutual  benefit,  are  as  yet  rather  local  and 
rudimentary.  Some  points  of  agreement  have  been  reached  between  the 
Congressional  Library,  the  Boston  Public  Library,  and  the  New  York 
Public  Library,  as  to  the  purchase  of  certain  manuscripts  and  rare  books; 
and  in  every  large  city  there  is  more  or  less  co-operation  between  the 
greater  reference  libraries,  including  the  University  library,  as  to  pur- 
chases,— especially  of  periodicals.  The  chief  subject  thus  far  considered 
by  them  is  that  of  Bibliography. 

Many  schemes  for  bibliographies,  general,  special,  annotated,  etc., 
have  been  suggested,  and  a  few  have  been  or  are  being  tried.  Each  of 
these,  from  the  universal  bibliography  to  contain  thirty  millions  of 
titles,  to  the  bibliography  of  posters  or  of  Podunk  imprints,  or  of 
poems  and  essays  condemned  by  their  authors,  has  at  least  one  admirer 
and  advocate  in  the  person  who  would  like  to  have  charge  of  the 
making  of  it;  but  when  it  comes  to  the  question  as  to  what  has  a  com- 
mercial value  there  is  great  unanimity  in  the  opinion  that  many  of 
those  bibliographies  should  be  paid  for,  not  by  the  makers  or  the  users, 
but  by  government  or  by  some  philanthropic  individual. 

A  bibliography  is  very  instructive  and  useful  to  the  person  who 
makes  it,  and  it  is  well  to  give  the  person  having  a  taste  for  such  work 
as  ample  facilities  as  possible;  but  mere  uncritical  lists  of  all  the  books 
and  journal  articles  relating  to  a  given  subject,  from  the  commence- 
ment of  printing  to  the  present  time,  and  without  indication  as  to 
where  the  older  ones  are  to  be  found,  are  of  little  use  to  most  libraries 
or  to  their  readers.  Like  some  speakers,  they  are  too  much  for  the 
occasion. 

A  good  bibliography  can,  in  most  cases,  only  be  made  from  the  books 
themselves;  the  labor  of  its  preparation  is  almost  equal  to  that  of 
writing  a  critical  history  of  the  subject,  and  therefore  the  first  question 
in  considering  it  is,  Where  are  the  books? 

One  session  of  this  meeting  is  to  be  devoted  to  this  subject  of 
Bibliography,  which  is  an  important  one,  and  I  hope  that  the  papers 
presented,  and  the  discussion  to  follow,  will  bring  out  some  valuable 
suggestions.  These  will  be  especially  interesting  just  now  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  a  Bibliographical  Department  has  been  proposed  as  one 
of  the  special  lines  of  work  for  the  recently  organized  Carnegie  Insti- 
tion,  and  upon  the  scope  and  plan  proposed  for  such  a  department  will 
no  doubt  depend  the  action  of  the  trustees  of  that  corporation. 

A  considerable  part  of  the  bibliographies  which  would  be  most  use- 


SOME  LIBRARY  PROBLEMS  OF  TOMORROW 


261 


ful  for  reference  libraries  and  those  engaged  in  research  work  can 
only  be  prepared  by  experts  in  the  different  arts  and  sciences,  and 
there  is  an  increasing  demand  for  such  experts  in  the  large  reference 
libraries.  Just  now  there  are  places  for  three  or  four  well  educated 
engineers  who  have  the  taste  and  the  training  required  to  enable  them 
to  do  much  needed  work  in  the  critical  bibliography  of  their  art.  Every 
great  reference  library  needs  half  a  dozen  such  experts  in  different 
departments.  Where  are  they? 

In  considering  the  questions  as  to  the  kinds  of  bibliographical  work 
the  results  of  which  would  be  most  useful  to  the  great  majority  of  the 
public  libraries  of  this  country  and  as  to  the  means  of  doing  such  work, 
it  appears  to  me  that  it  is  best  that  it  should  be  done  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Publishing  Board  of  this  Association,  which  has  had 
practical  experience  in  this  line,  and  will  always  be  well  informed  as 
to  the  needs  of  such  libraries. 

This  opinion  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  Mr.  Carnegie,  with 
the  suggestion  that  he  should  give  to  the  American  Library  Associa- 
tion a  special  fund,  the  income  of  which  should  be  applied  to  the 
preparation  and  publication  of  such  reading  lists,  indexes,  and  other 
bibliographical  and  library  aids  as  would  be  specially  useful  in  the 
circulating  libraries  of  this  country.  The  main  part  of  the  income 
would  be  expended  in  employing  competent  persons  to  prepare  the 
lists,  indexes,  etc.,  and  to  read  proofs.  The  cost  of  paper  and  printing 
would  be  met  by  sales  to  the  libraries.  It  was  represented  that  such  a 
gift  would  be  wisely  administered  by  the  Publishing  Board  of  the 
Association,  and  that  the  results  would  be  of  great  value  in  promoting 
the  circulation  of  the  best  books. 

In  response  to  this  suggestion  a  check  for  $100,000  was  sent  to  me 
as  "a  donation  for  the  preparation  and  publication  of  reading  lists, 
indexes,  and  other  bibliographical  and  literary  aids  as  per  (your) 
letter  of  March  14th."  I  shall  take  great  pleasure  in  turning  over  this 
money  if  the  Association  accepts  it  for  the  purposes  and  under 
the  conditions  stated.  It  is  a  unique  gift  from  a  unique  man,  who  de- 
serves our  best  thanks. 

To  diminish  or  destroy  desires  in  the  individual  man  is  the  object 
of  one  form  of  Oriental  philosophy  and  of  several  forms  of  religion, 
the  result  hoped  for  being  the  doing  away  with  anxiety,  discontent, 
and  fear,  and  the  passive  acceptance  of  what  is  and  of  what  is  to  come. 

Our  work  follows  an  opposite  plan;  the  library  aims  to  stimulate  and 
increase  desire  as  well  as  to  satisfy  it,  and  the  general  tendency  of  the 
free  circulating  library,  as  of  public  education,  is  to  increase  discon- 
tent rather  than  to  diminish  it.  A  competent  librarian  will  be  dis- 


262 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


satisfied  during  most  of  his  working  hours, — he  will  want  more  books, 
or  more  readers,  or  more  room,  or  a  better  location,  or  more  assis- 
tants, or  means  to  pay  better  salaries,  or  all  these  things  together.  Some 
readers  also  will  usually  be  dissatisfied  with  the  library  because  of  its 
deficiencies  in  books,  or  because  of  some  books  which  it  has,  or  because 
the  librarian  is  not  sufficiently  attentive  or  is  too  attentive,  or  because 
of  the  hours,  or  the  excess  or  want  of  heat  or  ventilation,  or  because 
of  other  readers.  All  this  is  an  almost  necessary  part  of  the  business; 
if  neither  the  librarian  nor  the  readers  are  dissatisfied,  the  library  is  prob- 
ably dying,  or  dead.  But  there  is  a  discontent  which  is  stimulating  and  leads 
to  something,  and  there  is  a  discontent  which  is  merely  indicative  of  dis- 
ease, a  grumbling  discontent,  which  resembles  the  muscular  twitchings 
which  occur  in  some  cases  of  paralysis.  A  pessimist  has  been  defined  as  a 
person  who,  having  a  choice  of  two  evils,  is  so  anxious  to  be  right  that  he 
takes  both.  Don't  be  a  pessimist.  Life  is  short  and  art  is  long;  you  can  earn 
your  halos  without  making  your  library  perfect,  but  halos  are  not  to  be  had 
by  waiting  for  them,  nor,  as  a  rule,  by  hunting  for  them.  It  will  make  very 
little  difference  to  you  fifty  years  hence  whether  you  got  your  halo  or  not, 
or  whether  it  was  a  plain  ring  halo  or  something  solid,  but  it  may  make 
a  great  deal  of  difference  to  some  of  the  men  and  women  of  that  time, 
who  are  now  coming  to  your  children's  reading  rooms,  as  to  whether  you 
have  deserved  one  or  not.  Each  of  you  and  each  of  your  libraries  is  a  thread 
in  the  warp  of  the  wonderful  web  now  passing  through  the  loom  of  time, 
but  a  living  thread  is  not  altogether  dependent  on  the  shuttle  of  circum- 
stance. It  is  wise  to  try  to  know  something  of  the  pattern  and  to  guess 
at  some  of  the  problems  of  to-morrow,  but  in  the  meantime  we  may 
not  fold  our  hands  and  wait  because  we  do  not  see  clearly  the  way  we 
are  to  go.  We  must  do  our  best  to  meet  the  plain  demands  of  to-day 
bearing  in  mind  the  warning  of  Ecclesiastes,  "He  that  observeth  the 
wind  shall  not  sow,  and  he  that  regardeth  the  clouds  shall  not 
reap. ...  In  the  morning  sow  thy  seed,  and  in  the  evening  withhold  not 
thine  hand,  for  thou  knowest  not  which  shall  prosper,  whether  this 
or  that." 


The  Military  Medical  Officer  at  the 
Opening  of  the  Twentieth  Century 

I  suppose  that  it  is  entirely  within  the  bounds  of  possibility  that  some 
forty  or  fifty  years  hence  some  member  of  this  class  will  come  back  here 
to  give  the  address  to  the  graduating  class  of  that  date.  I  am  not  specially 
curious  as  to  which  one  of  you  gentlemen  will  perform  that  duty, — but  I 
should  very  much  like  to  know  what  he  will  say — if  I  did,  I  could  prob- 
ably make  a  very  interesting  address  myself,  although  I  might  have  to 
make  a  very  careful  selection  for  fear  of  being  thought  a  crank.  I  can 
hardly  imagine  what  Dr.  McLaren,  the  President  of  the  Army  Medical 
Board  which  examined  me,  would  have  thought  if  I  had  tried  to  answer 
some  of  his  questions  as  you  would  probably  answer  them.  He  thought 
that  great  progress  had  been  made  since  he  entered  the  service  at  the 
beginning  of  the  Florida  War,  and  that  we  young  fellows  were  going  into 
the  War  of  the  Rebellion  with  great  advantages.  He  had  seen  the  intro- 
duction of  anesthesia,  and  was  enthusiastic  over  the  comparatively  new 
operations  for  excision  of  joints.  He  had  just  heard  of  the  clinical 
thermometer,  but  doubted  whether  it  would  be  of  much  use,  and  had  also 
heard  of  the  hypodermic  syringe;  and  when  he  found  I  had  one  of  these 
instruments,  he  went  to  Surgeon  General  Finley  (this  was  in  1861),  and 
had  me  assigned  to  duty  at  the  hospital  under  his  charge  so  that  he  might 
see  how  these  new  things  actually  worked.  If,  however,  in  answering  his 
question  as  to  the  means  of  preventing  malaria  and  typhoid  fevers  among 
troops,  I  had  referred  to  bacilli,  haematozoa,  flies  and  mosquitoes,  as  you 
would  probably  do,  I  don't  think  I  should  have  passed,  and  if  I  had 
referred  to  antitoxin  as  a  means  of  treating  malignant  sore  throat  (his 
name  for  diphtheria),  he  would  have  advised  me  to  take  a  six  months' 
rest  in  an  asylum.  I  was  asked  to  describe  laudable  pus  and  the  best 
means  of  securing  healing  by  the  second  intention.  Have  any  of  you  ever 
seen  any  laudable  pus?  Certainly  my  knowledge  of  medicine  in  those 
days  before  you  were  born  was  not  great  as  compared  with  yours,  but 
when  I  went  to  the  army  of  the  Potomac  I  found  a  few  doctors  who  knew 
less,  as  appeared  from  the  results  of  a  certain  examining  board  of  which 
I  was  a  member. 

When  the  war  was  over  and  the  armies  of  Grant  and  Sherman  had 

Address  to  the  graduating  class  of  the  Army  Medical  School  at  Washington,  April  14, 
1903.  Journal  of  the  Association  of  Military  Surgeons  of  the  United  States  12:  349-58 
(1903). 


263 


264 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


made  their  last  parade,  when,  thirty-eight  years  ago  today,  President 
Lincoln  was  assassinated,  and  at  last  rested  in  the  peace  of  death,  and 
the  old  Ford's  Theatre  was  occupied  by  the  Army  Medical  Museum  and 
Library,  the  younger  medical  officers  in  the  museum  became  busy  with 
investigations,  and  it  is  interesting  to  remember  some  of  the  problems 
which  occupied  them.  One  was  the  comparison  of  high  power  micro- 
scopic objectives  as  tested  on  Nobert's  lines;  another  was  the  best  way  of 
making  photo-micrographs;  a  third  was  the  best  method  of  staining  and 
mounting  tissues.  I  clearly  recollect  the  feelings  of  triumph  with  which  1 
took  some  slides  of  stained  sections  of  kidney  and  intestines  mounted  in 
balsam  to  Dr.  Woodward,  who  had  been  very  incredulous  as  to  the 
possibility  of  making  such  preparations.  Then  Dr.  Edward  Curtis  and 
myself  began  the  study  of  minute  fungi  and  of  Texas  cattle  fever,  looked 
for  the  malarial  organisms  on  Analostan  Island,  and  spent  much  time  on 
bacteria,  following  Pasteur's  method.  In  the  absence  of  the  solid  isolating 
culture  methods  devised  by  Koch,  we  were  groping  blindly,  but  I  have 
not  regretted  the  time  spent  in  this  groping.  It  is  impossible  for  you  to 
appreciate  the  feelings  with  which  we  read  Koch's  first  papers,  or  with 
which  we  viewed  the  commencement  and  progress  of  antiseptic  surgery. 

When  I  graduated  in  medicine  I  had  to  write  a  thesis,  and  for  divers 
and  sundry  reasons,  I  chose  to  write  on  the  surgical  treatment  of  epilepsy. 
I  undertook  to  get  the  history  of  all  reported  cases  of  such  treatment,  and 
in  trying  to  do  that  I  discovered  that  there  was  no  library  in  the  United 
States  which  contained  all  the  reports.  There  were  no  complete  files  of 
medical  journals  in  this  country,  and  any  man  who  really  wanted  to 
write  a  scholarly  book  on  medicine  had  to  go  to  London  or  Paris  for  his 
data.  It  seemed  that  that  condition  of  things  should  be  improved,  and 
when  I  came  here  in  the  Surgeon  General's  Office  and  was  detailed  to 
settling  the  medical  accounts  of  the  war,  I  put  in  some  side  time  in  trying 
to  get  this  library  together. 

The  work  which  was  done  in  the  old  Ford's  Theatre  in  the  latter 
sixties  and  the  seventies,  in  connection  with  the  Museum  and  Library 
was  in  part  merely  incidental  to  the  preparation  of  medical  and  surgical 
history  of  the  war,  in  part  for  the  advancement  of  medicine,  and  in  part 
for  the  pleasure  of  the  young  men  engaged  in  it.  Its  direct  results  on 
the  science  and  art  of  medicine  were  not  great,  but  its  indirect  results 
have  been  and  are  important.  This  Army  Medical  Museum  and  Library 
are  well  known  to  physicians  all  over  the  world,  and  the  opportunities 
they  have  afforded  and  the  aid  which  they  have  given  to  physicians  in 
the  United  States  have  been  such  as  to  produce  in  the  medical  profession 
a  strong  interest  in  the  Army  Medical  Department.  It  is  desirable  for  all 
parties  that  this  interest  should  be  maintained,  and  to  this  end  the 


MILITARY  MEDICAL  OFFICER 


265 


younger  members  of  the  Medical  Corps  should  know  and  feel  that  this 
Army  Medical  Museum  and  Library  is  an  inheritance  to  be  cared  for  and 
increased  by  them  for  their  own  and  the  general  good.  One  of  the  good 
things  about  this  Army  Medical  School  is  that  it  brings  the  Assistant 
Surgeons  in  touch  with  this  institution,  giving  it  some  of  the  features  of  a 
central  home  club. 

Thirty  years  ago  there  were  considerable  difficulties  in  obtaining  funds 
for  this  Institution.  I  look  back  at  my  experience  with  Congressional 
appropriation  committees  with  more  amusement  than  I  felt  at  the  time. 
At  present  I  am  told  that  the  difficulty  is  to  obtain  the  funds  required  to 
provide  shelving  for  the  books,  rather  than  to  obtain  the  books.  This  is 
also  amusing. 

When  I  asked  for  suggestions  as  to  what  I  should  talk  to  you  about,  1 
was  told: — "Oh,  the  usual  thing,  congratulations  and  advice." 

As  for  my  congratulations, — you  have  them, — and  they  are  sincere.  It 
is  really  a  very  fine  thing  to  be  a  young  army  medi-officer,  although  there 
are,  occasionally,  short  periods  of  time  when  he  may  not  think  so:  He 
may  have  some  doubts  about  it  after  he  has  been  for  a  year  at  some  small, 
isolated,  very  healthy  post,  or,  for  a  month  before  his  examination  for 
promotion,  or  when  he  has  to  decide  without  advice  as  to  what  he  will  do 
for  his  first  case  of  strangulated  hernia,  or  of  incipient  melancholia,  or 
of  shot-wound  of  the  abdomen,  or  of  locked  twins.  He  may  even  more 
than  doubt  it  when  he  takes  a  stereoscopic  view  of  his  contemplated 
marriage  on  the  one  side  and  his  salary  and  prospects  on  the  other. 
These  doubts  will  pass,  but  as  a  rule  he  will  not  know  clearly  what  a 
good  time  he  is  having  and  what  a  fortunate  man  he  is  until  he  looks 
back  over  his  career  across  the  gulf  of  twenty  or  thirty  years. 

If  it  is  true,  and  I  think  it  is,  that  "a  spice  of  danger  and  an  element  of 
chance  add  interest  to  work,"  then  your  work  will  have  that  interest. 
You  are  not  coming  on  the  stage  of  action  at  the  beginning  of  a  period  of 
peace  and  content,  but  in  the  midst  of  a  waxing  tide  of  national  struggles 
for  commercial  supremacy  and  of  discontent  among  great  masses  of 
people.  "That  this  turmoil  and  unrest  can  be  dealt  with  wisely  and  justly, 
so  as  to  preserve  that  which  is  most  desirable  in  civilization  and  in  our 
system  of  representative  government,  I  believe,  but  here  and  there  in 
special  localities,  the  immediate  problems  must  probably  be  solved  by 
blood  and  steel,  and  that  you  will  have  a  part  to  play  in  some  of  these  is 

not  at  all  unlikely." 

You  will  have  some  epidemics  to  face,  and  no  doubt  some  of  you  will 
have  a  chance  to  hear  bullets  whistle,  arbitration  to  the  contrary  notwith- 
standing, but  the  increased  interest  which  these  things  may  give  to  an 
army  surgeon's  life  is  too  uncertain  and  temporary  to  be  worth  considera- 


266 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


tion.  The  things  most  to  be  dreaded  in  your  future  lives  are  boredom 
and  waiting,  and  the  preventive  and  remedy  is  to  see  to  it  that  you  have 
something  to  do  always, — and  doing  it.  It  may  be,  generally  must  be, 
routine,  like  a  woman's  knitting  work;  sketching  or  photography,  Indian 
languages  or  calculus,  infusoria  or  ascomycetes  will  any  of  them  keep  you 
busy.  But  suggesting  subjects  for  work  is  a  little  like  the  plan  of  the  man 
who  told  James  Russell  Lowell  that  he  had  discovered  the  way  to  make  a 
fortune.  "As  the  fine  flavor  of  the  canvass-back  is  due  to  the  wild  celery 
on  which  it  feeds,  I  am  going  to  feed  tame  ducks  with  it  and  supply  the 
market."  Some  weeks  later  Lowell  met  him  and  asked  him  how  the  duck 
feeding  plan  was  getting  on.  "Well,"  was  the  answer,  "they  wouldn't  eat 
it." 

Forty  years  ago  the  microscope  was  mainly  used  by  physicians  as  a 
plaything,  a  source  of  occasional  amusement.  It  was  the  correct  thing  for 
the  young  graduate  to  buy  a  thirty  dollar  Oberhauser,  and  keep  it  in  a 
conspicuous  place  in  his  office,  but  his  chief  use  of  it  was  to  show  his 
admiring  friends  the  terrible  monsters  contained  in  a  drop  of  selected 
water. 

To-day  the  microscope  is  one  of  our  most  important  tools,  and  you  have 
been  taught  how  to  use  it,  but  it  may  be  well  to  remind  you  that  you  can 
get  a  great  deal  of  pleasure  by  using  it  in  research  work  not  directly 
connected  with  medicine. 

When  you  obtained  your  diploma  as  Doctor  of  Medicine,  it  is  possible 
that  many  of  you  thought  you  knew  it  all,  or  nearly  all,  and  that  what 
you  did  not  know  could  be  found  in  the  latest  text  books,  monographs 
and  journals.  Probably  all  of  you  are  now  aware  that  there  are  many 
things  in  regard  to  the  causes,  prevention  and  treatment  of  disease  which, 
at  present,  nobody  knows;  or  if  any  one  does  now,  he  has  not  told.  There 
is  no  end  to  the  things  we  don't  know  and  ought  to  know,  and  probably 
will  know  within  your  lifetime. 

Some  of  you  have,  perhaps,  resolved  that  you  will  investigate  some  of 
these  unsettled  questions,  and  may  have  even  selected  the  particular 
problem  which  you  intend  to  solve.  This  is  good,  very  good,  but  re- 
member that  in  your  life  as  an  army  medical  officer  the  subject  for  in- 
vestigation will  usually  be  determined  by  your  opportunities  rather  than 
by  your  wishes.  I  advise  every  young  army  surgeon  to  have  some  research 
work  on  hand  for  his  own  mental  health  and  pleasure,  just  as  I  advise 
him  to  take  a  certain  amount  of  physical  exercise,  and  if  he  cannot  make 
the  particular  research  he  would  most  like,  that  he  try  to  like  the  research 
he  can  make.  Of  course  his  selection  of  a  subject  for  study  will  be  largely 
involuntary;  if  he  feels  a  strong  impulse  towards  some  special  line  of 
work,  it  is  well  for  him  to  follow  it,  but  if  this  work  has  no  relation  to  his 


MILITARY  MEDICAL  OFFICER 


267 


military  duties  he  must  bear  in  mind  that  these  duties  have  precedence. 
The  fact  that  he  is  an  enthusiastic  botanist,  ornithologist,  or  comparative 
anatomist,  is  no  reason  whatever  for  his  neglecting  to  keep  himself  well 
informed  as  to  advances  in  medical  science,  or  not  being  interested  in  his 
patients  or  in  the  sanitary  condition  of  his  post.  It  is  also  a  very  poor 
reason  why  he  should  try  to  obtain  posts  which  are  specially  favorable  to 
his  particular  hobby,  if  this  hobby  is  not  connected  with  military  medi- 
cine. If  he  considers  his  research  work  more  important  than  his  army 
duties,  he  should  resign  from  the  latter. 

What  amount  of  time  and  energy  should  be  given  to  original  research 
work  by  professional  men  employed  in  college  and  university  work  and 
in  Government  departments  is  a  question  which  has  been  much  discussed 
of  late  years.  The  exceptional  man,  who  knows  all  that  is  known  on  some 
one  subject  and  has  the  capacity  and  the  desire  to  increase  knowledge  on 
that  subject,  and  for  whom  many  of  our  Universities  and  large  manu- 
facturing and  engineering  establishments  are  seeking,  is  not  easily  found, 
and  when  found  it  is  not  more  than  an  even  chance  that  he  can  be 
trusted  to  fulfill  the  ordinary  every  day  duties  of  his  profession,  including 
administrative  work. 

If  any  of  you  feel  satisfied  that  you  are  that  sort  of  man  he  had  better 
communicate  with  the  Carnegie  Institution. 

Most  of  us  hold  our  professional  work  as  the  first  and  most  important 
object,  and  original  research  as  a  thing  to  be  done  as  opportunity  offers. 
We  belong  to  the  second  class  mentioned  in  Hesiod,  i.  e.,  those  who  can 
understand  things  when  explained  to  them. 

I  shall  not  attempt  to  advise  you  with  regard  to  your  special  medical, 
sanitary  or  surgical  work,  but  merely  ask  you  to  remember  that  every 
army  medical  officer  has  some  special  opportunities  for  increasing 
knowledge,  but  that  to  enable  him  to  recognize  these  opportunities  and  to 
take  advantage  of  them  usually  requires  long  study  and  training.  It  was 
because  of  this  study  and  training  that  your  late  teacher  and  friend  Dr. 
Walter  Reed,  was  able  to  recognize  his  opportunity  and  to  make  the 
discovery  with  regard  to  yellow  fever  which  has  placed  his  name  high  on 
the  roll  of  the  famous  physicians  who  have  been  great  benefactors  to 
mankind.  His  work  on  this  subject  was  not  done  under  direction,  rather 
in  spite  of  it,  yet  the  line  of  work  in  which  he  had  been  engaged  for  the 
previous  ten  years  was  what  fitted  him  for  the  emergency. 

These  special  opportunities  always  come  to  the  physician,  the  natural- 
ist, the  anthropologist,  they  are  connected  with  phenomena  which  are 

occasional  rarely  just  alike  and  must  be  secured  at  the  time  or  be  lost. 

But  you  must  be  able  to  recognize  them  if  you  are  to  use  them.  Remem- 


268 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


ber  the  motto  of  the  Washington  City  Directory  "To  find  a  name  in  this 
book  you  must  know  how  to  spell  it." 

Permit  me  to  say  a  word  about  your  social  relations  and  duties,  which 
are  substantially  those  of  the  family  practitioner,  but  with  some  special 
peculiarities.  In  time  of  war  the  surgeon  is  more  intimately  associated 
with  line  officers  and  their  work  than  are  the  officers  of  other  staff  corps, 
and  to  a  certain  extent  this  is  also  true  in  time  of  peace,  and  as  a  general 
rule  they  are  good  friends.  In  my  time  there  were  two  or  three  com- 
manding officers  who  always  had  difficulties  with  medical  officers,  unless 
they  were  sick,  but  so  they  did  with  all  other  officers.  There  were  also  two 
or  three  medical  officers  who  always  had  difficulties  with  their  command- 
ing officers,  although  they  might  be  on  very  friendly  terms  with  other 
officers.  These  gentlemen  were  sensitive  on  questions  of  rank,  and  rights, 
not  so  much  on  their  own  account  (as  they  explained),  as  because  they 
felt  it  to  be  their  duty  to  uphold  the  dignity  of  the  Medical  Department. 
Now  the  nature  of  either  personal  or  Departmental  dignity,  and  the 
desire  to  have  all  of  one's  rights,  is  such  that  the  more  attention  you  give 
to  them  the  more  they  seem  to  require,  and  it  becomes  hard  to  spare  the 
time  necessary  to  preserve  them  spotless  and  unfrayed. 

Your  military  rank  may,  on  rare  occasions,  be  an  important  matter 
in  dealing  with  the  rank  and  file,  but  your  medical  skill  and  tact  are 
more  important  in  the  ordinary  routine  of  army  life. 

It  is  your  duty  to  contribute  your  quota  towards  the  social  life  of  your 
post,  and  to  try  to  make  it  cheerful  and  interesting.  Of  course,  your 
personal  likes  and  dislikes,  strength  or  weakness,  in  such  matters  as 
athletics  and  games,  shooting  and  whist,  reading  clubs  and  amateur 
theatricals,  the  nieces  of  the  Major's  wife,  and  other  sources  of  amuse- 
ment, will  have  much  influence  on  your  actions, — but  be  ready  to  give 
some  of  your  time  to  things  you  don't  care  much  about,  if  it  is  for  the 
general  good  and  pleasure.  You  have  got  to  take  into  consideration  the 
opinions,  feelings  and  desires  of  some  women  as  well  as  the  men,  but 
the  only  piece  of  advice  I  can  give  on  this  point  is, — whenever  you  find 
yourself  thinking  that  you  thoroughly  understand  the  ladies, — or  a  lady, 
— at  your  post,  you  had  better  not  prophesy. 

You  have  also  certain  social  duties  in  connection  with  the  soldiers 
under  your  charge.  You  should  know  them  by  sight  and  name,  and  you 
should  be  interested  in  their  individual  peculiarities.  And  this  should  be 
a  real  interest, — the  soldier  is  quick  to  detect  perfunctory,  patronizing 
forms  of  apparent  interest.  Why  does  Smith  sulk  or  mope  and  get  off  by 
himself  as  much  as  possible?  Why  has  Brown  suddenly  become  quarrel- 
some? How  is  Jones  the  new  recruit  getting  on?  "These  matters  are  the 
business  of  the  line  officers,"  you  will  say.  They  are,  but  they  should  also 


MILITARY  MEDICAL  OFFICER 


269 


interest  the  medical  officer,  who,  without  impertinent  inquisitiveness, 
and  with  tactful  sympathy,  can  often  make  the  rough  path  smooth,  and 
help  his  brother  officer  to  form  a  wise  judgment. 

The  medical  officer  may  also  have  social  and  professional  duties  in 
connection  with  civilians  in  the  vicinity  of  his  post.  At  a  few  special 
places  his  medical  services  are  in  much  demand  by  civilians  and  are  paid 
for,  wherefore  these  places  are  desired  by  army  surgeons.  If  there  are 
other  physicians  in  the  vicinity,  and  there  are  few  places  where  there  are 
not,  they  may  think  that  the  army  surgeon's  work  should  be  confined  to 
the  limits  of  his  post,  and  professional  jealousy  with  a  little  mixture  of 
the  Code  of  Ethics,  has  in  bygone  years,  caused  trouble  to  the  medical 
officer. 

On  the  other  hand  you  will  find  that  such  jealousy  is  the  exception 
and  not  the  rule,  and  that  if  you  sympathize  with  what  interests  your 
professional  brethren,  wherever  you  may  be,  you  will  receive  cordial 
sympathy  and  aid  from  them.  You  are  "members  of  a  world-wide 
guild,  the  oldest  one,  and  the  only  one."  The  medical  officer  has  thus  a 
double  comradeship,  and  this  is  one  of  the  specially  attractive  features  of 
his  position. 

Your  attendance  at  this  Army  Medical  school  will  have  other  results 
besides  increase  of  professional  knowledge.  You  have  become  more  or  less 
acquainted  with  each  other's  personality,  more  than  you  could  otherwise 
have  done  in  many  years,  and  I  hope  you  have  formed  some  friendships 
which  will  endure. 

Probably  you  will  never  all  come  together  again  in  this  life,  after  you 
have  taken  your  different  routes  over  the  iron  lines  that  bind  this 
country  to  its  Capital,  but  your  paths  will  cross  each  other  many  times 
and  in  unforeseen  places.  At  each  crossing  may  your  memory  of  your 
Washington  experience  aid  in  making  the  meeting  a  happy  one. 

As  members  of  a  great  profession,  as  officers  of  the  nation,  as  citizens  of 
a  great  country,  as  men  possessing  special  knowledge  and  selected  from 
many  candidates,  you  are  coming  on  the  stage  of  action  to  share  the 
burden  and  responsibility  of  the  world's  work,  to  bring  fresh  blood  and 
energy  into  the  organism,  to  maintain  and  add  to  the  dignity  and  honor 
of  your  corps  and  of  your  country.  Enter  upon  your  heritage  modestly, 
but  confidently.  Be  strong  and  of  good  courage.  "Nos  morituri  saluta- 
mus." 


Medical  Reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War 


In  the  Fall  of  1861  I  went  to  Washington  to  appear  before  the 
Medical  Examining  Board  of  the  Regular  Army.  I  had  graduated  from 
a  medical  college  after  a  two  years'  course,  each  year  having  exactly  the 
same  lectures.  I  had  had  two  years'  hospital  experience,  and  I  had  been 
demonstrator  of  anatomy  for  two  years,  so  that  while  I  had  my  doubts 
about  my  passing  the  ordeal  of  the  Army  Medical  Board,  from  what  I  had 
heard  of  its  severity,  still  I  thought  that  probably  I  should  get  through. 
I  came  up  before  the  Board,  and  at  about  noon  of  the  second  day  I  began 
to  feel  rather  comfortable  and  thought  I  was  getting  on  very  well;  but  by 
noon  of  the  third  day  there  was  a  consultation  between  the  examiners, 
and  they  began  all  over  again,  going  back  to  anatomy  and  to  the  begin- 
ning of  things.  That  went  on  for  three  days  more  and  made  me  very 
uneasy.  I  did  not  learn  the  explanation  of  this  until  long  afterward.  When 
it  was  all  over  Dr.  McLaren,  the  President  of  the  Board,  said  to  me  that 
he  hoped  I  would  take  service  at  once  with  him — that  he  could  not  get 
my  commission  for  some  time,  but  that  I  could  be  made  a  contract 
surgeon  without  delay.  I  agreed  to  this,  was  introduced  to  Surgeon-Gen- 
eral Finley,  got  my  contract  and  was  told  that  I  was  especially  detailed 
to  go  to  the  Union  Hotel  Hospital  in  Georgetown,  which  was  under  the 
direction  of  Surgeon  McLaren. 

I  began  service,  and  had  three  things  with  me  that  none  of  the  other 
surgeons  had:  A  set  of  clinical  thermometers  like  those  Dr.  Keen  talked 
about,  a  straight  one  and  one  with  a  curve;  a  hypodermic  syringe,  and  a 
Symes  staff  for  urethral  stricturotomy.  The  hypodermic  syringe  was  in 
constant  requisition.  The  clinical  thermometer  was  troublesome  and  was 
not  used  very  much.  The  medical  director  of  the  army  was  Dr.  Charles 
S.  Tripler,  who  had  seen  me  operate  for  stricture  of  the  urethra  the  year 
before,  and  thought  the  results  were  very  good.  Consequently  whenever 
any  surgeon  of  troops  about  Washington  applied  for  the  discharge  of  one 
of  his  men  for  the  reason  that  he  had  an  impermeable  stricture  of  the 
urethra,  instead  of  granting  the  discharge,  Dr.  Tripler  sent  that  case  to 
me.  There  were  quite  a  number  of  them,  but  I  have  no  statistics  of  my 
cases. 

One  day  in  the  Spring  of  1862  I  was  in  the  hospital  office  when  two 
men  walked  in — one  a  large  man  with  an  air  of  importance,  the  other  a 

Read  April  5,  1905.  Transactions  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  27: 
115-21  (1905). 

270 


REMINISCENCES  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR 


271 


small  man  who  had  said  very  little.  The  large  man  said  they  would  like 
to  see  some  of  the  cases  in  the  hospital.  They  did  not  give  their  names, 
but  I  thought  it  was  proper  to  show  the  cases,  and  so  took  them  around. 
Practically  I  had  done  most  of  the  operations  in  the  hospital.  After 
spending  about  two  hours  they  went  down  to  the  desk  and  the  big  man 
said  to  me,  "Dr.  Billings,  I  wanted  to  see  the  man  who  beat  my  student 
Adams."  I  told  him  I  didn't  know  who  "Adams"  was.  He  said,  "Don't 
you  know  the  results  of  your  examination?"  I  said,  "No."  He  then  said, 
"When  you  came  up  for  examination  they  had  finished  their  class,  and 
the  report  was  just  ready  to  go  in,  when  you  were  sent  over  with  an  order 
to  be  examined.  They  looked  up  your  paper,  found  that  you  were  born 
in  Indiana,  and  thought  they  would  make  short  business  of  it.  At  the  end 
of  the  first  day  they  concluded  that  probably  you  would  pass,  but  hoped 
it  would  not  be  necessary  to  change  the  order  of  precedence  in  the  roll, 
and  that  you  could  come  in  at  the  bottom.  The  second  day  they  thought 
they  would  have  to  put  your  name  higher  up,  and  on  the  third  day  they 
concluded  that  you  would  be  at  the  head  of  the  class,  but  that,  to  be  fair, 
they  ought  to  ask  you  the  same  questions  that  they  had  asked  Dr.  Adams, 
who  was  previously  the  head  of  the  class,  and  so  they  began  all  over  again 
with  you.  I  then  learned  that  my  callers  were  Dr.  Hammond,  Surgeon- 
General,  and  Dr.  Letterman,  Medical  Director  of  the  Army  of  the 
Potomac.  Dr.  Hammond  said  to  me:  "Day  after  to-morrow  all  the  sur- 
geons in  this  hospital  will  be  relieved,  which  will  leave  you  in  charge. 
You  will  be  sent  some  contract  doctors,  and  you  are  to  go  to  the  cavalry 
barracks  at  Cliffburne,  on  the  hill  back  of  Georgetown,  turn  them  into  a 
hospital,  and  move  this  hospital  out  there  as  soon  as  possible." 

The  surgeons  were  relieved.  I  did  establish  the  Cliffburne  Hospital, 
and  when  the  wounded  came  in  from  the  seven  days'  fighting  before 
Richmond  I  was  ready  for  them,  and  had  very  excellent  opportunities  for 
operative  work. 

I  secured  sixty  Sisters  of  Charity,  who  took  charge  of  the  nursing  side  of 
the  work.  We  should  not  think  them  particularly  skilled  at  the  present 
day,  but  they  were  very  good  for  that  period. 

One  of  the  difficulties  at  Cliffburne  was  that  we  had  a  large  number  of 
Confederate  as  well  as  of  Union  wounded.  The  old  residents  of  George- 
town and  Washington  were  mostly  in  sympathy  with  the  Confederates, 
and  came  out  bringing  good  things  to  eat  and  drink,  with  the  desire  that 
these  things  should  be  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  Confederates.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  ladies  of  the  families  of  members  of  Congress  and  of 
officers  in  the  departments  were  enthusiastic  for  the  Northern  side,  and 
they  also  came  with  various  good  things,  but  with  the  specification  that 
none  should  go  to  the  rebels.  We  would  not  receive  gifts  from  either 


272 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


party  on  these  terms,  but  after  a  little  explanation  they  were  left  to  be 
used  for  those  who  needed  them  most. 

I  remember  a  member  of  Congress  from  New  York  City  who  came  up 
and  said:  "You  have  got  a  lot  of  my  boys  here;  I  would  like  to  do  some- 
thing for  them,  something  that  the  papers  will  notice,  you  know.  What 
do  you  think  I  had  better  give  them?"  I  said:  "They  have  all  got  more  or 
less  scurvy,  and  I  think  fresh  strawberries  would  do  them  good.  You  might 
have  a  strawberry  festival,  and  have  a  band  here." 

He  agreed,  and  it  was  a  great  success,  as  the  reporters  duly  proclaimed. 

At  the  battle  of  Chancellorsville  there  was  a  good  deal  of  joking  among 
some  of  our  line  officers  about  the  doctors  not  getting  up  to  the  front,  that 
they  kept  in  a  comfortable  place  about  a  mile  back,  etc.  This  was  mostly 
chaff,  but  there  was  a  little  bit  of  earnest  in  it;  so  I  said  I  would  go  up 
and  see.  The  regiment  came  under  fire,  and  was  then  less  than  200  yards 
from  the  Confederates,  and  I  was,  perhaps,  40  yards  behind  the  firing 
line.  I  stopped  behind  a  little  frame  house,  giving  notice  to  bring  the 
wounded  there.  I  soon  found  that  the  wounded  who  could  walk  would 
not  stop  where  I  was — it  was  entirely  too  close.  At  first  the  men  that 
were  more  severely  hit  were  brought  back  by  members  of  the  band,  but 
very  soon  there  were  no  more  bandmen,  and  they  never  came  back  for  a 
second  load.  When  the  men  began  to  bring  their  wounded  fellow  soldiers 
in  they  would  not  stop  where  I  was.  Finally  a  shell  went  through  this 
wooden  shanty,  making  a  deuce  of  a  clatter,  and  that  settled  the  question 
of  the  men  stopping.  The  slightly  wounded  men  would  not  stop,  and 
the  bearers  of  the  badly  wounded  men  would  not  stop,  so  I  moved  back 
about  200  yards  and  began  to  work  there,  but  soon  got  an  order  from 
the  medical  director  saying  that  I  was  still  too  close,  and  must  go  back 
to  the  Chancellor  House  about  a  mile  away  and  establish  my  hospital 
there.  The  next  morning  the  Chancellor  House  came  under  artillery 
fire  and  I  had  to  move  again.  Fortunately  I  was  able  to  get  all  the 
wounded  out  of  the  house  and  to  move  them  back  another  mile  or  so 
into  a  little  hollow  without  losing  any  of  them.  But  one  of  my  assistants 
was  killed. 

My  experience  in  Chancellorsville  was  that  of  handling  wounded 
without  an  ambulance  corps,  and  getting  them  off  when  the  troops  were 
falling  back.  It  is  one  thing  to  provide  for  wounded  when  the  troops  are 
advancing  and  leaving  the  hospital  behind,  and  quite  another  thing  to 
fall  back  with  your  wounded  when  the  troops  are  retreating. 

Let  us  take  another  field  hospital  scene — this  was  at  the  battle  of 
Gettysburg.  There  I  established  the  hospital  at  a  farm  house  on  the 
side  of  Round  Top,  perhaps  half  a  mile  behind  the  first  firing  line.  In 
the  house  we  found  dough  kneaded  and  nearly  ready  for  the  baking 


REMINISCENCES  OF  THE  CIVIL  WAR 


273 


pans,  which  had  even  been  greased.  There  was  a  fine  fire  in  the  stove, 
but  nobody  about  the  house.  I  got  my  men  to  separate  that  dough  into 
reasonably  sized  lumps  and  slip  them  into  the  oven.  Then  we  found  a 
big  copper  boiler  which  we  filled  with  water  and  made  coffee  and  some 
soup.  In  about  twenty  minutes  the  wounded  began  to  come  in,  and  we 
had  about  850  before  12  o'clock  that  night.  They  all  got  hot  coffee  and 
hot  soup,  but  there  was  not  enough  bread  to  go  beyond  the  first  hundred. 
The  seriously  wounded  were  in  the  house,  and  near  it  under  the  trees 
and  in  the  big  barn.  The  slightly  wounded  picked  their  own  places  on 
the  outskirts.  About  midnight  Dr.  Letterman  came  in  and  said  that  he 
had  just  learned  that  this  particular  place  was  going  to  be  shelled  early 
in  the  morning,  and  that  we  should  have  to  move  on  at  once.  I  found  a 
place  a  mile  to  the  rear,  where  there  was  plenty  of  water  and  shade, 
and  we  began  to  move  early  in  the  morning.  Here  I  had  an  ambulance 
train  and  the  work  of  moving  was  safely  accomplished.  A  few  shells 
began  to  drop  near  as  the  first  train  of  ambulances  moved  off,  but  no  one 
was  injured. 

As  usually  happens,  about  the  second  day  it  began  to  rain  and  rained 
continuously  for  five  days,  and  the  supplies  were  slow  in  coming.  Various 
State  auxiliary  associations  brought  fresh  bread,  mutton,  fruits,  etc.,  for 
their  State  regiments,  but  there  were  none  for  the  regular  troops.  Finally 
there  came  along  a  wagon  from  the  Fire  Department  of  Baltimore.  They 
said:  "This  is  just  the  kind  of  place  we  want  to  find,  that  don't  belong  to 
any  State."  Baltimore  was  rather  neutral.  After  the  wagon  had  been  un- 
loaded they  informed  me  that  they  had  packed  one  box  for  the  surgeon. 
I  got  the  benefit  of  that  box,  and  it  was  most  judiciously  packed. 

Let  us  take  another  scene: 

A  little  later,  at  the  battle  of  Spottsylvania,  in  1864,  the  Army  of  the 
Potomac  had  an  ambulance  corps  well  disciplined.  In  that  campaign  I 
was  a  medical  inspector  of  the  army,  and  had  a  chance  to  look  around 
and  see  what  other  people  were  doing.  The  first  battle  of  the  Wilderness 
lasted  about  three  days.  The  wounded  were  taken  back  to  Fredericks- 
burg, the  line  of  the  Rapidan  was  then  abandoned  and  another  battle 
began.  A  large  number  of  wounded  soon  resulted,  but  there  were  no 
ambulances,  nor  had  we  the  conveniences  which  the  ambulances  supplied. 
Huts  and  shelters  were  built  of  cedar  and  pine  branches,  and  we  did 
the  best  we  could  until  the  ambulances  returned  the  next  day.  The  day 
was  hot  and  sultry,  the  air  was  filled  with  clouds  of  dust,  and  the  woods 
were  on  fire  in  various  places.  It  was  hard  to  find  water,  and  when  found 
it  was  warm  and  muddy.  The  medicine  wagons  could  not  be  brought 
up,  for  the  roads  were  blocked.  The  surgeons  worked  in  their  shirt 
sleeves,  using  such  materials  as  were  in  the  field  cases,  and  they  worked 


274 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


well — far  into  the  night.  I  shall  not  give  you  any  more  illustrative 
scenes.  My  general  observations  agree  with  those  of  Dr.  Keen,  that  there 
was  not  enough  of  operating  in  the  state  of  knowledge  we  then  had.  A 
very  few  men  performed  operations  which  were  unnecessary,  amputating 
a  few  limbs  which  might  have  been  saved,  but  the  great  majority  were 
timid  and  anxious  to  shift  the  responsibility  and  to  get  the  simplest 
dressings  on  as  soon  as  possible. 

During  the  first  year  of  the  war  there  was  no  good  organization  for 
collecting  the  wounded.  In  the  second  year  they  had  acquired  the  idea 
that  the  doctor  might  be  considered  a  general  staff  officer,  and  there  was 
an  ambulance  corps.  In  the  third  year  there  was  an  order  issued  that  the 
chief  surgeon  of  the  corps  and  the  division  surgeon  should  be  at  the 
Division  Hospital,  because  there  they  could  be  more  easily  found.  The 
brigade  surgeons  were  often  made  the  operating  surgeons.  The  result  of 
this  was  that  all  the  chief  officers  were  gathered  together  at  the  Division 
Hospital;  and  there  was  plenty  of  work  for  them,  but  the  other  surgeons 
and  assistant  surgeons  were  without  directions,  and  were  left  to  exercise 
their  own  will  and  pleasure,  if  they  had  any.  In  the  case  of  Dr.  Keen, 
when  he  didn't  get  orders,  he  acted  on  his  good  judgment,  but  a  good 
many  did  not  have  that  quality,  and  hence  did  little  or  nothing. 

Looking  back  at  the  war  as  I  remember  it,  it  is  a  wonder  that  so  many 
of  the  medical  officers  did  as  well  as  they  did,  and  that  the  results  were 
as  good  as  they  were.  My  main  criticism  of  the  surgical  work  which  I  saw 
was  that  too  much  resection  was  attempted  in  cases  of  injury  of  the  long 
bones.  If  a  ball  smashed  a  femur  some  surgeons  wanted  to  get  out  all  of 
the  fragments,  although  in  doing  so  they  made  the  injury  much  more 
severe. 

During  the  first  two  years  of  the  war  the  records  of  the  wounded  in 
field  hospitals  were  often  very  imperfect,  for  comparatively  few  surgeons 
made  notes  of  their  cases.  During  the  last  two  years  of  the  war  the 
records  were  much  more  complete,  as  a  medical  officer  and  a  hospital 
steward  were  often  detailed  for  the  duty  of  making  such  records. 


Address  Given  at  the  Opening  of  the 
New  Library  Building  at  Radcliffe 
College,  Cambridge, 
April  27,  1908 

Whether  the  pleasures  and  satisfaction  obtained  in  pursuit,  are  greater 
or  less  than  those  derived  from  possession,  is  a  question  which  has  been 
the  subject  of  many  unreported  debates.  Fifty  or  sixty  years  ago  it  was  a 
favorite  subject  for  discussion  in  village  and  small  college  debating  socie- 
ties. It  has  also  been  the  subject  of  a  large  amount  of  the  printed  literature 
belonging  to  the  departments  of  Sport,  Fiction,  Poetry,  Philosophy  and 
Religion.  Art  for  art's  sake,  and  the  delights  of  pure  mathematics  are 
closely  related  to  it.  You  will  soon  be  in  a  position  to  form  an  opinion 
about  it, — seeing  that  you  have  had  the  pleasures  of  anticipation  in  the 
long  and  strenuous  efforts  which  have  been  made  to  secure  this  new 
library  building,  and  now,  at  last  it  is  completed,  and  you  can  go  on  to 
realize  the  plans  which  have  been  the  object  of  your  imagination  and 
desire.  It  seems  to  me  to  be  very  satisfactory  both  in  its  practical 
arrangement  and  in  its  architectural  effect. 

I  am  specially  pleased  to  see  that  the  library  purpose  of  the  building 
has  been  the  only  object  you  have  had  in  view,  in  its  plans  and  construc- 
tion. Thanks  to  Mr.  Carnegie,  it  has  been  easier  in  recent  years  to  ob- 
tain a  library  building  than  almost  any  other  sort  of  building  for  colleges 
in  this  country,  and  to  many  it  has  seemed  quite  natural  and  proper  to 
provide  for  as  many  other  college  needs  in  such  a  building  as  possible, 
and,  in  fact,  there  are  few  of  the  intellectual  needs  of  a  college  which 
cannot  be  shown,  at  least  theoretically,  to  depend  on,  or  to  be  closely 
connected  with,  the  library. 

The  most  important  part  of  a  library  is,  of  course,  the  books,  and  of 
these  you  already  have  a  good  supply,  which  will,  no  doubt,  be  largely 
increased  by  the  fact  that  you  now  have  a  suitable  home  for  them.  One 
of  the  best  mottoes  for  a  library  is  "Unto  him  that  hath  shall  be  given." 

A  common  method  in  preparing  an  address  for  an  occasion  like  this  is 
to  begin  by  saying  that  this  new  addition  to  your  resources  brings  with 
it  increased  duties  and  responsibilities,  and  then  proceed  to  give  a  few 
thousand  words  of  advice.  I  could  do  this  without  great  trouble,  for  I 
should  not  be  hampered  with  knowledge  of  the  conditions  and  modes 

Radcliffe  Magazine  10:  107-17  (1908). 

275 


276 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


of  work  in  the  college  which  affect  the  library.  It  is  the  bachelor  who 
advises  most  freely  as  to  how  a  man  should  treat  his  wife,  and  the 
spinster  as  to  how  children  should  be  brought  up. 

Nearly  all  the  eulogistic  addresses  about  libraries  which  have  been 
printed  in  recent  years  relate  to  public  libraries,  and  especially  circulat- 
ing libraries,  intended  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  great  mass  of  the 
people,  and  in  many  respects  do  not  apply  to  the  scholars'  library  such 
as  you  have  here. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  compare  this  library  with  other  college 
libraries  of  about  the  same  size,  in  order  to  ascertain  the  differences,  if 
any,  in  the  character  of  the  books,  and  the  principles  which  govern  their 
selection.  For  example,  does  the  library  of  a  college  for  young  men 
differ  from  that  of  a  college  for  young  women,  and  if  so,  how? 

Of  course,  every  college  library  differs  from  every  other  college  library, 
depending  on  the  character  and  tastes  of  the  founders  and  of  those  who 
select  the  books  for  purchase,  the  special  purposes  of  the  institution,  the 
nature  of  the  gifts  made  to  the  library,  etc.  Of  course,  also,  there  are 
several  thousand  books  that  will  be  found  in  every  college  library  of  ten 
thousand  volumes  or  more,  including  the  ordinary  reference  books,  such 
as  encyclopaedias,  dictionaries,  standard  histories,  biographies  and  fiction, 
text  books  in  the  different  branches  of  science,  sets  of  certain  periodicals, 
etc.,  also  the  so-called  books  of  power,  the  sacred  books,  works  of  the 
great  poets  and  dramatists,  etc.  But  are  there  any  considerable  number 
of  books  which  will  usually  be  found  in  the  man's  college  library  and 
not  in  the  woman's,  or  vice  versa?  Perhaps  the  college  librarians  who 
are  here  to-day  might  contribute  to  the  world's  stock  of  knowledge  on 
this  point.  Mr.  Gerould,  librarian  of  the  University  of  Minnesota,  pro- 
posed in  1906  a  plan  for  the  compilation  of  comparative  university 
and  college  library  statistics1  and  a  committee  of  the  American  Library 
Association  was  appointed  to  carry  out  this  plan.  This  committee  made  a 
preliminary  report  in  1907,2  but  it  gives  no  information  on  the  question 
which  I  have  suggested. 

So  far  as  I  know  there  is  no  difference  between  the  libraries  of  men's 
and  women's  colleges  intended  for  general  education  only,  and  having 
no  preparatory  courses  for  special  technical  instruction,  but  I  will  refer 
to  this  later. 

A  library  has  often  been  compared  to  a  laboratory  for  purposes  of 
research  work.  There  is  one  likeness  between  them,  which  is  seldom  re- 
ferred to,  but  to  which  I  would  call  your  special  attention,  and  that  is 

1  Library  Journal,  Nov.  1906,  v.  31,  p.  761. 

2  Papers  and  Proceedings  of  the  29th  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Library  Associa- 
tion, 1907,  p.  261. 


ADDRESS  AT  RADCLIFFE  COLLEGE 


277 


that  both  are  liable  to  become  overcrowded  with  useless  material,  and  to 
have  difficulties  in  the  disposal  of  their  waste  products. 

For  a  research  in  the  laboratory  special  apparatus  must  often  be  ob- 
tained, but  when  this  apparatus  has  been  used  for  its  particular  purpose, 
it  is  often  of  no  further  value,  except,  perhaps,  as  for  deposit  in  a  museum 
as  a  bit  of  history.  The  great  majority  of  books  lose  all  their  vitality  in 
ten  years,  many  of  them  never  had  any  vitality  to  lose. 

There  is  always  a  possibility  that  a  book  which  seems  useless,  such  as 
an  old  City  Directory,  or  an  old  text  book,  may  be  useful  to  some  future 
student,  and  the  motive  of  Mrs.  Toodles  for  buying  a  door-plate  bearing 
the  name  of  Brown  because  she  (Mrs.  Toodles),  might  have  a  daughter, 
and  that  daughter  might  marry  a  man  named  Brown  "and  then  it  would 
be  so  handy  to  have  that  door  plate  in  the  house"  is  one  that  appeals  to 
some  professors  as  well  as  to  some  librarians. 

A  public  library  necessarily  accumulates  much  rubbish,  flavorless, 
namby-pamby,  tedious  stuff — hash  without  salt,  which  one  might  sup- 
pose would  never  find  a  reader.  But  certain  publishers  know  that  there 
is  a  demand  for  this  sort  of  thing,  and  the  librarian  must  remember  that 
he  is  managing  a  large  public  mental  restaurant,  and  must  be  prepared 
to  give  toast  water,  and  broth  without  salt,  to  some  of  his  customers, 
although  if  they  demand  raw,  trichinous  pork,  or  excessively  gamey  birds, 
he  can  say  that  his  supplies  of  those  articles  have  not  yet  arrived.  I  have 
said  that  the  character  of  a  library  depends  on  those  who  select  the  books. 
When  young  physicians  prescribe  a  certain  diet  for  their  patients  they 
are  very  apt  to  be  influenced  by  their  personal  likes  and  dislikes,  and  even 
an  old  physician  with  a  poor  digestion,  (which  sometimes  appears  in 
old  doctors),  is  sometimes  too  much  guided  by  his  own  appetite. 

Radcliffe  is  the  only  women's  college  I  know  of  where  all  the  instruc- 
tion is  given  by  men,  and  by  men  who  are  professors  or  teachers  in  a 
University  for  men.  Its  library  has  been  for  the  most  part  selected  by 
these  men,  each  recommending  the  books  considered  as  most  desirable 
for  the  student  for  reference  work  in  the  branch  of  study  which  he  teaches. 
It  is,  therefore,  almost  entirely  a  reference  library,  but  is  very  little  used 
by  the  teachers  themselves  and  probably  contains  nothing  that  would 
not  be  found  in  a  man's  college  library  of  the  same  size.  It  will  accumulate 
some  rubbish,  but  slowly,  unless  it  comes  in  by  gifts.  There  is  generally 
a  bad  side  to  good  things  and  this  applies  especially  to  gifts  of  books  to 
libraries,  if  accompanied  by  restrictions  as  to  their  disposal. 

As  the  Harvard  University  Library  is  available  for  research  purposes  to 
the  teachers  and  students  of  this  college,  and  as  that  library  follows  the 
plan  of  accumulating  and  preserving  every  book  or  pamphlet  that  comes 
to  it  and  is  not  a  duplicate,  it  seems  clear  that  the  policy  of  this  library 


278 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


should  be  to  transfer  its  dead  and  dying  books  to  Harvard  to  be  properly 
embalmed  and  registered. 

A  library  may  also  be  likened  to  a  garden  in  which  one  may  wander, 
picking  the  flowers  and  fruit  which  seem  attractive, — or  in  which  one 
may  try  to  produce  some  new  beauties  or  utilities  by  combinations  or 
eliminations  of  certain  characters  of  what  is  already  there.  But  the  garden 
must  be  kept  properly  weeded  if  it  is  to  be  a  success,  and  what  are  weeds 
for  your  garden  may  be  important  plants  for  some  other. 

The  old  army  proverb  that  "no  amount  of  too  short  bed  will  make  a 
man  comfortable"  applies  to  the  library  in  which  one  cannot  find  the 
information  desired,  but  in  many  cases  the  book  or  article  which  the  re- 
search student  wants  has  never  been  written,  or  at  all  events,  printed.  I 
found  this  to  be  the  case  in  my  enquiry  as  to  the  differences  between  the 
libraries  of  women's  colleges  and  those  of  men's  colleges  to  which  I  have 
just  referred. 

If  you  do  not  find  in  your  garden  the  special  combination  of  pineapple 
and  potato  which  you  have  in  mind,  remember  that  you  will  probably 
not  find  it  in  any  garden,  and  that  you  can  have  the  pleasure  of  trying  to 
produce  it  yourself  and  thus  contribute  to  the  joy  of  nations.  Sometimes 
too  much  research  gives  unsatisfactory  results,  as  when  you  find  that 
the  subject  on  which  you  wish  to  give  an  address  has  been  entirely 
covered  by  others. 

The  library  may  also  be  likened  to  a  gymnasium,  in  that  it  is  a  place 
where  the  intellectual  and  emotional  faculties  may  be  exercised  and 
trained.  Here  one  may  learn  how  to  master  the  parallel  bars  of  memory, 
to  take  the  long  jump  to  conclusions,  see  how  the  world  looks  upside 
down  without  being  giddy,  to  use  the  flying  trapeze  of  imagination 
without  bumping  against  too  serious  obstacles  of  fact.  Here,  also,  one 
may  train  and  cultivate  one's  sense  of  beauty,  or  one's  appreciation  of 
the  funny  side  of  life,  or  may  compare  what  the  wisest  and  best  men  of 
all  countries  and  of  all  times  have  thought  and  said  about  obligations 
and  duties,  and  about  that  which  lies  beyond  the  veil.  In  a  large  public 
library  one  may  find  the  materials  for  a  course  of  soul  massage,  but 
these  are  not  needed  here.  As  a  rule  they  should  not  be  used  for  this 
purpose,  at  all  events,  before  one  is  fifty  years  old.  Self-hypnotization  is  a 
dangerous  business.  Genuine  emotion  is  a  powerful  force  but  it  is  not 
wise  to  waste  it,  or  to  seek  for  means  of  arousing  it  merely  as  a  source  of 
pleasure  or  as  a  means  of  passing  the  time.  Emotionalism  is  somewhat 
like  alcoholism,  it  produces  weakening  or  loss  of  the  normal  powers  of 
judgment  and  of  will,  and  indicates  an  unbalanced  nervous  system, 
which  at  first  may  be  only  slight  and  temporary,  but  which,  as  a  habit, 
may  become  pernicious. 


ADDRESS  AT  RADCLIFFE  COLLEGE 


279 


For  some  people  the  library  is  like  the  flying  carpet  of  Arabian  story, 
with  an  improvement  which  enables  it  to  transport  you  not  only  to  other 
countries  but  to  other  times,  and  even  to  countries  and  times  which  have 
never  yet  existed. 

The  mind  can  travel  when  the  body  cannot,  and  by  means  of  books  it 
can  face  glaciers,  and  deserts,  and  savages  with  impunity— it  can  ramble 
through  Rome,  or  lounge  in  the  Islands  of  the  South  Pacific, — it  can  "go 
afishing"  with  Walton,  or  Van  Dyke, — it  can  look  in  at  the  new  excava- 
tions in  Nippur,  or  Egypt,  or  Crete,  or  get  a  view  of  the  Mississippi  from 
a  pilot  house  with  Mark  Twain,  or  of  the  effects  of  the  driver  ants  and 
the  mysteries  of  fetish  of  West  Africa  with  Miss  Kingsley,  or  of  the  shoot- 
ing experiences  of  the  "Two  Dianas  in  Somaliland"  with  Agnes  Herbert. 
Arcady,  or  Atlantis,  or  Utopia  may  be  viewed  in  an  hour, — you  may  see 
the  ashes  sifting  down  on  Pompeii,  or  the  banners  waving  in  the  lists  of 
the  Field  of  the  Cloth  of  Gold,  or  the  black  draped  streets  of  Washington 
the  morning  after  the  assassination  of  Lincoln,  at  your  will  and  pleasure. 

When  I  was  in  college  fifty  years  ago,  the  Library  was  not  recognized  as 
a  part  of  the  system  of  instruction.  No  professor  ever  referred  the  students 
to  it,  or  suggested  any  use  of  the  books  in  it.  It  contained  about  8,000 
volumes,  and  was  open  on  Saturday  mornings  from  9  to  12.  Each 
student  could  borrow  two  books,  many  of  them  did  not  borrow  any,  and 
I  always  found  it  easy  to  get  half  a  dozen  or  more  students  to  give  me 
permission  to  borrow  for  them,  so  that  I  usually  left  with  as  many  books 
as  I  could  conveniently  carry. 

During  the  long  summer  vacations  I  used  to  make  a  burglarious  en- 
trance into  the  library,  and  then  I  had  long  hours  of  enjoyment.  I  had 
no  wise  librarian  to  guide  me —I  simply  tried  every  book  on  the  shelves, 
skimming  and  skipping  through  the  majority,  and  really  reading  those 
which  interested  me,  and  if  there  had  been  a  librarian  there  I  should  have 
carefully  kept  away.  Mr.  Frederic  Harrison  declares  that  this  sort  of 
miscellaneous  reading  gorges  and  enfeebles  the  intellect  so  that  it .cannot 
properly  develop.  On  the  other  hand,  Mr.  Arthur  Balfour  says  that  Mr. 
Harrison  has  no  evidence  to  prove  this.*  "It  is  true  no  doubt  that  many 
learned  people  are  dull;  but  there  is  no  indication  that  they  are  dull  be- 
cause they  are  learned.  True  dullness  is  seldom  acquired;  it  is  a  natural 
grace  Fill  a  dull  man  to  the  brim  with  knowledge  and  he  will  not  be- 
come less  dull  as  the  enthusiasts  for  education  vainly  imagine;  neither 
will  he  become  duller,  as  Mr.  Harrison  appears  to  suppose  *  But 
whereas  his  dullness  would,  if  left  to  itself,  have  been  merely  vacuous,  it 
may  have  become,  under  careful  cultivation  pretentious  and  pedantic. 
I  cannot  tell  whether  my  example  supports  the  view  of  Mr.  Harrison  or 
•The  pleasures  of  reading,  by  A.  J.  Balfour.  Edinburgh,  1888,  p.  14. 


280 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


of  Mr.  Balfour,  all  I  can  say  is  that  my  experience  in  the  college  library 
has  been  very  useful  to  me,  and  that  I  still  skim  more  than  three  thousand 
books  a  year  to  my  own  pleasure,  if  not  for  others'  benefit. 

I  give  this  personal  note  in  order  that  you  may  understand,  and  make 
allowances  for,  the  special  point  of  view  from  which  I  am  about  to 
consider  the  possible  uses  of  this  library. 

When  we  consider  what  this  library  may,  or  should  be  to  the  students 
of  this  college, — to  the  young  women, — the  ladies, — the  girls, — if  there 
are  any  girls  here,  it  seems  clear  that  only  a  very  few  general  statements 
can  be  made. 

It  is  intended  to  be  a  source  of  information  on  every  subject  in  which 
they  should  be  interested,  but  it  should  also  be  a  source  of  pleasure  in 
which  every  one,  in  any  mood,  can  find  something  which  will  interest 
her,  which  will  seem  as  if  it  had  been  expressly  written  for  her,  which  will 
advise  her  when  in  doubt,  be  restful  when  she  is  tired,  amuse  and  stimu- 
late her  when  she  is  languid  and  bored. 

No  one  student  will  require  many  books  for  all  these  purposes,  but  no 
two  students  will  want  the  same  books,  so  that  the  library  will  require  a 
considerable  stock  to  supply  all  needs. 

But,  the  student  will  perhaps  say,  How  am  I  to  find  the  books  I  want, 
when  I  don't  even  know  what  they  are  or  who  wrote  them?  How  am  I  to 
find  in  this  wilderness  garden  the  particular  flower  or  fruit  which  will  suit 
me,  when  I  may  not  know  it  when  I  see  it?  That  brings  up  the  question 
of  "How  to  use  a  library,"  a  subject  which  ought  to  receive  more  attention 
than  it  does  in  schemes  of  university  and  college  instruction.  A  graduate 
of  Radcliffe  ought  to  know  what  are  the  best  reference  books,  encyclo- 
paedias, bibliographies,  anthologies,  etc.,  and  in  particular  those  which 
best  serve  her  special  needs.  These  are  books  to  be  used  as  tools,  not  to  be 
read.  She  ought  to  know  how  to  begin  a  research  in  almost  any  branch 
of  history,  literature,  philosophy,  or  theology,  and  in  the  special  branches 
of  science,  applied  science  or  art  in  which  she  is  interested. 

All  these  are  matters  in  which  instruction  can  be  usefully  given  by 
methods  well  known,  and  which  are  not  difficult  to  understand.  The  im- 
portant thing  in  this,  as  in  other  branches  of  education,  is  to  find  out  how 
the  student  can  be  made  to  want  to  learn  about  it. 

Hesiod's  classification  of  men,  no  doubt,  applies  also  to  the  students  in 
this  college — there  are  those  who  understand  of  themselves  the  use  and 
pleasure  of  books,  there  are  those  who  can  understand  and  appreciate 
these  things  when  they  are  explained  to  them,  and  there  are  those  who 
can  neither  understand  them  of  themselves  nor  when  they  are  explained 
to  them.  For  the  first  and  the  last  of  these  three  classes,  the  librarian  can 
do  little,  but  for  the  second  class  it  is  possible  to  do  much. 


ADDRESS  AT  RADCLIFFE  COLLEGE 


281 


Of  course,  to  find  a  name  in  a  directory  you  must  know  how  to  spell  it, 
and  if  you  do  not  know  the  name  of  the  author  or  the  title  of  the  book  or 
its  subject,  the  quest  is  a  little  difficult.  Yet,  in  a  certain  way,  this  indicates 
a  part  of  the  information  which  the  educated  woman  should  have  ac- 
quired in  the  college  library.  She  needs  to  know  what  are  the  hundred  or 
so  best  books  for  her,  the  books  which  she  will  wish  to  own  and  have 
always  with  her,  the  books  which  are  to  be  her  companions  and  friends. 
She  cannot  learn  this  from  bibliographies,  or  from  catalogues,  or  from 
professors,  she  must  find  them  out  by  actual  trial,  by  continued  browsing 
among  books  old  and  new. 

In  talking  with  graduates  of  several  of  the  leading  women's  colleges  in 
this  country,  I  have  found  that  they  knew  little  about  the  library  beyond 
the  particular  reference  and  collateral  reading  books  which  they  had 
used.  They  did  not  seem  to  have  wandered  about  the  library  testing 
and  tasting  a  book  here  and  there.  They  said  when  they  were  in  the 
library  they  had  no  time  for  anything  but  reference  work,  and  that  for 
their  own  leisure  reading  in  their  rooms,  they  got  books  from  other 
libraries.  They  did  not  know  whether  the  library  contained  any  books 
specially  intended  for  women,  or  not. 

This  seemed  to  me  to  indicate  something  lacking  somewhere,  but 
whether  it  was  in  the  girl,  or  in  the  character  of  the  books  in  the  college 
library,  or  in  the  methods  used  to  induce  the  students  to  use  the  library, 
I  do  not  know. 

I  have  alluded  to  the  fact  that  no  differences  seem  to  exist  between  the 
libraries  of  colleges  for  men  and  of  those  for  women.  To  use  the  words 
of  a  librarian  of  a  women's  college,  "There  is  no  flavor  of  the  exclusively 
feminine  attaching  itself  to  the  library  of  a  women's  college  any  more 
than  to  the  curriculum."  (This  is  not  from  Bryn  Mawr.)  So  far  as  the 
literature  relating  to  the  curriculum  is  concerned,  this  may  be  well,  but 
when  it  comes  to  providing  browsing  ground  where  the  girls  may  find 
out  what  are  the  books  which  they  want  for  their  very  own,  it  seems 
possible  that  a  little  flavor  of  the  exclusively  feminine  might  be  desirable. 

I  should  like  to  see  in  every  college  library  a  browsing  corner,  not 
arranged  according  to  decimal,  or  the  progressive,  or  any  other  system  of 
classification,  which  should  be  what  Mr.  Balfour  describes  as  a  "peaceful 
desert  of  literature  as  yet  unclaimed  by  tutors  or  coaches,  where  it  might 
be  possible  for  the  student  to  wander,  even  perhaps  to  stray,  at  her  own 
pleasure  without  finding  every  beauty  labelled,  every  difficulty  engineered, 
every  nook  surveyed." 

This  browsing  corner  should  contain  no  book  associated  with  memories 
of  study,  and  no  book  recommended  by  any  professor  for  reference  or  for 
collateral  reading.  I  could  make  some  suggestions  for  a  few  of  these 


282 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


books  for  a  man's  college, — such  as  books  on  sport,  or  travels  with  a  large 
sporting  element,  or  life  in  the  woods,  the  history  of  Flatland,  Montaigne, 
the  history  of  magic  of  Eliphas  Levi,  Lavengro  and  the  Romany  Rye,  a 
set  of  Punch,  and  Puck,  etc. 

For  the  browsing  corner  of  the  women's  college  library  I  think  it  wise 
to  make  no  specific  suggestions,  but  I  should  place  in  it  a  few  of  the  best 
illustrations  of  the  taste  of  women  at  different  times  and  in  different 
countries  in  matters  of  applied  art. 

According  to  the  catalogue  of  this  library  it  contains  no  book  on  lace, 
or  on  tapestry,  but  I  would  admit  a  few  books  of  this  kind  to  the  brows- 
ing corner,  which  should  also  contain  a  special  selection  of  biographies 
and  fiction  and  of  the  latest  poetry.  I  should  give  the  students  an 
opportunity  of  seeing  in  the  browsing  corner,  some  of  the  newest  books, 
and  for  this  purpose  the  method  adopted  in  some  clubs  seems  a  good  one. 
For  example,  in  the  Century  Association  of  New  York,  there  are  always 
six  of  the  latest  books  on  the  table.  These  books  are  furnished  by  sub- 
scription to  a  circulating  library,  and  are  changed  every  two  weeks.  One 
of  them  is  usually  a  novel,  the  others  are  books  of  travel,  and  sport, 
essays,  biographies,  etc.,  books  that  are  being  noticed  in  the  daily  and 
weekly  press;  they  are  much  used  but  seldom  read  through. 

A  lady  of  great  experience  in  library  management  to  whom  I  men- 
tioned this  browsing  corner  idea,  highly  approved  of  it  and  went  on  to 
suggest  that  two  or  three  rocking  chairs  and  an  upholstered  window  seat 
with  plenty  of  sofa  pillows  would  improve  it.  I  think  they  would. 

In  his  book  on  the  private  library4  Mr.  Humphreys  has  a  section  of 
"Boudoir  libraries,"  which  begins,  "Women  have  their  own  way  of 
loving  books."  This  is  probably  true,  just  as  they  have  their  own  way  (in 
several  senses)  about  most  things.  The  greater  part  of  this  section  is 
devoted  to  the  bindings  which  are  appropriate  for  a  boudoir  library  and 
closes  with  an  essay  "On  my  lady's  library,"  given  in  the  Spectator.  I 
suppose  you  all  remember  it.  Elsewhere  he  says  that  every  bedroom  should 
have  a  bookcase,  and  that  housemaids  are  seldom  bibliophiles. 

If  I  only  knew  what  books,  or  what  kinds  of  books,  each  of  you  will 
have  in  her  own  library  twenty-five  years  from  now,  I  could  prepare  an 
address  which  would  be  of  great  interest  to  historians  and  sociologists. 
But  I  can  only  say  that  the  character  of  your  private  libraries  will  depend 
much  on  the  manner  in  which  you  have  used  this  library. 

Owing  to  the  wide  diffusion  of  public  library  facilities,  and  perhaps  for 
other  reasons,  men  do  not  now  accumulate  books  for  their  private  use  to 
the  extent  that  they  used  to  do.  They  do  not,  as  a  rule  have  as  much  affec- 

4  Humphreys,  Arthur  L.  The  Private  Library.  What  we  do  know,  what  we  don't 
know,  what  we  ought  to  know  about  our  books.  N.Y.  Post.,  1897. 


ADDRESS  AT  RADCLIFFE  COLLEGE 


283 


tion  for  their  books,  they  have  not  given  as  much  time,  and  trouble,  and 
sacrifice  to  obtain  certain  books  as  their  grandfathers  did.  Dr.  Oliver 
Wendell  Holmes  used  to  say  that  there  was  an  invisible  thread  connect- 
ing each  book  in  his  library  with  his  heart  and  brain,  and  that  it  was 
cruel  to  ask  him  to  part  with  any  of  his  treasures  merely  because  they 
would  be  more  useful  in  a  general  library. 

I  have  said  little  about  the  practical  utilities  of  books  or  of  libraries.  In 
this  library  are  gathered  the  most  important  records  of  the  world's 
memory,  of  the  progress  of  man  from  the  days  when  Accad  ruled  the 
land  between  the  rivers  and  the  first  dynasty  was  building  in  the  valley 
of  the  Nile. 

The  dreams  and  hopes,  the  joys  and  sorrows,  the  sayings  and  doings  of 
the  wisest  men  of  all  times  and  of  all  countries  are  gathered  here,  and  it  is 
from  these  that  our  teachers,  our  legislators  and  our  people  must  draw 
the  stores  and  weapons  with  which  to  contend  with  the  same  ignorance, 
indolence,  folly  and  vice  which  have  led  to  the  downfall  of  the  kingdoms 
and  cities  of  long  ago.  "In  this  library  there  are  also  suggestions  as  to 
beautiful  and  as  to  unpleasant  things  in  this  world  of  which  it  is  difficult 
to  see  the  use.  Of  such  are  the  Aurora,  and  the  hidden  anemone  which 
no  one  sees,  and  the  grief  for  the  loss  of  a  dear  one,  mother  or  child. 
There  is  no  unit  of  measure  for  the  utility  of  these  things,"  but  they  are 
necessary. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  you  have  all  heard  of  the  "Philobiblon"  of  Rich- 
ard de  Bury  and  some  of  you  have  read  this  eloquent  appeal  for  the 
collection  and  preservation  of  books.  He  says  "We  must  consider  what 
pleasantness  of  teaching  there  is  in  books,  how  easy,  how  secret!  How 
safely  we  lay  bare  the  poverty  of  human  ignorance  to  books  without 
feeling  any  shame!  They  are  masters  who  instruct  us  without  rod  or 
ferule,  without  angry  words,  *  *  *  if  you  come  to  them  they  are  not 
asleep;  if  you  ask  and  enquire  of  them,  they  do  not  withdraw  them- 
selves *  *  *  They  do  not  laugh  at  you  if  you  are  ignorant." 

"O  books,  who  alone  are  liberal  and  free  *  *  *  ye  are  the  wells  of  living 
waters  *  *  *  the  most  delightful  ears  of  corn,  full  of  grain;  *  *  *  fig  trees 
that  are  never  barren,  lamps  always  in  readiness." 

It  should  be  observed,  however,  that  the  learned  bishop  meant  these 
eulogies  chiefly  for  old  books  or  what  he  calls  "the  well  tested  labours 
of  the  Ancients,"  of  whom  he  says  that  "whether  they  had  by  nature  a 
greater  vigour  of  mental  sagacity,  or  whether  they  perhaps  indulged  in 
closer  application  to  study  *  *  *  one  thing  we  are  pretty  clear  about,  that 
their  successors  are  barely  capable  of  discussing  the  discoveries  of  their 
forerunners." 

We  have  no  list  of  the  large  collection  of  books  and  manuscripts  which 


284 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


he  made,  but  it  is  probable  that  very  few  of  them  would  be  read  if  they 
were  in  our  libraries,  and  I  think  this  would  also  apply  to  a  considerable 
number  of  the  hundred  best  books  named  by  Lord  Acton.  We  can,  all  of 
us,  however,  join  in  the  eulogy  of  de  Bury,  with  the  simple  qualification 
that  for  us  it  applies  to  our  books,  the  books  which  we  know  and  love. 

It  is,  perhaps,  well  that  in  your  student  life  you  should  not  be  oppressed 
by  too'  keen  a  sense  of  the  responsibilities  which  will  weigh  upon  you  as 
women  in  the  coming  years.  These  responsibilities  will  relate  mainly  to 
what  you  can  and  should  do  for  the  benefit  of  others.  Much  of  what  you 
are  now  learning  in  order  to  pass  examinations  will,  for  most  of  you,  be 
soon  forgotten  because  you  will  have  no  occasion  to  use  it,  but  the 
sources  of  this  information  and  the  methods  of  finding  and  using  these 
sources  you  will  not  forget.  If  you  have  acquired  in  this  library  the 
knowledge  as  to  what  books  interest  you,  it  will  be  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant benefits  which  you  can  derive  from  your  college  course. 


Bibliography  of  the  Writings  of 
John  Shaw  Billings 


1861 


1.  The  surgical  treatment  of  epilepsy.  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Observer 
4:  334-41  (1861). 


1863 

2.  Cliffburne  Hospital,  Washington,  D.  C.  (Extract  from  a  report). 

Medical  and  surgical  history  of  the  War  of  the  Rebellion.  Third 
medical  volume,  p.  910.  (1888). 

1865 

3.  Letter  to  Col.  Thomas  A.  McParlin,  Medical  Director  Army  of  the 

Potomac  transmitting  the  statistics  of  sick  and  wounded  of  the 
Army  of  the  Potomac  for  1864.  Dated  Washington  City,  June  17, 
1865.  Rebellion  records,  ser.  I,  v.  42,  pt.  1,  pp.  202-3. 

4.  Report  on  the  treatment  of  diseases  and  injuries  in  the  Army  of  the 

Potomac  during  1864.  Medical  and  surgical  history  of  the  War  of 
the  Rebellion.  First  medical  volume.  Appendix,  pp.  199-202. 
(1870;  Second  issue,  1875). 

1869 

5.  Report  of  results  of  examinations  of  fluids  of  diseased  cattle  with 

reference  to  presence  of  cryptogamic  growths.  By  Brevet  Lieuten- 
ant Colonel  J.  S.  Billings  and  Brevet  Major  Edward  Curtis.  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture.  Reports  on  the  diseases  of  cattle  in 
the  United  States.  Washington,  1869.  pp.  156-70. 
5A  Army  medical  organization.  [Correspondence;  signed  A.  B.  C.]. 
Medical  Record  (NY)  3:  572-8  (15  Feb  1869).  Reprinted  in 
Military  Surgeon  99:  40-50  (1946)  [with  annotations  by  Colonel 
Harold  W.  Jones]. 


Prepared  by  Adelaide  R.  Hasse  of  the  New  York  Public  Library  and  originally 
published  as  Appendix  III,  pp.  411-22,  of  Fielding  H.  Garrison's  John  Shaw  Btlhngs; 
a  memoir  (New  York,  Putnam,  1915).  The  listing  in  the  Index  Catalogue,  2d  series  has 
been  compared.  The  item  numbers  assigned  by  Miss  Hasse  have  been  retained;  addi- 
tional items  have  been  indicated  by  following  letters. 


285 


286 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


1870 

6.  A  report  on  barracks  and  hospitals;  with  descriptions  of  military 

posts.  Washington,  1870.  494  p.  (U.  S.  Surgeon  General's  Office. 
Circular  No.  4). 

6A.  The  Marine  Hospital  Service.  [Unsigned  editorial].  Medical  Times 
(Phila)  1:  97  (15  Dec  1870). 

1871 

6B.  The  medical  and  surgical  history  of  the  late  war,  and  the  report  of 
the  Surgeon-General  for  1870.  [Unsigned  editorial].  Medical  Rec- 
ord (NY)  5:  493-4  (2  Jan  1871). 

6C.  The  annual  report  of  the  Surgeon-General,  and  the  medical  and 
surgical  history  of  the  war.  [Unsigned  editorial].  Medical  Times 
(Phila)  1:  118-9  (2  Jan  1871). 

6D.  Microscopical  memoranda,  by  Dr.  Newlenz  [Correspondence]. 
Medical  Times  (Phila)  1:  200  (1  Mar  1871). 

7.  The  study  of  minute  fungi.  American  Naturalist  5:  323-9  (1871). 

8.  The  genus  Hysterium  and  some  of  its  allies.  American  Naturalist 

5:  626-31  (1871). 

1872 

9.  On  some  minute  fungi.  (Abstract  of  a  paper  read  February  5,  1872). 

Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington  1:  42-3 
(1871-4). 

1873 

10.  On  the  collection  of  a  large  library.  (Abstract  of  a  memoir  pre- 

sented December  6,  1873).  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society 
of  Washington  1:  92-3  (1871-4). 

1874 

11.  Abstract  of  special  reports  by  Army  medical  officers  on  the  effect  of 

mountain  climates  upon  health.  (Read  at  annual  meeting,  Phila- 
delphia, November  12,  1874).  Public  Health  Reports  and  Papers, 
American  Public  Health  Association  2:  148-50  (1874-5). 

1875 

12.  Notes  on  hospital  construction.  (Read  at  annual  meeting,  Phila- 

delphia, November  10,  1874).  Public  Health  Reports  and  Papers, 
American  Public  Health  Association  2:  384-8  (1874-5). 

13.  A  bibliography  of  cholera.  U.  S.  Congress.  House.  The  cholera 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


287 


epidemic  in  the  United  States.  Washington,  1875.  (43  Cong,  2d 
Sess:  House  Ex.  Doc.  95).  pp.  707-1025. 

14.  Remarks  on  medical  topography.  (Read  at  the  annual  meeting  in 

Baltimore,  November  10,  1875).  Public  Health  Reports  and  Pa- 
pers, American  Public  Health  Association  2:  47-54  (1874-5). 

15.  A  report  on  the  hygiene  of  the  United  States  Army;  with  descrip- 

tions of  military  posts.  Washington,  1875.  567  p.  (U.  S.  Surgeon 
General's  Office.  Circular  No.  8). 

16.  Hospital  construction  and  organization.  Hospital  playis,  Johns  Hop- 

kins Hospital,  Baltimore.  New  York,  1875.  pp.  3-46. 

17.  Report  of  Committee  on  the  Plan  for  a  Systematic  Sanitary  Survey 

of  the  United  States.  (Submitted  at  the  annual  meeting  in  Balti- 
more, November  10,  1875).  Public  Health  Reports  and  Papers, 
American  Public  Health  Association  2:  41-6  (1874-5). 

1876 

18.  A  century  of  American  medicine,  1776-1876;  literature  and  institu- 

tions. American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences  72:  439-80  (1876) 
Also  in:  A  century  of  American  medicine,  1776-1876.  Philadel- 
phia, H.  C.  Lea,  1876.  pp.  289-366. 

19.  (Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.)  Reports  and  papers  relating  to  construc- 

tion and  organization.  Nos.  1-3,  5.  Baltimore,  1876-8.  (No.  5: 
Report  on  heating  and  ventilation.  1878.  93  p.). 

20.  Medical  libraries  in  the  United  States.  U.  S.  Department  of  the 

Interior.  Bureau  of  Education.  Public  libraries  in  the  United 
States  of  America;  their  history,  condition,  and  management; 
special  report.  Part  I.  Washington,  1876.  pp.  171-82. 

21.  The  rights,  duties,  and  privileges  of  the  community  in  relation  to 

those  of  the  individual  in  regard  to  public  health.  (Address  at  the 
annual  meeting  in  Boston,  October  5,  1876).  Public  Health 
Reports  and  Papers,  American  Public  Health  Association  3:  49-52 
(1875-6). 

1877 

22.  Bacteria  and  spontaneous  generation.  (Abstract  of  communication. 

February  10,  1877).  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of 
Washington  2:  109-10  (1874-8). 

23.  On  the  plans  for  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  at  Baltimore.  (A 

lecture  given  to  the  medical  profession  of  Baltimore,  February  5, 
1877).  Part  I.  Medical  Record  (NY)  12:  129-33  (24  Feb  1877). 
Part  II.  Medical  Record  (NY)  12:  145-8  (3  Mar  1877). 

24.  [Course  of  lectures  on  the  history  of  medicine,  medical  legislation 


288  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

and  medical  education  given  by  Dr.  Billings  at  the  Johns  Hop- 
kins University  in  the  Autumn  of  1877].  (Outline).  Larkey,  S.  V. 
John  Shaw  Billings  and  the  history  of  medicine.  Bulletin  of  the 
Institute  of  the  History  of  Medicine  6:  360-76  (1938).  Appendix, 
pp.  373-6. 

25.  Medical  education;  extracts  from  lectures  delivered  before  the 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  1877-8.  Baltimore,  W.  K. 
Boyle  &  Son,  1878.  42  p.  Reprinted  in  Bulletin  of  the  Institute  of 
the  History  of  Medicine  6:  311-59  (1938);  also  Bulletin  of  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  62:  323-71  (1938). 

1878 

25 A.  Higher  medical  education.  (Review).  American  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Sciences  76:  174-89  (1878);  Reprinted  in  Bulletin  of  the 
Institute  of  the  History  of  Medicine  6:  287-310  (1938);  also 
Bulletin  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  62:  299-322  (1938). 

26.  Suggestions  with  regard  to  incorporating  in  the  approaching  United 

States  Census  statistics  of  diseases  as  well  as  of  deaths.  (Trans- 
mitted to  the  Hon.  S.  S.  Cox,  M.  C,  Chairman  Committee  on 
Census  of  1880,  by  Surgeon-General,  United  States  Army.  October 
15,  1878).  Washington,  1878.  2  1.  Reprinted  in  Public  Health 
Reports  and  Papers,  American  Public  Health  Association  4:  373-5 
(1877-8). 

26A.  National  catalogue  of  medical  literature.  Library  Journal  3:  107-8 
(1878). 

1879 

27.  Introduction  on  hygiene.  Including:  I.  Prefatory  remarks.  II.  Causes 

of  disease.  III.  Jurisprudence  of  hygiene.  Buck,  A.  H.  (ed.). 
Treatise  on  hygiene  and  public  health.  New  York,  William  Wood 
&:  Co.,  1879.  Vol.  1,  pp.  1-70.  [Buck's  Treatise  was  published 
also,  with  separate  title  page,  as  volume  18  of  von  Ziemssen's 
Cyclopedia  of  the  practice  of  medicine.  New  York,  William 
Wood  &  Co.,  1879.] 

28.  Report  of  the  Committee  charged  with  making  a  sanitary  survey  of 

Memphis,  Tenn.  Annual  Report  of  the  National  Board  of  Health, 
1879.  pp.  237-62;  1880,  pp.  416-41. 

29.  Address  in  state  medicine  and  public  hygiene.  Transactions  of  the 

American  Medical  Association  30:  275-91  (1879). 

30.  The  medical  journals  of  the  United  States.  Boston  Medical  and 

Surgical  Journal  100:  1-14,  108  (1879). 

31.  The  study  of  sanitary  science.  Plumber  (NY)  2:  125  (1878-9). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


289 


1880 

32.  The  National  Board  of  Health  and  national  quarantine.  Trans- 

actions of  the  American  Medical  Association  31:  435-55  (1880). 

33.  Report  of  Committee  on  the  Nomenclature  of  Diseases  and  on 

Vital  Statistics;  J.  S.  Billings,  Chairman.  Annual  Report  of  the 
National  Board  of  Health,  1880.  pp.  537-94. 

34.  Report  on  sanitary  survey  of  Memphis,  Tenn.  Annual  Report  of 

the  National  Board  of  Health,  1880.  pp.  602-17. 

35.  Remarks  on  the  sanitary  condition  of  Memphis.  Proceedings  and 

Addresses  at  the  Sanitary  Convention  held  at  Detroit,  Michigan, 
1880.  pp.  69-72. 

36.  The  President's  address  at  the  Eighth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 

American  Public  Health  Association,  New  Orleans,  December  7, 
1880.  Public  Health  Papers  and  Reports,  American  Public  Health 
Association  6:  1-11  (1880). 

37.  The  report  of  the  Advisory  Council  on  National  Sanitary  Legisla- 

tion. Public  Health  Papers  and  Reports,  American  Public  Health 
Association  6:  385-401  (1880). 

38.  The  scientific  work  carried  on  under  the  direction  of  the  National 

Board  of  Health.  (Abstract  of  remarks.  November  20,  1880). 
Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington  4:  37-9 
(1880-1). 

39.  The  National  Board  of  Health.  Plumber  (NY)  3:  47,  273  (1879-80). 

40.  National  health  legislation  on  trial.  (Review).  American  Journal  of 

the  Medical  Sciences  78:  471-9  (1879).  Also  in  Sanitarian  7:  50 1  — 
10  (1879-80). 

41.  The  organization  and  operation  of  the  National  Board  of  Health. 

Medical  Record  (NY)  17:  101-3  (1880). 

42.  Who  founded  the  National  Medical  Library?  (Letter)  Medical 

Record  (NY)  17:  298-9  (1880). 

43.  Letters  to  a  young  architect  on  ventilation  and  heating.  Plumber 

(NY)  3:  132,  154,  171,  191,  211,  233,  251,  271,  291,  311,  331,  351, 
371,  392,  415,  432,  463  (1879-80);  continued  in  Sanitary  Engineer 
4:  8,  37,  68,  83,  110,  131,  155,  180,  203,  228,  253,  274,  305,  329, 
470,  496,  536,  554  (1880-1);  5:  6,  99,  266  (1881-2);  6:  369,  492 
(1882);  7:  6,  122,  219,  339,  434,  602  (1882-3);  8:  523  (1883).  [Re- 
printed as  no.  62,  infra.]. 

44.  Yellow  fever.  International  Review  (NY)  8:  29-49  (1880). 

1881 

45.  Our  medical  literature.  Transactions  of  the  International  Medical 

Congress  (1th,  London,  1881).  Vol.  1,  pp.  54-70.  Also  in  British 


290 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


Medical  Journal  2:  262-8  (1881).  Lancet  2:  265-70  (1881).  Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  105:  217-22  (1881).  Revue  Scien- 
tifique  de  la  France  29:  586-96  (1882).  Geneeskundige  Courant 
35:  44_8  (1881).  Vrachebniya  Vaidomosti  6:  2534,  2559,  2573, 
2594  (1881).  Norsk  Magazin  for  Laegevidenskaben  12:  141-66 
(1882). 

46.  The  experience  of  the  United  States  in  recent  years  with  regard  to 

Asiatic  cholera  and  yellow  fever.  Transactions  of  the  Interna- 
tional Medical  Congress  (1th,  London,  1881).  Vol.  4,  pp.  416-28. 

47.  Mortality  statistics  of  the  Tenth  Census.  Transactions  of  the  Ameri- 

can Medical  Association  32:  297-303  (1881). 

48.  Patents  on  ventilating  apparatus.  Sanitary  Engineer  4:  327  (1880-1). 

1882 

48A.  The  International  Medical  Congress.  International  Review  (NY) 
12:  1-10  (January,  1882). 

49.  The  registration  of  vital  statistics.  Annual  Report  of  the  National 

Board  of  Health,  1882.  pp.  355-461. 

50.  The  registration  of  vital  statistics  in  the  United  States.  National 

Board  of  Health  Bulletin  3:  295  (1881-2). 

51.  On  the  ventilation  of  the  House  of  Representatives.  (Abstract  of 

remarks.  April  8,  1882).  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of 
Washington  5:  99-100  (1881-2). 

52.  The  information  necessary  to  determine  the  merits  of  the  heating 

and  ventilation  of  a  school  building.  Circular  of  Information  of 
the  Bureau  of  Education  (Washington).  No.  2,  1882.  pp.  11-19. 

53.  Notes  on  military  medicine  in  Europe.  Journal  of  the  Military  Serv- 

ice Institution  of  the  United  States  3:  234-47  (1882). 

54.  The  vaccination  question.  Nation  (NY)  34:  201-2  (1882). 

55.  House  sanitation  in  large  cities.  Sanitary  Engineer  5:  338  (1881-2). 

56.  Address  to  the  graduating  class  of  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  Col- 

lege. (Delivered  March  15,  1882).  Medical  News  (Phila)  40:  285-8 
(1882). 

1883 

57.  Medical  bibliography.  Transactions  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical 

Faculty  of  Maryland,  1883.  pp.  58-80. 

58.  The  heating  and  ventilation  of  a  school  building.  Sanitary  Engineer 

7:  317  (1882-3). 

59.  Germs  and  epidemics.  Sanitary  Engineer  7:  341,  387  (1882-3). 

60.  Papers  on  vital  statistics.  Sanitary  Engineer  8:  418,  442,  488,  541, 

588  (1883);  9:  15,  163  (1883-4);  11:9,  80,  128,  249  (1884-5). 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


291 


1884 

61.  The  World's  Industrial  and  Cotton  Centennial  Exposition,  New 

Orleans,  La.,  1884-5.  (Medical  Department,  United  States  Army, 
Exhibit  Class  4,  Nos.  5-7.)  New  Orleans,  1884.  No.  5.  Description 
of  selected  specimens  from  the  medical  and  surgical  sections  of 
the  Army  Medical  Museum,  at  Washington,  D.  C.  20  p.  No.  6. 
Description  of  the  microscopes  and  microscopical  preparations 
from  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  15  p.  No.  7. 
Description  of  the  composite  photographs  of  crania,  and  of 
crania  from  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  15  p. 

62.  The  principles  of  ventilation  and  heating  and  their  practical  appli- 

cation. New  York,  The  Sanitary  Engineer,  1884.  216  p.  London, 
Trubner  &  Co.,  1884.  226  p.  [Reprinted  from  No.  43,  supra.]. 

63.  Composite  photography  applied  to  craniology.  (Abstract  of  com- 

munication. March  29,  1884).  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  So- 
ciety of  Washington  7:  25-6  (1884). 

64.  [Report  of  resolutions  in  memory  of  Joseph  Janvier  Woodward  with 

abstract  of  remarks  on  Dr.  Woodward's  work,  etc.]  November  8, 
1884.  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington  7: 
75-6  (1884). 

65.  The  mortality  rates  of  Baltimore;  life  tables  for  Baltimore;  mor- 

tality in  different  wards;  causes  of  disease.  Maryland  Medical 
Journal  10:  487-9  (1883-4). 

1885 

66.  Methods  of  tabulating  and  publishing  records  of  deaths.  Public 

Health  Papers  and  Reports,  American  Public  Health  Association 
11:51-66  (1885). 

67.  On  composite  photography  as  applied  to  craniology,  by  J.  S.  Bill- 

ings, and  On  measuring  the  cubic  capacity  of  skulls,  by  Wash- 
ington Matthews.  (Read  April  22,  1885).  Memoirs  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  3:  105-16  (1886)  20  pi. 

68.  On  a  new  craniophore  for  use  in  making  composite  photographs 

of  skulls.  By  John  Shaw  Billings  and  Washington  Matthews. 
(Read  November  12,  1885).  Memoirs  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences     119  (1886)  4  pi. 

69.  Memoir  of  Joseph  Janvier  Woodward.  National  Academy  of  Sci- 

ences. Biographical  memoirs,  v.  2,  1886.  pp.  295-307. 
70  Report  on  the  mortality  and  vital  statistics  of  the  United  States  as 
returned  at  the   Tenth  Census  (June  1,  1880).  Washington, 
1885-6.  3  v.  (United  States  Census  Office,  Rep.  10'ft  Census,  v. 


292  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

11-12).  [Text]  v.  1.  1885.  lxiii,  767  p.  [Text]  v.  2.  1886.  clviii, 
803  p.  [Plates,  v.  3]  xvii,  19  pi.,  20  maps,  38  diag. 

71.  Sewage  disposal  in  cities.  Harper's  Magazine  71:  577-84  (1885). 

71  A.  Hygiene.  Pepper,  William.  A  system  of  practical  medicine.  Vol.  1, 
Pathology  and  general  diseases.  Philadelphia,  Lea,  1885.  pp.  173- 
212.  [cf.  No.  112,  infra.]. 

1886 

72.  Scientific  men  and  their  duties.  (The  President's  address  before  the 

Philosophical  Society  of  Washington,  December  4,  1886.)  Bulletin 
of  the  Philosophical  Society  of  Washington  9:  xxxv-lvi  (1886-7). 

73.  On  museum  specimens  illustrating  biology.  (Abstract  of  communi- 

cation presented  at  288"J  meeting  of  the  Philosophical  Society  of 
Washington,  May  22,  1886).  Bulletin  of  the  Philosophical  Society 
of  Washington  9:  35-6  (1886-7). 

74.  Medicine  in  the  United  States,  and  its  relation  to  co-operative  in- 

vestigation. (The  annual  address  in  medicine  delivered  before  the 
British  Medical  Association,  August  11,  1886).  British  Medical 
Journal  2:  299-307  (1886).  Medical  News  (Phila)  49:  169-80 

(1886)  . 

75.  Hot  water  and  steam  compared.  Sanitary  Engineer  14:  595  (1886). 

1887 

76.  Effect  of  freezing  on  the  typhoid  germ.  Sanitary  Engineer  15:  211 

(1886-7). 

77.  Methods  of  research  in  medical  literature.  Transactions  of  the 

Association  of  American  Physicians  2:  57-67  (1887).  Boston  Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Journal  116:  597-600  (1887). 

78.  On  some  forms  of  tables  of  vital  statistics,  with  special  reference  to 

the  needs  of  the  health  department  of  a  city.  Public  Health  Papers 
and  Reports,  American  Public  Health  Association  13:  203-23 

(1887)  . 

1888 

79.  Medical  museums,  with  special  reference  to  the  Army  Medical 

Museum  at  Washington.  Medical  News  (Phila)  53:  309-16  (1888). 

80.  The  history  of  medicine.  Introductory  lecture  (to  a  course  of  eight 

lectures  delivered  before  the  Lowell  Institute  of  Boston).  Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  118:  29-31,  57-60  (1888). 

81.  The  Medical  College  of  Ohio  before  the  war.  Address  to  the  So- 

ciety of  the  Alumni  of  the  Ohio  Medical  College,  delivered  at  the 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


293 


Annual  Commencement,  March  7,  1888.  Cincinnati  Lancet-Clinic 
20:  297-305  (1888). 

1889 

82.  On  vital  and  medical  statistics.  The  Cartwright  lectures  delivered 

before  the  Alumni  Association  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of 
New  York  in  November,  1889.  Medical  Record  (NY)  36:  589,  617, 
645  (1889). 

83.  The  plans  and  purposes  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Medical 

News  (Phila)  54:  505-10  (1889). 

84.  The  United  States  Census  in  its  relations  to  sanitation.  Public 

Health  Papers  and  Reports,  American  Public  Health  Association 
15:  43-6  (1889)  [Discussion,  pp.  243-6]. 

85.  Water  supply  for  small  towns.  Engineering  and  Building  Record 

19:  235  (1888-9). 

86.  House  drainage  from  various  points  of  view.  Popular  Science 

Monthly  34:  310-24  (1888-9). 

87.  Biographical  memoir  of  Spencer  Fullerton  Baird.  (Read  before  the 

National  Academy  of  Sciences,  April  17,  1889).  National  Academy 
of  Sciences.  Biographical  memoirs,  v.  3,  1895.  pp.  141-60. 
87A.  Rare  medical  books.  (Remarks  at  the  meeting  of  the  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital  Medical  Society,  December  16,  1889).  Bulletin  of 
the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  1:  29-31  (1890). 

1890 

88.  Description  of  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Baltimore,  I.  Friedenwald, 

1890.  116  p.,  56  pi.  (Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Publications). 

89.  The  national  medical  dictionary.  Edited  by  John  Shaw  Billings. 

Philadelphia,  Lea,  1890.  2  v. 

90.  Vital  statistics  of  the  Jews  in  the  United  States.  Washington,  1890. 

19  p.  (U.  S.  Bureau  of  the  Census.  IIth  Census.  Bulletin  No.  19.) 

91.  The  relations  of  the  physicians  of  the  United  States  to  the  next 

census.  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association  14:  641-3 
(1890). 

1891 

92.  Ideals  of  medical  education.  (Address  delivered  before  the  Medical 

Faculty  of  Yale  College,  June  23,  1891).  Boston  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal  124:  619-23;  125:  1-4  (1891).  New  Englander  & 
Yale  Review  19:  111-32  (1891). 

93.  [Can  the  reports  of  the  sick  and  the  sanitary  statements  of  the 

different  armies  be  arranged  according  to  a  scheme  essentially 


294 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


uniform  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  statistics  of  scientific  worth 
for  comparison  of  diseases,  wounds  and  deaths  in  times  of  peace 
and  war?]  (Text  in  English).  V erhandlungen  des  X  internation- 
alen  medicinischen  Congresses,  Berlin,  4-9  August  1890.  Berlin, 
1891.  Band  5,  18  Abtheilung,  pp.  107-34. 

94.  American  inventions  and  discoveries  in  medicine,  surgery  and  prac- 

tical sanitation.  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  124:  349-51 
(1891). 

95.  A  field  hospital  at  Gettysburg.  Youth's  Companion,  July  2,  1891; 

p.  373. 

96.  Modern  surgery.  Youth's  Companion,  October  15,  1891;  p.  547. 

97.  Public  health  and  municipal  government.  Philadelphia,  1891.  23  p. 

(Supplement  to  Annuls  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and 
Social  Sciences,  1891). 

98.  Social  statistics  of  cities.  Washington,  1891.  27  p.  (U.  S.  Bureau  of 

the  Census.  IP"  Census.  Bulletin  No.  100). 

99.  Mechanical  methods  used  in  compiling  data  of  the  11**  United 

States  Census;  with  an  exhibition  of  a  machine.  (Abstract). 
Proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science  40:  407-9  (1891). 

100.  The  conditions  and  prospects  of  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-Gen- 

eral's Office,  and  of  its  Index-Catalogue.  Transactions  of  the 
AssociatioJi  of  American  Physicians  6:  251-7  (1891).  Boston  Medi- 
cal and  Surgical  Journal  125:  344-6  (1891).  Medical  News  (Phila) 
59:  350-3  (1891). 

101.  Vital  statistics  of  the  Jews.  North  American  Review  153:  70-84 

(1891). 

1892 

102.  Addresses  delivered  before  the  Mutual  Aid  Association  of  the 

Philadelphia  County  Medical  Society  for  the  Relief  of  the  Widows 
and  Orphans  of  Medical  Men,  December  14,  1892.  By  Drs. 
Billings,  Keen,  and  Willard,  and  George  D.  McCreary,  Esq. 
[Philadelphia]  1892.  11  p. 

103.  The  health  of  survivors  of  the  war.  Forum  (NY)  12:  642-58  (1892). 

104.  The  objects,  plans,  and  needs  of  the  Laboratory  of  Hygiene.  An 

address  delivered  at  the  opening  of  the  Laboratory  of  Hygiene  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Feb.  22,  1892.  Medical  News 
(Phila)  60:  230-6  (1892);  also  as  Extracts,  Boston  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal  126:  181-4  (1892). 

105.  St.  Augustine:  Report  upon  her  present  sanitary  condition.  New 

York,  J.  B.  Watkins,  1892.  7  p. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


295 


106.  A  syllabus  of  the  lectures  on  hygiene,  vital  statistics,  etc.,  at  the 

University  of  Pennsylvania.  By  John  Shaw  Billings  and  Alexander 
C.  Abbott.  Edited  by  Seneca  Egbert.  Philadelphia,  Collins,  1892. 
29  p. 

107.  The  causes  of  outbreaks  of  typhoid  fever.  Medical  News  (Phila) 

61:  601  (1892). 

108.  Prevalence  of  consumption  in  the  United  States.  Transactions  of 

the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine  9:  35-7  (1892). 

109.  How  Tom  kept  bachelor's  hall.  Youth's  Companion,  November  10, 

1892;  pp.  598-9. 

110.  In  a  draft  office.  Youth's  Companion,  November  17,  1892;  p.  610. 

1893 

111.  A  condensed  statement  of  the  requirements  of  the  principal  univer- 

sity medical  schools  in  Europe  with  regard  to  candidates  for  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine.  Baltimore,  privately  printed,  1893. 
25  1. 

112.  Hygiene.  Pepper,  William.  A  text-book  of  theory  and  practice  of 

medicine.  Vol.  1,  1893,  pp.  1-45.  [cf.  No.  71A,  supra]. 

113.  Photomicrographs  of  normal  histology,  human  and  comparative, 

prepared  by  direction  of  the  Surgeon-General.  By  John  Shaw 
Billings  and  William  M.  Gray.  Washington,  1893.  2  p.,  76  photo. 
113A.  The  human  bones  of  the  Hemenway  collection  in  the  United 
States  Army  Medical  Museum  at  Washington.  By  Dr.  Washington 
Matthews,  [and]  with  observations  on  the  hyoid  bones  of  this 
collection,  by  Dr.  J.  L.  Wortman.  Reports  presented  to  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences  with  the  approval  of  the  Surgeon- 
General  of  the  United  States  Army,  by  Dr.  John  S.  Billings. 
Memoirs  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  6:  141-286  (1893) 
59  pi.  [Statement  by  Billings,  pp.  141-2]. 

114.  World's  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  III.,  1892-3.  (War  Depart- 

ment Exhibit.  Medical  Department,  United  States  Army).  Chi- 
cago, 1893.  No.  5.  Description  of  microscopes  from  the  Army 
Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  6  p.  Description  of  selected 
specimens  from  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 
14  p. 

115.  Vital  statistics  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  Baltimore  covering  a 

period  of  six  years  ending  May  31, 1890.  Washington,  1893.  241  p., 
12  coloured  maps.  (U.  S.  52d  Congress.  1st  Session.  House  Misc. 
Doc.  340,  Part  8). 

116.  The  relation  of  hospitals  to  public  health.  Hospitals,  dispensaries 

and  nursing.  Papers  and  discussions  in  the  International  Con- 


296  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

gress  of  Charities,  Correction  and  Philanthropy,  section  Hi,  June 
12th  to  17th,  1893.  Edited  by  John  S.  Billings,  M.  D.,  Henry  M. 
Hurd,  M.  D.  Baltimore,  1894.  pp.  1-7.  Also  in  Lend  a  Hand 
(Boston)  11:  168-75  (1893). 

117.  The  population  of  the  earth.  Chautauquan  16:  527-30  (1892-3). 

118.  Effects  of  his  occupation  upon  the  physician.  International  Journal 

of  Ethics  4:  40-8  (1893). 

119.  Municipal  sanitation  defects  in  American  cities.  Forum  (NY)  15: 

304-10  (1893). 

120.  Medicine  as  a  career.  Forum  (NY)  14:  725-34  (1893). 

121.  Ventilation  and  heating.  New  York,  The  Engineering  Record,  1893. 

500  p. 

122.  Municipal  sanitation  in  Washington  and  Baltimore.  Forum  (NY) 

15:  727-37  (1893). 

123.  Municipal  sanitation  in  New  York  and  Brooklyn.  Forum  (NY)  16: 

346-54  (1893-4). 

123A.  Hospital  Historical  Club.  Rare  book.  (Symphorien  Champier). 
Bulletin  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  4:  99-100  (1893).  [". . . 
Dr.  Kelley  exhibited  the  following  book  and  accompanying  note 
upon  it  by  Dr.  J.  S.  Billings  of  Washington"]. 

123B.  The  city's  health.  Dr.  Billings  explains  the  plan  of  the  Sanitary 
League.  The  Evening  Star  (Washington),  March  15,  1893. 

123C.  The  city's  health.  Vital  statistics  for  different  sections  of  Washing- 
ton. The  Evening  Star  (Washington),  November  18,  1893. 

1894 

124.  Bibliography  [preliminary)  of  the  literature  on  the  physiological 

and  pathological  effects  of  alcohol  and  alcoholic  drinks.  Edited 
for  the  Committee  of  Fifty  for  the  Investigation  of  the  Liquor 
Problem.  Washington,  Judd  &:  Detweiler,  1894.  28  p. 

125.  Hygiene  in  university  education.  Address  given  to  the  University 

Extension  Classes,  Oxford,  Engl.,  Aug.  7,  1894.  Boston  Medical 
and  Surgical  Journal  131:  125-31  (1894). 

126.  The  bacteria  of  river  waters.  Presenting  a  paper  on  the  bacteria  of 

the  Schuylkill  River  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Wright.  Memoirs  of  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences  7:  419-21  (1894). 

127.  The  influence  of  certain  agents  in  destroying  the  vitality  of  the 

typhoid  and  of  the  colon  bacillus.  By  John  Shaw  Billings  and 
Adelaide  Ward  Peckham.  Annual  Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States,  1894.  pp.  451-8.  Also  in  Science  1:  169-74  (1895). 

128.  The  influence  of  light  upon  the  bacillus  of  typhoid  and  the  colon 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


297 


bacillus.  Presenting  results  of  an  investigation  by  Adelaide  W. 
Peckham.  Read  April  19,  1894.  Memoirs  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences  7:  477-82  (1894). 

129.  Methods  of  teaching  surgery.  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

130:  535-8  (1894). 

130.  On  the  influence  of  insolation  upon  culture  media  and  of  dessica- 

tion  upon  the  vitality  of  the  bacillus  of  typhoid,  of  the  colon 
bacillus,  and  of  the  Staphylococcus  pyogenes  aureus.  (Presented 
October  30,  1894).  Memoirs  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences 
7:  483-4  (1894)  5  color  pi. 

131.  Vital  statistics  of  New  York  City  and  Brooklyn,  covering  a  period  of 

six  years  ending  May  31,  1890.  Washington,  1894.  529  p.,  12 
maps.  (U.  S.  53d  Congress.  1st  Session.  House  Misc.  Doc.  340, 
Part  13). 

132.  [Remarks,  meeting  of  the  Harvard  Medical  Alumni  Association, 

June  26,  1894.]  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  131:  140-2 
(1894). 

133.  Compulsory  notification  of  tuberculosis.  Philadelphia  Polyclinic  3: 

73  (1894). 

134.  A  report  on  the  etiology  and  vital  statistics  of  diphtheria  and 

croup.  Presented  on  behalf  of  the  American  Committee  to  the 
Eighth  International  Congress  of  Hygiene  and  Demography  at 
Buda-Pesth.  British  Medical  Journal  2:  578-9  (1894). 

135.  Water  supply  and  sewage  disposal  in  some  large  European  cities. 

Engineering  and  Building  Record  30:  395-7  (1894);  also  in  Food 
(NY)  5:  187-96  (1894-5). 

136.  The  health  of  Boston  and  Philadelphia.  Forum  (NY)  17:  595-602 

(1894). 

136A.  John  Arderne  and  early  English  medical  writers.  (Read  before  the 
Hospital  Historical  Club,  February  12,  1894).  Bulletin  of  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  5:  21-2;  67  (1894).  ["Dr.  Billings  spoke 
...  he  showed  a  manuscript  volume  of  the  works  of  John  Arderne, 
recently  acquired  by  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon-General's  Office, 
through  Mr.  Thomas  Windsor  . .  .  The  following  memorandum  by 
Mr.  Windsor  gives  what  is  known  of  his  life  .  . ."]. 

1895 

137.  The  composition  of  expired  air  and  its  effects  upon  animal  life. 

By  }.  S.  Billings,  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  and  D.  H.  Bergey.  Washington, 
1895.  81  p.  (Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  v.  29,  No. 
989). 

138.  The  history  and  literature  of  surgery.  System  of  surgery.  Edited  by 


298  JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 

Frederic  S.  Dennis,  assisted  by  John  S.  Billings.  Philadelphia,  Lea, 
1895.4v.  Vol.  l,pp.  17-144. 

139.  Municipal  mortality  statistics.  University  Medical  Magazine  (Phila) 

7:  721-9  (1894-5). 

140.  Report  of  the  Committee  appointed  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 

to  award  the  Hopkins  Fund  Prizes.  August  9,  1895.  S.  P.  Langley, 
G.  Brown  Goode,  J.  S.  Billings,  and  Mark  W.  Harrington.  Annual 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
to  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  1895.  p.  13. 

141.  Report  on  the  insane,  feeble-minded,  deaf  and  dumb,  and  the  blind 

in  the  United  States  at  the  Eleventh  Census,  1890.  Washington, 
1895.  755  p.,  86  pi.  (Also  as:  U.  S.  52d  Congress.  1st  Session. 
House  Misc.  Doc.  50,  Part  16). 

142.  Report  on  the  social  statistics  of  cities  in  the  United  States  at  the 

Eleventh  Census,  1890.  Washington,  1895.  137  p.,  33  diagr.  (U.  S. 
52d  Congress.  1st  Session.  House  Misc.  Doc.  340,  Part  19). 

143.  Suggestions  to  hospital  and  asylum  visitors.  With  an  introduction 

by  S.  Weir  Mitchell.  By  John  Shaw  Billings  and  Henry  M. 
Hurd.  Philadelphia,  Lippincott,  1895.  48  p. 

144.  Vital  statistics  of  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  covering  a  period  of  six 

years  ending  May  31,  1890.  Washington,  1895.  229  p.,  12  maps. 

145.  Waste.  Address  on  Commencement  Day  at  Miami  University,  Ox- 

ford, Ohio,  June  20,  1895.  Oxford,  1895.  19  p. 

146.  The  William  Pepper  Laboratory  of  Clinical  Medicine.  Address 

given  at  the  opening  of  the  Laboratory,  December  4,  1895. 
[Philadelphia,  1895].  15  p. 

147.  A  card  catalogue  of  scientific  literature.  Science  1:  406-8  (1895). 

148.  Degeneration,  by  Max  Nordau.  [Review].  Science  1:  465-7  (1895). 

149.  The  climates  and  baths  of  Great  Britain.  [Review].  Science  2:  454-5 

(1895). 

149A.  The  world's  debt  to  medicine.  Chautauquan  20:  668-72  (March 
1895). 

149B.  The  world's  debt  to  modern  sanitary  science.  Chautauquan  21: 
18-23  (April  1895). 

1896 

149C.  Medical  statistics.  A  system  of  medicine.  Edited  by  Thomas  Clif- 
ford Allbutt.  New  York,  Macmillan.  Vol.  1,  1896.  pp.  3-20.  [Re- 
printed 1901;  the  Billings  essay  does  not  appear  in  the  second 
edition,  1905]. 

150-1.  Report  on  vital  and  social  statistics  in  the  United  States  at  the 
Eleventh  Census,  1890.  Washington,  1894-6.  Parts  1-4.  (U.  S.  52d 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


299 


Congress.  1st  Session.  House  Misc.  Docs.,  v.  50,  pt.  18).  Part  1. 
Analysis  and  rate  tables.  1896.  1059  p.  Part  2.  Vital  statistics. 
Cities  of  100,000  population  and  upward.  1896.  1181  p.  Part  3. 
Statistics  of  deaths.  1894.  1050  p.  Part  4.  Statistics  of  deaths. 
1895.  1033  p. 

152.  See  no.  168A. 

152A.  [International  catalogue  of  scientific  works;  letter  of  Simon  New- 
comb  and  John  S.  Billings  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  October  15, 
1896].  The  Smithsonian  Institution;  documents  relative  to  its 
origin  and  history.  Vol.  2.  Washington,  1901.  pp.  1770-1. 

1897 

153.  The  influence  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  upon  the  development 

of  libraries,  the  organization  and  work  of  societies,  and  the 
publication  of  scientific  literature  in  the  United  States.  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  1846-1896;  the  history  of  its  first  half  century. 
Washington,  1897.  pp.  815-22. 

154.  Some  ideas  in  hospital  construction.  Report  made  to  the  Memphis 

City  Council  upon  plans  proposed  for  the  new  city  hospital. 
Memphis  Medical  Monthly  17:  193,  249,  309  (1897). 

1900 

155.  Progress  of  medicine  in  the  nineteenth  century.  Annual  Report  of 

the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  the  Con- 
gress of  the  United  States,  1900.  pp.  637-44. 

1901 

156.  The  card  catalogue  of  a  great  public  library.  Library  Journal  26: 

377-83  (1901). 

157.  [Address  at  the  dedication  of  the  new  building  of  the  Boston  Medi- 

cal Library,  January  12,  1901].  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal  144:  61-3  (1901). 

1902 

158.  Biographical  memoir  of  Francis  Amasa  Walker,  1840-1897.  (Read 

before  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  April  17,  1902).  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences.  Biographical  memoirs,  v.  5,  1902.  pp. 
209-18. 

159.  Some  library  problems  of  tomorrow.  (President's  address  to  the 

American  Library  Association,  June  17,  1902).  Library  Journal 
27,  no.  7:  1-9  (1902). 


300 


JOHN  SHAW  BILLINGS 


1903 

160.  The  military  medical  officer  at  the  opening  of  the  twentieth  century. 
(Address  to  the  graduating  class  of  the  Army  Medical  School  at 
Washington,  April  14,  1903).  Journal  of  the  Association  of  Mili- 
tary Surgeons  of  the  United  States  12:  349-58  (1903). 

161-2.  Physiological  aspects  of  the  liquor  problem.  By  W.  O.  Atwater, 
J.  S.  Billings,  H.  P.  Bowditch,  R.  H.  Chittenden,  and  W.  H. 
Welch.  Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  1903.  2  v.  V.  1,  pp.  307- 
38:  Data  relating  to  the  use  of  alcoholic  drinks  among  brain 
workers  in  the  United  States.  V.  1,  pp.  339-55:  Relations  of  drink 
habits  to  insanity. 

163.  The  public  library;  its  uses  to  the  municipality.  Library  Journal 

28:  293-4  (1903). 

1904 

164.  A  discussion  of  the  vital  statistics  of  the  Twelfth  Census.  Wash- 

ington, 1904.  24  p.  (United  States  Census  Bureau,  Bulletin  15). 

165.  The  Carnegie  Institution.  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 

ciation 42:  1674-5  (1904). 

1905 

166-7.  The  liquor  problem;  a  summary  of  investigations  conducted  by 
the  Committee  of  Fifty,  1893-1903.  By  J.  S.  Billings,  C.  W.  Eliot, 
and  others.  Boston,  Houghton,  Mifflin  8c  Co.,  1905.  182  p.  Pp. 
15-42:  A  summary  of  investigations  concerning  the  physiological 
aspects  of  the  liquor  problem. 

168.  Medical  reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War.  Transactions  of  the  College 

of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia  27:  115-21  (1905). 

1906 

168A.  The  king's  touch  for  scrofula.  Proceedings  of  the  Charaka  Club 
2:  57-71  (1906). 

1908 

169.  Address  given  at  the  opening  of  the  new  library  building  at  Rad- 

cliffe  College,  Cambridge,  April  27,  1908.  Radcliffe  Magazine  10: 
107-17  (1908). 

1911 

170.  Public  library  systems  of  greater  New  York.  Library  Journal  36: 

489-92  (1911). 

171.  The  New  York  Public  Library.  Century  (NY)  81:  839-52  (1911).